HP LaserJet 1018 Printer

HP LaserJet 1018 Printer
Enjoy HP LaserJet quality without exceeding your budget. HP’s most
affordable mono laser printer with reliable HP LaserJet print cartridge
delivers impressive results at a very low price. Its sleek, compact design
saves valuable desktop space.
*In addition to fast ppm speeds, most HP LaserJet printers include Instant-on Technology, which delivers a first page out from PowerSave
mode in industry-leading times, according to Quality Logic Printer Performance Test Reports from August 2005. The technology utilises an
innovative, quick-heating fuser system that virtually eliminates warm-up time.
HP LaserJet 1018 Printer
Perfectly priced for the home office and personal use, this mono laser printer delivers the proven reliability and
performance to meet your professional printing needs.
HP’s lowest priced mono laser printer makes high-quality laser printing affordable.
● Create outstanding, professional documents with 1200-dpi effective output quality (600 x 600 dpi resolution)
● Depend on proven HP LaserJet printer and print cartridge technology for reliable, consistent results every time you print
● Rely on a 150-sheet input tray, a single sheet priority input tray and a 100-sheet output bin
● Supports plain paper, envelopes, transparencies, card stock, postcards and labels.
Save valuable space with this sleek, compact laser printer that delivers fast results.
● Conveniently small size and space-saving design makes it ideal for the desktop
● Complete print jobs quickly with fast results at up to 12 ppm
● Thanks to HP’s Instant-on Technology, you can print a first page from PowerSave mode in less than 10 seconds*.
This intuitive laser printer is easy to set up, use and maintain.
● Rely on Hi-speed USB 2.0 connectivity for easy installation and use
● Includes 2MB RAM and a duty cycle of 3,000 pages per month
● Count on support for a wide range of operating systems including Windows® 98, SE, ME, 2000 and XB 32-bit
● Installation and replacement of the all-in-one HP LaserJet print cartridge is simple and convenient.
Technical specifications Ordering information
Print technology Monochrome Laser
Print speed A4 black: Up to 12 ppm
First page out black: Less than 10 sec, due to Instant-on Technology (no warm-up time from warm or cold start)
Speed specification per industry standard testing methods
Processor 234 MHz, RISC
Memory 2 MB
Print quality (1200 dpi-like quality with REt and FastRes)
Print resolution Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Printer languages Host-based printing
Economical printing Economode (saves up to 50% toner at 600 dpi), immediate return to Powersave mode after each print job due to Instant-on
Technology (saves electricity), N-up printing and manual two-sided printing (duplex) (saves paper)
Typefaces/fonts Based on installed typefaces on host computer
Duty cycle Up to 3,000 pages per month
Print margins top: 4 mm, left: 4 mm, right: 4 mm, bottom: 4 mm
Media handling Input Capacity Weight Size
Tray 1 Sheet: 1 60 to 163 g/m² A4, A5, A6, B5, envelopes (C5,
DL, B5), 76 x 127 to 216 x 356
mm
Tray 2 Sheets: 150, transparencies: 135,
envelopes: 15
60 to 105 g/m² A4, A5, B5, envelopes (C5, DL,
B5), 147 x 211 to 216 x 356 mm
Output: Up to 100 sheets. Up to 15 envelopes. Up to 100 transparencies
Duplex printing: Manual (driver support provided)
Media types Paper (laser, plain), envelopes, labels, cardstock, transparencies, postcards
Interface and connectivity Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port
Operating systems compatibility Microsoft® Windows® 98 SE, 2000, Me, XP (32-bit), Server 2003
Optional: Latest drivers available from the HP support Web site at http://www.hp.com/support
Minimum system requirements 90 MHz Pentium®, 120 MB available hard disk space (10 MB minimum install), CD-ROM drive, USB port
Software HP printer software CD-ROM includes HP installer/uninstaller, host-based driver, HP Toolbox for diagnostic status and
configuration, help documentation. Driver downloadable: Latest drivers available from the HP support website at

http://www.hp.com/support

Control panel 2 lights (Attention, Ready)
Power Requirements: Input voltage 110 to 127 VAC (+/- 10%), 50/60 Hz (+/- 2 Hz), 3.5 amps; input voltage 220 to 240 VAC (+/-
10%), 50/60 Hz (+/- 2 Hz), 2 amps. Consumption: 220 watts
Dimensions (w x d x h) Out of package: 370 x 242 x 209 mm
Packaged: 500 x 300 x 345 mm
Weight Out of package: 5 kg
Packaged: 7.21 kg
Operating environment Operating temperature: 10 to 32.5º C. Recommended operating temperature: 10 to 32.5º C. Operating humidity: 20 to 80%
RH. Recommended operating humidity: 20 to 80% RH. Storage temperature: 0 to 40º C. Storage humidity: 10 to 80% RH.
Noise level per ISO 9296: Sound power: LwAd 6.2 B(A). Sound pressure: LpAm 48 dB(A)
Product certifications Safety certifications: IEC 60950-1 compliant; safety UL listed; EU LVD and EN 60950-1 compliant; countries: Argentina (TUV S
Mark), Australia (AS/NZ 60950), Canada (cUL-CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00), China (GB 4943), Estonia (EEI-EN
60950-IEC 60825-1), EU (CE Mark-Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC), Germany (TUV- EN 60950-1-IEC 60825-1), Mexico
(NOM NYCE-NOM 019 SCFI), (Russia (GOST- R50377), Slovenia (SQI- IEC 60950-1-EN 60825-1), South Africa (IEC
60950-IEC 60825-1), US (UL-UL 60950-1; FDA-21 CFR Chapter 1 Subchapter J for lasers); Class 1 laser/LED product laser
safety statement, 21CFR Class A Laser Product (US), EMI statement (Korea), VCCI statement (Japan), Japanese Power Cord
statement, Laser statement (Finland), Canadian EMC Class B requirements, Declaration of Compliance (International)
EMC certifications: EMC Class B requirements (Canada), IEC 60950-1 (International), EN 60950-1 (International), IEC
60825-1+A1+A2, EN 60825-1+A11+A2 Class 1 Laser/LED product, GB4943, CISPR 22 +A1+A2/EN 55022: 1994+A1+A2
Class B, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3+A1, EN 55024+A1+A2, FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B (US), ICES-003, Issue 4,
GB9254, EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, CE Marking (Europe)
Warranty One-year limited warranty
CB419A HP LaserJet 1018 Printer,
HP LaserJet Introductory
Print Cartridge with up to
1000 pages yield (based
on 5% coverage), getting
started guide, printer
documentation and software
on CD-ROM, power cord
Laser Printer Supplies
Q2612A HP LaserJet Q2612A Black
Print Cartridge with
Ultraprecise Toner
2,000 standard pages in
accordance with ISO/IEC
19752
Connectivity
C6518A HP USB Cable, 2m
Service & support
UE502E HP Care Pack, Return to HP, 3
years
UE503E HP Care Pack, Pickup and
Return, 3 years
UE504E HP Care Pack, Next Business
Day Exchange, 3 years
UE508PE HP Care Pack, Next Business
Day Exchange, 1 year
For a complete list of supplies,
accessories and services, please refer
to http://www.hp.com

http://www.hp.com/uk/

© 2006 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP Products and services are set forth
in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for
technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.
Published in EMEA 03/06 4AA0-3296EEE

DELL- LASER PRINTER P1500 – OWNER’S MANUAL

www. d e l l . c om/ s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Dell™ Personal Laser Printer P1500
Owner’s Manual
Look Inside For:
• Setting up Your printer
• Loading Paper
• Understanding the Software
• Installing Printer Drivers
www. d e l l . c om/ s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Order toner cartridges
Dell™ toner cartridges are available only through Dell. You can order toner cartridges online at
www.dell.com/supplies or by phone.
USA 877-465-2968
(877-Ink2You)
Canada 877-501-4803
Mexico 001-800-210-7607
Puerto Rico 800-805-7545
UK 0870 907 4574
Ireland 1850 707 407
France 0825387247
Italy 800602705
Spain 902120385
Germany 0800 2873355
Austria 08 20 – 24 05 30 35
Netherlands 020 – 674 4881
Belgium 02.713 1590
Sweden 08 587 705 81
Norway 231622 64
Denmark 3287 5215
Finland 09 2533 1411
Switzerland 0848 801 888
www. d e l l . c om/ s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Dell™ Personal Laser Printer P1500
Use this feature: When you want to:
Tray 1 Load up to 150 sheets of paper or 10 sheets of
other media.
Paper support Support media in tray 1 or the top output bin.
Manual feed Load a single sheet of paper or other media. Use
for transparencies, labels, envelopes, and card
stock.
Paper guides Adjust the width of the media in tray 1 and the
manual feed.
Operator panel lights Check the status of your printer.
Top output bin Stack printed documents face down.
Front output door Print on specialty media (for example, labels or
card stock).
Optional 250-sheet tray Increase your paper capacity.
Tray 1
Paper support
Paper
support
Top output
bin
Operator
panel lights
Paper
guide
Manual
feed
Front
output door
Optional 250-sheet tray
Accessing your User’s Guide
To access your User’s Guide, click Start → Programs →Dell Printers →
Dell Laser Printer P1500 →User’s Guide.
Use this feature: When you want to:
Parallel cable connector Connect your computer to your printer parallel
port if you are using a parallel cable.
USB cable connector Connect your computer to your printer USB port if
you are using a USB cable.
Power cord connector Plug your printer into a properly grounded
electrical outlet with the power cord (after all other
peripherals have been connected).
Power switch Turn your printer on or off.
NOTE: You can use either a parallel cable or a USB cable, but do not use both.
Parallel cable connector
USB cable
connector
Power cord connector
Power switch
Notes, Notices, and Cautions
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better
use of your printer.
NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of
data and tells you how to avoid the problem.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage,
personal injury, or death.
____________________
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
© 2003 Dell Computer Corporation. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of
Dell Computer Corporation is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell and DELL logo are trademarks of Dell
Computer Corporation; Microsoft, Windows and Windows NT are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to
either the entities claiming the marks and names of their products. Dell
Computer Corporation disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and
trade names other than its own.
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS
This software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED
RIGHTS. Use, duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to
restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in
Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013
and in applicable FAR provisions: Dell Computer Corporation, One Dell
Way, Round Rock, Texas, 78682, USA.
FCC emissions information
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. Refer to the
Drivers and Utilities CD for details.

7
CAUTION: Safety instructions
• Your product uses a laser.
CAUTION: Use of controls or adjustments or performance of
procedures other than those specified herein may result in
hazardous radiation exposure.
• Your product uses a printing process that heats the print media,
and heat can cause certain media to release emissions. You must
understand the section in your operating instructions that
discusses the guidelines for selecting appropriate print media to
avoid the possibility of harmful emissions.
CAUTION: If your product is not marked with this symbol , it
must be connected to an electrical outlet that is properly
grounded.
• The power cord must be connected to an electrical outlet that is
near the product and easily accessible.
• Refer service or repairs, other than those described in the
operating instructions, to a professional service person.
• This product is designed to meet safety standards with the use of
specific Dell-authorized components. The safety features of some
parts may not always be obvious. Dell disclaims liability associated
with use of non-Dell-authorized components.
8
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Contents 9
Contents
Accessing your User’s Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FCC emissions information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
CAUTION: Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1 Unpack the printer
Attaching an operator panel overlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2 Install printer supplies
Installing the print cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Removing toner cartridge packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3 Install the optional 250-sheet drawer
4 Install optional memory cards
Removing the printer side cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Removing the system board shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Installing a memory card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Reinstalling the system board shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Reattaching the printer side cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
10 Contents
5 Load paper
Loading tray 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Loading the optional 250-sheet tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Loading the manual feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6 Connect your printer
Attaching a cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Turning on the printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Software overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Status Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Printing Status window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Toner Re-order window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Dell Local Printer Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Dell Printer Software Uninstall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Driver Profiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Installing printer drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
If you purchased your Dell printer and computer together . . . 53
If you purchased your Dell printer separately . . . . . . . . . . 54
Using Windows XP with a USB or parallel cable . . . . . . . . 54
Using Windows 2000 with a USB or parallel cable . . . . . . . 55
Using Windows Me with a USB or parallel cable . . . . . . . . 56
Using Windows NT with a parallel cable . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Using Windows 98 with a USB or parallel cable . . . . . . . . 57
Sharing your printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7 Configure paper trays
Type and size settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Contents 11
8 Verify printer setup
Printing a menu settings page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
9 Appendix
Contacting Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Dell Software License Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
12 Contents
1
SECTION 1
Unpack the printer
Attaching an operator panel overlay
14 Unpack the printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
1 Select a location for your printer.
• Leave enough room to open the printer cover, output door, and optional 250-sheet
tray. It is also important to allow space around the printer for proper ventilation.
• Provide the proper environment:
– A firm, level surface
– Away from the direct airflow of air conditioners, heaters, or ventilators
– Free of sunlight, humidity extremes, or temperature fluctuations
– Clean, dry, and free of dust
2 Remove all items from the box. Make sure you have the following items:
• Setup diagram
• Printer with toner cartridge installed
• Power cord
• Owner’s Manual
• Drivers and Utilities CD
• Operator panel overlay (non-English only)
If any items are missing or damaged, contact Dell at support.dell.com for assistance.
Save the carton and packing material in case you need to repack the printer.
Power cord
Owner’s Manual
Setup diagram
Drivers and Utilities CD
Overlay
Unpack the printer 15
Attaching an operator panel overlay
If you have a non-English operator panel overlay in your printer box and want to use it, peel
it off, align it with the operator panel, and press it into place.
16 Unpack the printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
2
SECTION 2
Install printer
supplies
Installing the print cartridge
18 Install printer supplies
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Installing the print cartridge
Removing toner cartridge packaging
1 Use the finger tab to pull down the printer cover.
2 Grasp the cartridge handle (behind the packaging tag in the illustration) and pull the
toner cartridge straight up.
3 Remove the protective foam packaging from the toner cartridge.
Cartridge handle
Install printer supplies 19
4 Pull off the plastic piece attached to the ends of the toner cartridge.
Discard the plastic piece, foam and paper.
NOTE: Do not touch the photoconductor drum on the bottom of the toner cartridge.
5 Gently shake the cartridge to distribute the toner evenly.
20 Install printer supplies
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
6 Insert the toner cartridge:
a Align the colored arrows on either side of the cartridge with the corresponding
arrows in the printer.
b Holding the cartridge by the handle, tilt the cartridge down and guide it between
the toner cartridge grooves.
c Push down on the cartridge until it is firmly in place.
7 Close the printer cover.
If you cannot close the printer cover, make sure the toner cartridge is positioned
correctly. Do not force the cover closed.
3
SECTION 3
Install the optional
250-sheet drawer
22 Install the optional 250-sheet drawer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
To increase paper capacity, you can purchase the optional 250-sheet drawer, which consists
of a base and a tray.
NOTE: If you install the optional 250-sheet drawer at a later time, be sure to turn off the
printer before installing it.
If you ordered this optional drawer, follow the instructions below to install it.
1 Remove the tray from the base.
2 Remove all packing material and tape from the tray and the base.
3 Place the base in the location you have chosen for your printer.
Base
Tray
Install the optional 250-sheet drawer 23
4 Align the printer with the front of the base and place it on top of the base.
Make sure the base is firmly in place.
24 Install the optional 250-sheet drawer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
5 Insert the tray.
When you complete setting up the printer, print a menu settings page to verify the
250-sheet drawer is listed under Installed Features (see page 66).
For more information on loading the 250-sheet drawer, see “Loading the optional 250-sheet
tray” on page 40.
For more information on configuring the 250-sheet drawer for printing, see “Configure
paper trays” on page 61.
4
SECTION 4
Install optional
memory cards
Removing the printer side cover
Removing the system board shield
Installing a memory card
Reinstalling the system board shield
Reattaching the printer side cover
26 Install optional memory cards
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
You can customize your printer memory capacity and connectivity by adding optional cards.
CAUTION: If you are installing memory cards sometime after setting up the
printer, turn the printer off and unplug the power cord before continuing.
Removing the printer side cover
Before installing any memory options, you must remove the printer side cover.
1 Open the printer front cover.
Install optional memory cards 27
2 Firmly push in the two oval tabs as you pull open the side cover.
3 Gently pull off the cover and set it aside.
28 Install optional memory cards
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Removing the system board shield
Use a No. 2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the system board shield.
1 Remove screw #1 and set it aside.
2 Loosen screws #2, #3, and #4, but do not remove them.
2
1
3
4
Install optional memory cards 29
3 Lift the system board shield up over the screws, slide it toward the front of the printer,
and set it aside.
Installing a memory card
Follow the instructions in this section to install either a printer memory card or a flash
memory card.
The system board has two connectors for optional memory cards. You can install a card in
either connector.
NOTICE: Memory cards are easily damaged by static electricity. Touch something metal on the
printer before you touch a memory card.
1 Complete the steps in “Removing the system board shield” on page 28.
30 Install optional memory cards
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
2 Unpack the printer memory card.
Avoid touching the connection points along the edge of the card. Save the packaging.
3 Align the notches on the bottom of the card with the notches on the connector.
4 Guide the card between the latches on each end of the connector and push the card
firmly into the connector.
5 Make sure each latch fits over the notch on each end of the memory card.
6 Reattach the metal shield and side cover. See page 31 for instructions.
Notches Connection points
Latch
Latch
Install optional memory cards 31
Reinstalling the system board shield
1 Align the shield over the bottom screws, slide it toward the back of the printer, and
lower it down onto the screws.
32 Install optional memory cards
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
2 Tighten screws #2, #3, and #4, and reattach screw #1 to keep the shield in place.
Reattaching the printer side cover
1 Align the top and bottom tabs with the corresponding slots.
2 As you close the printer side cover, push the oval tabs firmly into the slots.
3 Close the printer front cover.
1
2
3
4
Tab
Tab
5
SECTION 5
Load paper
Loading tray 1
Loading the optional 250-sheet tray
Loading the manual feed
34 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Your printer has two standard paper sources: tray 1, which holds up to 150 sheets of plain
paper, and a single-sheet manual feed. Use tray 1 for most print jobs. Use the manual feed
to feed a single page, transparency, envelope, label, or card stock.
You can increase your printer’s paper capacity with the optional 250-sheet tray.
An output bin on top of the printer holds up to 100 sheets. The single-sheet front output
door provides a straight-through paper path for specialty media, reducing curling and
potential paper jams.
Tray 1
Manual feed
Front output door Optional 250-sheet tray
Top output
bin
Paper support
Paper support
Load paper 35
The following table lists page numbers where you can find loading instructions for each tray.
Source Capacity
(sheets)
Paper sizes supported Paper types supported Go to
page…
Tray 1 150
A4, A5, B5, letter, legal,
executive, folio
Plain paper, transparencies,
labels, card stock
36
Optional
250-sheet
tray
250 Plain paper 40
Manual feed 1 Plain paper, transparencies,
envelopes, labels, card stock
45
36 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Loading tray 1
Use tray 1, which is behind the manual feed, to feed paper and specialty media.
Tray 1 holds up to 150 sheets of paper, 10 sheets of transparencies or labels, 10 envelopes, 10
sheets of card stock.
1 Extend the rear paper support until you hear it click twice.
2 Flex the sheets back and forth to loosen them, fan the sheets on all four sides, and flex
them again.
Load paper 37
3 If loading:
• letterhead paper, insert letterhead with the top of the page pointing down, facing you
38 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
• envelopes, insert them vertically, flap side down with the stamp area in the top left
corner
To reduce paper jams, do not use envelopes that:
– Have excessive curl
– Are stuck together
– Are damaged in any way
– Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or embossing
– Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars
– Have postage stamps attached
– Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed position
Load paper 39
4 Slide the paper guides against the edges of the paper or envelopes.
NOTE: Do not forget to select the paper type and paper size from your software application.
5 Extend the front paper support on the top output bin until you hear it click once.
6 If you are printing on legal size paper, extend the front paper support until you hear it
click twice.
40 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
7 Open the front output door for a straight-through paper path if you are printing on
specialty media.
Loading the optional 250-sheet tray
1 Grasp the tabs on either side of the tray and pull it completely out of the printer.
Load paper 41
2 Make sure the metal plate is pressed down before inserting the tray into the printer.
After the tray is inserted, the metal plate springs back up so the paper can feed into the
printer.
3 If loading A4 or legal size paper, extend the paper support on the front of the tray.
42 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
4 Flex the sheets back and forth to loosen them, fan the sheets on all four sides, and flex
them again.
5 If loading letterhead paper, insert letterhead face down with the top of the page
entering the printer first.
Load paper 43
6 Make sure the paper is under both corner bucklers and lying flat in the tray.
NOTE: When you load the tray, do not exceed the maximum stack height indicated by the label
in the tray. Overfilling the tray may cause paper jams.
Corner bucklers
44 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
7 Slide the paper guides flush against the edges of the paper.
8 Reinstall the tray, making sure it is pushed all the way in.
NOTE: Do not forget to select the paper type and paper size from your software application.
Load paper 45
Loading the manual feed
Use the manual feed to feed media, one sheet at a time, into your printer.
If you experience problems feeding envelopes or card stock in tray 1, try printing them one
at a time from the manual feed.
1 Extend the rear paper support until you hear it click twice.
2 Extend the front paper support on the top output bin until you hear it click once.
3 If loading legal size paper, extend the paper support until you hear it click twice.
4 Open the front output door if you are printing on specialty media.
5 If loading:
• letterhead paper, insert one sheet of letterhead with the top of the page pointing
down, facing you
• card stock, insert one card or sheet vertically
• envelopes, insert one envelope vertically, flap side down with the stamp area in the
top left corner
Manual feed
46 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
To reduce paper jams, do not use envelopes that:
– Have excessive curl
– Are stuck together
– Are damaged in any way
– Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or embossing
– Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars
– Have postage stamps attached
– Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed position
6 Slide the paper guides flush against the edges of the paper or envelope.
NOTE: Do not forget to select the paper type and paper size from your software application.
6
SECTION 6
Connect your printer
Attaching a cable
Turning on the printer
Software overview
Installing printer drivers
Sharing your printer
48 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Attaching a cable
NOTE: Before you connect your printer to your computer, you must first complete the
Microsoft® Windows® operating system setup. Refer to the documentation that came with your
computer for instructions.
You can attach your printer using either a USB or parallel cable, but do not use both.
• A USB port requires a USB cable. Be sure to match the USB symbol on the cable to the
USB symbol on the printer.
• A parallel port requires an IEEE-1284 compliant parallel cable.
CAUTION: Ensure that the printer, computer, and any attached devices are
turned off and disconnected from electrical outlets before you connect your
printer to your computer.
To attach the printer to a computer:
1 Connect the printer to the computer using a USB or parallel cable.
If you are using a USB cable, plug the printer into a USB port on the back of the
computer, not the USB keyboard.
Connect your printer 49
If you are using a parallel cable, snap down the clips on the printer to secure the
parallel cable.
Turning on the printer
1 Plug one end of the printer cord into the power cord connector at the back of the
printer and the other end into a properly grounded wall outlet.
50 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
2 Turn on the printer.
All operator panel lights cycle (each light blinks, from top to bottom, and then cycles
again).
If the operator panel lights do not come on when the printer is turned on, make sure
the power cord is firmly plugged in at the back of the printer and at the electrical
outlet.
If the printer is on but nothing prints, or if print jobs are not printing and the Error
light is on solid, make sure the toner cartridge is installed.
Software overview
Use the Drivers and Utilities CD that came with your printer to install a combination of
software applications, depending on your operating system.
NOTE: If you purchased your printer and computer separately, you must use the Drivers and
Utilities CD to install these software applications.
Operating
System
Status
Monitor
Printing
Status
Window
Dell
Toner
Re-order
Window
Local
Printer
Setup
Utility
Dell
Printer
Software
Uninstall
Driver
Profiler
Windows 98,
Windows Me
Y N N Y Y Y
Windows NT® 4.0 N N N Y Y Y
Windows 2000,
Windows XP
N Y Y Y Y Y
Connect your printer 51
Status Monitor
The Status Monitor alerts you when an error or warning occurs, for example, when the top
cover is open or toner is running low.
The Status Monitor launches when you send a print job to the printer and only appears on
the computer screen when an error or warning occurs.
Printing Status window
The Printing Status window displays the status of the printer (Printer Ready, Printer
Offline, and Error-Check Printer) and the name of the job when you send a job to print.
The Printing Status window also displays the level of toner so you can:
• Monitor the toner level for your printer.
• Click Order Toner to order replacement toner cartridges.
See “Toner Re-order window” on page 51 for more information.
Toner Re-order window
The Order Toner Cartridges dialog box can be launched from the Printing Status window,
the Programs window, or the desktop icon.
You can order toner by phone or from the Web.
1 Click Start→Programs or All Programs→Dell Printers→ Dell Laser Printer
P1500→Dell Toner Re-Order Application.
The Order Toner Cartridges window appears.
2 If ordering from the Web:
a Choose your printer model from the drop-down list on the screen.
b Enter your Dell printer Service Tag number in the field provided.
Your Service Tag number is located on your printer.
c Click Visit Dell’s cartridge ordering web site.
3 If ordering by phone, call the number that appears under the By Telephone heading.
52 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Dell Local Printer Setup Utility
Use the Dell Local Printer Setup Utility to change and save printer settings not available
from the printer driver. When you change these settings, they remain in effect until you
make another selection and apply it, or until you restore the original printer settings (called
factory default settings). The settings are organized by menu, much like a printer operator
panel.
The Dell Local Printer Setup Utility is installed automatically on your computer when you
install the Dell printer driver. Click Start→Programs→Dell Printers→ Dell Laser Printer
P1500→Dell Local Printer Setup Utility.
Dell Printer Software Uninstall
Use the Uninstall software utility to remove any currently installed printer software or
printer objects.
For Windows 98, Windows 2000, Windows Me, or Windows NT 4.x you can access the
Uninstall software utility two ways:
1 Click Start→ Settings→ Printers.
a Select the printer object to uninstall, and then right-click the mouse.
b Select Dell Software Uninstall.
c Select the components to uninstall, and then click Next.
d Click Uninstall Now.
e Click OK when the uninstall is complete.
2 Click Start→ Programs→ Dell Printers→ Dell Laser Printer P1500.
a Select Dell Printer Software Uninstall.
b Select the components to uninstall, and then click Next.
c Click Uninstall Now.
d Click OK when the uninstall is complete.
Connect your printer 53
For Windows XP:
1 Click Start→ Αll Programs→ Dell Printers→ Dell Laser Printer P1500.
2 Select Dell Printer Software Uninstall.
3 Select the components to uninstall, and then click Next.
4 Click Uninstall Now.
5 Click OK when the uninstall is complete.
Driver Profiler
Use the Driver Profiler to create driver profiles that contain custom driver settings. A driver
profile can contain a group of saved printer driver settings and other data for things such as:
• Print orientation and N-Up (document settings)
• Installation status of an output tray (printer options)
• User-defined paper sizes (custom papers)
• Simple text and watermarks
• Overlay references
• Font references
• Form associations
Installing printer drivers
A printer driver is software that lets your computer communicate with your printer.
If you purchased your Dell printer and computer together
The printer drivers and utilities described in the Software Overview are automatically
installed—you are ready to print!
54 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
If you purchased your Dell printer separately
To obtain all the features described in the Software Overview, use the Drivers and
Utilities CD to install it. Use the following table to find the instructions you need for your
operating system.
You need to complete Microsoft’s Plug and Play before installing the driver from your
printer drivers CD.
Using Windows XP with a USB or parallel cable
NOTE: Business versions of Windows XP require that you have administrative access to install
printer drivers on your computer.
When you attached the cable and turned on the printer, the Found New Hardware Wizard
appeared on your computer screen.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD into your computer.
The Wizard automatically searches for an appropriate driver.
2 Scroll through the list of drivers until you see D:\drivers\win_2000\dkaae1da.inf
selected in the Location column. Instead of D:\ you will see the letter of your
CD-ROM drive.
3 Click Next.
The wizard copies all of the necessary files and installs the printer drivers.
4 Click Finish when the software is installed.
5 Launch the Drivers and Utilities CD: click Start →Run and browse your CD drive (for
example, type D:\ where D is the drive letter of your CD).
6 Select SETUP.EXE, and then click OK.
Computer operating system Go to page …
Windows XP 54
Windows 2000 55
Windows Me 56
Windows NT 4.x 57
Windows 98 57
Connect your printer 55
7 When the Dell Drivers and Utilities screen appears, click Install to install the
additional software for your printer.
When all of the files are installed on your computer, the Congratulations screen
appears.
8 Click Print a Test Page to verify printer setup.
9 Click Finish when the test page prints successfully.
10 Close the Drivers and Utilities CD screen.
Using Windows 2000 with a USB or parallel cable
When you attached the cable and turned on the printer and computer, the Found New
Hardware Wizard screen appeared on your computer screen.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD, and then click Next.
2 Select Search for a suitable driver, and then click Next.
3 Only select Specify a location, and then click Next.
4 Browse to the location of the printer driver on the Drivers and Utilities CD.
D:\Drivers\Win_2000\
Replace D:\ with the letter of your CD-ROM drive (for example, type D:\ where D is
the drive letter of your CD).
5 Click Open, and then click OK.
6 Click Next to install the driver that is displayed.
7 Click Finish when the software is installed.
8 When the Dell Drivers and Utilities CD screen appears, choose Install to install the
additional software for your printer.
When all the files are installed on your computer, the Congratulations screen appears.
9 Click Print a Test Page to verify printer setup.
10 Click Finish when the test page prints successfully.
11 Close the Drivers and Utilities CD screen.
56 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Using Windows Me with a USB or parallel cable
NOTE: Depending on the software and printers already installed on your computer, your screens
may vary from those in the instructions.
If you attached a USB cable, you must install both a USB port driver and a custom print
driver.
When you attached the cable and turned on the printer and computer, the Add New
Hardware Wizard screen appeared on your computer screen.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD.
The Wizard automatically searches for the USB driver on the CD and installs it.
NOTE: If you are using a parallel cable, skip to step 3.
2 After the USB port driver is found, click Finish.
3 Select Automatic search for the best driver (recommended), and then click Next.
The wizard searches for a printer driver.
4 Select your printer and driver from the list on the screen, and then click OK. Use the
following table to identify the driver for your language.
5 Use the default printer name (for example, Dell Laser Printer P1500) or type a unique
name for your printer, and then click Next.
6 A test page will print automatically. Click YES when the test page prints successfully.
If your computer
uses this language
Select the driver from the list
(Replace the D:\ in the table with the letter of
your CD-ROM drive)
English D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\ENGLISH\LMPCL5C.INF
French D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\FRENCH\LMPCL5C.INF
German D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\GERMAN\LMPCL5C.INF
Italian D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\ITALIAN\LMPCL5C.INF
Spanish D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\SPANISH\LMPCL5C.INF
Connect your printer 57
7 Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard. You are now ready to
print.
8 Launch the Drivers and Utilities CD: click Start →Run and browse your CD drive (for
example, type D:\ where D is the drive letter of your CD).
9 Select SETUP.EXE, and then click OK.
10 When the Dell Drivers and Utilities CD screen appears, click Install to install the
additional software for your printer.
If you are prompted to restart your computer, click Yes.
Otherwise, the Congratulations screen appears.
11 Close the Drivers and Utilities CD screen.
Using Windows NT with a parallel cable
NOTE: USB support is not available for Windows NT operating systems.
NOTE: You need administrative access to install printer drivers on your computer.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD.
2 Click Install.
When all the files are installed on your computer, the Congratulations screen appears.
3 Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard. You are now ready to
print.
4 Close the Drivers and Utilities CD screen.
Using Windows 98 with a USB or parallel cable
NOTE: Depending on the software and printers already installed on your computer, your screens
may vary from those in the instructions.
If you attached a USB cable, you must install both a USB port driver and a custom print
driver.
When you attached the cable and turned on the printer and computer, the Add New
Hardware Wizard screen appeared on your computer screen.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD, and then click Next.
NOTE: If you are using a parallel cable, skip to step 7.
58 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
2 Select Search for the best driver for your device (recommended), and then click Next.
3 Select CD-ROM drive only, and then click Next.
4 After the wizard finds the USB port driver, click Next.
5 When the USB port driver is installed, click Finish.
The wizard prompts you to search for new drivers.
6 Click Next to search for a printer driver.
7 Select Search for the best driver for your device (recommended), and then click Next.
8 Only select Specify a location and browse to the location of the printer driver on the
Drivers and Utilities CD, and then click OK.
Use the following table to identify the driver for your language.
9 Highlight the driver, and then select to install the updated driver (recommended).
10 Click Next.
11 Click Next to complete installation.
12 Use the default printer name (for example, Dell Laser Printer P1500) or type a unique
name for your printer, and then click Next.
13 Click Finish.
14 A test page will print automatically. Click YES when the test page prints successfully.
15 Click Finish to complete the installation. You are now ready to print.
16 Launch the Drivers and Utilities CD: click Start →Run and browse your CD drive (for
example, type D:\ where D is the drive letter of your CD).
If your computer
uses this language
Select the driver from the list
(Replace the D:\ in the table with the letter of
your CD-ROM drive)
English D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\ENGLISH\LMPCL5C.INF
French D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\FRENCH\LMPCL5C.INF
German D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\GERMAN\LMPCL5C.INF
Italian D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\ITALIAN\LMPCL5C.INF
Spanish D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\SPANISH\LMPCL5C.INF
Connect your printer 59
17 Select SETUP.EXE, and then click OK to launch the Dell Drivers and Utilities CD.
18 When the Dell Drivers and Utilities screen appears, click Install to install the
additional software for your printer.
If you are prompted to restart your computer, click Yes.
Otherwise, the Congratulations screen appears.
19 Close the Drivers and Utilities CD screen.
Sharing your printer
To share your new printer with other users, you need to set it up to be shared, and then copy
the printer drivers to their computers:
1 Click Start →Settings →Printers.
2 Select the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click File →Sharing.
4 Check the Shared as check box, and then type a name in the Shared Name text box.
5 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all other users printing to
this printer.
6 Click OK.
If you are missing files, you are prompted to insert the computer operating system CD.
To check that the printer was successfully shared:
• Make sure the printer object in the Printers folder shows it is shared. For example, in
Windows 2000, a hand is shown underneath the printer icon.
• Browse Network Neighborhood. Find the host name of the server and look for the
shared name you assigned to the printer.
Other users who want to connect to your printer need to install the printer drivers on their
computer:
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD that came with the shared printer, and then click
Install.
2 Click I am installing software for a printer that is shared through another computer.
3 Type the name of the computer and printer share name. For example,
\\server1\dellprinter
60 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
To find out the computer name, browse Network Neighborhood. Find the name of the
computer and look for the shared name you assigned to the printer.
When all the files are installed on your computer, the Congratulations screen appears.
4 Click Print a Test Page to verify printer setup.
5 Click Finish when the test page prints successfully.
7
SECTION 7
Configure paper trays
Type and size settings
62 Configure paper trays
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Type and size settings
Set the driver and Dell Local Printer Setup Utility to the type and size of paper loaded in
the paper trays.
1 Launch the Dell Local Printer Setup Utility (Start → Programs → Dell Printers → Dell
Laser Printer P1500 → Dell Local Printer Setup Utility).
2 Select your Dell Laser Printer P1500.
3 Click OK.
4 In the left column, click Paper.
5 In the right column, go to the Tray 1 section. Specify what size and type of media you
loaded into tray 1.
6 In the right column, go to the Tray 2 section. Specify what size and type of media you
loaded into tray 2.
7 On the Menu Bar, Click Actions → Apply Settings.
8 Close the utility.
NOTE: If you change the size or type of media loaded into either tray, use the Local Printer
Setup Utility to reconfigure the tray.
9 Update your driver by following the instructions in the table.
Windows XP 1 Click Start → Settings→ Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Options)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
Windows 2000
Windows NT 4.0
1 Click Start → Settings→ Printers.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Options)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
Windows Me
Windows 98
1 Click Start → Settings→ Printers.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Features)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
Configure paper trays 63
If Update is unavailable, follow these steps:
a In the Available Options list, click 250-sheet tray or 500-sheet tray.
b Click Add.
c Click OK, and then close the Printers folder.
If Update Now is unavailable, follow these steps:
a In the Options list, find 250-sheet tray or 500-sheet tray.
b Change the setting from Not Installed to Installed.
c Click OK, and then close the Printers folder.
64 Configure paper trays
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
8
SECTION 8
Verify printer setup
Printing a menu settings page
66 Veri fy printer setup
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Printing a menu settings page
Print a menu settings page for a list of current printer settings.
1 When the Ready/Data light is on solid, press and release Continue to print the page.
2 On the menu settings page:
• Verify that the options you installed are correctly listed under “Installed Features.”
If an option you installed is not listed on the menu settings page, turn the printer
off, unplug the power cord, and reinstall the option.
• Verify that the amount of memory installed is correctly listed under “Printer
Information.” Verify that the paper trays are configured for the sizes and types of
paper you loaded.
NOTE: When you add or remove the optional 250-sheet tray, remember to update the printer’s
configuration through your printer driver.
For tips on successful printing, examples of common operator panel light sequences, ways
to improve print quality, solutions for printing problems, and instructions for replacing
supplies, refer to the Dell Personal Laser Printer P1500 User’s Guide on the Drivers and
Utilities CD (Start → Programs →Dell Printers → Dell Laser Printer P1500 →User’s
Guide).
Verify printer setup 67
3 Update your driver by following the instructions in the table. If the printer is on the
network, update the driver for each client.
If Update is unavailable, follow these steps:
a In the Available Options list, click 250-sheet tray.
b Click Add.
c Click OK, and then close the Printers folder.
If Update Now is unavailable, follow these steps:
a In the Options list, find 250-sheet tray.
b Change the setting from Not Installed to Installed.
c Click OK, and then close the Printers folder.
Windows XP 1 Click Start → Settings → Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Options)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
Windows 2000
Windows NT 4.0
1 Click Start → Settings → Printers.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Options)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
Windows Me
Windows 98
1 Click Start → Settings → Printers.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Features)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
68 Veri fy printer setup
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
9
SECTION 9
Appendix
Contacting Dell
Limited Warranties and Return Policy
Dell Computer Corporation Ink and Toner Cartridges
Limited Warranties
Dell Software License Agreement
70 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Contacting Dell
To contact Dell electronically, you can access the following websites:
• www.dell.com
• support.dell.com (technical support)
• premiersupport.dell.com (technical support for educational, government, healthcare,
and medium/large business customers, including Premier, Platinum, and Gold
customers)
For specific web addresses for your country, find the appropriate country section in the table
below.
NOTE: Toll-free numbers are for use within the country for which they are listed.
When you need to contact Dell, use the electronic addresses, telephone numbers, and
codes provided in the following table. If you need assistance in determining which codes to
use, contact a local or an international operator.
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Belgium (Brussels)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 32
City Code: 2
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: tech_be@dell.com
E-mail for French Speaking Customers:
support.euro.dell.com/be/fr/emaildell/
Technical Support 02 481 92 88
Customer Care 02 481 91 19
Corporate Sales 02 481 91 00
Fax 02 481 92 99
Switchboard 02 481 91 00
Appendix 71
Canada (North York, Ontario)
International Access Code: 011
Online Order Status: www.dell.ca/ostatus
AutoTech (automated technical support) toll-free: 1-800-247-9362
TechFax toll-free: 1-800-950-1329
Customer Care (Home Sales/Small Business) toll-free: 1-800-847-4096
Customer Care (med./large business, government) toll-free: 1-800-326-9463
Technical Support (Home Sales/Small Business) toll-free: 1-800-847-4096
Technical Support (med./large bus., government) toll-free: 1-800-387-5757
Sales (Home Sales/Small Business) toll-free: 1-800-387-5752
Sales (med./large bus., government) toll-free: 1-800-387-5755
Spare Parts Sales & Extended Service Sales 1 866 440 3355
Denmark (Copenhagen)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 45
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail Support (portable computers):
den_nbk_support@dell.com
E-mail Support (desktop computers):
den_support@dell.com
E-mail Support (servers):
Nordic_server_support@dell.com
Technical Support 7023 0182
Customer Care (Relational) 7023 0184
Home/Small Business Customer Care 3287 5505
Switchboard (Relational) 3287 1200
Fax Switchboard (Relational) 3287 1201
Switchboard (Home/Small Business) 3287 5000
Fax Switchboard (Home/Small Business) 3287 5001
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
72 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Finland (Helsinki)
International Access Code: 990
Country Code: 358
City Code: 9
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: fin_support@dell.com
E-mail Support (servers):
Nordic_support@dell.com
Technical Support 09 253 313 60
Technical Support Fax 09 253 313 81
Relational Customer Care 09 253 313 38
Home/Small Business Customer Care 09 693 791 94
Fax 09 253 313 99
Switchboard 09 253 313 00
France (Paris) (Montpellier)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 33
City Codes: (1) (4)
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: support.euro.dell.com/fr/fr/emaildell/
Home and Small Business
Technical Support 0825 387 270
Customer Care 0825 823 833
Switchboard 0825 004 700
Switchboard (calls from outside of France) 04 99 75 40 00
Sales 0825 004 700
Fax 0825 004 701
Fax (calls from outside of France) 04 99 75 40 01
Corporate
Technical Support 0825 004 719
Customer Care 0825 338 339
Switchboard 01 55 94 71 00
Sales 01 55 94 71 00
Fax 01 55 94 71 01
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Appendix 73
Germany (Langen)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 49
City Code: 6103
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: tech_support_central_europe@dell.com
Technical Support 06103 766-7200
Home/Small Business Customer Care 0180-5-224400
Global Segment Customer Care 06103 766-9570
Preferred Accounts Customer Care 06103 766-9420
Large Accounts Customer Care 06103 766-9560
Public Accounts Customer Care 06103 766-9555
Switchboard 06103 766-7000
Greece
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 30
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: support.euro.dell.com/gr/en/emaildell/
Technical Support 080044149518
Gold Technical Support 08844140083
Switchboard 2108129800
Sales 2108129800
Fax 2108129812
India Technical Support 1600 33 8045
Sales 1600 33 8044
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
74 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Ireland (Cherrywood)
International Access Code: 16
Country Code: 353
City Code: 1
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: dell_direct_support@dell.com
Ireland Technical Support 1850 543 543
U.K. Technical Support (dial within U.K. only) 0870 908 0800
Home User Customer Care 01 204 4014
Small Business Customer Care 01 204 4014
U.K. Customer Care (dial within U.K. only) 0870 906 0010
Corporate Customer Care 1850 200 982
Corporate Customer Care (dial within U.K. only) 0870 907 4499
Ireland Sales 01 204 4444
U.K. Sales (dial within U.K. only) 0870 907 4000
Fax/SalesFax 01 204 0103
Switchboard 01 204 4444
Italy (Milan)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 39
City Code: 02
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: support.euro.dell.com/it/it/emaildell/
Home and Small Business
Technical Support 02 577 826 90
Customer Care 02 696 821 14
Fax 02 696 821 13
Switchboard 02 696 821 12
Corporate
Technical Support 02 577 826 90
Customer Care 02 577 825 55
Fax 02 575 035 30
Switchboard 02 577 821
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Appendix 75
Latin America Customer Technical Support (Austin, Texas,
U.S.A.)
512 728-4093
Customer Service (Austin, Texas, U.S.A.) 512 728-3619
Fax (Technical Support and Customer Service)
(Austin, Texas, U.S.A.)
512 728-3883
Sales (Austin, Texas, U.S.A.) 512 728-4397
SalesFax (Austin, Texas, U.S.A.) 512 728-4600
or 512 728-3772
Luxembourg
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 352
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: tech_be@dell.com
Technical Support (Brussels, Belgium) 3420808075
Home/Small Business Sales (Brussels, Belgium) toll-free: 080016884
Corporate Sales (Brussels, Belgium) 02 481 91 00
Customer Care (Brussels, Belgium) 02 481 91 19
Fax (Brussels, Belgium) 02 481 92 99
Switchboard (Brussels, Belgium) 02 481 91 00
Mexico
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 52
Customer Technical Support 001-877-384-8979
or 001-877-269-3383
Sales 50-81-8800
or 01-800-888-3355
Customer Service 001-877-384-8979
or 001-877-269-3383
Main 50-81-8800
or 01-800-888-3355
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
76 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Netherlands (Amsterdam)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 31
City Code: 20
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail (Technical Support):
(Enterprise): nl_server_support@dell.com
(Latitude): nl_latitude_support@dell.com
(Inspiron): nl_inspiron_support@dell.com
(Dimension): nl_dimension_support@dell.com
(OptiPlex): nl_optiplex_support@dell.com
(Dell Precision): nl_workstation_support@dell.com
Technical Support 020 674 45 00
Technical Support Fax 020 674 47 66
Home/Small Business Customer Care 020 674 42 00
Relational Customer Care 020 674 4325
Home/Small Business Sales 020 674 55 00
Relational Sales 020 674 50 00
Home/Small Business Sales Fax 020 674 47 75
Relational Sales Fax 020 674 47 50
Switchboard 020 674 50 00
Switchboard Fax 020 674 47 50
Norway (Lysaker)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 47
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail Support (portable computers):
nor_nbk_support@dell.com
E-mail Support (desktop computers):
nor_support@dell.com
E-mail Support (servers):
nordic_server_support@dell.com
Technical Support 671 16882
Relational Customer Care 671 17514
Home/Small Business Customer Care 23162298
Switchboard 671 16800
Fax Switchboard 671 16865
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Appendix 77
Poland (Warsaw)
International Access Code: 011
Country Code: 48
City Code: 22
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: pl_support@dell.com
Customer Service Phone 57 95 700
Customer Care 57 95 999
Sales 57 95 999
Customer Service Fax 57 95 806
Reception Desk Fax 57 95 998
Switchboard 57 95 999
Portugal
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 351
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: support.euro.dell.com/pt/en/emaildell/
Technical Support 707200149
Customer Care 800 300 413
Sales 800 300 410 or 800 300 411 or
800 300 412 or 21 422 07 10
Fax 21 424 01 12
Puerto Rico General Support 1-800-805-7545
Singapore (Singapore)
International Access Code: 005
Country Code: 65
Technical Support toll-free: 800 6011 051
Customer Service (Penang, Malaysia) 604 633 4949
Transaction Sales toll-free: 800 6011 054
Corporate Sales toll-free: 800 6011 053
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
78 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Spain (Madrid)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 34
City Code: 91
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: support.euro.dell.com/es/es/emaildell/
Home and Small Business
Technical Support 902 100 130
Customer Care 902 118 540
Sales 902 118 541
Switchboard 902 118 541
Fax 902 118 539
Corporate
Technical Support 902 100 130
Customer Care 902 118 546
Switchboard 91 722 92 00
Fax 91 722 95 83
Sweden (Upplands Vasby)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 46
City Code: 8
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: swe_support@dell.com
E-mail Support for Latitude and Inspiron:
Swe-nbk_kats@dell.com
E-mail Support for OptiPlex: Swe_kats@dell.com
E-mail Support for Servers:
Nordic_server_support@dell.com
Technical Support 08 590 05 199
Relational Customer Care 08 590 05 642
Home/Small Business Customer Care 08 587 70 527
Employee Purchase Program (EPP) Support 20 140 14 44
Fax Technical Support 08 590 05 594
Sales 08 590 05 185
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Appendix 79
Switzerland (Geneva)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 41
City Code: 22
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: swisstech@dell.com
E-mail for French-speaking HSB and Corporate
Customers: support.euro.dell.com/ch/fr/emaildell/
Technical Support (Home and Small Business) 0844 811 411
Technical Support (Corporate) 0844 822 844
Customer Care (Home and Small Business) 0848 802 202
Customer Care (Corporate) 0848 821 721
Fax 022 799 01 90
Switchboard 022 799 01 01
U.K. (Bracknell)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 44
City Code: 1344
Website: support.euro.dell.com
Customer Care website: support.euro.dell.com/uk/en/ECare/Form/Home.asp
E-mail: dell_direct_support@dell.com
Technical Support (Corporate/Preferred
Accounts/PAD [1000+ employees])
0870 908 0500
Technical Support (direct/PAD and general) 0870 908 0800
Global Accounts Customer Care 01344 373 186
Home and Small Business Customer Care 0870 906 0010
Corporate Customer Care 01344 373 185
Preferred Accounts (500–5000 employees)
Customer Care
0870 906 0010
Central Government Customer Care 01344 373 193
Local Government & Education Customer Care 01344 373 199
Health Customer Care 01344 373 194
Home and Small Business Sales 0870 907 4000
Corporate/Public Sector Sales 01344 860 456
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
80 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
U.S.A. (Austin, Texas)
International Access Code: 011
Country Code: 1
Automated Order-Status Service toll-free: 1-800-433-9014
AutoTech (portable and desktop computers) toll-free: 1-800-247-9362
Consumer (Home and Home Office)
Technical Support toll-free: 1-800-624-9896
Customer Service toll-free: 1-800-624-9897
DellNet™ Service and Support toll-free: 1-877-Dellnet
(1-877-335-5638)
Employee Purchase Program (EPP) Customers toll-free: 1-800-695-8133
Financial Services website: www.dellfinancialservices.com
Financial Services (lease/loans) toll-free: 1-877-577-3355
Financial Services (Dell Preferred Accounts [DPA]) toll-free: 1-800-283-2210
Business
Customer Service and Technical Support toll-free: 1-800-822-8965
Employee Purchase Program (EPP) Customers toll-free: 1-800-695-8133
Projectors Technical Support toll-free: 1-877-459-7298
Public (government, education, and healthcare)
Customer Service and Technical Support toll-free: 1-800-456-3355
Employee Purchase Program (EPP) Customers toll-free: 1-800-234-1490
Dell Sales toll-free: 1-800-289-3355
or toll-free: 1-800-879-3355
Dell Outlet Store (Dell refurbished computers) toll-free: 1-888-798-7561
Software and Peripherals Sales toll-free: 1-800-671-3355
Spare Parts Sales toll-free: 1-800-357-3355
Extended Service and Warranty Sales toll-free: 1-800-247-4618
Fax toll-free: 1-800-727-8320
Dell Services for the Deaf, Hard-of-Hearing, or
Speech-Impaired
toll-free: 1-877-DELLTTY
(1-877-335-5889)
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Appendix 81
Limited Warranties and Return Policy
Dell-branded hardware products purchased in the U.S. or Canada come with either a 90-day, one-year, two-year,
three-year, or four-year limited warranty. To determine which warranty came with your hardware product(s), see
your packing slip or invoice. The following sections describe the limited warranties and return policy for the U.S.,
the limited warranties and return policy for Canada, and the manufacturer guarantee for Latin America and the
Caribbean.
Limited Warranty for Dell-Branded Hardware Products (U.S. Only)
What is covered by this limited warranty?
This limited warranty covers defects in materials and workmanship in your—our end-user customer’s—
Dell-branded hardware products, including Dell-branded peripheral products.
What is not covered by this limited warranty?
This limited warranty does not cover:
• Software, including the operating system and software added to the Dell-branded hardware products
through our factory-integration system, third-party software, or the reloading of software
• Non-Dell-branded and Solution Provider Direct products and accessories
• Problems that result from:
– External causes such as accident, abuse, misuse, or problems with electrical power
– Servicing not authorized by Dell
– Usage that is not in accordance with product instructions
– Failure to follow the product instructions or failure to perform preventive maintenance
– Problems caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by Dell
• Products with missing or altered service tags or serial numbers
• Products for which we have not received payment
THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER
RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE (OR JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION). DELL’S
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MALFUNCITONS AND DEFECTS IN HARDWARE IS LIMITED TO REPAIR
AND REPLACEMENT AS SET FORTH IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT. ALL EXPRESS AND
IMPLIED WARRANTIES FOR THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED IN TIME TO THE TERM OF THE LIMITED WARRANTY PERIOD
REFLECTED ON YOUR PACKING SLIP OR INVOICE. NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, WILL APPLY AFTER THE LIMITED WARRANTY PERIOD HAS EXPIRED. SOME STATES
DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, SO THIS
LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
82 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
WE DO NOT ACCEPT LIABILITY BEYOND THE REMEDIES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS LIMITED
WARRANTY OR FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ANY LIABILTY FOR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES, FOR
PRODUCTS NOT BEING AVAILABLE FOR USE, OR FOR LOST DATA OR LOST SOFTWARE. OUR
LIABILITY WILL BE NO MORE THAN THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE PRODUCT THAT IS THE
SUBJECT OF A CLAIM. THIS IS THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT FOR WHICH WE ARE RESPONSIBLE.
SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO
YOU.
How long does this limited warranty last?
This limited warranty lasts for the time period indicated on your packing slip or invoice, except that the limited
warranty on Dell-branded batteries lasts only one year and the limited warranty on the lamps for Dell-branded
projectors lasts only ninety days. The limited warranty begins on the date of the packing slip or invoice. The
warranty period is not extended if we repair or replace a warranted product or any parts. Dell may change the
availability of limited warranties, at its discretion, but any changes will not be retroactive.
What do I do if I need warranty service?
Before the warranty expires, please call us at the relevant number listed in the following table. Please also have your
Dell service tag number or order number available.
What will Dell do?
During the 90 days of the 90-day limited warranty and the first year of all other limited warranties: During the 90
days of the 90-day limited warranty and the first year of all other limited warranties, we will repair any
Dell-branded hardware products returned to us that prove to be defective in materials or workmanship. If we are
not able to repair the product, we will replace it with a comparable product that is new or refurbished.
Individual Home Consumers: U.S. Only
Technical Support 1-800-624-9896
Customer Service 1-800-624-9897
Individual Home Consumers who purchased through
an Employee Purchase Program:
Technical Support and Customer Service 1-800-822-8965
Home and Small Business Commercial Customers:
Technical Support and Customer Service 1-800-456-3355
Medium, Large, or Global Commercial Customers,
Healthcare Customers, and Value Added Resellers
(VARs):
Technical Support and Customer Service 1-877-459-7298
Government and Education Customers:
Technical Support and Customer Service 1-877-459-7298
Dell-Branded Memory 1-888-363-5150
Appendix 83
When you contact us, we will issue a Return Material Authorization Number for you to include with your return.
You must return the products to us in their original or equivalent packaging, prepay shipping charges, and insure
the shipment or accept the risk if the product is lost or damaged in shipment. We will return the repaired or
replacement products to you. We will pay to ship the repaired or replaced products to you if you use an address in
the United States (excluding Puerto Rico and U.S. possessions and territories). Otherwise, we will ship the product
to you freight collect.
If we determine that the product is not covered under this warranty, we will notify you and inform you of service
alternatives that are available to you on a fee basis.
NOTE: Before you ship the product(s) to us, make sure to back up the data on the hard drive(s) and any other
storage device(s) in the product(s). Remove any confidential, proprietary, or personal information and removable
media such as floppy disks, CDs, or PC Cards. We are not responsible for any of your confidential, proprietary, or
personal information; lost or corrupted data; or damaged or lost removable media.
During the remaining years: For the remaining period of the limited warranty, we will replace any defective part
with new or refurbished parts, if we agree that it needs to be replaced. When you contact us, we will require a valid
credit card number at the time you request a replacement part, but we will not charge you for the replacement part
as long as you return the original part to us within thirty days after we ship the replacement part to you. If we do
not receive the original part within thirty days, we will charge to your credit card the then-current standard price for
that part.
We will pay to ship the part to you if you use an address in the United States (excluding Puerto Rico and U.S.
possessions and territories). Otherwise, we will ship the part freight collect. We will also include a prepaid shipping
container with each replacement part for your use in returning the replaced part to us.
NOTE: Before you replace parts, make sure to back up the data on the hard drive(s) and any other storage
device(s) in the product(s). We are not responsible for lost or corrupted data.
What if I purchased a service contract?
If your service contract is with Dell, service will be provided to you under the terms of the service agreement.
Please refer to that contract for details on how to obtain service.
If you purchased through us a service contract with one of our third-party service providers, please refer to that
contract for details on how to obtain service.
How will you fix my product?
We use new and refurbished parts made by various manufacturers in performing warranty repairs and in building
replacement parts and systems. Refurbished parts and systems are parts or systems that have been returned to Dell,
some of which were never used by a customer. All parts and systems are inspected and tested for quality.
Replacement parts and systems are covered for the remaining period of the limited warranty for the product you
bought. Dell owns all parts removed from repaired products.
84 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
What do I do if I am not satisfied?
We pride ourselves on our great customer service. If you are not satisfied with the service you receive under this
limited warranty, please let us know. We have found that the best way to resolve issues regarding our limited
warranty is to work together. If, after those discussions, you are still not satisfied, we believe arbitration is the most
expeditious way to resolve your concerns. Therefore, ANY CLAIM, DISPUTE, OR CONTROVERSY
(WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER PREEXISTING, PRESENT, OR
FUTURE, AND INCLUDING STATUTORY, COMMON LAW, INTENTIONAL TORT, AND EQUITABLE
CLAIMS) AGAINST DELL arising from or relating to this limited warranty, its interpretation, or the breach,
termination, or validity thereof, the relationships which result from this limited warranty (including, to the full
extent permitted by applicable law, relationships with third parties), Dell’s advertising, or any related purchase
SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY AND FINALLY BY BINDING ARBITRATION ADMINISTERED
BY THE NATIONAL ARBITRATION FORUM (NAF) under its Code of Procedure then in effect (available via
the Internet at www.arb-forum.com/ or via telephone at 1-800-474-2371). The arbitration will be limited solely to
the dispute or controversy between you and Dell. Any award of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding on each
of the parties, and may be entered as a judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction. Information may be
obtained and claims may be filed with the NAF at P.O. Box 50191, Minneapolis, MN 55405. This provision applies
only to individual home consumers and consumers who purchased through an employee purchase program. It does
not apply to small, medium, large, and global commercial customers or government, education, and healthcare
customers.
May I transfer the limited warranty?
Limited warranties on systems may be transferred if the current owner transfers ownership of the system and
records the transfer with us. The limited warranty on Dell-branded memory may not be transferred. You may
record your transfer by going to Dell’s website:
• If you are an Individual Home Consumer, go to www.dell.com/us/en/dhs/topics/sbtopic_015_ccare.htm
• If you are a Home Office, Small, Medium, Large, or Global Commercial Customer, go to
www.dell.com/us/en/biz/topics/sbtopic_ccare_nav_015_ccare.htm
• If you are a Government, Education, or Healthcare Customer, or an Individual Home Consumer who
purchased through an employee purchase program, go to
www.dell.com/us/en/pub/topics/sbtopic_015_ccare.htm
If you do not have Internet access, call your customer care representative or call 1-800-624-9897.
“Total Satisfaction” Return Policy (U.S. Only)
We value our relationship with you and want to make sure that you’re satisfied with your purchases. That’s why we
offer a “Total Satisfaction” return policy for most products that you—the end-user customer—purchase directly
from Dell. Under this policy, you may return to Dell products that you purchased directly from Dell for a credit or
a refund of the purchase price paid, less shipping and handling and applicable restocking fees as follows:
• New Hardware Products and Accessories — All new hardware, accessories, parts, and unopened software
still in its sealed package, excluding the products listed below, may be returned within thirty days from the
date on the packing slip or invoice. To return applications software or an operating system that has been
installed by Dell, you must return the entire computer. A different return policy applies to nondefective
products purchased through Dell’s Software and Peripherals division by customers of our Small and Medium
Business divisions. Those products may be returned within thirty days from the date on the packing slip or
invoice, but a fifteen percent (15%) restocking fee will be deducted from any refund or credit. The “Total
Satisfaction” Return Policy and Software and Peripherals division return policy are not available for Dell |
EMC storage products, EMC-branded products, or enterprise software.
Appendix 85
• Reconditioned or Refurbished Dell-Branded Hardware Products and Parts — All reconditioned or
refurbished Dell-branded server and storage products may be returned within thirty days from the date on
the packing slip or invoice. All other reconditioned or refurbished Dell-branded hardware products and parts
may be returned within fourteen days of the date on the packing slip or invoice.
To return products, e-mail or call Dell customer service to receive a Credit Return Authorization Number within
the return policy period applicable to the product you want to return. You must obtain a Credit Return
Authorization Number in order to return the product. See “Contacting Dell” or “Getting Help” in your customer
documentation (or www.dell.com/us/en/gen/contact.htm) to find the appropriate contact information for
obtaining customer assistance.
You must ship the products to Dell within five days of the date that Dell issues the Credit Return Authorization
Number. You must also return the products to Dell in their original packaging, in as-new condition along with any
media, documentation, and all other items that were included in the original shipment, prepay shipping charges,
and insure the shipment or accept the risk of loss or damage during shipment.
Limited Warranty Terms for Dell-Branded Hardware Products (Canada Only)
What is covered by this limited warranty?
This limited warranty covers defects in materials and workmanship in your—our end-user customer’s—
Dell-branded hardware products, including Dell-branded peripheral products.
What is not covered by this limited warranty?
This limited warranty does not cover:
• Software, including the operating system and software added to the Dell-branded hardware products
through our factory-integration system, or the reloading of the software
• Non-Dell branded and Solution Provider Direct products and accessories
• Problems that result from:
– External causes such as accident, abuse, misuse, or problems with electrical power
– Servicing not authorized by Dell
– Usage that is not in accordance with product instructions
– Failure to follow the product instructions or failure to perform preventive maintenance
– Problems caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by Dell
• Products with missing or altered service tags or serial numbers
• Products for which we have not received payment
86 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS
WHICH VARY FROM PROVINCE TO PROVINCE. DELL’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR MALFUNCTIONS AND
DEFECTS IN PRODUCT IS LIMITED TO REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT AS SET FORTH IN THIS
WARRANTY STATEMENT, FOR THE TERM OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD REFLECTED ON YOUR
PACKING SLIP OR INVOICE. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS
WARRANTY STATEMENT, DELL DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE.
SOME PROVINCES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR
CONDITIONS, OR LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION LASTS.
THEREFORE, THE FOREGOING EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
WE DO NOT ACCEPT LIABILITY BEYOND THE REMEDIES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS WARRANTY
STATEMENT OR FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LIABILTY FOR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR
DAMAGES, FOR PRODUCTS NOT BEING AVAILABLE FOR USE, OR FOR LOST DATA OR LOST
SOFTWARE. OUR LIABILITY WILL BE NO MORE THAN THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE PRODUCT
THAT IS THE SUBJECT OF A CLAIM. THIS IS THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT FOR WHICH WE ARE
RESPONSIBLE.
SOME PROVINCES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF SPECIAL, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU.
How long does this limited warranty last?
This limited warranty lasts for the time period indicated on your packing slip or invoice, except that the limited
warranty on Dell-branded batteries lasts only one year and the limited warranty on the lamps for Dell-branded
projectors lasts only ninety days. The limited warranty begins on the date of the packing slip or invoice. The
warranty period is not extended if we repair or replace a warranted product or any parts. Dell may change the terms
and availability of limited warranties, at its discretion, but any changes will not be retroactive (that is, the warranty
terms in place at the time of purchase will apply to your purchase).
Appendix 87
What do I do if I need warranty service?
Before the warranty expires, please call us at the relevant number listed in the following table. Please also have your
Dell service tag number or order number available.
What will Dell do?
During the 90 days of the 90-day limited warranty and the first year of all other limited warranties: During the 90
days of the 90-day limited warranty and the first year of all other limited warranties, we will repair any
Dell-branded hardware products returned to us that prove to be defective in materials or workmanship. If we are
not able to repair the product, we will replace it with a comparable product that is new or refurbished.
When you contact us, we will issue a Return Material Authorization Number for you to include with your return.
You must return the products to us in their original or equivalent packaging, prepay shipping charges, and insure
the shipment or accept the risk if the product is lost or damaged in shipment. We will return the repaired or
replacement products to you. We will pay to ship the repaired or replaced products to you if you use an address in
Canada. Otherwise, we will ship the product to you freight collect.
If we determine that the problem is not covered under this warranty, we will notify you and inform you of service
alternatives that are available to you on a fee basis.
NOTE: Before you ship the product(s) to us, make sure to back up the data on the hard drive(s) and any other
storage device(s) in the product(s). Remove any confidential, proprietary or personal information, removable
media, such as floppy disks, CDs, or PC Cards. We are not responsible for any of your confidential, proprietary or
personal information; lost or corrupted data; or damaged or lost removable media.
During the remaining years following the first year of all limited warranties: We will replace any defective part
with new or refurbished parts, if we agree that it needs to be replaced. When you contact us, we will require a valid
credit card number at the time you request a replacement part, but we will not charge you for the replacement part
as long as you return the original part to us within thirty days after we ship the replacement part to you. If we do
not receive the original part within thirty days, we will charge to your credit card the then-current standard price for
that part.
Individual Home Consumers; Home Office and Small
Business Customers:
Canada Only
Technical Support and Customer Service 1-800-847-4096
Medium, Large, and Global Commercial Customers;
Government, Education, and Healthcare Customers;
and Value Added Resellers (VARs):
Technical Support 1-800-387-5757
Customer Service 1-800-326-9463
Government or Education Customers, or Individual
Home Consumers who purchased through an
Employee Purchase Program:
Technical Support 1-800-387-5757
Customer Service 1-800-326-9463 (Extension 8221 for Individual
Consumers)
Dell-Branded Memory 1-888-363-5150
88 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
We will pay to ship the part to you if you use an address in Canada. Otherwise, we will ship the part freight collect.
We will also include a prepaid shipping container with each replacement part for your use in returning the replaced
part to us.
NOTE: Before you replace parts, make sure to back up the data on the hard drive(s) and any other storage
device(s) in the product(s). We are not responsible for lost or corrupted data.
What if I purchased a service contract?
If your service contract is with Dell, service will be provided to you under the terms of the service contract. Please
refer to that contract for details on how to obtain service. Dell’s service contracts can be found online at
www.dell.ca or by calling Customer Care at 1-800-847-4096. If you purchased through us a service contract with
one of our third-party service providers, please refer to that contract (mailed to you with your packing slip or
invoice) for details on how to obtain service.
How will you fix my product?
We use new and refurbished parts made by various manufacturers in performing warranty repairs and in building
replacement parts and systems. Refurbished parts and systems are parts or systems that have been returned to Dell,
some of which were never used by a customer. All parts and systems are inspected and tested for quality.
Replacement parts and systems are covered for the remaining period of the limited warranty for the product you
bought. Dell owns all parts removed from repaired products.
What do I do if I am not satisfied?
We pride ourselves on our great customer service. If you are not satisfied with the service you receive under this
limited warranty, please let us know. We have found that the best way to resolve issues regarding our limited
warranty is to work together. If, after those discussions, you are still not satisfied, we believe arbitration is the most
expeditious way to resolve your concerns. Therefore, ANY CLAIM, DISPUTE, OR CONTROVERSY
(WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER PREEXISTING, PRESENT OR
FUTURE, AND INCLUDING STATUTORY, COMMON LAW, INTENTIONAL TORT, AND EQUITABLE
CLAIMS) AGAINST DELL arising from or relating to this limited warranty, its interpretation, or the breach,
termination or validity thereof, the relationships which result from this limited warranty (including, to the full
extent permitted by applicable law, relationships with third parties), Dell’s advertising, or any related purchase
SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY AND FINALLY BY BINDING ARBITRATION ADMINISTERED
BY THE NATIONAL ARBITRATION FORUM (NAF) under its Code of Procedure then in effect (available via
the Internet at www.arb-forum.com/, or via telephone at 1-800-474-2371). The arbitration will be limited solely to
the dispute or controversy between you and Dell. Any award of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding on each
of the parties, and may be entered as a judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction. Information may be
obtained and claims may be filed with the NAF at P.O. Box 50191, Minneapolis, MN 55405.
May I transfer the limited warranty?
Limited warranties on systems may be transferred if the current owner transfers ownership of the system and
records the transfer with us. The limited warranty on Dell-branded memory may not be transferred. You may
record your transfer by going to Dell’s website:
• For Canada-purchased computers (in-country transfers) and to transfer from one customer to another, go to
www.dell.ca/ca/en/gen/topics/segtopic_ccare_nav_013_ccare.htm
• For out-of-country transfers (outside of the original country of purchase), go to
www.dell.com/us/en/biz/topics/sbtopic_ccare_nav_016_ccare.htm
Appendix 89
If you do not have Internet access, call Dell at 1-800-847-4096 (Home Consumer customers) or 1-800-326-9463
(Corporate Commercial or Government customers).
“Total Satisfaction” Return Policy (Canada Only)
If you are an end-user customer who bought new products directly from Dell, you may return them to Dell up to
30 days after you receive them for a refund or credit of the product purchase price. If you are an end-user customer
who bought reconditioned or refurbished products from Dell, you may return them to Dell within 14 days after the
date on the packing slip or invoice for a refund or credit of the product purchase price. In either case, the refund or
credit will not include any shipping and handling charges shown on your packing slip or invoice and will be subject
to a fifteen percent (15%) restocking fee, unless otherwise prohibited by law. If you are an organization that bought
the products under a written agreement with Dell, the agreement may contain different terms for the return of
products than specified by this policy.
To return products, you must call Dell Customer Service at 1-800-847-4096 to receive a Credit Return
Authorization Number. To expedite the process of your refund or credit, Dell expects you to return the products to
Dell in their original packaging within five days of the date that Dell issues the Credit Return Authorization
Number. You must also prepay shipping charges and insure the shipment or accept the risk of loss or damage
during shipment. You may return software for a refund or credit only if the sealed package containing the floppy
disk(s) or CD(s) is unopened. Returned products must be in as-new condition, and all of the manuals, floppy
disk(s), CD(s), power cables, and other items included with a product must be returned with it. For customers who
want to return, for refund or credit only, either application or operating system software that has been installed by
Dell, the whole system must be returned, along with any media and documentation that may have been included
in the original shipment.
The “Total Satisfaction” Return Policy does not apply to Dell | EMC storage products. It also does not apply to
products purchased through Dell’s Software and Peripherals division. For those products, please instead refer to
Dell’s Software and Peripheral’s then-current return policy (see the following section, “Dell Software and
Peripherals (Canada Only)”).
Dell Software and Peripherals (Canada Only)
Third-Party Software and Peripherals Products
Similar to other resellers of software and peripherals, Dell does not warrant third-party products. Third-party
software and peripheral products are covered by the warranties provided by the original manufacturer or publisher
only. Third-party manufacturer warranties vary from product to product. Consult your product documentation for
specific warranty information. More information may also be available from the manufacturer or publisher.
While Dell offers a wide selection of software and peripheral products, we do not specifically test or guarantee that
all of the products we offer work with any or all of the various models of Dell computers, nor do we test or
guarantee all of the products we sell on the hundreds of different brands of computers available today. If you have
questions about compatibility, we recommend and encourage you to contact the third-party software and
peripheral product manufacturer or publisher directly.
90 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Dell-Branded Peripheral Products
Dell does provide a limited warranty for new Dell-branded peripheral products (products for which Dell is listed as
the manufacturer) such as monitors, batteries, memory, docking stations, and projectors). To determine which
limited warranty applies to the product you purchased, see the Dell packing slip or invoice and/or the product
documentation that accompanied your product. Descriptions of Dell’s limited warranties are described in
preceding sections.
Return Policy
If you are an end-user customer who bought Dell Software and Peripherals products directly from a Dell company,
you may return Dell Software and Peripherals products that are in as-new condition to Dell up to 30 days from the
date on the packing slip or invoice for a refund of the product purchase price if already paid. This refund will not
include any shipping and handling charges shown on your packing slip or invoice; you are responsible for those.
To return products, you must call Dell Customer Service at 1-800-387-5759 to receive a Credit Return
Authorization Number. You must ship the Dell Software and Peripherals products back to Dell in their original
manufacturer’s packaging (which must be in as-new condition), prepay shipping charges, and insure the shipment
or accept the risk of loss or damage during shipment.
To qualify for refund or replacement, returned products must be in as-new condition, software products must be
unopened, and all of the manuals, floppy disk(s), CD(s), power cables, and other items included with a product
must be returned with it.
One-Year End-User Manufacturer Guarantee (Latin America and the
Caribbean Only)
Guarantee
Dell Computer Corporation (“Dell”) warrants to the end user in accordance with the following provisions that its
branded hardware products, purchased by the end user from a Dell company or an authorized Dell distributor in
Latin America or the Caribbean, will be free from defects in materials, workmanship, and design affecting normal
use, for a period of one year from the original purchase date. Products for which proper claims are made will, at
Dell’s option, be repaired or replaced at Dell’s expense. Dell owns all parts removed from repaired products. Dell
uses new and reconditioned parts made by various manufacturers in performing repairs and building replacement
products.
Exclusions
This Guarantee does not apply to defects resulting from: improper or inadequate installation, use, or maintenance;
actions or modifications by unauthorized third parties or the end user; accidental or willful damage; or normal wear
and tear.
Appendix 91
Making a Claim
Claims must be made in Latin America or the Caribbean by contacting the Dell point of sale within the guarantee
period. The end user must always supply proof of purchase, indicating name and address of the seller, date of
purchase, model and serial number, name and address of the customer, and details of symptoms and configuration
at the time of malfunction, including peripherals and software used. Otherwise, Dell may refuse the guarantee
claim. Upon diagnosis of a warranted defect, Dell will make arrangements and pay for ground freight and insurance
to and from Dell’s repair/replacement center. The end user must ensure that the defective product is available for
collection properly packed in original or equally protective packaging together with the details listed above and the
return number provided to the end user by Dell.
Limitation and Statutory Rights
Dell makes no other warranty, guarantee or like statement other than as explicitly stated above, and this Guarantee
is given in place of all other guarantees whatsoever, to the fullest extent permitted by law. In the absence of
applicable legislation, this Guarantee will be the end user’s sole and exclusive remedy against Dell or any of its
affiliates, and neither Dell nor any of its affiliates shall be liable for loss of profit or contracts, or any other indirect
or consequential loss arising from negligence, breach of contract, or howsoever.
This Guarantee does not impair or affect mandatory statutory rights of the end user against and/or any rights
resulting from other contracts concluded by the end user with Dell and/or any other seller.
Dell World Trade LP
One Dell Way, Round Rock, TX 78682, USA
Dell Computadores do Brasil Ltda (CNPJ No. 72.381.189/0001-10)/
Dell Commercial do Brasil Ltda (CNPJ No. 03 405 822/0001-40)
Avenida Industrial Belgraf, 400
92990-000 – Eldorado do Sul – RS – Brasil
Dell Computer de Chile Ltda
Coyancura 2283, Piso 3- Of.302,
Providencia, Santiago – Chile
Dell Computer de Colombia Corporation
Carrera 7 #115-33 Oficina 603
Bogota, Colombia
Dell Computer de Mexico SA de CV
Paseo de la Reforma 2620 – 11° Piso
Col. Lomas Altas
11950 México, D.F.
92 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Dell Computer Corporation
Ink and Toner Cartridges Limited Warranties
The following sections describe the limited warranty for ink and toner cartridges for the U.S., Canada, and Latin
America. Refer to the appropriate limited warranty accordingly.
Ink and Toner Cartridges Limited Warranty (U.S. and Canada Only)
Dell Computer Corporation warrants to the original purchaser of genuine Dell-branded toner cartridges that they
will be free from defects in material and workmanship for the life of the cartridge and that for genuine
Dell-branded ink cartridges they will be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years beginning on
the date of invoice. If this product proves defective in either material or workmanship, it will be replaced without
charge during the limited warranty period if returned to Dell. You must first call our toll-free number to get your
return authorization. In the U.S., call 1-800-822-8965; in Canada, call 1-800-387-5757. If we are not able to replace
the product because it has been discontinued or is not available, we will either replace it with a comparable
product or reimburse you for the cartridge purchase cost, at Dell’s sole option. This limited warranty does not
apply to ink or toner cartridges that have been refilled or improperly stored or due to problems resulting from
misuse, abuse, accident, neglect, mishandling, incorrect environments, or wear from ordinary use.
THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS
WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE (OR JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION). DELL’S
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MALFUNCTIONS AND DEFECTS IN HARDWARE IS LIMITED TO
REPLACEMENT AS SET FORTH IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT. FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS,
EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, DELL
DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, FOR THE PRODUCT. FOR U.S. CUSTOMERS, ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED
WARRANTIES FOR THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
LIMITED IN TIME TO THE TERM OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WILL APPLY AFTER THE LIMITED WARRANTY PERIOD HAS EXPIRED. SOME
STATES OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OR CONDITIONS, OR LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION
LASTS, SO THIS LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY COVERAGE TERMINATES
IF YOU SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS PRODUCT TO ANOTHER PARTY.
DELL DOES NOT ACCEPT LIABILITY BEYOND THE REMEDIES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS LIMITED
WARRANTY OR FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LIABILTY FOR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR
DAMAGES, FOR PRODUCTS NOT BEING AVAILABLE FOR USE, OR FOR LOST DATA OR LOST
SOFTWARE. DELL’S LIABILITY WILL BE NO MORE THAN THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE
PRODUCT THAT IS THE SUBJECT OF A CLAIM. THIS IS THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT FOR WHICH DELL
IS RESPONSIBLE.
SOME STATES OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF SPECIAL,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR
EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
Appendix 93
Ink and Toner Cartridges Limited Warranty (Latin America Only)
Dell Computer Corporation warrants to the original purchaser of genuine Dell-branded toner cartridges that the
cartridges will be free from defects resulting from material or manufacturing process for the life of the cartridge.
For the original purchaser of genuine Dell-branded ink cartridges, Dell warrants that the cartridges will be free
from defects resulting from material or manufacturing process for one year beginning from the date of delivery.
If this product presents defects resulting from either material or manufacturing process, it will be replaced without
charge during the limited warranty period if returned to Dell.
In order to obtain the necessary information to enable the replacement, call the appropriate toll-free number. In
Mexico, call 001-877-533-6230; in Puerto Rico, call 1-877-839-5123. In cases in which either the production of the
cartridge has been discontinued or the cartridge is not available, Dell reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to
choose between replacing it by a similar product or reimbursing you for the purchase cost.
This limited warranty does not apply to ink or toner cartridges that have been refilled or to defects resulting from
misuse, abuse, accident, negligence, mishandling, improper storage or exposure to inappropriate environments.
Dell’s liability for the malfunction or defect of hardware after the period of the legal warranty (and specifically the
period of the legal warranty of defective products stated in the consumer protections rules), is limited to either the
substitution of the product or the reimbursement as stated above. This warranty coverage terminates if you sell or
otherwise transfer this product to a third party.
Dell does not accept any additional liability for patrimonial, emotional or any other kind of damage caused to the
consumer and/or to a third party, which exceeds the established liability either in this limited warranty or in legal
rules that may apply.
94 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Dell Software License Agreement
This is a legal agreement between you, the user, and Dell Products, L.P (“Dell”). This
agreement covers all software that is distributed with the Dell product, for which there is no
separate license agreement between you and the manufacturer or owner of the software
(collectively the “Software”). By opening or breaking the seal on the Software packet(s),
installing or downloading the Software, or using the Software that has been preloaded or is
embedded in your computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. If you
do not agree to these terms, promptly return all Software items (disks, written materials,
and packaging) and delete any preloaded or embedded Software.
You may use one copy of the Software on only one computer at a time. If you have multiple
licenses for the Software, you may use as many copies at any time as you have licenses. “Use”
means loading the Software in temporary memory or permanent storage on the computer.
Installation on a network server solely for distribution to other computers is not “use” if (but
only if) you have a separate license for each computer to which the Software is distributed.
You must ensure that the number of persons using the Software installed on a network
server does not exceed the number of licenses that you have. If the number of users of
Software installed on a network server will exceed the number of licenses, you must
purchase additional licenses until the number of licenses equals the number of users before
allowing additional users to use the Software. If you are a commercial customer of Dell or a
Dell affiliate, you hereby grant Dell, or an agent selected by Dell, the right to perform an
audit of your use of the Software during normal business hours, you agree to cooperate with
Dell in such audit, and you agree to provide Dell with all records reasonably related to your
use of the Software. The audit will be limited to verification of your compliance with the
terms of this agreement.
The Software is protected by United States copyright laws and international treaties. You
may make one copy of the Software solely for backup or archival purposes or transfer it to a
single hard disk provided you keep the original solely for backup or archival purposes. You
may not rent or lease the Software or copy the written materials accompanying the
Software, but you may transfer the Software and all accompanying materials on a
permanent basis if you retain no copies and the recipient agrees to the terms hereof. Any
transfer must include the most recent update and all prior versions. You may not reverse
engineer, decompile or disassemble the Software. If the package accompanying your
computer contains compact discs, 3.5″ and/or 5.25″ disks, you may use only the disks
appropriate for your computer. You may not use the disks on another computer or network,
or loan, rent, lease, or transfer them to another user except as permitted by this agreement.
Appendix 95
Limited Warranty
Dell warrants that the Software disks will be free from defects in materials and
workmanship under normal use for ninety (90) days from the date you receive them. This
warranty is limited to you and is not transferable. Any implied warranties are limited to
ninety (90) days from the date you receive the Software. Some jurisdictions do not allow
limits on the duration of an implied warranty, so this limitation may not apply to you. The
entire liability of Dell and its suppliers, and your exclusive remedy, shall be (a) return of the
price paid for the Software or (b) replacement of any disk not meeting this warranty that is
sent with a return authorization number to Dell, at your cost and risk. This limited warranty
is void if any disk damage has resulted from accident, abuse, misapplication, or service or
modification by someone other than Dell. Any replacement disk is warranted for the
remaining original warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer.
Dell does NOT warrant that the functions of the Software will meet your requirements or
that operation of the Software will be uninterrupted or error free. You assume responsibility
for selecting the Software to achieve your intended results and for the use and results
obtained from the Software.
DELL, ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND ITS SUPPLIERS, DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, FOR THE SOFTWARE AND ALL ACCOMPANYING
WRITTEN MATERIALS. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights; you may
have others, which vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
IN NO EVENT SHALL DELL OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
BUSINESS PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS
INFORMATION, OR OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS) ARISING OUT OF USE OR
INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES. Because some jurisdictions do not allow an exclusion or limitation of
liability for consequential or incidental damages, the above limitation may not apply to you.
96 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
U.S. Government Restricted Rights
The software and documentation are “commercial items” as that term is defined at 48
C.F.R. 2.101, consisting of “commercial computer software” and “commercial computer
software documentation” as such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212. Consistent with 48
C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, all U.S. Government end users
acquire the software and documentation with only those rights set forth herein.
Contractor/manufacturer is Dell Products, L.P., One Dell Way, Round Rock, Texas 78682.
General
This license is effective until terminated. It will terminate upon the conditions set forth
above or if you fail to comply with any of its terms. Upon termination, you agree that the
Software and accompanying materials, and all copies thereof, will be destroyed. This
agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Texas. Each provision of this agreement is
severable. If a provision is found to be unenforceable, this finding does not affect the
enforceability of the remaining provisions, terms, or conditions of this agreement. This
agreement is binding on successors and assigns. Dell agrees and you agree to waive, to the
maximum extent permitted by law, any right to a jury trial with respect to the Software or
this agreement. Because this waiver may not be effective in some jurisdictions, this waiver
may not apply to you. You acknowledge that you have read this agreement, that you
understand it, that you agree to be bound by its terms, and that this is the complete and
exclusive statement of the agreement between you and Dell regarding the Software.
Index 97
Index
A
A4, loading, 37, 41, 45
A5, loading, 37, 42, 45
attaching an overlay, 15
B
B5, loading, 37, 42, 45
C
cables, power, 49
card stock, loading, 37
D
driver profiler, using, 53
drivers, installing, 53
E
envelopes, loading, 38, 45
executive, loading, 37, 42, 45
F
flash memory, installing, 29
I
installing
flash memory, 29
memory cards, 29
printer drivers, 53
using Windows 2000, 55
using Windows 98, 57
using Windows Me, 56
using Windows NT, 57
using Windows XP, 54
printer memory, 29
L
legal, loading, 39, 41, 45
letter, loading, 37, 45
letterhead, loading, 37, 42, 45
loading
card stock, 37, 45
envelopes, 37, 45
paper
A4, 37, 45
A5, 37, 45
B5, 37, 45
executive, 37, 45
legal, 39, 41, 45
letter, 37, 45
letterhead, 37, 45
transparencies, 37, 45
trays 1, 2, and 3, 36
local printer setup utility,
using, 52
M
maximum stack height, trays
1, 2, 3, 43
memory cards
flash, 29
installing, 29
menu settings page,
printing, 66
metal shield, reinstalling, 31
O
option cards, memory, 29
ordering supplies, 2
overlay, attaching, 15
P
printer
memory, 29
sharing, 59
turning the power on, 49
unpack, 14
printer software uninstall,
using, 52
Index 98
printing status window,
using, 51
printing, menu settings
page, 66
R
reinstalling, metal shield, 31
S
safety information, 7
sharing the printer, 59
software applications
driver profiler, 53
local printer setup utility, 52
printing status, 51
status monitor, 51
toner re-order, 51
uninstall, 52
stack height, maximum
trays 1, 2, 3, 43
status monitor, using, 51
supplies, ordering, 2
T
toner re-order window,
using, 51
toner, ordering, 2
transparencies, loading, 37,
45
turning on the printer, 49
U
uninstall software, 52
unpacking, printer, 14
W
warranty, 81
Windows 2000, drivers, 55
Windows 98, drivers, 57
Windows Me, drivers, 56
Windows NT, drivers, 57
Windows XP, drivers, 54

www. d e l l . c om/ s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m

HP – PCL/PJL Reference – Addendum

hpPCL/PJL reference
PCL 5 comparison guide
addendum

hp LaserJet printer family
reference
Copyright and License
© 2003 Copyright Hewlett-Packard Development Company, LP
All Rights Reserved. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without
prior written permission is prohibited, except as allowed under the
copyright laws.
The information contained in this document is subject to change
without notice.
Publication number: 5851-1650
Edition 1, 6/2003
ENWW Contents 3
Contents
Tables
1 Introduction
About this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Related documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2 PCL 5 feature support
Index
4 ENWW
ENWW Contents 5
Tables
Table 1. Contents of PCL 5 feature-support tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
6 ENWW
ENWW About this Guide 7
1Introduction
Hewlett-Packard products that support the printer command language version 5 (PCL 5) contain
slightly different feature sets, each suitable for that product’s intended use. Each product
implements minor variations of PCL 5 as a result of those differences. With new printer releases,
new features might be added and might include new commands or PCL operations that require
documentation.
The PCL 5 Comparison Guide Addendum complements the contents of the PCL 5 Comparison
Guide and the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.
● For general information about PCL 5, see the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual.
● For product-specific information about PCL 5 as it applies specific legacy products, see the
PCL 5 Comparison Guide.
● For product-specific information about PCL 5 as it applies to newer products, see the PCL 5
Comparison Guide Addendum.
About this Guide
The purpose of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide and PCL 5 Comparison Guide Addendum is to
identify the differences in the implementation of PCL 5 for different HP products, as compared to
the features that are described in the PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual. This guide describes
new commands and exceptions to existing commands that are unique to the printers, and also
describes internal typeface and font support and print-environment settings.
8 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW
Related documents
The following documents provide related information about HP PCL 5 products.
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual
The PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual provides a description of the printer
command language that controls PCL 5 products. The document provides explanations of each
PCL command, and examples that demonstrate how the commands are used to control
the product. A large portion of the document is devoted to HP-GL/2, the vector-based graphics
language that is part of all PCL 5 printers.
PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual
This document describes the PCL 5 commands that are used to print color on HP color LaserJet
products and the other Hewlett-Packard PCL 5 color products. Some of the main topics include
an overview of the color printing process, using palettes, choosing color modes, adjusting output
color to meet specific requirements, printing color raster graphics, and using HP-GL/2 vector
graphics. Examples are provided that demonstrate the use of the PCL 5 color commands.
PCL/PJL Technical Quick Reference Guide
This document is designed to provide quick access to the syntax of each PCL and PJL
command. The commands are grouped by their function so that users who are familiar with PCL
or PJL can find the syntax of a specific command without opening the manuals.
Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual
This manual describes PJL, the HP printer job language that is used on many of the HP
products. PJL is used for switching printer languages, requesting status information, changing
display messages, and inquiring about feature settings, and for other job-level functions.
Printer Job Language Technical Reference Addendum
This document complements the Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual by
providing updated, product-specific information. This document should be used along with the
Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual.
ENWW 9
2PCL 5 feature support
Table 1 describes the contents of the subsequent feature support tables for HP LaserJet and HP
color LaserJet products. These tables list all of the printer commands from the PCL 5 Printer
Language Technical Reference Manual and identify which commands the various products
support.
Note The PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual was revised for the release of the
HP LaserJet 4 printer and contains all of the PCL language features for printers up to and including
the HP LaserJet 4 printer. Subsequent commands are covered in the PCL 5 Comparison Guide,
the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual, and this document.
Note The information contained in the following tables is subject to change without notice. To ensure
that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
In the following tables, if the command value field parameters are not listed, then all parameters
are supported by printers that support that command.
Corresponding parameter values are shown in brackets after the command. For example, under
the Page Size command, the table lists “Letter [2],” which indicates that the value field to select
for letter size in the Page Size command is “2”.
Commands that are not supported (ns) by a printer are ignored.
Table 1. Contents of PCL 5 feature-support tables
Table and location Features for these products
Table 2 on page 10 HP LaserJet 1150 series, 1200 series,
1300 series, 2200 series, 2300 series
Table 3 on page 19 HP LaserJet 4100 series, 4100mfp series,
4200 series, 4300 series
Table 4 on page 28 HP LaserJet 5100 series, 8150 series,
9000 series, 9000mfp series
Table 5 on page 38 HP LaserJet 3200mfp series,
3300mfp series
Table 6 on page 47 HP color LaserJet 2500 series, 4550 series,
4600 series
Table 7 on page 57 HP color LaserJet 5500 series,
8550 series, 8550mfp series
10 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns ns ns ns
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdPlain ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdColor ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdRough ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdHeavy ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdGloss ns ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ns ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdVellum ns ns ns ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ns ns ns ns ns
?&n9WdRecycled ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdLetterhead ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdCard Stock ns ns ns ns ns
?&n10WdCardstock ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPrepunched ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPreprinted ns ns ns ns ns
?&n13WdTransparency ns ns ns ns ns
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number of
characters in the name plus 1.
ENWW 11
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ns ns ns ns ns
JISExec (Foolscap) [10] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A5 [25] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ns ns ns ns ns
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ns ns ns ns ns
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ns ns
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ns ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS)
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
12 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control (continued)
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 2 [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
ENWW 13
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(”
in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
14 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
ENWW 15
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ns ns ns ns ns
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ns ns ns ns ns
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
ns ns ns ns ns
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
ns ns ns ns ns
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ns ns ns ns ns
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
16 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
ENWW 17
Picture frame (for vector graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns ns ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns ns ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns ns ns ns
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns ns ns
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ns ns ns ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns ns ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns ns ns ns
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns ns ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
18 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Render Algorithm ?*t#J ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns ns ns ns
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns ns ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns ns ns ns
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns ns ns ns
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns ns ns ns
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns ns ns ns
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as shown in the following cells
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
ENWW 19
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdPlain ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdColor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdRough ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdHeavy ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdGloss ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdVellum ns ns ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n9WdRecycled ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdLetterhead ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdCard Stock ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n10WdCardstock ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPrepunched ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPreprinted ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n13WdTransparency ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n#WdCustomType1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number
of characters in the name plus 1.
20 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ns ns ns ns
JISExec (Foolscap) [10]
A5 [25] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ns ns ns ns
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ns ns ns ns
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ns ns ns ns
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
ns ns ns ns
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS)
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
ENWW 21
Page control (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 2 [2] ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
22 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left
parenthesis “(” in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
ENWW 23
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
24 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ns ns ns ns
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ns ns ns ns
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
ns ns ns ns
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
ns ns ns ns
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ns ns ns ns
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
ENWW 25
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
26 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Picture frame (for vector graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns ns ns
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns ns ns
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns ns ns
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns ns ns
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns ns
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ns ns ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns ns ns
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
ENWW 27
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns ns ns
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns ns ns
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns ns ns
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns ns ns
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns ns ns
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns ns ns
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as shown in the following cells.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
28 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ✓ ns ns ns
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdPlain ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdColor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdRough ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdHeavy ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdGloss ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdVellum ✓ ns ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n9WdRecycled ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdLetterhead ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdCard Stock ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n10WdCardstock ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPrepunched ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPreprinted ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n13WdTransparency ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n#WdCustomType1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number
of characters in the name plus 1.
ENWW 29
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ns ns ns ns
JISExec (Foolscap) [10]
A5 [25] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ns ns ns ns
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ✓ ns ns ns
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ns ns ns ns
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
ns ns ns ns
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
30 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ns ns ns
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ns ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 2 [2] ns ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
ENWW 31
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left
parenthesis “(” in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
32 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
ENWW 33
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ns ns ns ns
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ns ns ns ns
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
ns ns ns ns
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
ns ns ns ns
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ns ns ns ns
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
34 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
ENWW 35
Picture frame (for vector graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns ns ns
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns ns ns
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns ns ns
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns ns ns
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns ns
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ns ns ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns ns ns
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
36 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns ns ns
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns ns ns
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns ns ns
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns ns ns
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns ns ns
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns ns ns
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as shown in
the following cells.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
ENWW 37
HP-GL/2 graphics* (continued)
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns ns ns
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as shown in
the following cells.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
38 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ns ns
?&n6WdPlain ns ns
?&n6WdColor ns ns
?&n6WdRough ns ns
?&n6WdHeavy ns ns
?&n6WdGloss ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ns ns
?&n7WdVellum ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ns ns
?&n9WdRecycled ns ns
?&n11WdLetterhead ns ns
?&n11WdCard Stock ns ns
?&n10WdCardstock ns ns
?&n11WdPrepunched ns ns
?&n11WdPreprinted ns ns
?&n13WdTransparency ns ns
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and
replace “#” with the number of characters in the name plus 1.
ENWW 39
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ns ns
JISExec (Foolscap) [10] ✓ ✓
A5 [25] ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ns ns
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ns ns
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ✓ ✓
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
✓ ✓
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
1 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS)
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
40 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ✓ ✓
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ✓ ✓
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ns ns
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 2 [2] ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
ENWW 41
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary
by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
42 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data] ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
ENWW 43
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ns ns
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ns ns
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
ns ns
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
ns ns
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ✓ ✓
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
44 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓
Picture frame for vector graphics
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
ENWW 45
Picture frame for vector graphics (continued)
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
46 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ✓ ✓
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns
Download Character DL ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns
Output Error OE ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns
Replot RP ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison
Guide except as shown in the following cells.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
ENWW 47
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns ns
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdPlain ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdColor ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdRough ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdHeavy ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdGloss ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdLabels ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdVellum ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n8WdDefault ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n9WdRecycled ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdLetterhead ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdCard Stock ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n10WdCardstock ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPrepunched ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPreprinted ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n13WdTransparency ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with
the number of characters in the name plus 1.
48 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ns ns ns
JISExec (Foolscap) [10]
A5 [25] ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ns ns ns
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ✓ ✓ ✓
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ✓ ✓ ✓
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
✓ ✓ ✓
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS)
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
ENWW 49
Page control (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ns ns ns
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ns ns ns
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ✓ ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ✓ ✓ ✓
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ns ns ns
Destination Tray 2 [2] ns ns ns
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
50 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing
the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
ENWW 51
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
52 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
✓ ✓ ✓
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
ENWW 53
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ns ns ns
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ns ns ns
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
54 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Picture frame (for vector graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ✓ ✓ ✓
?*o3W646 ✓ ✓ ✓
?*o3W647 ✓ ✓ ✓
Foreground Color ?*v#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ✓ ✓ ✓
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Palette Control ?&p#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
ENWW 55
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 0, 3
only
0, 3
only
0, 3
only
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 15, 18
only
15, 18
only
15, 18
only
Select Palette ?&p#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ns ns ns
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character DL ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ✓ ✓ ✓
Output Error OE ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as
shown in the following cells.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
56 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
HP-GL/2 graphics* (continued)
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as
shown in the following cells.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
ENWW 57
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ns ns ns
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ✓ ✓ ✓
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdPlain ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdColor ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdRough ns ns ns
?&n6WdHeavy ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdGloss ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdLabels ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdVellum ns ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n9WdRecycled ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdLetterhead ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdCard Stock ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n10WdCardstock ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPrepunched ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPreprinted ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n13WdTransparency ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with
the number of characters in the name plus 1.
58 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ✓ ✓ ✓
JISExec (Foolscap) [10]
A5 [25] ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ✓ ✓ ✓
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ns ns ns
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
ns ns ns
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS)
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
ENWW 59
Page control (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ✓ ✓ ✓
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ✓ ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ✓ ✓ ✓
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 2 [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
60 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing
the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
ENWW 61
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ns ns ns
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ns ns ns
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
62 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ✓ ✓ ✓
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
✓ ✓ ✓
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
ENWW 63
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
64 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Picture frame (for vector graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ✓ ✓ ✓
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ns ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ✓ ✓ ✓
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Palette Control ?&p#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
ENWW 65
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 9 – 10 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 11 – 14 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 15 – 19 ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Palette ?&p#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Simple Color ?*r#U ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ns ns ns
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character DL ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ✓ ✓ ✓
Output Error OE ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as
shown in the following cells.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
66 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
HP-GL/2 graphics* (continued)
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as
shown in the following cells.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
ENWW Index 67
Index
A
Advance Full Page command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Alphanumeric ID command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
AppleTalk command support. See Configuration (AppleTalk) command
support 19
Area Fill (Pattern) ID command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Assign Color Index command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
68 Index ENWW
Assign Font ID # command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
B
Begin Plot command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Bezier command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
C
Character Code command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Character Text Path Direction command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Chord Tolerance Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
ENWW Index 69
Clear Horizontal Margins command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Color Component command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 mfp series 26
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Color Lookup Tables command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Color Range command support. See Relative Color Range command
support
commands, conventions for documenting 9
Configuration (AppleTalk) command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4500 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Configure Image Data command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
cursor positioning command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
70 Index ENWW
D
Define (Download) Pattern command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Define Symbol Set command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Display Functions command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
documentation, related 8
Download Character command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51, 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 51, 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 51, 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 61, 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 61, 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61, 65
LaserJet 1150 series 13, 18
LaserJet 1200 series 13, 18
LaserJet 1300 series 13, 18
LaserJet 2200 series 13, 18
LaserJet 2300 series 13, 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42, 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42, 46
LaserJet 4100 series 23, 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23, 27
LaserJet 4200 series 23, 27
LaserJet 4300 series 23, 27
LaserJet 5100 series 32, 36
LaserJet 8150 series 32, 36
LaserJet 9000 series 32, 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32, 36
Download Dither Matrix command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Driver Function Configuration command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Duplex/Simplex Print command support. See Simplex/Duplex print
command support 10
ENWW Index 71
E
Echo command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
End Graphics command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
End-Of-Line Wrap command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Enter HP-GL/2 command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Enter PCL Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
F
Fill Rectangle Area command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
72 Index ENWW
Fill Type command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Finish Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 48
color LaserJet 4550 series 48
color LaserJet 4600 series 48
color LaserJet 5500 series 58
color LaserJet 8550 series 58
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 58
LaserJet 1150 series 11
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 39
LaserJet 3300mfp series 39
LaserJet 4100 series 20
LaserJet 4100mfp series 20
LaserJet 4200 series 20
LaserJet 4300 series 20
LaserJet 5100 series 29
LaserJet 8150 series 29
LaserJet 9000 series 29
LaserJet 9000mfp series 29
Flush All Pages command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
Font Control command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Font Descriptor command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
font management command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
ENWW 73
Font Selection By ID # command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
font selection command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Foreground Color command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Frame Advance command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
Free Space command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
G
Gamma Correction command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Index
74 ENWW
Graphics Presentation command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
H
Half Line Feed command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Height command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Horizontal Motion Index command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Horizontal Position command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Horizontal Rectangle Size command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
HP color LaserJet 4550 series
PCL 5 feature support 47
HP color LaserJet 4600 series
PCL 5 feature support 47
Index
ENWW Index 75
HP color LaserJet 5500 series
PCL 5 feature support 57
HP color LaserJet 8550 series
PCL 5 feature support 57
HP color LaserJet 8550mfp series
PCL 5 feature support 57
HP LaserJet 1150 series
PCL 5 feature support 10
HP LaserJet 1200 series
PCL 5 feature support 10
HP LaserJet 1300 series
PCL 5 feature support 10
HP LaserJet 2200 series
PCL 5 feature support 10
HP LaserJet 2300 series
PCL 5 feature support 10
HP LaserJet 3200mfp series
PCL 5 feature support 38
HP LaserJet 3300mfp series
PCL 5 feature support 38
HP LaserJet 4100 series
PCL 5 feature support 19
HP LaserJet 4100mfp series
PCL 5 feature support 19
HP LaserJet 4200 series
PCL 5 feature support 19
HP LaserJet 4300 series
PCL 5 feature support 19
HP LaserJet 5100 series
PCL 5 feature support 28
HP LaserJet 8150 series
PCL 5 feature support 28
HP LaserJet 9000 series
PCL 5 feature support 28
HP LaserJet 9000mfp series
PCL 5 feature support 28
HP-GL/2 command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55, 56
color LaserJet 4550 series 55, 56
color LaserJet 4600 series 55, 56
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
HP-GL/2 Plot Size command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
I
Inquire Status Readback Entity command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
J
Job Separation command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 48
color LaserJet 4550 series 48
color LaserJet 4600 series 48
color LaserJet 5500 series 58
color LaserJet 8550 series 58
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 58
LaserJet 1150 series 11
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 39
LaserJet 3300mfp series 39
LaserJet 4100 series 20
LaserJet 4100mfp series 20
LaserJet 4200 series 20
LaserJet 4300 series 20
LaserJet 5100 series 29
LaserJet 8150 series 29
LaserJet 9000 series 29
LaserJet 9000mfp series 29
76 ENWW
L
Label Origin command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
Left (Long-edge) Offset Registration command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Left Margin command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
legacy products 7
Line Spacing command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
See also Spacing command support
Line Termination command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Logical Operation command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Index
ENWW 77
M
Macro command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
manuals, related 8
margin command support. See Left Margin command support; Right
Margin command support; Top Margin command support
Mechanical Print Quality command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
media output bin command support. See Output (Media) Bin command
support
media size command support. See Page (Job) Size command support
media source command support. See Paper (Media) Source command
support
Media Type command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47, 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 47, 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 47, 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 57, 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 57, 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57, 65
LaserJet 1150 series 10, 18
LaserJet 1200 series 10, 18
LaserJet 1300 series 10, 18
LaserJet 2200 series 10, 18
LaserJet 2300 series 10, 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38, 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38, 46
LaserJet 4100 series 19, 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19, 27
LaserJet 4200 series 19, 27
LaserJet 4300 series 19, 27
LaserJet 5100 series 28, 36
LaserJet 8150 series 28, 36
LaserJet 9000 series 28, 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28, 36
Merge Control command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Monochrome Print Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Index
78 ENWW
N
Negative Motion command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
ns, meaning of 9
Number of Copies command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Number of Pens command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
O
Orientation command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 48
color LaserJet 4550 series 48
color LaserJet 4600 series 48
color LaserJet 5500 series 58
color LaserJet 8550 series 58
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 58
LaserJet 1150 series 11
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 39
LaserJet 3300mfp series 39
LaserJet 4100 series 20
LaserJet 4100mfp series 20
LaserJet 4200 series 20
LaserJet 4300 series 20
LaserJet 5100 series 29
LaserJet 8150 series 29
LaserJet 9000 series 29
LaserJet 9000mfp series 29
Output (Media) Bin command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200 series 40
LaserJet 3300 series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Output Error command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Index
ENWW 79
Output Hardcopy Limits command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Output Identification command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Output P1 and P2 command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Output Status command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
P
Page (Job) Size command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 48
color LaserJet 4550 series 48
color LaserJet 4600 series 48
color LaserJet 5500 series 58
color LaserJet 8550 series 58
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 58
LaserJet 1150 series 11
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 39
LaserJet 3300mfp series 39
LaserJet 4100 series 20
LaserJet 4100mfp series 20
LaserJet 4200 series 20
LaserJet 4300 series 20
LaserJet 5100 series 29
LaserJet 8150 series 29
LaserJet 9000 series 29
LaserJet 9000mfp series 29
Page Side Selection command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 48
color LaserJet 4550 series 48
color LaserJet 4600 series 48
color LaserJet 5500 series 58
color LaserJet 8550 series 58
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 58
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 39
LaserJet 3300mfp series 39
LaserJet 4100 series 20
LaserJet 4100mfp series 20
LaserJet 4200 series 20
LaserJet 4300 series 20
LaserJet 5100 series 29
LaserJet 8150 series 29
LaserJet 9000 series 29
LaserJet 9000mfp series 29
Index
80 ENWW
Palette Control command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Paper (Media) Source command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 11
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
paper output bin command support. See Output (Media) Bin command
support
paper size command support. See Page (Job) Size command support
Paper Type command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
Pattern Transparency Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual 8
PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual 8
PCL/PJL Technical Quick Reference Guide 8
Pen Color Assignment command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 37
LaserJet 8150 series 37
LaserJet 9000 series 37
LaserJet 9000mfp series 37
Index
ENWW Index 81
Perforation Skip command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Picture Frame command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Pitch command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Pixel Placement command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51, 56
color LaserJet 4550 series 51, 56
color LaserJet 4600 series 51, 56
color LaserJet 5500 series 61, 66
color LaserJet 8550 series 61, 66
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61, 66
LaserJet 1150 series 14, 18
LaserJet 1200 series 14, 18
LaserJet 1300 series 14, 18
LaserJet 2200 series 14, 18
LaserJet 2300 series 14, 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42, 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42, 46
LaserJet 4100 series 23, 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23, 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 32, 37
LaserJet 8150 series 32, 37
LaserJet 9000 series 32, 37
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32, 37
Plot Size command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 56
color LaserJet 4550 series 56
color LaserJet 4600 series 56
color LaserJet 5500 series 66
color LaserJet 8550 series 66
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 66
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 37
LaserJet 8150 series 37
LaserJet 9000 series 37
LaserJet 9000mfp series 37
Print Direction command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Printer Command Language version 5 (PCL 5). See PCL 5 (Printer
Command Language version 5)
Printer Job Language Technical Reference Addendum 8
Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual 8
82 Index ENWW
Push/Pop Palette command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Push/Pop Position command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Q
Quality Level command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 56
color LaserJet 4550 series 56
color LaserJet 4600 series 56
color LaserJet 5500 series 66
color LaserJet 8550 series 66
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 66
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 37
LaserJet 8150 series 37
LaserJet 9000 series 37
LaserJet 9000mfp series 37
R
Raster Algorithm command support
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Raster Height command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
Raster Resolution command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
ENWW Index 83
Raster Width command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
related documentation 8
Relative Color Range command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Render Algorithm command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
Replot command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 56
color LaserJet 4550 series 56
color LaserJet 4600 series 56
color LaserJet 5500 series 66
color LaserJet 8550 series 66
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 66
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 37
LaserJet 8150 series 37
LaserJet 9000 series 37
LaserJet 9000mfp series 37
Reset command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Right Margin command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
84 Index ENWW
S
Scale Algorithm command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
Select Current Pattern command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Select Default Font command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Select Palette command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Self-Test command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200 series 38
LaserJet 3300 series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Set Compression Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
ENWW Index 85
Set Pattern Reference Point command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Set Status Readback Location Type command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
Set Status Readback Location Unit command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
Set Viewing Illuminant command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Simple Color command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Simplex/Duplex Print command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
86 Index ENWW
Source Transparency Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Spacing command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
See also Line Spacing command support
Start Raster Graphics command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
Stroke Weight command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Style command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Symbol Set command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
ENWW Index 87
Symbol Set Control command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Symbol Set ID Code command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
T
Text Length command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Text Parsing Method command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Top (Short-edge) Offset Registration command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Top Margin command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
88 Index ENWW
Transfer Raster command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
Transparent Print Data command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Typeface command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
U
UEL (Universal Exit/Start of PJL). See Universal Exit/Start of PJL (UEL)
command support
Underline command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Unit of Measure command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Universal Exit/Start of PJL (UEL) command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
ENWW Index 89
User-defined Pattern Control command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
V
Vertical Motion Index command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Vertical Position command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Vertical Rectangle Size command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
Y
Y Offset command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
90 ENWW

© 2003 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
www.hp.com
*5851 *
*5851 *
-1650
-1650
5851-1650

HP – PCL 5 COMPARISON GUUIDE

PCL 5 Comparison Guide
for the
HP LaserJet III / IIID / IIIP / IIISi
HP LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 Families
HP LaserJet 1100 series
HP LaserJet 2100 series
HP LaserJet 4000 series
HP LaserJet 5000 series
HP LaserJet 8000 series
HP LaserJet 8100 series
HP Color LaserJet
HP Color LaserJet 5 / 5M
HP Color LaserJet 4500 series
HP Color LaserJet 8500 series
HP DeskJet 1200C / HP DeskJet 1600C
Printers
Copyright and
License
Copyright © 2003
Hewlett-Packard Company, LP
All Rights Reserved.
Reproduction, adaptation, or
translation without prior written
permission is prohibited, except
as allowed under the copyright
laws.
The information contained in
this document is subject to
change without notice.
Publication Number: 5021-0378
Edition 2, 6/2003
Trademarks
Intellifont is a U.S. registered
trademark of Agfa Division,
Miles Incorporated. CG Times is
a product of Agfa Corporation,
AGFA Compugraphic Division.
LaserJet, PCL, DeskJet, Vectra,
and Resolution Enhancement
are U.S. registered trademarks
of Hewlett-Packard Company.
IBM is a registered trademark of
International Business
Machines Corporation.
Wingdings, MS-Mincho, and
MS-Gothic are trademarks, and
Microsoft, Windows, and
MS-DOS are U.S. registered
trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation. Centronics is a
U.S. registered trademark of
Centronics Corporation. ITC
Zapf Dingbats is a U.S.
registered trademark of
International Typeface
Corporation. Helvetica and
Times Roman are trademarks of
Linotype AG and its
subsidiaries.
Univers is a U.S. registered
trademark of Linotype AG and
its subsidiaries. PostScript and
the PostScript logo are
registered trademarks of Adobe
Systems, Inc. in the U.S. and
other countries/regions. Arial,
Times New Roman, and
Monotype are U.S. registered
trademarks of Monotype
Corporation plc. Macintosh is a
registered trademark and
TrueType is a trademark of
Apple Computer, Inc. ESC/P is
a trademark of Seiko-Epson
Corporation.
ENWW iii
Manual Conventions
This manual uses the following conventions:
• Bold indicates a term defined in the glossary.
• Italic refers to a related document, or is used for emphasis.
• The cursive letter l is used in some examples to distinguish
the letter “l” from the numeral “1” (one).
• A slash zero 0 is used in some examples and escape
sequences to distinguish the letter “O” from the number “0”.
• 0x XX represents a hexadecimal number (XX).
• The ~ character indicates that the current line of code is a
continuation of the previous line.
Note Notes contain important information set off from the text.
iv ENWW
ENWW Contents v
Contents
PCL 5 Comparison Guide
Manual Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
1 Printer Features
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
PCL Feature Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual Corrections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Printable Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-36
2 Printer-Specific Differences
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
HP LaserJet III and IIID Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
HP LaserJet IIISi Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
HP LaserJet IIIP Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (IIIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
HP LaserJet 4 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Configuration Command (AppleTalk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
HP LaserJet 4Si Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
HP LaserJet 4L Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
HP LaserJet 4ML Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Logical Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Logical Operations and Transparency Interactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Logical Operation Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Pixel Placement Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Pixel Placement Command (HP-GL/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Merge Control Command (HP-GL/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
HP LaserJet 4P and 4MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
HP LaserJet 4PJ Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31
Text Parsing Method Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Character Text Path Direction Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Font Header Format 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
New Font Format Header Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Description of Font Header Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
HP LaserJet 4PJ Programming Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Paper Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59
HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60
HP LaserJet 4V and 4MV Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61
vi Contents ENWW
Font Header Format 16 Bitmap Font Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62
Font Header Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62
Character Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-67
Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68
HP Color LaserJet Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69
AppleTalk Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-70
HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
HP LaserJet 4LC Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
HP LaserJet 5P and 5MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72
HP LaserJet 5L Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-73
HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-74
Paper (Media) Source Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75
Output Bin Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-77
Alphanumeric ID Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-78
HP DeskJet 1200C Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-84
Updated Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-85
Enter HP-GL/2 Mode Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-86
Media Type Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-87
Print Quality Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-88
Negative Motion Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-89
HP DeskJet 1600C Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-90
HP LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-96
Text Parsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-96
Two-Byte HP-GL/2 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-97
Label Mode Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-97
Vertical Writing with Proportional Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-100
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-102
HP LaserJet 6P/ 6MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-104
HP LaserJet 5Si Mopier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-104
HP LaserJet 6L and LaserJet 6L Gold Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-105
HP LaserJet 4000 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-105
HP LaserJet 5000 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-107
HP LaserJet 8000 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-109
HP LaserJet 8100 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-110
HP Color LaserJet 4500 Series Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-111
Simplified Color Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-111
Color Raster Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-112
Asian Font Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-112
Media Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-112
Alphanumeric ID Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114
Color Space Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114
Changes to PCL 5 Color Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114
New PCL 5 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-117
Differences with the HP LaserJet 4000 Series Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-118
HP Color LaserJet 8500 Series Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-119
HP LaserJet 1100 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-120
HP LaserJet 2100 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-120
ENWW Contents vii
3 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1
Bitmap Fonts and Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Scalable Typefaces and Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Typeface Selection Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
4 Print Environment
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
5 Memory Usage
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
Operation of ADC and MEt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Image Adapt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Additional MEt Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
ADC and MEt Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Recommendations For Sending Data to the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (Method 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
Appendix A Printer Commands
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Appendix B Internal Symbol Set Charts
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
ISO Substitution Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-34
Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-35
Appendix C Symbol Set and Typeface Codes
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
Appendix D MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Index
viii Contents ENWW
ENWW Printer Features 1-1
1Printer Features
Introduction
Hewlett-Packard printers which support the PCL 5 printer language
contain slightly different feature sets, each suitable for that printer’s
intended use. Each printer implements minor variations of PCL 5 as a
result of those differences. With new printer releases, new features
may be added with new commands and/or PCL operations which
require documentation.
The purpose of this guide is to identify the differences in the
implementation of the PCL 5 Printer Language for different
HP LaserJet and DeskJet printers, as compared to the features
described in the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual. This guide describes new commands and exceptions to
existing commands unique to the printers, as well as internal
typeface/font support and print environment settings.
Note For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.
1-2 Printer Features ENWW
This guide covers the following HP LaserJet printers:
This guide also covers the HP 1200C and 1600C DeskJet printers.
Introduction Date
􀁺 LaserJet III March 1990
􀁺 LaserJet IIID September 1990
􀁺 LaserJet IIISi February 1991
􀁺 LaserJet IIIP May 1991
􀁺 LaserJet 4, 4M October 1992
􀁺 LaserJet 4Si, 4SiMx April 1993
􀁺 LaserJet 4L, 4ML May 1993
􀁺 LaserJet 4P, 4MP September 1993
􀁺 LaserJet 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4PJ May 1994
􀁺 LaserJet 4V, 4MV September 1994
􀁺 DeskJet 1200C, 1200/PS May 1993
􀁺 Color LaserJet September 1994
􀁺 LaserJet 4LC March 1995
􀁺 DeskJet 1600C March 1995
􀁺 LaserJet 4LJ Pro May 1995
􀁺 LaserJet 5P, 5MP May 1995
􀁺 LaserJet 5L September 1995
􀁺 LaserJet 5Si, 5SiMx November 1995
􀁺 Color LaserJet 5, 5M March 1996
􀁺 LaserJet 5, 5M April 1996
􀁺 LaserJet 5Si Mopier October 1996
􀁺 LaserJet 6P, 6MP October 1996
􀁺 LaserJet 6L September 1997
􀁺 LaserJet 4000 series November 1997
􀁺 LaserJet 5000 series February 1998
􀁺 LaserJet 8000 series May 1998
􀁺 LaserJet 8100 series October 1998
􀁺 Color LaserJet 4500 series October 1998
􀁺 Color LaserJet 8500 series October 1998
􀁺 LaserJet 1100 series October 1998
􀁺 LaserJet 2100 series February 1999
ENWW Printer Features 1-3
PCL Feature Support
Tables 1-1A through 1-1C, the PCL Feature Support Matrix, lists all
the printer commands from the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual and identifies which of these commands are
supported by the various printers. The table below describes the
printers covered in each table. (More detailed PCL information for
each PCL 5 printer is provided in Chapter 2.)
Note The PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual (part
number 5961-0509) was revised for the release of the HP LaserJet 4
printer and contains all PCL language features up to the
HP LaserJet 4 printer. Subsequent commands are covered in this
PCL 5 Comparison Guide and the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference
Manual.
Table Pages Features for these Printers
1-1A 1-6 to 15 HP LaserJet III, IIID, IIISi, IIIP, 4, 4M, 4Si,
4SiMx, 4L, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4 Plus,
4M Plus, 4V, 4MV
1-1B 1-16 to 25 HP Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5/5M,
LaserJet 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 5L, 6L, 6L Gold, 5P,
5MP, 6P, 6MP, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 5,
5M, DeskJet 1200C, DeskJet 1600C
1-1C 1-26 to 35 HP LaserJet 1100 Series, 2100 Series,
4000 Series, 5000 Series, 8000 Series,
8100 Series,
HP Color LaserJet 4500 Series,
HP Color LaserJet 8500 Series
1-4 Printer Features ENWW
Note In Table 1-1, if the command value field parameters are not listed,
then all parameters are supported by printers that support that
command.
The value in parentheses following a command parameter identifies
the parameter value (for example, the parameter “Letter (2)” indicates
that the value field to select letter size in the Page Size command is
“2”).
Commands which are not supported (“ns”) by a printer are ignored.
ENWW Printer Features 1-5
PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual Corrections
This section describes updates to the PCL 5 Printer Language
Technical Reference Manual (5961-0509). Because this manual will
not be updated, any changes to it are documented in this guide.
Some errors have been identified in the PCL 5 Printer Language
Technical Reference Manual since its printing. Those errors are
identified and corrections are provided on this page.
Chapter 4 PCL Job Control Commands
Unit of Measure Command
In Figure 4-6 on page 4-18, the two escape sequences at the top
should read “(?&u100D) and (?&u200D)” instead of “(?&u100B)
and (?&u200B).”
Chapter 8 PCL Font Selection
Transparent Print Data Command
The last sentence in the note at the bottom of page 8-33 should read
“Refer to the PCL 5 Comparison Guide, Appendix A, for character
codes for the various symbol sets.” instead of “Refer to Appendix A
for character codes for the various symbol sets.”
Chapter 13 The PCL Print Model
User-Defined Pattern Command
In Figure 13-10 on page 13-19, byte zero should read Format (20)
instead of Format (0)
On page 13-21, Format (Byte 0) should read “0” for a 300 DPI
user-defined pattern header and “20” for a resolution-specified
user-defined pattern header.
1-6 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4 MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4 MV
MISCELLANEOUS
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ns ✓ ✓
JOB CONTROL
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ns ns ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Left (Long-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdPlain ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdColor ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n9WdRecycled ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdLetterhead ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n10WdCardstock ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPrepunched ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPreprinted ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n13WdTransparency ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n#WdCustomType2 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported if duplex option is installed.
2 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.
ENWW Printer Features 1-7
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4SiMx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
PAGE CONTROL
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger (6) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
A5 (25) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
A4 (26) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 (27) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
JIS B5 Paper (45) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓
JIS B4 Paper (46) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Monarch Envelope (80) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Comm. 10 Envelope (81) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope (90) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope (91) ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope (100) ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom (101) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓2
Hagaki Postcard (71) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard (72)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection1 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
2 The custom size is 11.7″ x 17.7″ on the HP LaserJet 4V/4MV printers.
1-8 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4SiMx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
PAGE CONTROL (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
Eject Page (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Main (Front) Paper
Source (1)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual (Top/Rear)
Feed (2)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Env. Feed (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Alt. Paper Source (4) ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Opt. Large Source (5) ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder (6) ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ✓ ns
Auto Select (7) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Tray 1 (right side) (8) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
HCI Trays 2-21 (20-39) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic (0) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 (1) ns ns ✓ ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 2 (2) ns ns ✓ ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 3 (3) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ALPHANUMERIC ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-9
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
CURSOR POSITIONING
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
FONT SELECTION
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right
parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set (Primary) ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing (Primary) ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch (Primary) ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height (Primary) ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style (Primary) ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight (Primary) ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface (Primary) ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID # (Pri.) ?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
(Primary)
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓
FONT MANAGEMENT
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED SYMBOL SET
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-10 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
SOFT FONT CREATION
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MACROS
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PRINT MODEL IMAGING
Source Transparency Mode ?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency Mode ?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern (3)
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern (4) ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED PATTERN
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data] ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Set Pattern Reference Point ?*p#R ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern Control ?*c#Q ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-11
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
RASTER GRAPHICS
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots/Inch (75) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 Dots/Inch (100) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 Dots/Inch (150) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 Dots/Inch (200)1 ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
300 Dots/Inch (300) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 Dots/Inch (600)1 ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height (Source) ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height (Destination) ?*t#V ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Raster Width (Source) ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width (Destination) ?*t#H ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit(0)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logic. page left limit,
scaling ON (2)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
At CAP, scaling ON (3) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive (5) ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row (9)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/Block) ?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported if printer resolution is 600 dpi.
2 The 4ML printer does not support 200 or 600 dpi operation.
1-12 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern (4) ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern (5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
STATUS READBACK
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-13
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4SiMx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
PICTURE FRAME (for Vector Graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor Point ?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
_Stand-alone plotter (-1) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
_Previous HP-GL (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL coordinates and
old HP-GL/2 (2)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
_Current PCL coordinates and
current CAP (3)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PROGRAMMING HINTS
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-Of-Line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-14 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
PCL 5 COLOR COMMANDS
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-15
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS
HP-GL/2—Commands listed
in Table A-2 except as
shown below
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Advance Full Page PG ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Bezier BR, BZ ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Pixel Placement PP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-16 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5 MP
6P
6 MP
5Si
5Si Mx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
MISCELLANEOUS
Configuration
(AppleTalk)
?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
JOB CONTROL
Universal Exit/Start of
PJL (UEL)
?%–12✓45X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns
Left (Long-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdPlain ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdColor ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n9WdRecycled ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdLetterhead ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n10WdCardstock ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPrepunched ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPreprinted ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n13WdTransparency ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.
ENWW Printer Features 1-17
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
PAGE CONTROL
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Letter (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal (3) ✓ ✓1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger (6) ✓4 ✓1 ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns
A5 (25) ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓ ns ns
A4 (26) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 (27) ✓ ✓1 ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns
JIS B5 Paper (45) ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
JIS B4 Paper (46) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Monarch Envelope
(80)
ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Com-10 Envelope
(81)
ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope (90) ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope (91) ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope (100) ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Custom (101) ns ns ✓ ✓ ns2 ✓ ✓ ✓ 3 ✓ ns ns
Hagaki Postcard (71) ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard (72)
ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ✓ ns ✓ ns ns
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection4 ?&a#G ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Black & White only
2 For the HP LaserJet 5L printer, the printer driver sets the paper size to legal (3) when “custom” is selected.
3 The custom size is 11.7″ x 17.7″ on HP LaserJet 5Si, 5SiMx, and 5Si Mopier printers.
4 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
1-18 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5Si Mx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
PAGE CONTROL (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
Eject Page (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Main (Front) Paper
Source (1)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual (Top/Rear)
Feed (2)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Env. Feed (3) ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Alt. Paper Source (4) ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Optional Source (5) ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
Envelope Feeder (6) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns
Auto Select (7) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓
Tray 1 (right side) (8) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns
HCI Trays 2-21 (20-39) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic (0) ns ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 (1) ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns
Destination Tray 2 ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns
Destination Tray 3 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal
Margins
?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ALPHANUMERIC ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation]
[string]
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-19
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5 MP
6P
6 MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
CURSOR POSITIONING
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
FONT SELECTION
The Primary font commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right
parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set (Primary) ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing (Primary) ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch (Primary) ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height (Primary) ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style (Primary) ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight (Primary) ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface (Primary) ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
(Pri.)
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
(Primary)
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1 ✓
FONT MANAGEMENT
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED SYMBOL SET
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Available in code versions “B” and “C” only (see the DeskJet 1200C section near the end of this chapter).
1-20 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5 MP
6P
6 MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
SOFT FONT CREATION
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MACROS
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PRINT MODEL IMAGING
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading
Pattern (2)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern
(3) (HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined
Pattern (4)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED PATTERN
Define (Download)
Pattern
?*c#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-21
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5 MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
RASTER GRAPHICS
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots/Inch (75) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 Dots/Inch (100) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 Dots/Inch (150) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 Dots/Inch (200)1 ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓
300 Dots/Inch (300) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 Dots/Inch (600)1 ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height (Source) ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height
(Destination)
?*t#V ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Raster Width (Source) ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width (Destination) ?*t#H ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit(0)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logic. page left limit,
scaling ON (2)
✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
At CAP, scaling ON (3) ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive (5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row (9)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Transfer Raster
(Row/Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported if printer resolution is 600 dpi.
1-22 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5 MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern (5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
STATUS READBACK
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Free Space ?*s1M ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-23
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
PICTURE FRAME (for Vector Graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
_Stand-alone plotter (-1) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 3 ns
_Previous HP-GL (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 (2)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
_Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP (3)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PROGRAMMING HINTS
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-Of-Line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-24 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
PCL 5 COLOR COMMANDS
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Foreground Color ?*v#S ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Monochrome Print
Mode
?&b#M ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Range: 9 – 10 ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Range: 11 – 14 ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Range: 15 – 19 ns ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Select Palette ?&p#S ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-25
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS
HP-GL/2—Commands
listed in Table A-2
except as shown below
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Advance Full Page PG ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓1 ns
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Pen Color Assignment PC 3 3 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ 3
Pixel Placement PP 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ✓ 3
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported in stand-alone HP-GL/2 Mode only (DeskJet 1200)
1-26 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
MISCELLANEOUS
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
JOB CONTROL
Universal Exit/Start of PJL (UEL) ?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns 3 ns 3 ns ns ✓
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdPlain ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdColor ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdRough ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
?&n6WdHeavy ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
?&n6WdGloss ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
?&n7WdLabels ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdVellum ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n9WdRecycled ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdLetterhead ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdCard Stock ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n10WdCardstock ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPrepunched ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPreprinted ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n13WdTransparency ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus1.
ENWW Printer Features 1-27
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
PAGE CONTROL
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger (6) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
JISExec (Foolscap) (10) ✓
A5 (25) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 (26) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 (27) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
JIS B5 Paper (45) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper (46) ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ✓
Monarch Envelope (80) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope (81) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope (90) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope (91) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope (100) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom (101)1 ✓ ✓ ✓1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard (71) ns ✓ ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard (72)
ns ✓ ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 For some HP LaserJet printers, the custom size is configurable via the control panel.
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
1-28 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
PAGE CONTROL (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)(0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette (Main Paper
Src.) (1)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray (2) ✓ ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
MultiPurpose Tray (4) ✓ ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) (5)
✓ ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder (6) ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Auto Select (7) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette(8) ns ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓2 ns ns ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 (20-39) ns ns ✓3 ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic (0) ns ns ns2 ns2 ns2 ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 (1) ✓ ✓ ns2 ns2 ns2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 2 (2) ✓ ✓ ns2 ns2 ns2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 3 (3) ns ns ns2 ns2 ns2 ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ALPHANUMERIC ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 The LaserJet 4500 series printers support any Alphanumeric ID command that does not reference anything stored on a hard disk.
2 For these printers, see the printer-specific sections in Chapter 2.
3 The LaserJet 4000 series printers support HCI trays 2 – 41 (20 – 59)
ENWW Printer Features 1-29
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
CURSOR POSITIONING
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
FONT SELECTION
The Primary font commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right
parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set (Primary) ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing (Primary) ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch (Primary) ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height (Primary) ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style (Primary) ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight (Primary) ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface (Primary) ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID # (Pri.) ?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font (Primary) ?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
FONT MANAGEMENT
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED SYMBOL SET
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-30 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
SOFT FONT CREATION
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ns
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MACROS
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PRINT MODEL IMAGING
Source Transparency Mode ?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency Mode ?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern (3)
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED PATTERN
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ns
Set Pattern Reference Point ?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern Control ?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-31
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
RASTER GRAPHICS
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots/Inch (75) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 Dots/Inch (100) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 Dots/Inch (150) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 Dots/Inch (200)1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
300 Dots/Inch (300) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 Dots/Inch (600)1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height (Source) ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height (Destination) ?*t#V ns ns ns 3 ns ns ns 3
Raster Width (Source) ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width (Destination) ?*t#H ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left limit(0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logic. page left limit,
scaling ON (2)
ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
At CAP, scaling ON (3) ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive (5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta Row (9) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/Block) ?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ns ns ns 3 ns ns ns ✓
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported if printer resolution is 600 dpi.
1-32 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern (5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
STATUS READBACK
Set Status Readback Location
Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback Location Unit ?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback Entity ?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-33
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
PICTURE FRAME (for Vector Graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor Point ?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
_Stand-alone plotter (-1) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
_Previous HP-GL (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL coordinates and
old HP-GL/2 (2)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
_Current PCL coordinates and
current CAP (3)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PROGRAMMING HINTS
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-Of-Line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-34 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
PCL 5 COLOR COMMANDS
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns ns ✓1 ns ns ns ✓
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Driver Function Config. ?*o3W643 ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns ns 0,3
only
ns ns ns ✓
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns ns 15,18
only
ns ns ns ✓
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 The HP LaserJet 4500 Series printers do not support Luminance-Chrominance and CIE Lab, the long form of RGB/CMY, and the long form
of cRGB
ENWW Printer Features 1-35
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS
HP-GL/2—Commands listed in
Table A-2 except as shown below
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Advance Full Page PG ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-36 Printer Features ENWW
Printable Area
The relationships between physical page, logical page, default picture
frame, and printable area are illustrated in Figures 1-1 and 1-2. The
tables list the variations in sizes for the different physical page sizes.
For more information concerning printable area or logical/physical
page differences, consult the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual.
ENWW Printer Features 1-37
Figure 1-1 Portrait Logical Page and Printable Area Boundaries
DIMENSIONS (in dots at 300 DPI – double for 600 DPI)
PAPER SIZE A B C D E F G H
Portrait Dimensions
Letter 2550 3300 2400 3300 75 0 50 150
Legal 2550 4200 2400 4200 75 0 50 150
Ledger 3300 5100 3150 5100 75 0 50 150
Executive 2175 3150 2025 3150 75 0 50 150
A4 2480 3507 2338 3507 71 0 50 150
A3 3507 4960 3365 4960 71 0 50 150
Com-10 1237 2850 1087 2850 75 0 50 150
Monarch 1162 2250 1012 2250 75 0 50 150
C5 1913 2704 1771 2704 71 0 50 150
B5 2078 2952 1936 2952 71 0 50 150
DL 1299 2598 1157 2598 71 0 50 150
JIS B4 3035 4299 2893 4299 71 0 50 150
JIS B5 2149 3035 2007 3035 71 0 50 150
Hagaki 1181 1748 1039 1748 71 0 50 150
Oufuku-hagaki 1748 2362 1606 2362 71 0 50 150
1-38 Printer Features ENWW
Figure 1-2 Landscape Logical Page and Printable Area Boundaries
DIMENSIONS (in dots at 300 DPI – double for 600 DPI)
PAPER SIZE A B C D E F G H
Portrait Dimensions
Letter 2550 3300 2400 3300 75 0 50 150
Legal 2550 4200 2400 4200 75 0 50 150
Ledger 3300 5100 3150 5100 75 0 50 150
Executive 2175 3150 2025 3150 75 0 50 150
A4 2480 3507 2338 3507 71 0 50 150
A3 3507 4960 3365 4960 71 0 50 150
Com-10 1237 2850 1087 2850 75 0 50 150
Monarch 1162 2250 1012 2250 75 0 50 150
C5 1913 2704 1771 2704 71 0 50 150
B5 2078 2952 1936 2952 71 0 50 150
DL 1299 2598 1157 2598 71 0 50 150
JIS B4 3035 4299 2893 4299 71 0 50
JIS B5 2149 3035 2007 3035 71 0 50
Hagaki 1181 1748 1039 1748 71 0 50 150
Oufuku-hagaki 1748 2362 1606 2362 71 0 50 150
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-1
2Printer-Specific
Differences
Introduction
Each Hewlett-Packard printer implements minor variations of PCL 5
in order to best suit its intended use. This chapter describes specific
differences that are important when developing applications for the
various PCL 5 printers. The sections in this chapter describe such
information as new commands not contained in the PCL 5 Printer
Language Technical Reference Manual, and other miscellaneous
differences in PCL operation particular to that printer.
Note For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.
HP LaserJet III and IIID Printers
With the introduction of the HP LaserJet III printer, Hewlett-Packard
introduced the PCL 5 printer language. The PCL 5 printer language
incorporated many new features over the PCL 4 language. A few of
the more significant features included such things as the addition of a
scalable font technology, HP-GL/2 vector graphics language support,
print model features, raster graphics enhancements, and the Print
Direction command.
The HP LaserJet IIID printer language support is basically identical to
the HP LaserJet III printer except for the addition of the duplex
feature, dual input bin, envelope feeder support and their associated
commands (see Table 1-1).
2-2 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet IIISi Printer
Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5 language with the
release of the HP LaserJet IIISi printer. These new features are
summarized in Table 2-1 below.
Table 2-1. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet IIISi Printer
HP LaserJet IIIP Printer
Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5 language with the
release of the HP LaserJet IIIP printer. These new features are
summarized in Table 2-2. One new feature listed here is adaptive
compression (method 5) for the Raster Compression Mode
command. In addition to compressing data for transmission, if certain
rules are followed (discussed below), the HP LaserJet IIIP printer will
store adaptive compressed data in compressed format and only
decompress it when required for printing. There are certain
requirements which must be met for this data to be stored in
compressed format. These requirements are discussed following
Table 2-2.
Feature Status Comments
Number of Copies Modified Greater range, 1 to 32,767.
Page Size Modified C5 Envelopes not supported.
Output Bin Selection
Command
New Allows programmatic selection of
upper or lower output paper bins.
End Raster Graphics
Command
New/Modified Modified version of the existing End
Raster Graphics command.
Job Separation New Command Causes the paper stacker to shift
positions to offset the output paper
stack.
Fonts New Additions Four variations of Univers
Condensed; ITC Zapf Dingbats in
five symbol sets.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-3
Table 2-2. HP LaserJet IIIP PCL Feature Additions
Feature/Command Status Comments
Set Compression Method Modified Adds Adaptive Compression method to the
Set Compression Method command.
End Raster Graphics
Command
Modified Modified version of the End Raster
Graphics command.
User-defined Patterns New Enables users to define and download
their own user-defined pattern.
User-defined Pattern
Command
New
Feature
Used to download the binary data for
user-defined pattern.
Set Pattern Reference Point
Command
New Sets pattern reference point.
Pattern Control Command New Used to make user-defined patterns
permanent or temporary, or to delete them.
Select Pattern & Fill
Rectangular Area
Commands
Modified Adds a parameter to support user-defined
patterns.
Pattern ID Command Modified In addition to selecting internal patterns,
this command is now used to assign an ID
to a user-defined pattern as well as to
select patterns. Also, parameter range is
extended from 100 to 32,767.
User-defined Symbol Sets New
Feature
Enables user to build a symbol set which
contains user-selected characters.
Define Symbol Set
Command
New Identifies the characters for a user-defined
symbol set.
Symbol Set ID Code
Command
New Assigns a number for identification to the
user-defined symbol set.
Symbol Set Control
Command
New Used to make user-defined symbol sets
permanent or temporary, or to delete them.
Unbound Scalable Fonts New
Feature
Allows typefaces (unbound fonts), not just
fonts (bound fonts) to be downloaded to
the printer.
Unbound Scalable Font
Descriptor
New Addition of a new header used for unbound
fonts (font type 10).
2-4 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (IIIP)
Adaptive compression was added to the PCL language with the
introduction of the HP LaserJet IIIP printer. Adaptive compression (or
method 5 as it is referred to) is a method for compressing raster data
using the raster Set Compression Method command (parameter
value 5). (Refer to the Set Compression Method command in the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference manual for detailed
information on using this compression technique.) Also, refer to
Chapter 5 in this document, “Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression
(Method 5)” for additional information.
HP LaserJet 4 Printer
Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5 language with the
release of the HP LaserJet 4 printer. These new features are
summarized in Table 2-3. Most of these features are described in the
revised PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual (part
number 5961-0509). (This revised technical reference manual is
supplied as part of the Technical Reference Documentation Package
which can be obtained by ordering part number 5961-0601.) In
addition, there are some additional differences for the HP LaserJet 4
printer that are not covered in the technical reference manual but are
described below.
Note The HP LaserJet 4M printer, in addition to PCL, contains PostScript
and a LocalTalk I/O for printing in the Macintosh environment. PCL
operation and the PCL internal fonts for this printer are identical to the
HP LaserJet 4 printer. Thus, for PCL information for the
HP LaserJet 4M printer, refer to the HP LaserJet 4 printer features.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-5
Table 2-3. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4
Feature/Command Support Comments
Adaptive Compression System New Adaptive compression system enables the printer to
compress internal raster data when memory becomes
low. This operation occurs automatically; there are no
PCL commands for this feature (refer to Chapter 5 for
ADC information).
Configuration Command New Allows PCL jobs to be printed (using LocalTalk or
EtherTalk MIO) using AppleTalk protocol.
Number of Copies Modified Supports 1-32,767 copies as does the HP LaserJet IIISi
printer.
Units of Measure Command New Allows selection of the units of measure for cursor
moves, drawing rules, and for character spacing (font
metrics).
Page Size Modified A parameter value is added for B5 envelope size; the
HP LaserJet 4 printer supports the four standard paper
sizes and five envelope sizes.
Bitmap Font Support New Header Printer will expand 300 dpi bitmap fonts to 600 dpi. A
new 300/600 dpi bitmap font descriptor has been added
to allow bitmap fonts to be created that work at either
1/300 or 1/600 inch printer resolution.
Scalable Font Support New Header A new Universal header has been added to allow
design of typefaces of different scaling technologies to
be supported by one header. This header is used to
support TrueType on the HP LaserJet 4 printer. (This
header will be used to support any other new scaling
technologies HP may add in the future).
TrueType New TrueType scaling technology support has been added to
the printer.
Internal Typefaces New Several new Intellifont and TrueType internal typefaces
(and supporting symbol sets) are now provided in the
printer.
Raster Resolution Command Modified Parameter values have been added to support raster
resolutions of 200 dpi and 600 dpi.
User-defined Pattern New Header A new 300/600 dpi user-defined pattern header has
been added to support patterns that work at either
1/300 or 1/600 inch printer resolution.
Continued on next page.
2-6 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table 2-3. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4 (continued)
Feature/Command Support Comments
Status Readback New Feature The addition of 6 new status readback commands
enable the user to receive certain information back
from the printer about fonts, symbol sets, macros,
user-defined patterns, and available memory.
Location Type Command New Used to specify a status readback type of location
(current, all, internal, downloaded, cartridge, SIMMs).
Location Unit Command New Specifies a status readback location unit (all,
temporary or permanent, highest-lowest priority,
specific SIMM).
Inquire Entity Command New Requests the status from the location (type and unit)
specified for fonts, symbol sets, macros, or
user-defined patterns.
Flush All Pages Command New Allows the user to clear page data from printer
memory.
Free Memory Command New This command returns the current available memory.
Echo Command New Allows the user to send a unique ID number to the
printer to be used as a “place holder.”
Bezier Curve Commands New HP-GL/2 commands (relative and absolute) that allow
a user to draw complex curves with less data required
than that required for arcs.
Label Origin Modified Label position LO 21 is provided for correct alignment
of HP-GL/2 text with PCL text.
Fill Polygon Modified Previously, the HP-GL/2 Fill Polygon command filled
polygons using the odd/even fill technique. A second
technique, non-zero winding fill, has been added.
Macros Modified HP-GL/2 is now supported in macros.
Configuration Command New Added to allow the user to communicate with the MIO
card in the printer.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-7
Configuration Command (AppleTalk)
The Configuration command allows a user to send PCL jobs to the
printer over AppleTalk. This data is sent in the form of “key/value” data
pairs (refer to “AppleTalk Configuration” below for more information).
?&b#W [key][value]
AppleTalk Configuration
The HP LaserJet 4 printer can be configured to receive PCL print jobs
over an AppleTalk connection using the Configuration command. The
HP LaserJet 4 MIO AppleTalk interfaces support three key values:
RENAME, JOB, and TYPE. These keys are used for configuring an
installed LocalTalk or EtherTalk MIO card to allow PCL print jobs
generated by a Macintosh host to be printed.
# = Number of data bytes that follow command
Default = 0
Range = 0 – 32767
[key] can be 1 character through 32765 characters.
[value] can be 1 character through 32765 characters.
2-8 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Note PostScript in the HP LaserJet 4 printer supports the PostScript level 1
operators setprintername, AppleTalktype, and jobname, and the
PostScript level 2 setdevparams operator to allow PostScript print
jobs to change the Name Binding Protocol (NBP) printer name and
printer type, as well as change the print job name.
MIO sub-system in the printer accepts a new NBP printer name, NBP
printer type, and job name from either the PCL or PostScript
personalities. The printer passes that information across the MIO
interface to the installed MIO card which indicated support for the
MIO AppleTalk extensions. The MIO sub-system will treat the PCL
NBP type and the PostScript NBP type separately.
For information about AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol refer to
Inside AppleTalk published by Addison Wesley Company, Inc.
RENAME
RENAME changes the printer name portion of the printer’s AppleTalk
Name Binding Protocol name field.
?&b#WRENAMEprintername
Valid characters for the printer name include 0-255 except for
characters $00, “@” ($40), “:” ($3A), “*” ($2A), “=” ($3D), and $C5.
The printername must contain at least one character, and only the
first 31 characters are used. If an invalid character ($00 is not treated
as an invalid character) is contained in the printername, the printer
will ignore the escape sequence. If the printer encounters the NULL
($00) character, the printer uses the NULL character to terminate the
printer name. All the characters preceding the NULL will be used. If
another device on the AppleTalk network uses the same printer
name, another character is added to the end of the printer name.
The default printername is the printer model (for example,
“HP LaserJet 4”).
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-9
JOB
JOB renames the current job name.
?&b#WJOBjobname
All characters are valid. For the job name the first 127 characters are
used.
There is no default jobname.
TYPE
TYPE changes the type (device type) portion of the printer’s
AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol type field.
?&b#WTYPEdevicetype
Valid characters for the device type include 0-255 except for
characters $00, “@” ($40), “:” ($3A), “*” ($2A), “=” ($3D), and $C5.
The devicetype must contain at least one character, and only the first
31 characters are used. If an invalid character ($00 is not treated as
an invalid character) is contained in the devicetype, the printer will
ignore the escape sequence. If the printer encounters the NULL ($00)
character in the devicetype, it uses the NULL character to terminate
the device type. All the characters preceding the NULL will be used
as the devicetype. If the device type is invalid then the printer’s type is
not changed.
The default device type for PCL is “HP LaserJet 4” and for PostScript
is “LaserWriter”.
2-10 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 4Si Printer
The HP LaserJet 4Si printer is the follow-on to the HP LaserJet IIISi
printer. The HP LaserJet 4Si printer contains many new PCL features
over the HP LaserJet IIISi. PCL support for the HP LaserJet 4Si
printer is identical to the HP LaserJet 4 printer except for the addition
of the duplex feature, dual output bin (see Table 1-1) and resource
saving.
Like the HP LaserJet IIISi printer, the HP LaserJet 4Si supports the
HP LaserJet IIISi features listed in Table 2-1 with two exceptions.
First, is that the HP LaserJet 4Si does not support ITC Zapf Dingbats.
Font support for the HP LaserJet 4Si is identical to the HP LaserJet 4
printer (refer to Chapter 3, “Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol
Sets,” for complete font support information). The other exception
concerns job separation. The PCL Job Separation command is not
supported. The HP LaserJet 4Si printer handles job separation
through the control panel. If a PCL Job Separation command is
received by the printer it will be ignored. Refer to the HP LaserJet 4Si
User’s Manual (part number C2010-90901) for additional information.
Resource saving, a new feature in the HP LaserJet 4Si printer, allows
saving information for the current language (PCL or PostScript) when
switching to the other language. If resource saving is enabled (from
the control panel or PJL; no PCL commands are required for this
operation), all the permanent fonts, macros, and user-defined
patterns plus some other miscellaneous data is saved in a reserved
portion of printer memory. This data is stored until the language is
enabled again. When the language is re-enabled, the stored data will
be made available for use.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-11
HP LaserJet 4L Printer
The HP LaserJet 4L printer is a smaller, low-cost HP LaserJet printer.
The control panel on this printer is limited to one button with four
indicators. Many of the control panel functions must be controlled
programmatically using Hewlett-Packard’s Printer Job Language
(refer to the Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual, part
number 5021-0380 for detailed PJL information).
The HP LaserJet 4L printer PCL command features are identical to
those of the HP LaserJet 4 printer PCL features, except for some
differences in parameter values (such as for paper source—refer to
Table 1-1). Additional features which do not require PCL command
control include EconoMode and HP Memory Enhancement
technology (MEt). EconoMode causes the printer to print less dots,
thus saving toner. Memory Enhancement technology involves some
memory saving techniques to better utilize available memory (refer to
Chapter 5, “Memory Usage” for additional information).
Typefaces in the HP LaserJet 4L printer are different from those of the
HP LaserJet 4 printer. The HP LaserJet 4 printer contains both
Intellifont and TrueType scaling technologies, but the 4L contains only
Intellifont scaling technology. Thus, the 4L does not contain any of the
TrueType typefaces, with one modification. The TrueType Wingdings
typeface has been converted to Intellifont format and is available in
the printer as an Intellifont typeface (refer to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets” for additional information). The
Line Printer bitmap font is not present on the HP LaserJet 4L printer.
2-12 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 4ML Printer
The HP LaserJet 4ML printer is similar to the HP LaserJet 4L printer,
however, the 4ML includes PostScript and a LocalTalk I/O for printing
in the Macintosh environment. The HP LaserJet 4ML printer also
includes some new PCL features: print model logical operation
(ROP3) and pixel placement, as described on the following pages.
The HP LaserJet 4ML supports the typefaces that the HP LaserJet 4
printer supports. Several of the typefaces in the HP LaserJet 4ML
printer have additional support for the Latin 2 and Latin 5 symbol sets
(refer to Chapter 3, “Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for
complete font support information). The Line Printer bitmap font is not
present on the HP LaserJet 4L printer.
Table 2-4. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4ML
Feature Status Comments
Paper (Job) Size
Command
Modified An additional parameter (101) has been
added to provide support for custom size.
Logical Operations New Modifies the print model to allow logical
operations (such as AND, OR, XOR, NOT) to
be performed on source, texture, and
destination.
Pixel Placement (PCL) New Allows user to select either grid intersection
or grid centered placement of pixels when
rendering an image in PCL.
Pixel Placement
(HP-GL/2)
New Allows user to select either grid intersection
or grid centered placement of pixels when
rendering an image in HP-GL/2.
Merge Control New Allows the user to use logical operations
(ROP’s) in HP-GL/2.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-13
Logical Operations
With the introduction of the HP LaserJet 4ML printer the print model
was expanded to include logical operations.
The basic print model defines how a pattern, source image, and
destination image are applied to each other using the print model’s
transparent and opaque modes to produce a resulting image (refer to
the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual for detailed
information about the basic print model operation). The Logical
Operations (?*l#O) command can apply logical functions (e.g.,
AND, OR, XOR, NOT) to any of these operands except transparency,
which must be specified first.
The print model process consists of the following steps:
1 Specify source and/or pattern transparency modes, if desired.
2 Specify the logical operation (or use the default).
3 Define the desired operands (source, destination, pattern).
Definitions
Source: The source image may be one of the following:
• HP-GL/2 primitives
• Rules
• Characters
• Raster images (single plane mask or multiplane color)
Destination: The destination image contains whatever is currently
defined on the page. It includes any images placed through previous
operations.
Pattern or Texture: The pattern is defined by Current Pattern
(?*v#T). The terms pattern and texture are used interchangeably in
this section.
Transparency Modes: The white pixels of the source and/or pattern
may be made transparent (source transparency 0, pattern
transparency 0). The destination shows through these areas.
Transparency modes are set by the Source Transparency (?*v#N)
and Pattern Transparency (?*v#O) commands (refer to the PCL 5
Printer Language Technical Reference Manual).
2-14 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
The print model allows logical operations, such as AND, OR, XOR,
NOT, to be performed on source, texture, and destination images.
Transparency modes and Logical Operation must be specified before
printable data is sent.
Operators
• Source Transparency (specified before logical operation;
default is transparent)
• Pattern Transparency (specified before logical operation;
default is transparent)
• Logical Operators (default is Texture OR Source)
Operands
• Source objects: character cell, raster image, rule, HP-GL/2
vectors and polygons
• Texture: pattern mask
• Destination: current page definition
Assuming three bits per pixel, the following diagram shows the print
model process.
Note The Logical Operation command (?*l#O) provides 255 possible
logical operations. All of these logic operations map directly to their
ROP3 (raster operation) counterparts (see the Microsoft Document,
Reference, Volume 2, Chapter 11, Binary and Ternary Raster
Operation Codes).
The logical operations were defined by Microsoft Windows for an
RGB color space (a “1” is white and a “0” is black).
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-15
Logical Operations and Transparency
Interactions
As described above, transparency modes operate in addition to
logical operations. The logical operations in Table 2-5, Logical
Operations (ROP3), on the following pages, are true only if source
and pattern transparency (for white pixels) are explicitly set to opaque
(?*v1N and ?*v1O). If source and/or pattern transparency modes
are transparent (defaulted), the additional operations shown on the
following page must be performed to achieve the final result.
The four basic interactions are:
• Case 1: Source and Pattern are opaque.
Return ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
• Case 2: Source is opaque, Pattern is transparent.
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3, & Not Src.
Image_B = Temporary_ROP3 & Pattern.
Image_C = Not Pattern & Src & Dest.
Return Image_A | Image_B | Image_C
• Case 3: Source is transparent, Pattern is opaque.
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3 & Src.
Image_B = Dest & Not Src.
Return Image_A | Image_B
• Case 4: Source and Pattern are transparent
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3 & Src & Pattern.
Image_B = Dest & Not Src.
Image_C = Dest & Not Pattern.
Return Image_A | Image_B | Image_C.
2-16 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Logical Operation Command
Specifies the logical operation to be performed in RGB color space on
the destination, source and texture to produce new destination data.
?*l#O
Note When source and/or pattern transparency modes are set opaque (not
defaulted), values specified by this command map directly to the
ROP3 (raster operation) table values on the following page. However,
when source and/or pattern transparency modes are set transparent,
the additional operations shown on the previous page must be
performed to achieve the final result.
Logical operations in the table are shown in RPN (reverse polish
notation). For example, the value 225 corresponds to TDSoxn, the
logical function of
NOT (texture XOR (source OR destination))
Note This command is the PCL Version of the HP-GL/2 MC command.
This command sets the ROP value which affects not only PCL
operation but also the HP-GL/2 ROP value.
# = Logical operation value (see Table 2-6)
Default = 252 (TSo)
Range = 0 to 255
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-17
Example:
The Logical Operation default value is 252 (TSo), corresponding to a
logical function of:
(texture | source)
The result is computed below for both case 1 (source and pattern
opaque) and case 4 (source and pattern transparent) on the previous
page. Note that the ROP3 value of 252 results only with case 1, when
both source and pattern transparency modes are set to opaque.
Table 2-5. Logical Operation (ROP3)
Each column of destination, source, and texture values are the input
to the logical function. The result, 252, is the value that would be sent
to identify the logical operation (source and pattern transparency
modes are opaque). The last row, “ROP3 + Transparencies (source &
pattern are transparent)” shows the result if source and pattern
transparency modes are transparent (the default transparency mode).
Bits
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Texture 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
Source 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
Destination 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
ROP3 (source & pattern are opaque) 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0
(decimal 252)
ROP3 Transparencies
(source & pattern are transparent)
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
2-18 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table of Logical Operations
Table 2-6, Logical Operations (ROP3), shows the mapping between
input values and their logical operations. Note that the logical
operations are specified as RPN (reverse polish notation) equations.
Here is a key to describe what the Boolean Function values mean;
Note Since logical operations are interpreted in RGB space (white = 1 and
black = 0) rather than in CMY space (white = 0 and black = 1), the
results may not be intuitive. For example, ORing a white object with a
black object in RGB space yields a white object. This is the same as
ANDing the two objects in CMY space. It must be remembered that
the printer operates in something similar to a CMY space and inverts
the bits and reverses the order.
S = Source a = AND
T = Texture o = OR
D = Destination n = NOT
x = EXCLUSIVE OR
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-19
Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3)
Input Value Boolean Function Input Value Boolean Function
0 0 27 SDTSxaxn
1 DTSoon 28 TSDTaox
2 DTSona 29 DSTDxaxn
3 TSon 30 TDSox
4 SDTona 31 TDSoan
5 DTon 32 DTSnaa
6 TDSxnon 33 SDTxon
7 TDSaon 34 DSna
8 SDTnaa 35 STDnaon
9 TDSxon 36 STxDSxa
10 DTna 37 TDSTanaxn
11 TSDnaon 38 SDTSaox
12 STna 39 SDTSxnox
13 TDSnaon 40 DTSxa
14 TDSonon 41 TSDTSaoxxn
15 Tn 42 DTSana
16 TDSona 43 SSTxTDxaxn
17 DSon 44 STDSoax
18 SDTxnon 45 TSDnox
19 SDTaon 46 TSDTxox
20 DTSxnon 47 TSDnoan
21 DTSaon 48 TSna
22 TSDTSanaxx 49 SDTnaon
23 SSTxDSxaxn 50 SDTSoox
24 STxTDxa 51 Sn
25 SDTSanaxn 52 STDSaox
26 TDSTaox 53 STDSxnox
2-20 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value Boolean Function Input Value Boolean Function
54 SDTox 81 DSTnaon
55 SDToan 82 DTSDaox
56 TSDToax 83 STDSxaxn
57 STDnox 84 DTSonon
58 STDSxox 85 Dn
59 STDnoan 86 DTSox
60 TSx 87 DTSoan
61 STDSonox 88 TDSToax
62 STDSnaox 89 DTSnox
63 TSan 90 DTx
64 TSDnaa 91 DTSDonox
65 DTSxon 92 DTSDxox
66 SDxTDxa 93 DTSnoan
67 STDSanaxn 94 DTSDnaox
68 SDna 95 DTan
69 DTSnaon 96 TDSxa
70 DSTDaox 97 DSTDSaoxxn
71 TSDTxaxn 98 DSTDoax
72 SDTxa 99 SDTnox
73 TDSTDaoxxn 100 SDTSoax
74 DTSDoax 101 DSTnox
75 TDSnox 102 DSx
76 SDTana 103 SDTSonox
77 SSTxDSxoxn 104 DSTDSonoxxn
78 TDSTxox 105 TDSxxn
79 TDSnoan 106 DTSax
80 TDna 107 TSDTSoaxxn
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-21
Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value Boolean Function Input Value Boolean Function
108 SDTax 135 TDSaxn
109 TDSTDoaxxn 136 DSa
110 SDTSnoax 137 SDTSnaoxn
111 TDSxnan 138 DSTnoa
112 TDSana 139 DSTDxoxn
113 SSDxTDxaxn 140 SDTnoa
114 SDTSxox 141 SDTSxoxn
115 SDTnoan 142 SSDxTDxax
116 DSTDxox 143 TDSanan
117 DSTnoan 144 TDSxna
118 SDTSnaox 145 SDTSnoaxn
119 DSan 146 DTSDToaxx
120 TDSax 147 STDaxn
121 DSTDSoaxxn 148 TSDTSoaxx
122 DTSDnoax 149 DTSaxn
123 SDTxnan 150 DTSxx
124 STDSnoax 151 TSDTSonoxx
125 DTSxnan 152 SDTSonoxn
126 STxDSxo 153 DSxn
127 DTSaan 154 DTSoaxn
128 DTSaa 155 SDTSoaxn
129 STxDSxon 156 STDnax
130 DTSxna 157 DSTDoaxn
131 STDSnoaxn 158 DSTDSaoxx
132 SDTxna 159 TDSxan
133 TDSTnoaxn 160 DTa
134 DSTDSoaxx 161 TDSTnaoxn
2-22 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value Boolean Function Input Value Boolean Function
162 DTSnoa 189 SDxTDxan
163 DTSDxoxn 190 DTSxo
164 TDSTonoxn 191 DTSano
165 TDxn 192 TSa
166 DSTnax 193 STDSnaoxn
167 TDSToaxn 194 STDSonoxn
168 DTSoa 195 TSxn
169 DTSoxn 196 STDnoa
170 D 197 STDSxoxn
171 DTSono 198 SDTnax
172 STDSxax 199 TSDToaxn
173 DTSDaoxn 200 SDToa
174 DSTnao 201 STDoxn
175 DTno 202 DTSDxax
176 TDSnoa 203 STDSaoxn
177 TDSTxoxn 204 S
178 SSTxDSxox 205 SDTono
179 SDTanan 206 SDTnao
180 TSDnax 207 STno
181 DTSDoaxn 208 TSDnoa
182 DTSDTaoxx 209 TSDTxoxn
183 SDTxan 210 TDSnax
184 TSDTxax 211 STDSoaxn
185 DSTDaoxn 212 SSTxTDxax
186 DTSnao 213 DTSanan
187 DSno 214 TSDTSaoxx
188 STDSanax 215 DTSxan
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-23
Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value Boolean Function Input Value Boolean Function
216 TDSTxax 236 SDTao
217 SDTSaoxn 237 SDTxno
218 DTSDanax 238 DSo
219 STxDSxan 239 SDTnoo
220 STDnao 240 T
221 SDno 241 TDSono
222 SDTxo 242 TDSnao
223 SDTano 243 TSno
224 TDSoa 244 TSDnao
225 TDSoxn 245 TDno
226 DSTDxax 246 TDSxo
227 TSDTaoxn 247 TDSano
228 SDTSxax 248 TDSao
229 TDSTaoxn 249 TDSxno
230 SDTSanax 250 DTo
231 STxTDxan 251 DTSnoo
232 SSTxDSxax 252 TSo
233 DSTDSanaxxn 253 TSDnoo
234 DTSao 254 DTSoo
235 DTSxno 255 1
2-24 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Pixel Placement Command
This command determines how pixels are rendered in images.
?*l # R
Two models are used for rendering pixels when an image is placed on
paper:
• Grid Intersection Model
• Grid Centered Model
This command can be invoked multiple times during a page. It has no
effect except to switch the model being used for imaging.
Note The PCL Pixel Placement command determines how pixels are
placed for both PCL and HP-GL/2 operation.
The example shown in Figure 2-1 illustrates the concepts of the two
models. Assume a rectangle extends from coordinate position (1,1) to
position (3,4). As shown below, each model produces a different
result. (Since PCL printers print only at intersections, grid centered
pixel placement is implemented as shown on the right.)
# = 0 – Grid intersection
1 – Grid centered
Default = 0
Range = 0, 1 (command is ignored for other values)
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-25
Figure 2-1 Pixel Placement
The grid centered model produces a rectangle that is one dot row
thinner and one dot row shorter than the grid intersection model. The
grid intersection model is the PCL default.
Note The grid centered method is used by Microsoft Windows.
2-26 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Placement Variations
PCL and HP-GL/2 (see following pages for HP-GL/2 pixel placement
command description) provide two pixel placement modes: grid
intersection (the default) and grid centered. Grid intersection places
pixels on the intersections of the grid (see Figure 2-2). Grid centered
places pixels in the center of the grid. In Figure 2-2, a rectangle
extends from position (1,1) to (3,4). The grid centered model
produces a rectangle one dot thinner and one dot shorter then the
grid intersection model.
When rectangular area fills are used and grid intersection is used, an
overlapping of pixels can occur if rectangular area fills are placed
adjacent to one another (as shown below). Depending on the raster
operation presently in effect, this overlap can produce undesirable
results in the final printed image. To avoid this problem, use the grid
centered method.
Note Since PCL printers print only at intersections, grid centered is
implemented as shown on the right.
Figure 2-2 Pixel Placement Variations
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-27
Pixel Placement Command (HP-GL/2)
The Pixel Placement (PP) command controls how pixels are placed
on the layout grid during polygon fills. Two pixel placement modes are
grid intersection or grid centered.
PP [mode] ;
Pixel Placement Command (HP-GL/2)
mode
The command is the HP-GL/2 version of the PCL Pixel Placement
command. Whatever mode is selected, using the HP-GL/2 PP
command also applies to PCL operation. Likewise the PCL Pixel
Placement command also affects HP-GL/2 pixel placement.
Note Microsoft Windows fills polygons based on grid centered method.
This command determines how pixels will be placed for both HP-GL/2
and PCL operation.
The PP command is not defaulted by an IN command.
Parameter Format Functional Range Default
mode clamped integer 0 or 1 0 (grid intersection)
0 = grid intersection; device draws pixels centered at grid
intersections (see Figure 2-1).
1 = grid centered; device draws pixels centered inside the boxes
created by the grid (see Figure 2-1).
2-28 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Merge Control Command (HP-GL/2)
The Merge Control (MC) command specifies the raster operation
(ROP’s) to be performed in HP-GL/2. Raster Operations specify how
source, destination, and patterns are combined to produce final
images. This command supports all 256 Microsoft Windows ternary
(ROP3) raster-operation codes.
MC [mode, [opcode] ] ;
Merge Control Command (HP-GL/2)
1 For opcode ROP values refer to Table 2-6, Logical Operation.
mode
Note This command is the HP-GL/2 version of the PCL Logical Operation
command.
This command sets a ROP value which affects not only HP-GL/2
operation but also the PCL ROP value.
The MC command is defaulted by an IN command.
Parameter Format Functional Range Default
mode clamped integer 0 or 1 0 (ROP 252)
opcode clamped integer 0…2551 168, 252
0 = opcode value is ignored; printer sets ROP to 252.
1 = opcode value is used as the ROP value. If no opcode value is
sent, printer sets ROP to 168. If opcode is out of range (some
value other then 0-255), the command is ignored and the
default ROP of 252 is used. (For example: MC1,60; MC1,60-;
MC1,+60; MC1,60+; all set the ROP to 60; however, MC1,-60;
or MC1,300; set the ROP to the default value (252).
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-29
Note When using the MC command, some pattern types will not produce
the expected ROP result. This only occurs when using the FT (Fill
Type) command pattern types 1, 2, 3, and 4, and the ROP includes an
XOR operation. (This problem is due to the fact that these patterns
are the result of a vector operation and do not produce raster data for
use by a ROP operation.) All other Fill Type command patterns
(types, 10, 11, 21, or 22) operate as expected.
opcode
The operation code (opcode) specifies the logical operations that are
performed on a source, destination, and patterned image prior to
drawing the final image. The opcodes are created by listing all
possible combinations of a single pattern, source and destination
pixel, and constructing the desired final pixel values. The following
table shows three common opcodes (also see Table 2-6).
Table 2-3. Common Opcodes
Pixel Combinations Desired Destination Values
Pattern Pixel Source Pixel Destination
Pixel
Source
Overwrite
Transparency
(TR command)
Source
Destination
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 1 1
0 1 0 1 1 1
0 1 1 1 1 0
1 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 1 0 1 1
1 1 0 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 0
Resulting Opcode 204 (0xCC) 238 (0xEE) 102 (0×66)
2-30 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 4P and 4MP Printers
The HP LaserJet 4P printer is the follow-on to the HP LaserJet IIIP
printer. The HP LaserJet 4MP printer is the multi-platform (PostScript)
version of the 4P printer. PCL operation and the internal fonts in these
two printers are identical to that of the HP LaserJet 4ML printer. The
4P and 4MP printers have a control panel unlike the 4L and 4ML
printers. Refer to Table 1-1, PCL Feature Support Matrix, for the
commands these printers support and to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for font support information.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-31
HP LaserJet 4PJ Printer
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer is a modified version of the
HP LaserJet 4P printer designed specifically for the Japanese
market. The enhanced PCL 5 printer language in this printer includes
all of the PCL 5 features of the HP LaserJet 4P, plus special features
which specifically support the Asian printing market. These features
include large font support, support for vertical printing, and the ESC/P
printer language. Table 2-8 lists the PCL feature additions for this
printer.
Table 2-4. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4PJ
Feature Status Comments
Text Parsing Method
Command
New Provides a method for specifying character
codes to select characters in large fonts
(> 256 characters).
Character Text Path
Direction Command
New Allows vertical printing for Asian markets,
which use both horizontal and vertical
printing.
Font Header Format Modified Adds Font Format 16, a font header which
supports large TrueType fonts. Five new font
header segments are supported.
Fonts New Additions
and Deletions
The resident typefaces are different than
those in the HP LaserJet 4P printer. Two
large fonts (fonts containing a large number
of characters) are included to support the
Japanese market: MS Mincho and MS
Gothic. The printer also contains some
Western TrueType typefaces (Arial and
Times Roman families). The printer does not
have any Intellifont typefaces except the
Courier family.
Page Size Command New Additions Adds support for JIS B5 paper (?&l45A)
and two Japanese postcard sizes: Hagaki
(?&l71A) and Oufuku-Hagaki (?&l72A).
Character
Enhancements
New Allows pseudo-bold and pseudo-italic
enhancements to be applied to MS Mincho,
MS Gothic, and certain downloaded
TrueType fonts.
2-32 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Descriptions of the Text Parsing Method Command, Character Text
Path Direction Command, and Font Format 16 are provided in the
following paragraphs. Following that, a “LaserJet 4PJ Programming
Tips” section offers examples and tips for performing specific tasks
using PCL 5.
Text Parsing Method Command
The Text Parsing Method command informs the PCL parser whether
character codes should be interpreted as 1-byte or 2-byte character
codes as described below.
?&t#P
If the value field is 21, character codes in the range 0×21-0xFF are
processed as the first byte of a two-byte character. The following byte
is processed as the second byte of the two-byte character. All
character codes outside this range are processed as one-byte values.
This method can be used for parsing characters in Asian seven-bit
encoding specifications, including JIS X0208 (Japan), GB 2312-80
(China), and KS C 5601-1992 (Korea).
If the value field is 31, character codes in the range 0×81-0x9F and
0xE0-0xFC are processed as the first byte of a two-byte character.
The following byte is processed as the second byte of the two-byte
character. All character codes outside this range are processed as
one-byte values. This method can be used for parsing characters in
the Shift-JIS encoding specification.
# = 0, 1 – All character codes are processed as one-byte
characters.
21 – Character codes are processed as one-byte or two-byte
characters as described below.
31 – Character codes are processed as one-byte or two-byte
characters as described below.
38 – Character codes are processed as one-byte or two-byte
characters as described below.
Default = 0 or 31 (if the default symbol set is WIN31J, the value is
31; otherwise it is 0)
Range = 0, 1, 21, 31, 38
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-33
If the value field is 38, character codes in the range 0×80-0xFF are
processed as the first byte of a two-byte character. The following byte
is processed as the second byte of the two-byte character. All
character codes outside this range are processed as one-byte values.
This method can be used for parsing Asian eight-bit encoding
specifications, such as the Big Five and TCA encoding specifications
(Taiwan), and KS C 5601-1992 and GB 2312-80, which can be either
7 or 8 bit.
Character Text Path Direction Command
This command allows the user to vertically rotate text for use in
vertical writing applications.
?&c#T
Using ?&c0T, the printer’s current active position (CAP) advances
left to right, and linefeed advances top to bottom with horizontal,
upright characters.
Using ?&c–1T, the following actions occur:
• Full-width characters in large fonts are rotated
counter-clockwise 90 degrees (“vertical rotated” characters).
• Vertical substitutes are made for characters which change
their appearance, orientation, or positioning when written
vertically.
• All other characters are unaffected by this setting.
• The vertical-rotated printing mode (?&c-1T) has the effect of
transforming a portrait page with horizontal text into a
landscape page with vertical text. The PCL Print Direction
command can be used to achieve other text orientations.
# = 0 – Horizontal printing
-1 – Vertical rotated printing
Default = 0
Range = 0, 1
2-34 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Vertical substitution characters are those characters which change
their appearance, orientation, or positioning when written vertically.
Examples in Japanese fonts include parentheses, brackets,
punctuation and small kana. In the example above, the two small
characters are replaced with vertical substitutes. Vertical substitution
characters are accessed through the Vertical Substitutes Character
Segment, which is described in more detail later in this chapter.
Font Header Format 16
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer provides support for large fonts. Large
fonts, such as the MS Mincho and MS Gothic fonts supplied in the
printer, are fonts which are bound to large symbol sets. The
LaserJet 4PJ printer supports a new font header to accommodate
large bound fonts. New segments are provided for support of vertical
substitutes, galley characters, typeface strings, and character
enhancements.
The Font Header Command, described beginning on page 11-6 of the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual, has several
different header formats. The support of large fonts adds Font Header
Format 16 (Universal Font Header). Font Header Format 16 is
identical in structure to format 15 (Universal Scalable Font Header)
except that the size field for data segments has been enlarged from
16 bits to 32 bits, and a new Font Type has been added for large fonts
(Font Type 3).
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-35
New Font Format Header Segments
For the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer, Font Header Format 15 has been
extended to include optional data segments for supporting galley
characters, typeface strings, and character enhancements. Font
Format 16 supports these segments plus optional segments for
supporting vertical substitution and a vertical rotation offset.
(Segmented Font Data is described beginning on page 11-45 of the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.)
Galley Character Segment
If an application requests a character that does not exist within the
current font, the printer checks the Galley Character Segment for a
substitute character to print.
Vertical Substitution Character Segment
The Vertical Substitution Character Segment is used to identify
vertical substitute glyphs for characters which change their
appearance, orientation, or positioning when written vertically.
Typeface String Segment
The Typeface String Segment allows names of permanent
downloaded fonts to be displayed, using non-Latin characters, in the
appropriate typeface on the Typeface List.
Vertical Rotation Segment
When the character text path direction is set to vertical rotation,
full-width characters are rotated counter-clockwise 90°. The Vertical
Rotation Segment sets the point around which the character rotates,
so that character alignment is compatible with the way Windows 3.1J
rotates characters.
Character Enhancement Segment
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer can apply pseudo-bold and pseudo-italic
enhancements to MS Mincho, MS Gothic, and certain downloaded
TrueType fonts. This segment is used to indicate that a particular
downloaded font is able to have these character enhancements
applied.
2-36 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table 2-5. Printer Segment Support for Font Format 16
Description of Font Header Segments
Each font header data segment contains three parts:
• Segment Identifier
• Data Segment Size
• Data Segment
Segment1 LJ 4PJ LJ 4V/
4MV
LJ 4LC LJ 4LJ
Pro
DJ 1600 LJ 5P
Galley Character – GC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Substitution – VT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface string – TF ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
Vertical Rotation – VR ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Enhancement –
CE
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Bitmap Resolution – BR* ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓
TrueType fonts ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Bitmap fonts* ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓
ns – not supported
* Format 16 bitmap font support is described beginning on page 2-63.
1 These segments are supported for the HP LaserJet 5Si and all later LaserJet printers.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-37
Segment Identifier Values
The Segment Identifier Values for the Galley Character, Vertical
Substitution Character, Typeface String, Vertical Rotation, and
Character Enhancement Segments are as shown in the following
table.
Data Segment Size
The Data Segment Size indicates the number of bytes in the
immediately following Data Segment. The size of this field is 4 bytes
for Font Format 16 fonts, and 2 bytes for Font Format 15 fonts. The
rest of the data segments are identical for both font formats.
Galley Character Segment
If an application requests a character that does not exist within the
current font, the printer checks the Galley Character Segment for a
substitute character to print instead. The Galley Character Segment
specifies the character codes of the substitute characters to be
printed. A different galley character can be specified for different
regions of the symbol set. For example, this segment can be set up
so that an asterisk prints when a non-existent character is selected in
the region 0×81 – 0x9F, and a question mark for characters in the
region 0xE0-0xFC.
Value Mnemonic* Data Segment
18243 GC Galley Character Segment
22100 VT Vertical Substitute Segment
21574 TF Typeface String Segment
22098 VR Vertical Rotation Segment
17221 CE Character Enhancement Segment
* The mnemonic is obtained when the two bytes of this big-endian word are treated as
ASCII characters.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 GC (18243) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size (6*n+6) * 3
5
6 Format = 0 7
8 Default Galley Character 9
2-38 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
• Default Galley Character (UI). Character code of the
character to be printed when a specified character is not within
any of the defined regions.
• Number of Regions (UI). Number of regions for which galley
characters are defined. Regions are defined for a table in
which the first character code byte specifies the row and the
second byte specifies the column.
• Region #x Upper Left Character Code (UI). Character code
defining upper left corner of Region #x.
• Region #x Lower Right Character Code (UI). Character
code defining lower right corner of Region #x.
• Region #x Galley Character (UI). Character code of the
character to be printed when a character within Region #x is
missing from the selected font.
If the value of the galley character field is 0xFFFF, then if the font
contains a missing character glyph, that glyph is printed. The missing
character glyph can be downloaded using the PCL Download
Character command with a character code = 0xFFFF and a glyph
ID = 0.
If both the character specified by the original character code and by
the galley character code are missing, the CAP is advanced in
accordance with previous PCL rules for missing characters, that is, it
is advanced according to the current setting of HMI (Horizontal
Motion Index).
10 Number of Regions (n) 11
12 Region #1 Upper Left Character Code 13
14 Region #1 Lower Right Character Code 15
16 Region #1 Galley Character 17
. . . . . .
6*n+6 Region #n Upper Left Character Code 6*n+7
6*n+8 Region #n Lower Right Character Code 6*n+9
6*n+10 Region #n Galley Character 6*n+11
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-39
The Galley Character Segment will be invalid if the format number is
not supported or if the segment size declared in the Segment Size
field is larger or smaller than required for the number of regions (N). If
the segment is invalid, the font download will be ignored.
Galley Character Segments can be downloaded with any Font Format
15 or 16 font, regardless of font type.
The Galley Character Segment can be used to implement a
requirement of the Microsoft Windows Version 3.1, Japanese Version,
Microsoft Standard Character Set Specification (March 11, 1993),
which states “when there is an output request for a character of a
specified typeface, even if the glyph corresponding to the specified
character code does not exist, some glyph data will be output. For
double-byte characters, the glyph of the default character defined for
the given TrueType font is used. For single-byte characters, the glyph
at 0xA5 (small dot, U+FF65) is used.”
The following table shows a Galley Character Segment which follows
the Japanese Windows specification.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 GC (18243) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size (12) * 3
5
6 Format = 0 7
8 Default Galley Character = 0xFFFF 9
10 Number of Regions (n) = 1 11
12 Region #1 Upper Left
Character Code = 0×0000
13
14 Region #1 Lower Right
Character Code = 0x00FF
15
16 Region #1 Galley Character = 0x00A5 17
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
2-40 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
In this example segment, there is one galley character region. This
region is applied to all one-byte characters (character codes
0×0000-0x00FF); any missing character in this region is replaced with
the character at character code location 0x00A5. Any missing
characters falling into this region (e.g. character codes 0×0100 -
0xFFFF) are replaced with the default galley character. Since in this
example the Default Galley Character field = 0xFFFF, the missing
character glyph is printed if it is present in the font.
Vertical Substitution Segment
The Vertical Substitution Segment contains pairs of glyph IDs. Each
pair specifies the horizontal and vertical glyph ID for a character. The
segment can be built directly from a TrueType mort table which
contains a vertical substitution array. The segment definition is shown
in the table below.
The Horizontal Glyph ID field is used by TrueType as an ID number for
the horizontal glyph data associated with a given character. The
Vertical Glyph ID field contains the ID number for the vertical glyph
data associated with the same character.
The vertical glyphs can be downloaded using the PCL Character
Definition Command using a character code = 0xFFFF.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 VT (22100) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size (4*n+4) * 3
5
6 Horizontal Glyph ID #1 7
8 Vertical Glyph ID #1 9
. . . . . .
4*n+2 Horizontal Glyph ID #n 4*n+3
4*n+4 Vertical Glyph ID #n 4*n+5
4*n+6 End of table mark #1 = 0xFFFF 4*n+7
4*n+8 End of table mark #2 = 0xFFFF 4*n+9
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-41
A TrueType mort table typically contains a header of 76 bytes,
followed by the vertical substitution array which follows the segment
format described here. However, the mort table header is designed to
be variable-length, and the location of the vertical substitution data
may be located elsewhere in mort tables in future fonts.
If the Font Type is not Type 3 (16-bit fonts), this data segment is
ignored.
If the value pairs are not sorted by horizontal glyph ID, the data
segment is invalid. If the End of Table mark #1 is not 0xFFFF, the data
segment is invalid. The location of the end of the table is determined
using the Data Segment Size field. If the segment is invalid, the font
download is ignored.
Typeface String Segment
The purpose of this segment is to provide a substitute string to print
for a permanent downloaded font when doing a PCL Typeface List
printout. It has the following structure:
Embedded Font Name Flag (UB)—A zero value in this field is used to
indicate that the ASCII name of the font (from the Font Name field)
should be printed in addition to the substitute string. A non-zero value
is used to indicate that only the substitute string should be printed.
• Substitute String Length (UB)—the number of UI characters in
the Substitute String Character List.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 TF (21574) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size (2*n+2) * 3
5
6 Embedded Font
Name Flag
Substitute String
Length (n)
7
8 Substitute String Character List 9
. . . . . .
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
2-42 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
• Substitute String Character List (array of UI)—the characters
which make up the substitute string. Each character is
represented as a UI value. If the font is a bound font, then the
values are accessed by their character codes values; if the font
is unbound, then the Unicode index numbers (see
Appendix D) are used.
The Typeface String Segment will be invalid if the Data Segment Size
declared in the Data Segment Size field is larger or smaller than
required for substitute string length, or if the Data Segment Size is an
odd number of bytes. If the segment is invalid, the font download will
be ignored.
Typeface String Segments can be downloaded with any Font
Format 15 or Font Format 16 font, regardless of font type.
The following tables are examples of Typeface String Segments for
two downloaded fonts. The first is for MS Mincho, and has the
embedded font name flag set to true. The second is for MS Gothic,
and has the embedded font name flag set to false.
MS Mincho
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 TF (21574) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size
(10) *
3
5
6 Embedded Font
Name Flag = 1
Substitute String
Length = 4
7
8
10
12
14
Substitute String Character List =
0x826c (Note: these are full-width
0×8272 Shift-JIS character codes
0x96be for “MS” and Kanji “Mincho”)
0x92a9
9
11
13
15
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-43
MS Gothic
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 TF (21574) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size
(14) *
3
5
6 Embedded Font
Name Flag = 0
Substitute String
Length = 6
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
Substitute String Character List =
0x826c (Note: these are full-width
0×8272 Shift-JIS character codes
0×8353 for “MS” and Katakana for
0×8356 “Gothic”)
0×8362
0x834e
9
11
13
15
17
19
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
2-44 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
The following illustration shows how the PCL Typeface List would
look.
Vertical Rotation Segment
The Vertical Rotation Segment is used to define the lower boundary
of the rotation box used when the character text path direction is set
to vertical rotation. This is an optional segment which may be
downloaded with Font Format 16 TrueType fonts.
The following illustration shows an example of character rotation. The
boxes around each character represent the vertical rotation box. The
distance between the baseline and the bottom of the character box is
represented by the Descender value in the Vertical Rotation
Segment.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-45
The structure of the Vertical Rotation Segment is:
• Format (UINT16)—Set this value to 0.
• Descender Value (SINT16)—Set this value to equal the
“sTypoDescender” value from the “OS/2” table of the TrueType
font.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 VR (22098) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size (4) * 3
5
6 Format (0) 7
8 Descender value 9
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
2-46 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
• If the Vertical Rotation Segment is not downloaded with the
font definition, a default value is used for the Descender value.
The default value is set to the following:
Descender value = -36/256 * ScaleFactor
Where: ScaleFactor is Bytes 64 and 65 from the Font Format
16 Font Header.
Character Enhancement Segment
This segment indicates whether the pseudo-bold or pseudo-italic
enhancements can be performed on a downloaded font.
The structure of the Character Enhancement Segment is:
• Style (UINT32)—This field specifies the style types that the
printer is allowed to perform on the font characters.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 CE (17221) 1
2 Data Segment Size (8) 3
4 5
6 Style 7
8 9
10 Stroke Weight 11
12 Reserved 13
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
31 43 0
Reserved Posture
Bit Positions (#) = Posture
1 = Italics
0, 2, 3 = Reserved
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-47
• Stroke Weight (UINT16)—This field specifies the stroke
weights which the printer is allowed to provide using the
pseudo-bold enhancement algorithm.
Note Only stroke weights greater than the stroke weight of the font can be
provided using the pseudo-bold enhancement algorithm.
15 0
Stroke weight
Bit Position (#) = Stroke Weight
0 = Reserved 8 = “Book” or “Text” Weight
1 = Ultra Thin 9 = Semi-Bold
2 = Extra Thin 10 = Demi-Bold
3 = Thin 11 = Bold
4 = Extra Light 12 = Extra Bold
5 = Light 13 = Black
6 = Demi Light 14 = Extra Black
7 = Semi Light 15 = Ultra Black
2-48 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 4PJ Programming Tips
This section provides programming tips concerning specific
considerations for the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer. This section covers
general print job initialization, font metric calculation, vertical writing,
and other issues which are pertinent to printing Japanese text on the
HP LaserJet 4PJ printer using PCL 5.
General Print Job Initialization
This example demonstrates the general print job initialization
procedure for the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer, which is slightly different
than that used for other HP LaserJet printers.
Output from pre-LaserJet 4PJ PCL drivers (for example, a
HP LaserJet 4P driver) will only print correctly on the
HP LaserJet 4PJ printer if the default PCL symbol set is set to a value
other than the Japanese Windows 3.1 (Win3.1J) symbol set. This is
because the default PCL text parsing method is set based on the
default PCL symbol set. When the default PCL symbol set is set to
Win3.1J, the default text parsing method is Shift-JIS parsing; for any
other value, such as Roman-8, the default text parsing method is
1-byte parsing. To set the default PCL symbol set value, use PJL or
the control panel.
The first example given here is nearly identical to the initialization
used for other HP LaserJet 4 family printers. The only difference is
that it includes a PJL command to set the default PCL symbol set to
Roman-8.
?%-12345X@PJL
@PJL SET RESOLUTION=600
@PJL PAGEPROTECT=OFF
@PJL RET=MEDIUM
@PJL COMMENT *** This command is added ***
@PJL SET LPARM:PCL SYMSET=ROMAN8
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL
?E?&l1x1s1h2a0o8c6e54F?&a5L?(0U?(s1p9vs3b41
~01T
The commands in the above example are explained in more detail in
the PCL 5 and PJL technical reference manuals.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-49
The second example given here initializes a PCL 5 print job for
printing Japanese text. The major differences from the previous
example are that it specifies A4 paper, initializes the text parsing
method to Shift-JIS, selects Win3.1J as the primary symbol set,
selects MS-Mincho as the primary font.
?%-12345X@PJL
@PJL SET RESOLUTION=600
@PJL PAGEPROTECT=OFF
@PJL RET=MEDIUM
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL
?E?&l1x1h26a0o8c6e60F?&a5L?&t31P?(19K
~?(s1p10v0s0b28752T
The last line (2 lines, as shown) in the above example is a PCL 5
initialization string. This set of commands resets the printer, specifies
1 copy, specifies the paper tray as a paper source, chooses A4-size
paper, selects portrait orientation, VMI=8 (6LPI), sets top margin to
6 lines, selects a text length of 60 lines, a 5-column left margin,
Shift-JIS parsing, WIN3.1J symbol set, and a proportional, 10-point,
upright, text-weight MS-Mincho font.
After the PCL print data, the following commands would be used to
complete the job:
?E?%-12345X
Font Metric Calculation
Accurate character placement relies on the ability to predict character
width and height. As a character’s point size changes, so does its
width and height. (CAP displacement, the distance the CAP moves
for vertically rotated text, is a full-width calculation.)
In proportionally spaced fonts, character widths also vary from
character to character within the font. Variable character widths add
complexity to maintaining accurate line widths, page breaks, or
WYSIWYG operation. To support most proportionally spaced fonts,
font metrics must be extracted from the font metric files.
2-50 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
In the MS-Mincho and MS-Gothic fonts provided in the
HP LaserJet 4PJ, font metric calculation is somewhat easier than for
the Latin-based fonts. Width calculations are easier because all
characters of these fonts conform to one of two different character
widths at a particular point size. The characters are either considered
full-width or half- width. One-byte characters are always half-width
and two-byte characters are always full-width.
Full-width characters occupy the entire EM width at a particular point
size. Half-width characters occupy half of an EM width. The following
equations show how to calculate the EM width and character widths
for a full-width and a half-width character.
ppem = round (DeviceResolution * PointSize/72)
FullWidthDeltaX = round (ppem * PCLUnits/ DeviceResolution)
HalfWidthDeltaX=round ((ppem/2) * PCLUnits/DeviceResolution)
where:
ppem = EM width in pixels
DeviceResolution = current device resolution in dots per inch
(600 or 300dpi)
PointSize = point size requested
FullWidthDeltaX = character width of full-width character in PCL Units
HalfWidthDeltaX = character width of half-width character in PCL Units
PCLUnits = PCL Units
The PCL Unit of measure is explained in more detail in the PCL 5
Technical Reference Manual. The default PCL Unit size is 1/300th of
an inch, but the Unit of Measure command can be used to set the
PCL Unit size to other values.
Note that HalfWidthDeltaX may not be exactly half of FullWidthDeltaX
because of rounding. For example, if FullWidthDeltaX = round(99.0) =
99, then the corresponding HalfWidthDeltaX = round(99.0/2) =
round(49.5) = 50.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-51
Character Enhancements
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer supports PCL pseudo-bold and
pseudo-italic character enhancements. These enhancements can be
applied to the internal MS-Mincho and MS-Gothic fonts. They can
also be applied to a TrueType soft font if a suitable “Character
Enhancement” Segment is downloaded with the font header.
The enhancements are selected using PCL font selection commands.
The pseudo-italic enhancement can be selected using the Style
command. The pseudo-bold enhancement can be selected using the
Stroke Weight command. The bold levels which can be applied to the
internal MS-Mincho and MS-Gothic fonts are Semi Bold, Demi Bold,
Bold, and Extra Bold. For example, to select a 10-point, Extra Bold,
Italic, MS-Mincho font, use the following PCL command:
?(19K?(s1p10v1s4b28752T
In the above command, Italics style (1s) and Extra Bold weight (4b)
are selected. Since there is not an Extra Bold Italic MS-Mincho font
resident in the printer, pseudo-italics and pseudo-bolding algorithms
are applied to characters printed from the regular MS-Mincho font.
If a soft font is selected using the “Font Selection by ID” command
(e.g. ?(#X ), the font is selected without any character
enhancements applied. To select a soft font by ID with character
enhancements, first select the font by ID, then select the desired
attributes. For example, assume a soft font is downloaded with ID = 1
and a Character Enhancement Segment indicating that pseudo-bold
and pseudo-italics character enhancements can be applied. The
following command can be used to select that font with those
enhancements:
?(1X?(s1s3B
Other font effects, such as character shadowing, strike-through, and
gray-shading can be accomplished using the print model.
2-52 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Note HP-GL/2 as implemented in HP LaserJet printers has no mechanism
for parsing 2-byte characters. Therefore, HP-GL/2 character
transformations (e.g. SI and SR commands) cannot be applied to
these characters.
HP-GL/2 as implemented in HP LaserJet printers has no mechanism
for parsing 2-byte characters. Therefore, HP-GL/2 character
transformations (e.g. SI and SR commands) cannot be applied to
these characters.
Vertical Writing
Vertical writing can be accomplished using the vertical rotated (“-1”)
mode of the Character Text Path command (?&c-1T). When using a
vertical rotated text path direction, full-width characters are rotated
and printed “on their sides.” All other characters are unaffected and
the CAP is still advanced in the horizontal direction. The “-1” mode
has the effect of transforming a portrait page with horizontal full-width
characters into a landscape page with vertical full-width characters.
This can be combined with the Print Direction command (?&a#P) to
achieve the desired text orientation (e.g. portrait, landscape, reverse
portrait, or reverse landscape).
An example of horizontal and vertical rotated writing is shown below.
The first line of text is horizontal writing and the second line is vertical
rotated writing. Note that the “~” character is replaced with a vertical
substitute on the second line. The C program that follows was used to
generate the PCL commands for this example.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-53
#include
#include
#define MONTH “\202P\202P\214\216″
#define DAY1 ”\202P\202U\223\372″
#define TILDE “\201\140″
#define DAY2 ”\202P\202V\223\372″
#define KANJITXT MONTH DAY1 TILDE MONTH DAY2
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
prn = fopen(“lpt1″,”wb”); /* open lpt1 for writing */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
fprintf(prn,”@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n”); /* Enter PCL */
fprintf(prn,”\33E”); /* send an esc E to reset printer */
fprintf(prn,”\33&a4L”); /* left margin */
fprintf(prn,”\33&t31P”); /* text parsing = Shift-JIS */
fprintf(prn,”\33(19K”); /* symbol set = Win3.1J */
fprintf(prn,”\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T”,point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,”\n\n\n\r” KANJITXT); /* print horizontal version */
fprintf(prn,”\33&c-1T”); /* select vertical writing */
fprintf(prn,”\n\n\n\r” KANJITXT); /* print vertical version */
fprintf(prn,”\f”); /* formfeed */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
}
Printing Ruby Characters (Furigana)
Ruby characters, also known in Japanese as furigana, are small
characters typically used as an aid in kanji pronunciation. Ruby
characters are usually (but not always) hiragana. They are generally
placed above the corresponding kanji in horizontal writing and to the
right in vertical writing. Ruby characters can be generated using font
scaling and cursor positioning commands.
An example of ruby characters is shown below. In this example, the
ruby characters are printed at one-third the size of the kanji. The C
program that follows was used to generate the PCL commands for
this example.
2-54 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
#include
#include
#define KANJITXT “\225\127\226\173″
#define RUBYTXT ”\202\320\202\345\202\244 \202\331\202\361 “
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=72;
prn = fopen(”lpt1″,”wb”); /* open lpt1 for writing */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
fprintf(prn,”@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n”); /* Enter PCL */
fprintf(prn,”\33E”); /* EscE to reset printer */
fprintf(prn,”\33&t31P”); /* text parsing = Shift-JIS */
fprintf(prn,”\33(19K”); /* symbol set = Win3.1J */
fprintf(prn,”\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T”,point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,”\33*p300x400Y”); /* set cursor position */
fprintf(prn,KANJITXT); /* print kanji characters */
fprintf(prn,”\33(s%dV”,point_size/3); /*furigana point size */
fprintf(prn,”\33*p300x%dY”,400-4*point_size);/*cursor position*/
fprintf(prn,RUBYTXT); /* print ruby characters */
fprintf(prn,”\f”); /* formfeed */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
}
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-55
Vertical Underlining
In Japanese writing, vertical underlines are placed to the right of
vertical columns of text. This can be accomplished in PCL 5 using the
Fill Rectangular Area command.
An underline is simply a long thin black-filled box. The length of the
underline depends on the length of the text to be underlined.
An example of vertical underlining is shown below. The C program
that follows was used to generate the PCL commands for this
example.
#include
#include
#define MONTH “\202P\202P\214\216″
#define DAY1 ”\202P\202U\223\372″
#define TILDE “\201\140″
#define DAY2 ”\202P\202V\223\372″
#define KANJITXT MONTH DAY1 TILDE MONTH DAY2
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
prn = fopen(“lpt1″,”wb”); /* open lpt1 for writing */
2-56 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
fprintf(prn,”@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n”); /* Enter PCL */
fprintf(prn,”\33E”); /* Esc E to reset printer */
fprintf(prn,”\33&t31P”); /* text parsing = Shift-JIS */
fprintf(prn,”\33(19K”); /* symbol set = Win3.1J */
fprintf(prn,”\33&a270P”); /* print direction = 270 */
fprintf(prn,”\33*p500x1300Y”); /* set CAP position */
fprintf(prn,”\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T”,point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,”\33&c-1T”); /* select vertical writing */
fprintf(prn, KANJITXT); /* print vertical text */
fprintf(prn,”\33*p500x%dY”,1300-point_size*4); /* set CAP for
underline*/
/* draw underline */
fprintf(prn,”\33*c%da3b0P”,300 * strlen(KANJITXT)/2 *
point_size/72);
fprintf(prn,”\f”); /* formfeed */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
}
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-57
Vertical Clusters
Vertical clusters are groups of two or three narrow characters
side-by-side in a vertical line of text. Vertical clusters containing
half-width characters can be created by using a combination of print
direction and cursor positioning commands.
An example of vertical clusters is shown below. The C program that
follows was used to generate the PCL commands for this example. In
this example, two half- width characters (e.g. 2-digit numbers) were
printed as vertical clusters.
#include
#include
#define MONTH “\214\216″
#define TILDE ”\201\140″
#define DAY “\223\372″
#define CLUSTER ”\201\10033&f0S33&a0P%s%d33&a270P33&f1S”
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
int offset;
char OFFSET[40];
prn = fopen(“lpt1″,”wb”); /* open lpt1 for writing */
offset = ( 36 * point_size * 300) /
2-58 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
/* —— ————— */
( 256 * 72 );
sprintf(OFFSET,”\33*p-%dx-%dY”,offset,offset); /* used to
place cluster */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
fprintf(prn,”@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n”); /* Enter PCL */
fprintf(prn,”\33E”); /* Esc E to reset printer */
fprintf(prn,”\33&t31P”); /* text parsing = Shift-JIS */
fprintf(prn,”\33(19K”); /* symbol set = Win3.1J */
fprintf(prn,”\33&a270P”); /* print direction = 270 */
fprintf(prn,”\33*p500x1300Y”); /* set CAP position */
fprintf(prn,”\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T”,point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,”\33&c-1T”); /* select vertical writing mode */
fprintf(prn, CLUSTER MONTH, OFFSET, 11); /* print month */
fprintf(prn, CLUSTER DAY, OFFSET, 16); /* print day */
fprintf(prn, TILDE); /* print tilde */
fprintf(prn, CLUSTER MONTH, OFFSET, 11); /* print month */
fprintf(prn, CLUSTER DAY, OFFSET, 17); /* print day */
fprintf(prn,”\f”); /* formfeed */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
}
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-59
Paper Size
Three new paper sizes were added to the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer.
These paper sizes include: JIS B5, Hagaki, and Oufuku-hagaki. The
logical page size in dots per inch are shown in the table below. See
page 1-26 in this manual and pages 2-9 to 2-10 in the PCL 5 Printer
Language Technical Reference Manual for an explanation of these
values.
DIMENSIONS
(at 300 DPI – double for 600 DPI)
PAPER SIZE A B C D E F G H
Portrait Dimensions
JIS B5 2149 3035 2007 3035 71 0 50 150
Hagaki 1181 1748 1039 1748 71 0 50 150
Oufuku-hagaki 1748 2362 1606 2362 71 0 50 150
Landscape Dimensions
JIS B5 3035 2149 2917 2149 59 0 50 150
Hagaki 1748 1181 1630 1181 59 0 50 150
Oufuku-hagaki 2362 1748 2244 1748 59 0 50 150
2-60 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus Printers
HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus printers are performance-enhanced
follow-on products for HP LaserJet 4 and 4M printers, respectively.
The HP LaserJet 4M Plus printer is the multi-platform (PostScript)
version of the LaserJet 4 Plus printer.
In addition to extra speed, these printers also have the following
added features which are not controlled using PCL:
• Memory Enhancement technology (MEt), which uses
memory-saving techniques to better utilize available memory
(refer to Chapter 5, “Memory Usage” for additional
information). MEt is not controlled using PCL.
• Resource saving, as in the LaserJet 4Si printer. Resource
saving allows saving information for the current language (PCL
or PostScript) when switching to another language. If resource
saving is enabled, all the permanent fonts, macros, and
user-defined patterns plus other miscellaneous data is saved
in a reserved portion of printer memory. This data is stored
until the language is enabled again. When the language is
re-enabled, the stored data is made available for use.
Resource saving is enabled from the control panel or using
PJL—no PCL commands are required for this operation.
• EconoMode, a feature supported by HP LaserJet 4L and 4P
printers, allows the user to reduce the amount of toner used by
removing about 75% of the dots from the printed page.
EconoMode is selected using PJL or from the control panel—it
is not controlled using PCL.
• Powersave mode, which minimizes power consumption when
the printer is sitting idle. The amount of idle time required
before the printer goes into powersave mode is configurable
using the control panel or PJL.
PCL operation in these two printers is almost identical to that of
HP LaserJet 4 and 4M printers, except HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M
Plus printers support Logical Operations (ROP3) as explained in the
HP LaserJet 4ML printer section in this chapter. In addition, the
internal fonts in HP LaserJet Plus and 4M Plus printers support the
Latin 2 and Latin 5 symbol sets for all typefaces (in the HP LaserJet 4,
4M, 4Si, and 4SiMx, only 15 of the 35 Intellifont typefaces support
these symbol sets). Refer to Table 1-1, PCL Feature Support Matrix,
for the commands these printers support and to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for font support information.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-61
HP LaserJet 4V and 4MV Printers
HP LaserJet 4V and 4MV printers print at speeds up to 16 pages per
minute and handle many paper sizes including 11″x17″ paper. The
HP LaserJet 4MV is the multi-platform (PostScript) version of the
HP LaserJet 4V printer.
The HP LaserJet 4V/4MV PCL 5 feature set is similar to that of the
HP LaserJet 4 Plus/4M Plus printers, with the addition of wide format
media support. As an option, the printer can also support Japanese
printing as does the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer, including the following
PCL enhancements:
• Font header support for large bitmap fonts
• Text parsing method
• Character text path direction
• Japanese media/postcard support
• Japanese fonts (large fonts)
As with HP LaserJet 4Plus and 4M Plus printers, the LaserJet 4V and
4MV printers support the following added features which are not
controlled using PCL:
• Memory Enhancement technology (MEt)
• Resource saving
• EconoMode
• Powersave mode
Refer to Table 1-1, the PCL Feature Support Matrix, for the
commands these printers support, and to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for font support information.
2-62 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Font Header Format 16 Bitmap Font Support
Font Header Format 16 was introduced with the HP LaserJet 4PJ for
downloading large TrueType fonts. For the HP LaserJet 4V, Font
Header Format 16 has been extended to support large bitmap fonts
as well. The Font Header command ( ? ) s # W [font header data] ) is
used to download font header data to the printer.
A large font is a bound font with character codes that are not limited to
8-bit values. For this reason a large font is sometimes called a 16-bit
font.
Font Header Format
Font Header Format 16 was introduced because some font data
segments in large fonts could be larger than 65535 bytes, and this
was not supported by Font Header Format 15. The structures of
Format 15 and Format 16 are identical with the exception of the
Segment Size field in the Segmented Font Data format. Table 2-10
below shows the Format 15 and Format 16 Font Header format.
Table 2-11 shows the Format 15 Segmented Font Data format.
Table 2-12 shows the Format 16 Segmented Font Data format. Note
that Format 15 does not support bitmap fonts.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-63
Table 2-6. Format 15 and Format 16 Font Header
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0
0 Font Descriptor Size (minimum 72)
2 Header Format (15 or 16) Font Type
4 Style MSB Reserved
6 Baseline Position
8 Cell Width
10 Cell Height
12 Orientation Spacing
14 Symbol Set
16 Pitch (default HMI)
18 Height
20 x-Height
22 Width Type Style LSB
24 Stroke Weight Typeface LSB
26 Typeface MSB Serif Style
28 Quality Placement
30 Underline Position (Distance) Underline Thickness
32 Text Height
34 Text Width
36 First Code
38 Last Code/Number of Characters
40 Pitch Extended Height Extended
42 Cap Height
44 – 47 Font Number
48 – 63 Font Name
64 Scale Factor
66 Master Underline Position
68 Master Underline Thickness
70 Font Scaling Technology Variety
72
. . .
[additional data may be inserted here]
Desc.
Size
. . .
Segmented Font Data
. . .
# – 2 Reserved (0) Checksum
2-64 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table 2-7. Format 15 Segmented Font Data
Table 2-8. Format 16 Segmented Font Data
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0
x + 0 First segment, Segment Identifier
x + 2 First segment, Segment Size
x + 4
. . .
First segment, Data Segment
. . .
x + 4
+ 1st
seg size
Second segment: Segment identifier,
Size, Data Segment
. . .
. . . . . .
# – 6 Null Segment Identifier (FFFF – hex)
# – 4 Null Segment Size (0)
# – 2 Reserved (0) Checksum
x = Font Descriptor Size
# = Font header length (as defined in the Font Header command).
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0
x + 0 First segment, Segment Identifier
x + 2
x + 4
First segment, Segment Size
x+ 6
. . .
First segment, Data Segment
. . .
x + 6
+ 1st
seg
size
Second segment: Segment identifier,
Size, Data Segment
. . .
. . . . . .
# – 8 Null Segment Identifier (FFFF – hex)
# – 6
# – 4
Null Segment Size (0)
# – 2 Reserved (0) Checksum
x = Font Descriptor Size
# = Font header length (as defined in Font Header command).
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-65
The Segment Size field, which is part of each segment within the
Segmented Font Data, was changed from an unsigned integer in
Format 15 to an unsigned long integer in Format 16. This allows
segments to be up to 232– 1 bytes long.
Font Header Format 15 is described in more detail in the PCL 5
Printer Language Technical Reference Manual in the “Soft Font
Creation” chapter.
Format 16 supports new segments and new values for the Font Type
and Font Scaling Technology fields. New segments which are specific
to large TrueType fonts are described in this chapter in the section
titled “HP LaserJet 4PJ printer.” (This information will included be in
future versions of the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual.) The new segments and values which are specific to bitmap
fonts are described below.
Header Format
The Header Format byte identifies the font header format. For large
fonts, this field should be set to 16. Note that Format 15 does not
support bitmap fonts.
Scale Factor
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
Master Underline Position
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
Master Underline Thickness
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
Font Scaling Technology
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 254.
2-66 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Variety
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
The remaining fields should be set the same as in the Format 0 Font
Header for PCL Bitmapped Fonts, with the following exceptions:
Font Type
Font type describes the font’s relation to symbol sets. For Format 16
bitmap fonts, set this field to 3. A value of 3 is used to identify a large
(16-bit) font. All character codes 0 to 65534 are printable, except 0, 7
to 15, and 27 [decimal]. Access to those codes which are unprintable,
yet have a character defined, requires the use of the Transparent
Print Data command. In older font header formats, PCL 5 LaserJet
printers use this field to determine the first and last codes of the
symbol set.
First Code
For Format 16 bitmap fonts, set this field to the first printable
character in the font. In older bitmap font formats, PCL 5 LaserJet
printers ignore this field.
Last Code
For Format 16 bitmap fonts, set this field to the last printable
character in the font. In older bitmap font formats, PCL 5 LaserJet
printers ignore this field.
One new data segment is defined for Format 16 bitmap fonts:
Bitmap Resolution Data Segment
The bitmap resolution data segment is used to define the x-resolution
and y-resolution for the bitmap. This segment is required for Format
16 bitmap fonts.
The structure for the bitmap segment is shown in Table 2-13.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-67
Table 2-9. Bitmap Resolution Data Segment
The decimal equivalent for the ‘BR’ mnemonic is 16978.
X Resolution (unsigned long integer)
This fields specifies the resolution of the font in the X dimension in
dots per inch.
Y Resolution (unsigned long integer)
This fields specifies the resolution of the font in the Y dimension in
dots per inch.
If the specified combination is not supported by the printer, the font
will be invalidated. In the HP LaserJet 4V, supported combinations
are (X Resolution=300,Y Resolution=300) and (X Resolution=600,Y
Resolution=600).
Character Definition
The Character Descriptor and Data command ( ?( s # W [character
descriptor and data] ) is used to download character data blocks to
the printer. Format 4 is used to download character descriptors and
data for bitmap characters. This command is described in detail in the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0
x + 0 Segment Identifier (‘BR’)
x + 2
x + 4
Segment Size (4)
x + 6 X Resolution
x + 8 Y Resolution
2-68 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Limitations
The following limitations apply to Format 16 Font Headers for bitmap
fonts:
• The Font Type field for Format 16 bitmap fonts must be set to
3. This is the case for 1-byte as well as 2-byte bitmap fonts.
First Code and Last Code fields need to be set.
• Format 16 optional data segments are ignored for bitmap
fonts. These include the galley character segment, vertical
substitution character segment, typeface string segment, and
vertical rotation segment.
• Vertical rotated printing (character text path direction
command, ?&c-1T) is not available for bitmap fonts.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-69
HP Color LaserJet Printer
As its name implies, the HP Color LaserJet printer is a color laser
printer. This 300 dpi printer adds several new features to the PCL 5
language. These new features are summarized in the table below and
are described in detail in the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference
Manual (part number 5961-0940). The printer also supports logical
operations, the HP-GL/2 Merge Control command, and pixel
placement (both PCL and HP-GL/2 commands). These commands
are described in the HP LaserJet 4L section of this chapter and also
in the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual.
Table 2-10. PCL Feature Additions for HP Color LaserJet Printer
Feature Status Comments
AppleTalk Configuration Modified In addition to supporting the RENAME, JOB, and TYPE
key values, this printer also supports the ZONE value.
Assign Color Index New Assigns the three current color components to the
specified palette index number.
Color Components 1, 2, 3 New These three commands specify the three color
components of any new color entry in the color palette.
Color lookup Tables New Enables and specifies color lookup tables to map color
input data into a new output range based on
point-by-point conversions. A lookup table is specified for
each primary color.
CR (Color Range—HP-GL/2) New Sets the range for specifying relative color data.
Configure Image Data New Configures the printer for color imaging—establishes a
modifiable color palette, sets the pixel encoding mode,
and sets the number of bits per index and per primary
color.
Download Dither Matrix New Specifies a single dither matrix for all three primary
colors.
Download Pattern New Downloads user-defined patterns, including color
patterns, to the printer.
Foreground Color New Sets the foreground color to the specified index of the
current palette.
Gamma Correction New Specifies the gamma correction to be applied equally to
each primary color.
Monochrome Print Mode New Provides a means to convert a color page to a
quick-printing gray-scale equivalent.
NP (Number of Pens—
HP-GL/2)
New Resizes the palette after the IN or ?*v#W commands.
Palette Control New Provides a mechanism for marking and deleting palettes.
Palette Control ID New Identifies a palette to be used for some of the palette
control functions.
2-70 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table 2-10. PCL Feature Additions for HP Color LaserJet Printer (continued)
AppleTalk Configuration Command
As discussed in the HP LaserJet 4 section of this chapter, the
AppleTalk Configuration command allows a user to send PCL jobs to
the printer over AppleTalk. In addition to the key values previously
discussed (RENAME, TYPE, and JOB), the HP Color LaserJet printer
also supports the ZONE key value as follows.
ZONE
ZONE changes the zone field of the printer’s AppleTalk Network
Identifier (Name Binding Protocol type field).
?&b#WZONEzonename
Valid characters for the zone name include 0-255 except for
characters $00, “@” ($40), “:” ($3A), “*” ($2A), “=” ($3D), $C5, and
($FF). The zone name must contain at least one character, and only
the first 31 characters are used. If the zone is invalid, then the
printer’s zone is not changed. Zone changes only occur after the
present job has completed.
Feature Status Comments
PC (Pen Color—HP-GL/2) New Changes the pen color in a palette created by the IN or CID
command (?*v#W).
Push/Pop Palette New Pushes or pops the palette from the palette stack.
Raster Scaling New/Modified Several commands are added for raster scaling:
Destination Raster Width (?*t#H), Destination Raster
Height (?*t#V); also, two parameters are added to the
Start Raster Graphics command to initiate scaling (?*r2A
and ?*r3A). (See the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference
Manual for more information.)
Render Algorithm New Selects the algorithm to be used for rendering page
marking entities on a given page.
Select Palette by ID New Activates a palette with the specified ID number.
Set Viewing Illuminant New Specifies the relative white point used in the determination
of a viewing illuminant condition.
Simple Color New Specifies an unmodifiable fixed-size palette.
Transfer Raster Graphics
(by plane)
New Provides a means to send raster data by color plane. This
command sends a plane of raster data to the printer and
advances to the next plane.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-71
HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro Printer
The HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro printer (C3935), released in May 1995, is
designed primarily for the Japanese market. This printer provides a
print resolution of 600 dpi, has a maximum print speed of 4 ppm,
2 Mb of internal base memory, and improved font cache algorithm.
PCL operation for this printer is identical to that of the HP LaserJet
4PJ printer. For command support, refer to Table 1-1, PCL Feature
Support Matrix and to the “HP LaserJet 4PJ Printer” section earlier in
this chapter.
The HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro printer contains the same two Japanese
typefaces, MS Mincho and MS Gothic (and WIN3.1J symbol set), as
those in the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer. (The HP LaserJet 4PJ and the
4LJ Pro printers have a reduced set of Intellifont fonts from that of the
standard HP LaserJet 4 printer family.) For detailed font information
refer to Chapter 3.
HP LaserJet 4LC Printer
The HP LaserJet 4LC printer (C3932), released in March 1995, is
designed primarily for the Chinese market. This printer provides a
print resolution of 600 dpi, has a maximum print speed of 4 ppm,
2 Mb of internal base memory, and improved font cache algorithm.
PCL operation for this printer is identical to that of the LaserJet 4PJ
printer. For specific PCL command support information, refer to Table
1-1, PCL Feature Support Matrix.
The HP LaserJet 4LC printer contains three new Chinese typefaces,
SimSun, SimHei, and GW-Kai (and a new symbol set for these fonts,
GB2312). The default typeface is SimSun and the default symbol set
is GB2312. (The HP LaserJet 4LC printer contains the standard set of
Intellifont fonts, unlike the HP LaserJet 4PJ and 4LJ Pro printers
which have reduced Intellifont typeface sets.) Refer to Chapter 3 for
detailed font information.
2-72 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
The typeface/font information, described in the “HP LaserJet 4PJ
Printer” section earlier in this chapter for the Japanese typefaces, also
applies to the LaserJet 4LC printer’s Chinese typefaces with the
following differences. The default values for the Text Parsing Method
command are different for the HP LaserJet 4LC. These default values
are 0 or 38 (provided the default symbol set is GB2312, otherwise it is
0). Also, the examples in this section can be used for the Chinese
fonts, provided the symbol set value field in the Symbol Set command
is changed to 18C (for the GB2312 symbol set) and the typeface
value in the font selection command string is changed to one of the
Chinese fonts [for example, the Japanese font selection command
?(19K?(s1p10v1s4b2852T should be changed to
?(18C?(s1p10v1s4b37058T ].
HP LaserJet 5P and 5MP Printers
The HP LaserJet 5P and 5MP printers were released March 6, 1995.
These printers are similar to the HP LaserJet 4P printer except that
they are designed to run faster, have an MP paper tray in place of the
manual feed slot, and have a reduced control panel similar to the
HP LaserJet 4L printer. The HP LaserJet 5P / 5MP printer’s maximum
print speed is 6 pages per minute (HP LaserJet 4P runs at 4 ppm)
and has a print resolution of 600 dpi.
Another new feature on this printer is an IrDA-compliant infrared serial
I/O port located on the front of the printer.
PCL operation is almost identical to that of the HP LaserJet 4 Plus
printer. (Refer to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison,
for the specific PCL implementation.)
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-73
HP LaserJet 5L Printer
The HP LaserJet 5L printer, introduced in September 1995, is much
different in appearance than the LaserJet 4L printer, but it has a very
similar feature set, including the same set of 26 internal typefaces.
One of the main differences is that the LaserJet 5L printer offers
600 dpi printing. Although both printers have a print engine speed of
4 pages per minute, the LaserJet 5L printer has faster processing
which increases performance. As the LaserJet 4L printer, the printer
has a reduced-function control panel.
The HP LaserJet 5L printer has a vertical design and supports all
paper sizes supported by the LaserJet 4L printer. In addition, the
“custom” paper size is supported through the printer driver.
The default symbol set is PC-8 instead of Roman-8.
Manual feed operation is slightly different for the HP LaserJet 5L
printer. When manual feed is selected, the printer pauses and waits
for the user to insert the correct media into the printer (either in the
paper input bin or the single sheet input slot) and press the control
panel key.
PCL and PJL operation is almost identical to that of the
HP LaserJet 4L printer. Two differences are that the LaserJet 5L
printer adds support for the logical operations and pixel placement
commands. These features are described in this chapter in the
LaserJet 4ML section. (Refer to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer
Feature Comparison, for the specific PCL implementation.)
2-74 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx Printers
HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers are designed for using in shared
printing environments. The HP LaserJet 5SiMx printer is equivalent to
the HP LaserJet 5Si printer, but also includes PostScript Level 2,
8 Mb of additional memory, and the HP JetDirect network interface
card.
HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers have features similar to those of
HP LaserJet 4Si and 4SiMx printers, with improved performance and
extra paper handling features. Some of the feature differences are
listed below.
• The printers include the same set of internal fonts, but there
are no font cartridge slots on the printers. Both printers
support font/macro SIMMs and downloaded soft fonts and
macros.
• The default symbol set is PC-8 instead of Roman-8.
• Additional paper and envelope sizes are supported, including
ledger (11″ x 17″). Executive size paper is only supported by
the MP tray.
• There is no job offset mechanism in the printers.
• HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers do not request the
envelope size every time the power is cycled. It is assumed
that the size does not usually change between power down
and power up.
• Base HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers have one 100-sheet
multi-purpose tray (Tray 1), and two 500-sheet universal-input
trays. Optional paper handling devices include a duplex unit, a
power envelope feeder, a 2000-sheet input tray and a multi-bin
mailbox.
• HP LaserJet 4Si and 4SiMx printers used “tray locking” to
prevent automatic selection of a paper tray. HP LaserJet 5Si
and 5SiMx printers accomplish “tray locking” using the
Alphanumeric ID command to select the paper tray by media
type.
Table 2-15 lists the PCL feature additions for HP LaserJet 5Si and
5SiMx printers.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-75
Table 2-11. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx Printers
Descriptions of the Paper (Media) Source, Output Bin, and
Alphanumeric ID commands are provided below.
Paper (Media) Source Command
The Paper (Media) Source command selects the specified input
media source. Parameters have been added to enable printing from
the LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printer trays.
?&l#H
Feature Status Comments
Paper (Media) Source Modified Additional parameters have been added to provide
support for Tray 1, the printer’s right side multi-purpose
tray and the other optional trays (see the description of
this command in the following paragraphs).
Output Bin Modified The Output Bin command (?&l#G) selects the
destination bin for the print job.
Alphanumeric ID New Specifies alphanumeric String IDs for selecting and
manipulating fonts, macros, and media types. Specifies
media selection by the type of media and supports
enhancements for the printer disk drive.
# = 0 – Print current page (source is unchanged)
1 – Tray 2 (upper drawer)
2 – Manual feed (tray 1, right side tray)
3 – Manual envelope feed (tray 1, right tray)
4 – Tray 3 (lower drawer)
5 – High Capacity Input (HCI), first tray
6 – Optional envelope feeder
7 – Autoselect
8 – Tray 1 (right side tray)
20 – 39 – High Capacity Input (HCI) trays 2- 21
Default = 7
Range = 0 to 8, 20 – 39
2-76 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
The following table compares the paper/media source values and the
trays they select on various printers.
Value (#) LaserJet 4,
4 Plus, 4V
LaserJet 4Si,
4SiMx
LaserJet 5Si/
5SiMx
1 PC Tray Upper
Cassette
Tray 2
(upper drawer)
2, 3
(manual
feed)
MP Tray Manual Feed
Slot
Tray 1
(right side,
manual feed)
4 MP Tray as
Cassette
Lower
Cassette
Tray 3
(lower drawer)
5 LC Tray First Tray of HCI
8 N/A N/A Tray 1
(right side, normal)
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-77
Output Bin Command
This command selects the destination bin into which the print job is
output when printed.
?&l#G
Note The Output Bin command is not recommended. Instead, it is
preferred that the PJL OUTBIN command be used to set the default
media destination.
# = 0 – Automatic selection
1 – Selects bin #1 (printer top/face-down bin)
2 – Selects bin #2 (printer left/face-up bin; this bin not
available when the High Capacity Output (HCO) is
attached)
3 – Selects bin #3 (HCO face up bin)
4 – Selects bin #4 (HCO #1 face down bin)
5 – Selects bin #5 (HCO #2 face down bin)
6 – Selects bin #6 (HCO #3 face down bin)
7 – Selects bin #7 (HCO #4 face down bin)
8 – Selects bin #8 (HCO #5 face down bin)
9 – Selects bin #9 (HCO #6 face down bin)
10 – Selects bin #10 (HCO #7 face down bin)
11 – Selects bin #11 (HCO #8 face down bin)
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 11
2-78 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Alphanumeric ID Command
The Alphanumeric ID command performs several different functions
depending on the operation specified. This command:
• Specifies the type of print media on which to print a job (rather
than specifying its location)
• Specifies an ID string for different PCL objects (fonts and
macros)
• Supports the mass storage PCL enhancements for the
LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printer disk (allowing, for example,
downloading a font with a String ID to RAM—downloading to
the printer disk must be done using PJL)
The format of the Alphanumeric ID command is as follows:
?&n#W[Operation][String ID]
The value field (#) identifies the number of bytes in the String ID.
The Operation byte determines the type of operation and the type of
object on which the operation is to be performed. The operations are
listed in the table below.
The String ID begins with the second byte and can be up to
511 characters long.
# – Number of bytes of String ID data
Default = 0
Range = 2 to 512
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-79
Operation Description
0 Sets the current Font ID to the given String ID. This operation allows
the user to set the current PCL Font ID to a string name, which gives the
user the ability to download fonts to a string name. If the current Font ID
has been set with both the Alphanumeric ID command and the Font ID
command (?*c#D), the ID last sent takes precedence. For example, if
the current font ID was set to 10 and then to “Font1”, the current font ID
would be “Font1”.
1 Associates the current Font ID to the font with the String ID
supplied. This operation finds the font with the supplied String ID and
assigns the current Font ID to that font so that the font now has two
names. The original font name is used to perform font management
commands on the font, and the new associated name is used when
selecting the font for usage. Note that since fonts with string names can
be associated to numeric Font IDs, these fonts are selectable in
HP-GL/2 using the numeric Font ID.
2 Selects the font referred to by the String ID as primary. This
operation finds the associated font using the supplied String ID and
specifies that font as the current primary font. The command is ignored if
there is no font with that String ID.
3 Selects the font referred to by the String ID as secondary. This
operation functions the same as the primary font specification (operation
number 2), however this command specifies the font as secondary.
4 Sets the current Macro ID to the String ID. This operation allows the
user to set the current PCL Macro ID to a String ID name. If the current
Macro ID has been set with both the Alphanumeric ID command and the
Macro ID command (?&f#Y), the ID last sent takes precedence. For
example, if the current Macro ID was set to 10 and then to “Macro1”, the
current macro ID would be “Macro1”.
5 Associates the current Macro ID to the supplied String ID. This
operation finds the macro with the supplied String ID and assigns the
current Macro ID to that macro. This macro then has two names. The
original Macro ID name is used to perform macro management
commands on the macro, and the new associated name is used when
executing, calling, or overlaying the macro.
20 Deletes the font association named by the current Font ID. The font
must have been associated with an alphanumeric Font ID (using
operation 0). No String ID is supplied (?&n1W20). This command
removes the alphanumeric font name association, however the disk
resource itself is not changed.
2-80 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Note PCL objects stored on the printer disk cannot be deleted, set to
temporary, set to permanent, or modified in any way using the PCL
language.
21 Deletes the macro association named by the current Macro ID. The
macro must have been associated with an alphanumeric Macro ID
(using operation 4). No String ID is supplied (?&n1W21). This
command removes the alphanumeric macro name association, however
the disk resource itself is not changed.
100 Media select (see media selection table). Media types are specified
using the printer control panel. The following table indicates which
media type and paper size is used in the various media-select
situations.
Operation Description
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-81
A paper source is considered to be not specified when a Media
Source command has not been received or when the media source is
set to autoselect (value 7). The media type is considered to be not
specified when an Alphanumeric ID command for media type
(value 100) has not been received.
Selecting the default media type causes the printer to consider the
media type as not specified.
Selecting an undefined or unavailable ID causes the printer to
generate a manual feed request.
Media Type Paper Size Paper Source Size/Type Used
Not specified Not specified Not specified Default size
Default type
Not specified Not specified Specified
(not manual feed)
Default size
Type configured in specified tray
Not specified Not specified Specified
(manual feed)
Manual feed request
Default size
Not specified Specified Not specified Specified size
Default type
Not specified Specified Specified
(not manual feed)
Specified size
Type configured in specified tray
Not specified Specified Specified
(manual feed)
Manual feed request
Specified size
Specified Not specified Not specified Default size
Specified type
Specified Not specified Specified
(not manual feed)
Default size
Specified type
Specified Not specified Specified
(manual feed)
Manual feed request
Default size
Specified type
Specified Specified Not specified Specified size
Specified type
Specified Specified Specified
(not manual feed)
Specified size
Specified type
Specified Specified Specified
(manual feed)
Manual feed request
Specified size
Specified type
2-82 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Example: Using the Alphanumeric ID Command to
Download a Font
Fonts can be downloaded to the printer disk using PJL, or using PCL
you can download a font with a String ID to RAM. The following
example demonstrates downloading a font to a string name using
PCL.
Set the alphanumeric font ID to “TTFont1”
?&n8W0TTFont1
Download the font. It is assigned the String ID “TTFont1”
?sW[data]
Example: Using a Font with a String ID
When the user wants to use a font with a String ID, the user must first
associate that font with a new Font ID number. This association is
required so that whether the font is on disk or RAM, the procedure is
the same.
Set the current Font ID to “AssociatedFontID”
?&n17W0AssociatedFontID
Find the font with ID “UnivRomanID” on disk or in RAM and give it the
associated ID of “AssociatedFontID”
?&n12W1UnivRomanID
Set the current Font ID to 10
?*c10D
Find the font with String ID “TimesRmID” on disk or in RAM and give it
the associated Font ID of 10
?&n10W1TimesRmID
Set the current secondary font to the font with a Font ID of 10 (which
in this case, is an associated font)
?)10X
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-83
Specify the current font as primary using the alphanumeric ID
command
?&n17W2AssociatedFontID
Delete the name “AssociatedFontID” from the PCL database
?&n17W0AssociatedFontID
?&n1W20
Reset the printer. Resetting deletes all font and macro associations.
?E
2-84 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP DeskJet 1200C Printer
The DeskJet 1200C is a 300-dpi LaserJet-compatible thermal inkjet
color printer. It uses PCL 5 and is very compatible with the LaserJet 4
family of printers. The main differences between the DeskJet 1200C
and the LaserJet 4 printer are summarized in the table below (for a
complete listing, see Table 1-1).
Table 2-12. PCL Feature Additions for HP DeskJet 1200C Printer
The DeskJet 1200C printer does not support the following LaserJet 4
features:
• Unit of Measure (?&u#D)
• Status Readback (?*s#X, ?*s#U, ?*s#M, ?*s#T, ?*s#I)
• Raster resolutions of 200 dpi and 600 dpi
• Page sizes: Executive, A4, JIS B5 paper, International B5
envelope, Monarch envelope
• HP-GL/2 in macros
Feature Status Comments
Enter HP-GL/2 Mode Modified Three additional parameters (-1, 2, 3) have been added to
provide support for Standalone HP-GL/2 Mode
(?%-1B), for using the current PCL coordinate
system/previous HP-GL/2 pen position (?%2B), and for
using the current PCL coordinate system/current PCL
CAP (?%3B).
Media Type New Sets the print mode required for printing on various media
types.
Mechanical Print Quality New Determines the graphics print quality.
Negative Motion New Specifies whether negative motion will be used.
Raster Scaling New/Modified Several commands are added for raster scaling:
Destination Raster Width (?*t#H), Destination Raster
Height (?*t#V), Scale Algorithm (?*t#K); also, two
parameters are added to the Start Raster Graphics
command to initiate scaling (?*r2A and ?*r3A). (See
the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual for more
information.)
Color Commands New See Table 1-1 for a complete list of color commands
supported by the printer. See the PCL 5 Color Technical
Reference Manual for descriptions of the color
commands.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-85
Updated Features
Printers with a “B” or “C” revision code, indicated by the third digit in
the serial number, have the following additional new features. (Print
the self-test to see the serial number.)
• Two-Byte Fonts. Provides support for two-byte (large) fonts
with more than 256 characters. Two-byte fonts support such
large symbol set mappings as Unicode, Shift-JIS, JIS208, and
Big5. Two-byte fonts are compatible with current PCL data
structures.
• Frame Buffer/MEt Architecture. Provides MEt (Memory
Enhancement technology), which overcomes memory
contention problems. Drivers can use the PJL SET command
(@PJL SET PAGEPROTECT=LETTER/ LEGAL/ A4/OFF) to
put the printer into a page protect mode that reserves the
memory equivalent of a complete full-color frame buffer for the
current page size. Page protect mode reserves printer memory
blocks large enough to represent cyan, magenta, and yellow
(CMY) bitmaps for an entire page of the currently selected
media).
• Noise Dither. Two new halftone render algorithms (noise
dither and monochrome noise dither) have been added.
• Arbitrary Dither Matrix Sizes. The printer now allows the full
16-bit range for downloaded dither matrix height and width
(?*m#W).
2-86 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Enter HP-GL/2 Mode Command
The Enter HP-GL/2 Mode command causes the printer to interpret
data as HP-GL/2 commands instead of PCL commands. Three new
parameters are added: one enables stand-alone plotter mode
(?%-1B), and the other two affect the coordinate system and pen
position when switching into HP-GL/2 (?%2B and ?%3B).
?%#B
HP-GL/2 mode remains in effect until a Start Raster command
(?*r#A), Reset (?E), UEL command (?%-12345X), or power-on.
In stand-alone plotter mode (?%–1B), only a single context can be
used (HP-GL/2 and PCL cannot be merged on the same page).
A value field of 1 or 3 sets the HP-GL/2 pen position and the label
carriage return point to the current PCL CAP. A value field of 2 or 3
transfers the current PCL dot coordinate system, including the PCL
origin and axes; the coordinate system thus established is
independent of the positions of P1 and P2.
This command cannot be executed from display functions mode or
within a binary data transfer. HP-GL/2 ignores this command.
# = –1 – Stand-alone plotter mode (single context)
0 – Use previous HP-GL/2 pen position
1 – Use current PCL CAP
2 – Use current PCL dot coordinate system and old
HP-GL/2 pen position
3 – Use PCL dot coordinate system and the current PCL
CAP
Default = 0
Range = –1 to 3
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-87
Media Type Command
This command sets the print mode required for printing on various
media types.
?&l#M
If no printable data has been sent, this command moves CAP to the
top of form at the left margin of the current page. If printable data has
been sent, the page is closed and printed, and CAP moves to the top
of form at the left margin of the next physical page.
When transparency media is loaded, the printer auto- matically
adjusts the media type to Transparency and the print quality to
Presentation Graphics, regardless of the language or remote-panel
selection.
The Media Type and Print Quality commands always override remote
control panel settings if the printer detects a different type of media
than was requested. It may override these commands and the remote
control panel settings.
Note This command may override the remote panel. HP recommends
programmatically setting media type, especially in network
environments.
# = 0 – Plain paper
1 – Bond paper
2 – Special paper
3 – Glossy film
4 – Transparency film
Default = 0
Range = 0 to 4
2-88 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Print Quality Command
This command determines print quality and speed.
?*o#Q
EconoFast prints black text at 300 dpi. When transparency or glossy
media is loaded, the printer automatically adjusts the media type to
Transparency and the print quality to Presentation graphics,
regardless of the language or remote-panel selection.
The Media Type and Print Quality commands always override remote
control panel settings if the printer detects a different type of media
than was requested. It may override these commands and the remote
control panel settings.
Note This command must be sent at the beginning of the page before any
printable data; otherwise, when the command is received, the current
page is closed and printed.
# = -1 – EconoFast
0 – Normal quality
1 – Best/Presentation graphics
Default = 0
Range = -1, 0, 1
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-89
Negative Motion Command
The Negative Motion command specifies whether negative motion
will be used, thus determining whether the full page must be buffered
before printing can begin.
?&a#N
If the page contains no negative motion, using the ?&a1N command
increases print speed.
Negative motion includes:
• Vertical motion toward the top of the page
• HP-GL/2 operations
• Print directions other than 0 degrees
• Landscape text
• When the top of the character cell on the next line is above the
top of the character cell on the current line
The default value of 0 delays printing until all the processing of input
data for a page is complete. This is for software that needs to
compose the data before printing.
A value of 1 allows data to be printed as received, rather than first
stored in a buffer. Otherwise, printing will be delayed until all
processing of input data is complete.
Note This command must be sent before any printable data is received by
the printer.
# = 0 – Picture contains negative motion (page formatting
printers)
1 – Picture contains no negative motion (swath printers)
Default = 0
Range = 0, 1
2-90 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP DeskJet 1600C Printer
The DeskJet 1600C printer is a follow-on to the DeskJet 1200C. It has
600 x 600 dpi black text resolution (plus TES, which is similar to REt)
and 300-dpi color resolution. Like the 1200C, the DeskJet 1600C is
font- and language- compatible with the latest LaserJet 4 series
printers. The DeskJet 1200C and 1600C contain most of the same
PCL 5 color features as the Color LaserJet (described in the PCL 5
Color Technical Reference Manual), with some exceptions and
additions (see Table 1-1). DeskJet 1200C and 1600C drivers should
work on the Color LaserJet, but not vice versa. Changes from the
DeskJet 1200C are listed below.
Table 2-13. PCL Feature Additions for the HP DeskJet 1600C Printer
* Also on “B” and “C” versions of the DeskJet 1200C.
Feature Status Comments
Raster Resolution Modified 200 and 600 dpi are supported.
Enter HP-GL/2 Mode Modified HP-GL/2 standalone mode (-1) is not
supported.
Compression Method Modified Method 9, replacement delta row is added.
Unit of Measure New Same as LaserJet 4 series printers.
Paper Source Modified Autoselect (7) is added.
HP-GL/2 in PCL
macros
New HP-GL/2 commands may appear in PCL
macros.
Noise Dither* Modified Noise ordered dither (13) and monochrome
noise ordered dither (14) are added.
Downloaded dither
Matrix*
Modified The full 16-bit range for height and width is
allowed.
Two-Byte Fonts* New Font header format 16 two-byte font
downloading.
Text Parsing Method* New Same as LaserJet 4PJ printer.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-91
Additional features include:
• Simplified Control Panel. The IEEE-P1284 ECP port
described below allows front-panel simplification and the
elimination of DIP switches. The DeskJet 1600C control panel
is similar to that of the LaserJet 4L, with one button and four
LED indicators.
• IEEE-P1284. This bi-directional enhanced capability port
(ECP) allows most printer features to be monitored and
controlled through Microsoft Windows or a DOS remote control
panel shipped with the product. In previous HP printers, PJL
provided some job-level status and control, but PJL is
embedded in the data stream, synchronous with the printer
description data. With the implementation if MLC (Multiple
Logical Channels) on the ECP and MIO 6.0, the printer can be
controlled and monitored on a separate channel,
asynchronous to the data stream. PJL still provides control
that must be synchronous with the data stream.
• ENERGY STAR. The printer lowers its power consumption if it
has not been used for 15 minutes.
• Out-of-Ink Sensing. An LED on the control panel lights when
a pen runs out of ink.
• MIO. Modular I/O interface with auto-sensing I/O configuration.
• JetDirect. Optional network cards: Novell, TCP-IP, LocalTalk,
EtherTalk, and third party.
• PostScript. A SIMM upgrade is available.
• Optional Media Source. An optional sheet feeder tray is
available.
• Media Detection. Automatic detection of media size and
media type (transparency).
2-92 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
• PJL. Unlike the DeskJet 1200C, which implemented only the
PJL kernel, the DeskJet 1600C printer supports all of the PJL
commands listed below. Full PJL implementation is not
needed because of the multiple-channel capability of the
IEEE-P1284 Extended Capabilities Port. DeskJet 1600C also
supports page protection with the @PJL SET PAGEPROTECT
command.
• Print Modes. The DeskJet 1600C has the following
user-selectable print modes:
EconoFast. The primary goal is cost per copy. The secondary
goal is high speed.
Presentation Graphics. Best quality graphics.
Normal. Equal emphasis on quality and throughput. Best
mode for most uses, minimizing the need to switch to other
modes.
COMMENT INQUIRE
DEFAULT JOB
ECHO RESET
ENTER SET
EOJ UEL
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-93
Media Source Command
The Paper (Media) Source command (?&l#H) for the DeskJet 1600C
uses a value of 5 for its optional sheet feeder and also supports a
value of 7 (autoselect). A value of 7 selects the current printer default
source. The user, through the application, may select a particular tray
for the first page or pages (for example, a fancy cover page), then
choose autoselect to pull paper from a default tray (for example,
containing standard paper). This is different than option 0, which
continues printing from the currently selected source. The “default”
source may be user-selected, or based upon the printer’s own
algorithm.
Compression Method Command
The Compression Method command (?*b#M) for the DeskJet 1600C
supports Method 9 compression (compressed replacement delta row
encoding) in addition to compression methods 0, 1, 2, 3, and 5.
Method 9 (Replacement Delta Row Encoding)
Like Method 3, this method replaces only bytes in the current row that
differ from the preceding (seed) row. Unlike Method 3, the
replacement (delta) bytes may be encoded.
The replacement byte string (delta compression string) consists of a
command byte, optional offset bytes, optional replacement count
bytes, and the replacement data.
Command
Byte
Optional Offset Bytes Optional Replacement
Count Bytes
Data Bytes
2-94 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
The command byte itself has three parts:
• Control Bit. Determines whether the replacement data is
compressed, and also the bit boundaries of the command
byte’s other two fields.
• Offset Count. The left offset (number of bytes) the
replacement data is offset from the current byte position in the
seed row.
• Replacement Count. The number of consecutive bytes to be
replaced. One more byte than the replacement count is
replaced (for example, 6 bytes are replaced by a replacement
count of 5).
Like compression method 3, the “current” byte follows the last
replacement byte; at the beginning of a row, the current byte
immediately follows left raster margin. An offset of 0 indicates the
current byte; an offset of 1 indicates the byte following the current
byte.
The size of the offset count and replacement count fields depends on
the value of the control bit.
CONTROL BIT = 0
If the control bit is 0, the replacement data is uncompressed. If the
control bit is 0, bits 0-2 indicate the replacement count and bits 3-6
indicate the offset count.
If the offset count is 15, an additional offset count byte follows and is
added to the total offset count. If the offset count byte is 255, another
offset count byte follows. The last offset count byte is indicated by a
value less than 255.
If the replacement count is 7, an additional replacement count byte
follows and is added to the total replacement count. If the
replacement count byte is 255, another replacement count byte
follows. The last replacement count byte is indicated by a value less
than 255. One more than the total replacement byte count will be
replaced.
Control Bit Offset Count Replacement Count
7 6 3 2 0
Control Bit = 0 Offset Count Replacement Count
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-95
CONTROL BIT = 1
If the control bit is 1, the replacement data is run length encoded. the
bit boundaries are different than if the control bit is 0: bits 5-6 contain
the offset count, and bits 0-4 contain the replacement count. As when
the control bit is 0, optional offset bytes and replacement bytes may
be added.
7 6 5 4 0
Control Bit = 1 Offset Count Replacement Count
2-96 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers
HP LaserJet 5 and 5M printers are performance-enhanced follow-on
products for HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus printers, respectively.
The enhanced PCL 5 printer language in these printers include all of
the PCL 5 features supported by HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus
printers as well as the features listed in Table 2-18.
Table 2-14. PCL Feature Modifications for HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers
Text Parsing
When 2-byte text parsing methods were introduced in HP LaserJets
(from LaserJet 4PJ on), the default text parsing method was based on
the default symbol set. For example, if a user selected Roman-8 as
the default symbol set (via the control panel or a PJL command), then
1-byte text parsing was the default method. If they selected
WINJ-DBCS as the default symbol set, Shift-JIS text parsing was the
default method.
HP LaserJet printers (from LaserJet 5 and 5M on) now base the
default text parsing method on the font type and symbol set fields in
the default font. If the default font is a 16-bit font, the default text
parsing method is set to one that matches the symbol set field. In all
other cases, the default text parsing method is set to 1-byte text
parsing.
Feature Status Comments
Character Text Path
Direction Command
Modified A new algorithm decides whether or not to
counter-rotate characters when using the
vertical rotated printing mode.
Text Parsing Method
Command
Modified The default text parsing method is based
on the font type and symbol set fields in the
default font.
Label Mode (LM)
Command
New HP-GL/2 support for 2-byte applications.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-97
Two-Byte HP-GL/2 Support
One-byte applications (which support non-orthogonal rotation,
scaling, and shearing of text) have long been able to use HP-GL/2 to
print to HP LaserJet printers. Two-byte applications have not had this
capability until the introduction of HP LaserJet 5 and 5M printers.
The capability of 2-byte applications (which support non-orthogonal
rotation, scaling, and shearing of text) to print to HP LaserJet printers
using HP-GL/2 is provided by the Label Mode (LM) command.
Label Mode Command
Determines how the Label (LB) and Symbol Mode (SM) commands
interpret characters. Used for printing a 2-byte character set such as
WinJ-DBCS, GB2312, or Big-5.
Syntax:
LM(mode,[row number]:)
Parameter Format
Functional
Range Default
mode clamped
integer
0, 1, 2, or 3 0 (8-bitmode)
row number clamped
integer
0 to 255 0
2-98 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Comments:
• MODE. Determines the interpretation mode as follows:
0 Interprets each byte as a character (8-bit mode where
the default row_number equals “0”). Computed
character code is equal to (row_number * 256) + 8-bit
code sent in LB or SM command.
1 Interprets the next two bytes as a character (16-bit
mode). LB and SM commands will read two bytes to
form one 2-byte character code equal to (first_byte *
256) + second_byte. Label terminator and 8-bit control
codes must be preceded by a NULL byte. To turn
symbol mode off while in 16-bit mode, you must send
SM; where NULL is ASCII or decimal 0.
2 Same logic as mode 0, except that vertical substitutes
are used if found in a VT segment of the current font.
Characters are rotated counter clock-wise to match the
vertical-rotated printing mode of the Character Text
Path Direction command. Default row_number equals
“0”.
3 Same input logic as mode 1, except that vertical
substitutes are used if found in a VT segment of the
current font. Full width characters are rotated counter
clock-wise to match the vertical-rotated printing mode
of the Character Text Path Direction command.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-99
• Row Number. Used only in modes 0 and 2 (8-bit modes)
when a 16-bit character set is selected. The row number
indicates the first byte while the LB or SM instruction will
supply the second byte.
For example, if you send LMO,37, and you have selected a
16-bit character set, sending LBAB would result in the
device printing characters 65 and 66 from row 37 of the
character set grid.
If you are using an 8-bit character set in 16-bit mode (modes 1
or 3), you must specify the first byte of each character as 0. All
other first byte values are treated as undefined characters.
Notes:
• When LM switches modes, it turns off symbol mode (executes
SM;).
• LM affects the way SM and LB interpret bytes.
• LM does not affect the DT or DL commands.
• DT allows 8-bit terminator definitions only. To terminate a label
in 16-bit mode, precede the current label terminator by the null
character (decimal 0). The only exception is the ?E (Reset)
instruction in dual-context devices. ?E is executed regardless
of the byte boundaries within LB and SM.
2-100 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Vertical Writing with Proportional Fonts
The Character Text Path Direction command was introduced with the
HP LaserJet 4PJ printer to allow users to vertically rotate Asian fonts
which were dual pitched. That is, the single-byte characters were
half-width and the other characters were full-width.
An algorithm was implemented to determine whether or not to
counter-rotate characters when using the vertical-rotated printing
mode of the Character Text Path Direction command. A character is
rotated if the glyph is full-width; otherwise, the character is not
rotated.
Since the introduction of the LaserJet 4PJ, many vendors have
produced proportional versions of their Asian fonts. Thus, the
algorithm described above is no longer appropriate for determining
character rotation.
A new method to explicitly enumerate which characters should be
counter-rotated in the font is being introduced with HP LaserJet 5 and
5M printers. The new method consists of adding an optional font
segment to Font Format 16. The optional segment, which is called the
Vertical Exception (VE) segment, has the following form:
UBYTE[2] SEGMENT ID = ‘VE’
UBYTE Format = 0
(other values reserved)
UBYTE NumRanges = N
UINT16 Range1FirstCode
UINT16 Range1LastCode
•
•
•
UINT16 RangeNFirstCode
UINT16 RangeNLastCode
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-101
The new algorithm for deciding whether or not to counter-rotate
characters (when using the Character Text Path Direction command’s
vertical-rotated printing mode) is as follows:
if (the current font contains a VE segment)
{
if(the character code* is NOT contained in
a VE range)
rotate
else
don’t rotate
}
else
use the old logic
* The original character code, even if a galley character were
substituted at some point.
Examples:
Japanese ShiftJIS Japanese Unicode
Segment ID V E V E
Format/NumRanges 0 1 0 2
Range1FirstCode 0×0000 0×0000 half-width latin
characters
Range1LastCode 0x00FF 0x007F
Range2FirstCode 0xFF61 half-width
katakana
Range2LastCode 0xFF9F
2-102 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M printers use new HP Image Resolution
Enhancement technology 1200 (HP Image REt 1200) to project
outstanding text, graphics, and more vibrant colors than before.
The HP Color LaserJet 5M printer is network-ready with genuine
Adobe PostScript Level 2 software, 36 Mbytes of memory, and an HP
JetDirect card. The HP Color LaserJet 5 printer is upgradable so you
can tailor it to suit the needs of your particular environment.
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M printers can use glossy paper or
transparency film for special output.
Modifications to the PCL language for HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M
printers are summarized in the table below and are described in detail
in the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual (P/N 5961-0940):
Table 2-15. PCL Feature Modifications for HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers
Feature Status Comments
Render Algorithm
Command
Modified Five new algorithms have been added.
Configure Image Data
Command
Modified Has unique functionality while in PCL Imaging
mode.
Download Dither
Matrix Command
Support Not supported.
Driver Configuration
Command
Support Do not support all features of the
function_index argument.
Download Pattern
Command
Modified Restricts the width and height of a user
pattern to less than 16384 pixels.
Scale Algorithm
Command
Support Not supported.
Font Cartridges Support Not supported. Customized fonts, if needed,
can be utilized via SIMMs.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-103
Render Algorithm Command
The Render Algorithm command selects the algorithm to be used for
rendering page marking entities on a given page.
?*t#J
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M printers remap non-continuous tone
render algorithms (3 – 14) into continuous tone smooth (15) and
monochrome continuous tone smooth (17) algorithms.
# = 0-14 – See section 4, “Modifying Output Color” in the PCL
5 Color Technical Reference Manual for information on
algorithms 0 through 14.
15 – Continuous tone smooth 150 lpi
16 – Monochrome continuous tone detail 300 lpi
17 – Monochrome continuous tone smooth 150 lpi
18 – Continuous tone basic 100 lpi
19 – Monochrome continuous tone basic 100 lpi
Default = 3
Range = 0 to 19 (invalid values are ignored; values 1, 2, 9, and
10 are ignored for device-independent color)
2-104 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 6P/ 6MP Printers
The HP LaserJet 6P and 6MP printers are similar to the LaserJet 5P
and 5MP printers, with the addition of higher performance and faster
print speed (up to 8 ppm). The PCL 5 feature set is identical to the
LaserJet 5P/5MP printers, with the exception that the
LaserJet 6P/6MP printers support some additional paper sizes (A5,
JIS B5, JIS B4, and Oufuku-Hagaki postcards).
The HP LaserJet 6MP printer also includes the Adobe PostScript
Level 2 printer language with 35 additional built-in PostScript fonts.
HP LaserJet 5Si Mopier
The HP LaserJet 5Si Mopier combines the performance and network
strengths of the LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printers with the ability to print,
collate, and staple multiple copies of a document. The LaserJet 5Si
Mopier has the same PCL feature set as the LaserJet 5Si/5Si
printers, but allows you to download a document just once and then
print as many originals as you need.
Multiple-original printing (“mopying”) and stapling is accomplished
using PJL commands. The application soft- ware, using PJL
commands, determines to which output bin the printed copy will be
delivered. If the stapling bin is selected, the job is automatically
stapled.
Note Multiple mopies are produced using the PJL SET QTY command. In
order for the mopier to produce more than one original of a print job,
the PCL number of copies command (?&l#X) must not be included
in the data stream, since this command will limit the job to one copy or
produce multiple uncollated copies.
See the PJL Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual for a
PJL example of printing to the mopier.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-105
HP LaserJet 6L and LaserJet 6L Gold Printers
The HP LaserJet 6L and LaserJet 6L Gold printers look like the
LaserJet 5L printer and have an identical PCL feature set. At
6 pages-per-minute, they print two more pages per minute than the
LaserJet 5L, contain the same standard typefaces, and support the
same paper sizes. Like the LaserJet 5L, the LaserJet 6L and
LaserJet 6L Gold printers do not have a control panel.
(Refer to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison, for the
specific PCL implementation.)
HP LaserJet 4000 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 4000 series printers are similar to the LaserJet 5/5M
printers in their design and PCL feature set, with increased font
support and 600 dpi support in PCL 5 (the printer offers 1200 dpi in
PCL 6). The printers support a very similar set of paper sizes. (Refer
to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison, for the specific
PCL implementation.)
Note The highest resolution you can access with PCL 5 is 600 dpi.
Selecting Paper Source
With the HP LaserJet 4000 series printer, the paper source
commands are somewhat different than in Table 1-1B. The table
below shows the commands for selecting the various paper sources.
Paper Source Command
Manual Feed Tray (2) ?&l2H
MultiPurpose Tray (Tray 1)(4) ?&l4H
Tray 2 (first cassette)(1) ?&l1H
Tray 3 (second cassette)(5) ?&l5H
Tray 4 (third cassette)(8) ?&l8H
Envelope Feeder ?&l6H
External Trays (HCI)(20-59) ?&l20H to ?&l59H
2-106 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Selecting Output Bins
The paper source commands for the HP LaserJet 4000 printer are
somewhat different than in Table 1-1B. The table below shows the
commands for selecting the various output bins.
Selecting Media Type
Besides using the Media Type command (?&l#M) to select a print
media, with the LaserJet 4000 series printers you can also use the
Paper Type command as follows:
(This command is actually a variation of the Alphanumeric ID
command. For information on this command, see page 2-79.)
Output Bins Command
Default (0) ?&l0G
Top Bin (face down)(1) ?&l1G
Face Up Bin (2) ?&l2G
External Bins (3-99) ?&l3G to ?&l99G
Paper Type Command
Bond ?&n5WdBond
Plain ?&n6WdPlain
Color ?&n6WdColor
Labels ?&n7WdLabels
Recycled ?&n9WdRecycled
Letterhead ?&n11WdLetterhead
Cardstock ?&n10WdCardstock
Prepunched ?&n11WdPrepunched
Preprinted ?&n11WdPreprinted
Transparency ?&n13WdTransparency
Custom ?&n#WdCustomType1
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace
the “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-107
HP LaserJet 5000 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 5000 series printers have a nearly identical feature
set as the HP LaserJet 4000 series printers. The LaserJet 5000
series printers support a set of paper sizes similar to the
HP LaserJet 4V/4MV printers.
Selecting Paper Source
With the HP LaserJet 5000 series printer, the paper source
commands are somewhat different than in Table 1-1B. The table
below shows the commands for selecting the various paper sources.
Selecting Output Bins
The paper source commands for the HP LaserJet 5000 printer are
somewhat different than in Table 1-1B. The table below shows the
commands for selecting the various output bins.
Paper Source Command
Manual Feed Tray (2) ?&l2H
MultiPurpose Tray (Tray 1)(4) ?&l4H
Tray 2 (first cassette)(1) ?&l1H
Tray 3 (second cassette)(5) ?&l5H
Tray 4 (third cassette)(8) ?&l8H
Envelope Feeder ?&l6H
External Trays (HCI)(20-39) ?&l20H to ?&l39H
Output Bins Command
Default (0) ?&l0G
Top Bin (face down)(1) ?&l1G
Face Up Bin (2) ?&l2G
External Bins (3-99) ?&l3G to ?&l99G
2-108 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Selecting Media Type
Besides using the Media Type command (?&l#M) to select a print
media, with the LaserJet 5000 series printers you can also use the
Paper Type command as follows:
(This command is actually a variation of the Alphanumeric ID
command. For information on this command, see page 2-79.)
Paper Type Command
Bond ?&n5WdBond
Plain ?&n6WdPlain
Color ?&n6WdColor
Labels ?&n7WdLabels
Recycled ?&n9WdRecycled
Letterhead ?&n11WdLetterhead
Cardstock ?&n10WdCardstock
Prepunched ?&n11WdPrepunched
Preprinted ?&n11WdPreprinted
Transparency ?&n13WdTransparency
Custom ?&n#WdCustomType1
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace
the “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-109
HP LaserJet 8000 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 8000 is a 24-ppm printer with 600 dpi support in
PCL 5 (the printer offers 1200 dpi in PCL 6). It has built-in mopy
capability, which is enabled when at least 16 Mb of memory or a disk
drive are installed.
The LaserJet 8000 series printers are direct replacements for the
LaserJet 5Si, LaserJet 5SiMx, and LaserJet 5Si Mopier printers. They
support the same PCL 5 commands and options, except as described
below.
The LaserJet 8000 series printers use the same PCL 5
implementation as found in the LaserJet 4000 series, and support
exactly the same PCL 5 and HP-GL/2 commands as the
LaserJet 4000 series. They support the same options to the PCL 5
command set, with the exceptions listed below.
Selecting Paper Source
The HP LaserJet 8000 series printers support the same option set as
the LaserJet 5Si printer. This is a superset of what the LaserJet 4000
series supports.
Page Size
The LaserJet 8000 series printers do not support ledger, A3, or
JIS B4 paper. It does support A5 paper, which the 5Si did not support.
Advance Full Page HP-GL/2 Command
The LaserJet 8000 series supports the HP-GL/2 Advance Full Page
command (PG). The LaserJet 5Si printer does not support this
command.
2-110 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 8100 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 8100 series printers are 32-ppm printers with
600 dpi support in PCL 5. They are a direct replacement for the
LaserJet 8000 series, and support exactly the same PCL 5
commands and options as the LaserJet 8000 printers. It includes
built-in mopy support, which is enabled when 16 Mb of memory or a
disk drive are installed.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-111
HP Color LaserJet 4500 Series Printers
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer is the third in the series of Color
LaserJet printers that started with the HP Color LaserJet printer. It is
a 600 dpi device with 8-bit continuous tone support on each color
channel. This means the printer uses 24 bits to represent each color it
prints.
This printer can be considered as the direct descendent of the
HP Color LaserJet 5 and the HP LaserJet 5 printers, since it
combines the PCL 5 features of both. For example, the Text Parsing
methods are supported as in the LaserJet 5, while such color features
as Palette, Monochrome Print Mode, and Foreground Color
commands are supported in the Color LaserJet and Color LaserJet 5
printers.
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer is also very much like a
LaserJet 4000 series printer, with respect to PCL 5. With very few
exceptions, the LaserJet 4500 supports the same PCL 5 and
HP-GL/2 commands and options as the LaserJet 4000 printer. The
differences are listed below.
The HP Color LaserJet 4500N printer is the network-ready version of
the base model (4500) printer. It includes an HP JetDirect card and
32 Mb of additional memory. The HP Color LaserJet 4500DN printer
is network-ready, with an HP JetDirect card, duplexer, 500-sheet
paper tray, and 32 Mb of additional memory.
Simplified Color Management
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 does represent a significant departure
from the HP Color LaserJet and Color LaserJet 5 printers in the area
of color specification and management. The use of sRGB (Standard
RGB) greatly simplifies the process of matching colors displayed on a
color monitor with those in the printed document. Furthermore, an
examination of customers and the way they use HP Color LaserJet
printers allowed HP to simplify the color command set without any
decrease in color print quality, print speed, or color matching.
2-112 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Color Raster Images
The suggested method for printing color images is by using 24-bit,
direct color pixels with delta row compression. The 24-bit, direct color
is specified using the Configure Image Data command. Delta row
compression is recommended over run length, or TIFF pack bits
since 24-bit, direct color uses three bytes per pixel so there is little
redundancy from one byte to the next. Delta row compression exploits
the redundancy from row to row, and therefore yields better
compression than any other supported PCL compression mode.
Asian Font Support
The following commands are supported especially for Asian font
printing:
• Character Text Path Direction
• Text Parsing Method
• 2-byte characters
• HP-GL/2 Label allows 2-byte characters.
Media Handling
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer has two standard paper trays and
one optional tray. They are accessed as follows:
Paper can be selected by requesting a media type using the Paper
Type command (?&n#Wdpapertype, where # is the number of
characters in “papertype”. For example, the command to select Color
paper is ?&n6WdColor. To select “Prepunched” the
?&n11WdPrepunched command would be used.
Tray Description Command
Tray 1 Multi-purpose paper tray. This is the
upper-most paper input tray and has a
retractable paper support.
?&l4H
Tray 2 Lowest standard paper tray ?&l1H
Tray 3 Optional 500-sheet input paper tray.
When installed, it is the bottom tray.
?&l5H
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-113
The following paper types are supported:
Sending the “Default” paper type will cancel any previous media type
request that may be in effect, and stops selection of media by type.
Note that both “Card Stock” and “Cardstock” are supported.
Note When the printer is set to TRAY1=FIRST and paper is in tray 1, the
printer will use the paper from tray 1 without regard to the media
source and page size commands. The page will be formatted to the
size specified in the page size command, but will be printed on the
paper from tray 1. This default behavior can be avoided by either
setting TRAY1= CASSETTE, or by only placing special media such
as overhead transparencies in tray 1.
Paper Type Command
Bond ?&n5WdBond
Plain ?&n6WdPlain
Color ?&n6WdColor
Labels ?&n7WdLabels
Recycled ?&n9WdRecycled
Letterhead ?&n11WdLetterhead
Cardstock ?&n10WdCardstock
Card stock ?&n11WdCard stock
Prepunched ?&n11WdPrepunched
Preprinted ?&n11WdPreprinted
Transparency ?&n13WdTransparency
Custom ?&n#WdCustomType1
Rough ?&n6WdRough
Vellum ?&n7WdVellum
Heavy ?&n6WdHeavy
Gloss ?&n6WdGloss
Default ?&n8WdDefault
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace
the “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.
2-114 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
New Paper Sizes
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer supports ISO A5 and B5 paper
sizes.
Forms Support
Forms are supported by the use of PCL macros which also include
support for HP-GL/2 commands.
Alphanumeric ID Command
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer supports all the options of the
Alphanumeric ID command. However, since the HP Color
LaserJet 4500 does not support a disk drive, associations can only be
made with non-disk-based fonts or macros. For more information on
the Alphanumeric ID command, see page 2-79.
Color Space Support
The supported color spaces are Standard RGB (sRGB), Device RGB,
and Device CMY. Standard RGB replaces Colorimetric RGB (cRGB).
All other color spaces supported in the HP Color LaserJet or Color
LaserJet 5 are not supported in the HP Color LaserJet 4500 printers.
Changes to PCL 5 Color Commands
The focus of the printer’s color support is on WYSIWYG color usage
and a simplified usage model. A number of PCL 5 color commands
introduced in the HP Color LaserJet and supported in the Color
LaserJet 5 printer have been made obsolete as a direct result of using
Standard RGB color to achieve WYSIWYG color. Furthermore,
several commands have been modified to match the predicted use of
the HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-115
PCL 5 Commands No Longer Supported or Greatly
Simplified
• Driver Function Configuration — This command had five
options for the HP Color LaserJet and Color LaserJet 5
printers: Lightness, Saturation, Scaling Algorithm, Select Color
Treatment, and Download Color Map. Select Color Treatment
is the only option supported on the HP Color LaserJet 4500
printer. The range of values has been reduced to two choices:
Vivid (2) (no color adjustment) and Screen Match (6).
• Raster Destination and Raster Width — four decimal places
of precision were added to avoid rounding errors when
converting to pixels.
• Picture Frame Scaling Command — four decimal places of
precision were added to avoid rounding errors.
• Configure Image Data — This command had two major
forms, the short form which selected default values for each of
the color spaces specified, and the long form which allowed a
complete specification of the parameters that characterize the
color spaces. The long form of the command is not supported
on this printer since the Luminance-Chrominance, CIE L*a*b*,
and Colorimetric RGB (cRGB) color spaces are not supported.
The supported color spaces are Standard RGB (sRGB),
Device RGB, and Device CMY. The sRGB color space is
selected using the same value as cRGB to enable files printed
with the Color LaserJet and Color LaserJet 5 drivers to take
advantage of the Color LaserJet 4500′s use of sRGB for
WYSIWYG color. Furthermore, the specification of white and
black points for the Device RGB and CMY color spaces, and
the HP-GL/2 Color Range command, is not supported.
2-116 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
• Render Algorithms — There are no new algorithms for this
command that had twenty different algorithms, of which almost
half of them were monochrome equivalents of color
algorithms. The following table lists the algorithms that are
supported:
The monochrome algorithms are no longer supported since
there are no applications which allow the user to specify that a
color image should sometimes be printed in color and other
times in black and white. The remainder of the algorithms are
not supported as they are not needed for quality WYSIWYG
color printing.
• Download Dither Matrix — Not supported
• Color Lookup Tables — Not supported since it does not
support WYSIWYG color.
• Gamma Correction — Not supported since it does not
support WYSIWYG color.
• Viewing Illuminant — Not supported since it does not support
WYSIWYG color.
• Monochrome Print Mode — This command is only supported
at the beginning of a job, since user applications only support
the choice of monochrome printing of color documents for an
entire document.
Algorithm Command
Contone Best (High LPI) ?*t0J
Device Best (Best) ?*t3J
Smooth Contone (High LPI) ?*t15J
Basic Contone (Low LPI) ?*t18J
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-117
New PCL 5 Commands
The Finish Mode command allows the user to specify the finish, matte
or glossy, to be applied to the document. A normal page has a matte
finish. Glossy finish can be requested to be applied to the page as it is
printed. The finish is distinct from the type of media. Therefore, a
matte finish can be requested for glossy media, and a glossy finish
can be requested for plain or matte paper.
?&b#F
The finish mode must be set before the first page is marked and
applies to all the pages in the document. Each document defaults to a
matte finish.
# = 0 – Matte finish
1 – Glossy finish
Default = 0
Range = 0, 1 (command is ignored for invalid values)
2-118 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Differences with the HP LaserJet 4000 Series
Printers
The HP Color LaserJet 4500 series printers support the color
extensions to PCL 5e and HP-GL/2, commonly known as PCL 5c.
The HP LaserJet 4000 series printers do not support any of these
commands.
Windows driver output from a LaserJet 4000 series printer driver will
print correctly on the Color LaserJet 4500 printer. However, driver
output from a Color LaserJet 4500 series driver does not print well on
the LaserJet 4000 series because the HP LaserJet 4000 series
printers do not have PCL 5c support.
• The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer supports JIS B4, Hagaki
Postcard, and Oufuku-Hagaki Postcard paper sizes. The
LaserJet 4000 series printers do not.
• The HP LaserJet 4500 series printers do not support the
envelope feeder options of the Page (Media) Source
command, because these devices do not exist for the
HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer. Envelopes are fed into the
Color LaserJet 4500 printer using the multipurpose tray, and
selected using that option.
• The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer ignores the external bin
options to the Output Destination Bin command (?&l#G),
because no external bins can exist on the HP Color LaserJet
4500 printer.
• The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer does support setting the
raster destination width and height commands, as well as
transferring raster data by plane. The HP Color LaserJet 4000
printer does not support these commands.
• The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printer does not support the Free
Space (?*s1M) or Flush All Pages (?&r#F) status readback
commands. The LaserJet 4000 printer supports these
commands, and manages its memory itself (as the Color
LaserJet 4500 printer does).
• The HP Color LaserJet 4500 printers do not support the
HP-GL/2 Advance Full Page (PG) command, which the
LaserJet 4000 printer does support.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-119
HP Color LaserJet 8500 Series Printers
The HP Color LaserJet 8500 series printer is a high-end color laser
printer. The printer is based on the feature set of the HP LaserJet 5Si
printer, with the addition of color and an EIO interface. The color
features are similar to the HP Color LaserJet 4500 series printer.
Asian Font Support
Two-byte printing is not supported, however, the PCL driver allows the
user to print two-byte characters.
Paper Types and Sizes
The printer can print a number of media types and sizes, including:
letter-size, A4, A3, ledger (11 x 17), envelopes, card stock, labels,
and heavy media up to 58 pound (216 g/m2) bond. Depending on the
paper size and type, the optional duplex printing accessory enables
color printing on two sides.
Paper Trays
The printer has two 500-sheet input trays (trays 2 and 3) that support
letter, legal, and A4-sized media. In addition, tray 3 supports
11 x 17 inch and A3-sized media. Tray 1, a 100-sheet multipurpose
tray, supports such media sizes and types as letter, legal, executive,
A4, and custom-sized media (up to 12 x 18.5 inch), as well as
envelopes, labels, and card stock. In addition to these three trays, an
optional tray can be installed that holds up to 2,000 sheets of paper.
Proof and Print
The Proof and Print feature allows you to print one copy of a job for
proofreading and then quickly and easily print any remaining copies
from the printer control panel. To use this feature, an optional hard
disk is required in the printer.
2-120 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 1100 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 1100 series printers are similar to the LaserJet 6L
printers. They have an identical PCL feature set. At 8
pages-per-minute, they print two more pages per minute than the
HP LaserJet 6L, contain the same standard typefaces (except the
Line Printer font), and support the same paper sizes. Like the
LaserJet 6L, the HP LaserJet 1100 series printers do not have a
control panel.
(Refer to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison, for the
specific PCL implementation.)
HP LaserJet 2100 Series Printers
The HP LaserJet 2100 series printers are versatile 10
page-per-minute laser printers designed for small workgroups and
individuals with advanced printing needs. These printers offer 600 dpi
support in PCL 5 (and 1200 dpi in PCL 6).
The HP LaserJet 2100 series printers have nearly the same PCL 5
feature set as the HP LaserJet 4000 series printers. Some of the
specific feature differences are listed below (Refer to Table 1-1,
HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison, for the specific PCL
implementation.)
Selecting Paper Source
The table below shows the commands for selecting the various paper
sources.
Paper Source Paper Source
First Available Tray (7) ?&l7H
Manual Feed Tray (2) ?&l2H
Tray 1 (4) ?&l1H
Tray 2 (1) ?&l4H
Tray 3 (5) ?&l5H
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-121
Selecting Output Bins
Unlike the HP LaserJet 4000 printer, the HP LaserJet 2100 series
printers have no selectable output bins. All output lands in the one
standard output bin.
Selecting Media Type
The HP LaserJet 2100 series printers do not support the Paper Type
command.
2-122 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
ENWW Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-1
3Internal Typefaces /
Fonts and Symbol
Sets
Introduction
This chapter identifies the internal typefaces/fonts and their
associated symbol sets available in the various printers. This
information is presented first for bitmap fonts and their symbol sets,
then for scalable typefaces and their symbol sets.
Note Internal refers to those typefaces/fonts and symbol sets which are
resident in the printer.
Note For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.
3-2 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets ENWW
Bitmap Fonts and Symbol Sets
Table 3-1 identifies the resident bitmap fonts for the printers. The
supported symbol sets for these bitmap fonts are shown in Table 3-2.
The HP LaserJet III, IIID, IIIP, and IIISi printers contained all these
bitmap fonts. However, with the introduction of the HP LaserJet 4
printer, the bitmap Courier was replaced by a scalable Courier
typeface (refer to “Scalable Typefaces and Symbol Sets”). The
HP LaserJet 4L, 5L, 6L, and 1100 series printers do not contain any
bitmap fonts. If these printers receive a request for Line Printer, the
fixed-pitch scalable Courier typeface is substituted. Except as noted,
the DeskJet 1200C and 1600C support the same fonts and symbol
sets as the HP LaserJet 4 printer.
Table 3-2 identifies the symbol sets available for the internal bitmap
fonts. Note that this list is for the bitmap fonts only. For the scalable
typeface symbol sets, refer to the section “Scalable Typefaces and
Symbol Sets.”
Table 3-1. Bitmap Fonts (All Fixed Pitch)
nr – not resident P – Portrait L – Landscape
Typeface Pitch/Point
Treatment
Orientation III, IIID, IIIP,
IIISi
4, 4M, 4P, 4MP, 4Si, 4ML, 4PJ,
4LJ Pro, 4LC, 4Plus,
4M Plus, 2100 series,
4000 series, 5000 series,
8000 series, 8100 series, 4V,
4MV, 5P, 5MP, 6P, 6MP, 5Si,
5SiMx, 5Si, Mopier, 5, 5M,
Color LJ, Color LJ 5,
Color LJ 5M, Color LJ 4500,
Color LJ 8500, DJ 1200C,
DJ 1600C
4L 5L,
6L,
6L Gold,
1100 series
Courier 10/12 Med P & L ✓ nr nr nr
Courier 10/12 Italic P ✓ nr nr nr
Courier 10/12 Bold P & L ✓ nr nr nr
Courier 12/10 Med P ✓ nr nr nr
Courier 12/10 Italic P ✓ nr nr nr
Courier 12/10 Bold P ✓ nr nr nr
Line Printer 16.67/8.5 Med P & L ✓ ✓ nr nr
ENWW Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-3
Table 3-2. Bitmap Symbol Sets
1 PCL 5 printers support an extensive range of additional symbol sets. Some of the more common sets and
their associated IDs are listed in Appendix C of this guide.
2 These symbol sets are becoming obsolete, are not recommended for future use, and are not resident on
HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 2100 series,
4000 series, 5000 series, 8000 series, 8100 series, HP LaserJet 5 family, LaserJet 6 family, Color
LaserJet family, and HP DeskJet 1200C and 1600C printers.
3 The ISO Latin 2 and 5 symbol sets are not supported on HP LaserJet III family and HP LaserJet 4, 4M,
4Si, 4SiMx, HP DeskJet 1200C and 1600C printers.
4 Resident on HP LaserJet 5, 5M, 5Si Mopier, 6P, 6MP, 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, 8100 series, and Color
LaserJet 4500 series printers only.
5 These symbol sets are not supported on the HP Color LaserJet 8500 series printers.
6 Only supported by the HP LaserJet 2100 and 8100 series, and the HP Color LaserJet 4500 series
printers.
7 Only supported by the HP Color LaserJet 8500 series printers.
Symbol Set1
Roman-8 ISO 15 Italian5 ISO 84 Portuguese2
ISO 8859/1 Latin 1 (ECMA-94) ISO 60 Norwegian v15 ISO 85 Spanish2
PC-8 ISO 4 United Kingdom5 ISO 10 Swedish/Finnish2
PC-8 Danish/Norwegian ISO 11 Swedish: names5 HP German2
PC-850 ISO 57 Chinese2 HP Spanish2
ISO 6 ASCII ISO 25 French2 ISO 8859/2 Latin 23
Legal ISO 2 IRV2 ISO 8859/9 Latin 53
ISO 21 German5 ISO 14 JIS ASCII2 ISO 8859/10 Latin 64
ISO 17 Spanish5 ISO 61 Norwegian v22 ISO 8859/15 Latin 96
ISO 69 French5 ISO 16 Portuguese2 Windows Baltic (not 3.1)7
3-4 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets ENWW
Scalable Typefaces and Symbol Sets
Table 3-3 and 3-4 list the internal scalable Intellifont and TrueType
typefaces resident in the various printers. Most of these typefaces are
unbound; that is, they can be linked to any of the available symbol
sets (with the limitations indicated). Symbol sets to which a typeface
can be bound (and bound font sets Symbol, Wingdings, Win 3.1J, and
GB2312) are identified in Tables 3-5, 3-6, and 3-7. Table 3-8 shows
symbol-set-bound fonts. (A list of all assigned symbol set and
typeface codes is provided in Tables B-1, B-2, and B-3.)
Table 3-3. Scalable Intellifont Typefaces
✓ – resident in the printer nr – not resident in the printer
Typeface Treatment Typeface
Number
III,
IIID,
IIIP
IIISi
5P, 5Si, 5SiMx,
5Si Mopier,
6P, 6MP,
Color LJ,
Color LJ 5/5M,
DJ 1200C,
DJ 1600C,
LJ 4 family
4PJ
4LJ Pro
4L,
5L,
6L,
6L Gold,
1100 series
4LC
5, 5M,
2100,
4000,
5000,
8000,
8100,
Color 4500,
Color 8500
series
ITC Zapf Dingbats Med 4141 nr ✓ nr nr nr nr nr
CG Times Med, It, Bld, Bld It 4101 ✓ ✓ ✓ nr ✓ ✓ nr
Univers Med, It, Bld, Bld It 4148 ✓ ✓ ✓ nr ✓ ✓ nr
Univers Cond Med Cnd, It Cnd, Bld Cnd,
Bld It Cnd
4148 nr ✓ ✓ nr ✓ ✓ nr
Courier Med, It, Bld, Bld It 4099 nr nr ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ nr
Letter Gothic Med, It, Bld 4102 nr nr ✓ nr ✓ ✓ nr
Albertus Med (semi-bold), Extra Bld 4362 nr nr ✓ nr ✓ ✓ nr
Antique Olive Med, It, Bld 4168 nr nr ✓ nr ✓ ✓ nr
Clarendon Cond Bld Cnd 4140 nr nr ✓ nr nr ✓ nr
Coronet Med It 4116 nr nr ✓ nr ✓ ✓ nr
Garamond Antiqua (Med), Kursiv (It),
Halbfett (Bld), Kursiv Halb
(Bld It)
4197 nr nr ✓ nr nr ✓ nr
Marigold Med 4297 nr nr ✓ nr nr ✓ nr
CG Omega Med, It, Bld, Bld It 4113 nr nr ✓ nr nr ✓ nr
Wingdings Med 6826 nr nr nr nr ✓ nr nr
ENWW Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-5
Table 3-4. Scalable TrueType Typefaces
✓ – resident in the printer nr – not resident in the printer
1 Pseudo-bold, pseudo-italic, and pseudo-bold italic are available using character enhancements.
Typeface Treatment Typeface
Number
III,
IIID,
IIIP
IIISi
5P, 5Si, 5SiMx,
5Si Mopier,
6P, 6MP,
Color LJ,
Color LJ 5/5M,
DJ 1200C,
DJ 1600C,
LJ 4 family
4PJ
4LJ Pro
4L,
5L,
6L,
6L Gold,
1100 series
4LC
5, 5M,
2100,
4000,
Color 4500,
Color 8500,
5000,
8000,
8100
series
Arial Med, It, Bld, Bld It 16602 nr nr ✓ ✓ nr ✓ ✓
Times New Roman Med, It, Bld, Bld It 16901 nr nr ✓ ✓ nr ✓ ✓
Symbol Med 16686 nr nr ✓ ✓ nr ✓ ✓
Wingdings Med 31402 nr nr ✓ ✓ nr ✓ ✓
CG Times Med, It, Bld, Bld It 4101 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Univers Med, It, Bld, Bld It 4148 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Univers Cond Med Cnd, It Cnd, Bld Cnd,
Bld It Cnd
4148 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Courier Med, It, Bld, Bld It 4099 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Letter Gothic Med, It, Bld 4102 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Albertus Med (semi-bold),
Extra Bld
4362 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Antique Olive Med, It, Bld 4168 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Clarendon Cond. Bld Cnd 4140 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Coronet Med It 4116 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Garamond Antiqua (Med), Kursiv (It),
Halbfett (Bld), Kursiv Halb
(Bld It)
4197 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Marigold Med 4297 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
CG Omega Med, It, Bld, Bld It 4113 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
MS Mincho Med1 28752 nr nr nr ✓ nr nr nr
MS Gothic Med1 28825 nr nr nr ✓ nr nr nr
SimSun Med1 37058 nr nr nr nr nr ✓ nr
Sim Hei Med1 37110 nr nr nr nr nr ✓ nr
GW-Kai Med1 37357 nr nr nr nr nr ✓ nr
3-6 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets ENWW
Table 3-4. Scalable TrueType Typefaces (continued)
✓ – resident in the printer nr – not resident in the printer
Typeface Treatment Typeface
Number
III,
IIID,
IIIP
IIISi
5P, 5Si, 5SiMx,
5Si Mopier,
6P, 6MP,
Color LJ,
Color LJ 5/5M,
Color LJ 8500
DJ 1200C,
DJ 1600C,
LJ 4 family
4PJ
4LJ Pro
4L,
5L,
6L,
6L Gold,
1100 series
4LC 2100,
4000,
Color 4500,
5000,
8000,
8100
series
Times Roman Med, It, Bld, Bld It 25093 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Helvetica Med, Ob, Bld, Bld Ob 24580 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Helvetica Narrow Med, Ob, Bld, Bld Ob 24580 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Century Schoolbk Med, It, Bld, Bld It 24703 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
ITC Avant Garde
Gothic
Med, Ob, DemiBld,
DemiBld Ob
24607 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
ITC Bookman Lt, Lt It, DemiBld,
DemiBld It
24623 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
CourierPS Med, Ob, Bld, Bld Ob 24579 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
Palatino Med, It, Bld, Bld It 24591 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
ITC Zapf Chancery Med It 45099 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
ITC Zapf Dingbats Med 45101 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
SymbolPS Med 45358 nr nr nr nr nr nr ✓
ENWW Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-7
Table 3-5. Scalable Symbol Sets
✓ symbol set is resident. nr – symbol set is not resident.
1 PCL 5 printers support an extensive range of additional symbol sets. Some of the more common sets and their associated IDs are shown in
Appendix C of this guide.
2 These symbol sets are soon to be obsolete, are not recommended for future use, and are not resident on any DeskJet 1200C or 1600C.
Symbol Set1
Printer
III,
IIID, IIIP
IIISi
LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 Families,
1100, 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, 8100 series,
Color LaserJet, 5, 5M,
Color LaserJet 4500
DeskJet 1200C & 1600C
4PJ
4LJ Pro
4LC
Color
Laser
Jet 8500
Roman-8 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Roman-9 nr nr nr nr ✓
ISO 8859/1 Latin 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PC-8 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PC-8 Danish/Norwegian ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PC-850 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ISO 6 ASCII ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ISO 21 German ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ISO 17 Spanish ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ISO 69 French ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ISO 15 Italian ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ISO 60 Norwegian v1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ISO 4 United Kingdom ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ISO 11 Swedish: names ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ISO 57 Chinese2 ✓ ✓ nr ✓ nr
ISO 25 French2 ✓ ✓ nr ✓ nr
ISO 2 IRV2 ✓ ✓ nr ✓ nr
ISO 14 JIS ASCII2 ✓ ✓ nr ✓ nr
ISO 61 Norwegian v22 ✓ ✓ nr ✓ nr
ISO 16 Portuguese2 ✓ ✓ nr ✓ nr
ISO 84 Portuguese2 ✓ ✓ nr ✓ nr
ISO 85 Spanish2 ✓ ✓ nr ✓ nr
ISO 10 Swedish/Finnish2 ✓ ✓ nr ✓ nr
HP German2 ✓ ✓ nr ✓ nr
HP Spanish2 ✓ ✓ nr ✓ nr
PC-858 Multilingual w/ Euro nr nr nr nr ✓
3-8 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets ENWW
Table 3-5. Scalable Symbol Sets (continued)
✓ Indicates a symbol set is supported. nr – Indicates a symbol set is not resident.
1 PCL 5 printers support an extensive range of additional symbol sets. See Appendix C of this guide.
2 These symbol sets are soon to be obsolete and are not recommended for future use.
3 The Japanese Windows 3.1J symbol set is only resident in the LaserJet 4PJ, 4LJ Pro printers, and if ESC/P SIMM is installed, in the LaserJet
4V, 4MV, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier printers.
4 For the HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, and 4SiMx printers, these symbol sets are only available in CG Times, Univers, Courier, and Letter Gothic.
5 Only available in the HP LaserJet 2100, 4500, and 8100 series printers.
Symbol Set1
Printer
III,
IIID, IIIP
IIISi
LaserJet 4/5 Families
Color LaserJet,
Color LaserJet 5, 5M,
DeskJet 1200C, 1600C
4LC
4L, 5L, 6L,
6L Gold,
1100
series
5, 5M, 6P, 6MP,
2100, 4000, 5000,
8000, 8100 series,
Color LJ 4500
Color
LaserJet
8500
PC-1004 (OS/2) nr nr nr nr nr ✓ ✓
DeskTop ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ventura International 2 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ nr nr
PS Text ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ventura US 2 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ nr nr
Microsoft Publishing ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Math-8 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ventura Math 2 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ nr nr
PS Math ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ nr
Pi Font ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ventura ITC Zapf Dingbats 2 nr ✓ nr nr nr nr nr
PS ITC Zapf Dingbats nr ✓ nr nr nr nr nr
ITC Zapf Dingbats 100 nr ✓ nr nr nr nr nr
ITC Zapf Dingbats 200 nr ✓ nr nr nr nr nr
ITC Zapf Dingbats 300 nr ✓ nr nr nr nr nr
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 nr nr ✓4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 nr nr ✓4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ISO 8859-10 Latin 6 nr nr nr nr nr ✓ ✓
ISO 8859-15 Latin 9 nr nr nr nr nr ✓5 ✓
PC 852 nr nr ✓4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PC 775 nr nr nr nr nr ✓ ✓
PC Turkish nr nr ✓4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MC Text nr nr ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Windows 3.1 Latin 1 nr nr ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Windows 3.1 Latin 2 nr nr ✓4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Windows 3.1 Latin 5 nr nr ✓4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Windows Baltic (not 3.1) nr nr nr nr nr ✓ ✓
Windows 3.0 Latin 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Windows 3.1J (WIN3.1J) nr nr ✓3 nr nr nr nr
GB2312 nr nr nr ✓ nr nr nr
Symbol nr nr ✓ ✓ nr ✓ ✓
Wingdings nr nr ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ENWW Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-9
Table 3-6. Intellifont Typeface Symbol Set Support
• Fonts supported by Color LaserJet family, DeskJet 1200C, 1600C, LaserJet 1100 series, LaserJet 4/5/6 families except 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, 5, and
5M. Courier is the only Intellifont typeface family supported by the LaserJet 4PJ printer.
◆ Additional fonts supported by DeskJet 1200C,1600C (B,C revs.), Color LaserJet 8500, & LaserJet 4/5/6 families except
4,4M,4Si,4SiMx,4PJ,4LJ Pro, 5,5M.
* These symbol sets are subsets of the Roman-8 set.
PCL
Symbol
Set ID
Symbol Set CG
Times
Univers Courier Letter
Gothic
Albertus Antique
Olive
Coronet Univers
Cond.
8U Roman-8 • • • • • • • •
0N ISO 8859-1 Latin 1
(ECMA 94 Latin 1)
• • • • • • • •
10U PC-8 • • • • • • • •
11U PC-8 D/N • • • • • • • •
12U PC-850 • • • • • • • •
19U Windows 3.1 Latin1
(ANSI)
• • • • • • • •
7J DeskTop • • • • • • • •
10J PS Text • • • • • • • •
13J Ventura International • • • • • • • •
14J Ventura US • • • • • • • •
6J Microsoft Publishing • • • • • • • •
1U Legal • • • • • • • •
1E ISO United Kingdom* • • • • • • • •
0U ASCII* • • • • • • • •
0S ISO Swedish: names* • • • • • • • •
0I ISO Italian* • • • • • • • •
2S ISO Spanish* • • • • • • • •
1G ISO German* • • • • • • • •
0D ISO Norwegian* • • • • • • • •
1F ISO French* • • • • • • • •
9U Windows 3.0 Latin 1 • • • • • • • •
12J MC Text • • • • • • • •
17U PC-852 • • • • ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
9T PC-Turkish • • • • ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
9E Windows 3.1 Latin 2 • • • • ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
5T Windows 3.1 Latin 5 • • • • ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
2N ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 • • • • ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
5N ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 • • • • ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
8M Math-8 • • • •
5M PS Math • • • •
6M Ventura Math • • • •
15U Pi Font • • • •
19M Symbol
579L Wingdings
3-10 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets ENWW
Table 3-6. Intellifont Typeface Symbol Set Support (continued)
• Supported by Color LaserJet 8500 and all LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 family printers, except 4PJ, 4L, 5L, 6L, 4LJ Pro, 5, and 5M. Not supported by
LaserJet 1100 series printers.
◆ Additional fonts supported by DeskJet 1200C,1600C (B,C revs.), Color LaserJet 8500, & LaserJet 4/5/6 families except
4,4M,4Si,4SiMx,4PJ,4LJ Pro, 5,5M.
▲ Additional font supported by the HP LaserJet 4L, 5L, 6L, 6L Gold, DeskJet 1200C (B, C revisions), and 1600C only.
* These symbol sets are subsets of the Roman-8 set.
PCL Symbol
Set ID
Symbol Set Clarend.
Cond.
Marigold CG
Omega
Garmnd.
Antiqua
Wingdings
8U Roman-8 • • • •
0N ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 (ECMA 94 Latin 1) • • • •
10U PC-8 • • • •
11U PC-8 D/N • • • •
12U PC-850 • • • •
19U Windows 3.1 Latin 1 (ANSI) • • • •
7J DeskTop • • • •
10J PS Text • • • •
13J Ventura International • • • •
14J Ventura US • • • •
6J Microsoft Publishing • • • •
1U Legal • • • •
1E ISO United Kingdom* • • • •
0U ASCII* • • • •
0S ISO Swedish: names* • • • •
0I ISO Italian* • • • •
2S ISO Spanish* • • • •
1G ISO German* • • • •
0D ISO Norwegian* • • • •
1F ISO French* • • • •
9U Windows 3.0 Latin 1 (Windows) • • • •
12J MC Text • • • •
17U PC-852 ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
9T PC-Turkish ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
9E Windows 3.1 Latin 2 ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
5T Windows 3.1 Latin 5 ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
2N ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
5N ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
8M Math-8
5M PS Math
6M Ventura Math
15U Pi Font
19M Symbol
579L Wingdings ▲
ENWW Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-11
Table 3-7. Typeface Symbol Set
• Fonts supported by HP LaserJet 4, 4Si, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 5P, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 5, 5M, 6P,
6MP, LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, 8100 series, Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5, 5M, Color LaserJet 4500 and 8500 series printers.
◆ Additional fonts supported by LaserJet 5, 5M, LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series, Color LaserJet 4500 and 8500 printers.
* These symbol sets are subsets of the Roman-8 set.
▲ Fonts supported by HP LaserJet 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 5, 5M, 6P, 6MP, LaserJet 2100,
4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series, Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5, 5M, Color LaserJet 4500 and 8500 series printers.
􀂙 Fonts supported on the HP LaserJet 2100, 4500, 8100, and 8500 series printers.
1 Not supported on the HP Color LaserJet 8500 printer.
✝ Supported only on the HP Color LaserJet 8500 printer.
Scalable TrueType and Intellifont Typefaces Bitmap
Font
PCL Symbol
Set ID
Symbol Set TrueType
Typefaces
Intellifont
Typefaces
Line
Printer
7U Roman-9 ✝ ✝
8U Roman-8 • • •
0N ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 (was ECMA 94 Latin 1) • • •
10U PC-8 • • •
11U PC-8 D/N • • •
12U PC-850 • • •
13U PC-858 Multilingual with Euro ✝ ✝
19U Windows 3.1 Latin 1 (Microsoft “ANSI”) • •
9J PC-1004 (OS/2) • •
7J DeskTop • •
10J PS Text • •
1U Legal • • •
1E ISO United Kingdom* • • •1
0U ASCII* • • •
0S ISO Swedish: names* • • •1
0I ISO Italian* • • •1
2S ISO Spanish* • • •1
1G ISO German* • • •1
0D ISO Norwegian* • • •1
1F ISO French* • • •1
9U Windows 3.0 Latin 1 (formerly “Windows”) • •
12J MC Text • •
17U PC-852 ▲ •
26U PC-775 ◆ ◆
9T PC-Turkish ▲ •
9E Windows 3.1 Latin 2 ▲ •
19L Windows Baltic (not 3.1) ◆ ◆ ✝
5T Windows 3.1 Latin 5 ▲ •
2N ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 ▲ • ▲
5N ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 ▲ • ▲
6N ISO 8859-10 Latin 6 ◆ ◆ ◆
9N ISO 8859-15 Latin-91 􀂙 􀂙 􀂙1
3-12 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets ENWW
Table 3-7. Typeface Symbol Set Support (continued)
• Fonts supported by HP LaserJet III / 4 / 5 families except 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, 4LC. Also supported by LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, 8100
series, Color LaserJet family, DeskJet 1200C and 1600C printers.
◆ Additional fonts supported by LaserJet 5, 5M, LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series, Color LaserJet 4500 and 8500 printers.
★ Not supported by HP LaserJet 5, 5M, LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series, Color LaserJet 4500 and 8500 series printers.
1 These symbol sets are only recommended for text typefaces.
Table 3-8. Bound Symbol Set Support
• Fonts supported by HP LaserJet 4, 4Si, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 5P, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 5, 5M, 6P,
6MP, LaserJet 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series, Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5, 5M, 4500, and 8500 series printers.
★ Only for HP LaserJet 4PJ, 4LJ Pro and printers with the ESC/P SIMM installed (LaserJet 4V/4MV, 5Si/5SiMx and 5Si Mopier).
■ Only for the HP LaserJet 4LC printer, and other LaserJet printers configured with a Chinese printing option.
✝ ITC Zapf Dingbats MS are supported on the LaserJet 4000, 5000, 8000, 8100, 2100, and 4500 printers.
Scalable TrueType and Intellifont Typefaces Bitmap
Font
PCL Symbol
Set ID
Symbol Set TrueType
Typefaces
Intellifont
Typefaces
Line
Printer
8M Math-81 ◆ •
5M PS Math1 ◆ •
15U Pi Font1 ◆ •
6J Microsoft Publishing1 ◆ •
6M Ventura Math1 ★ ★
13J Ventura International ★ ★
14J Ventura US ★ ★
PCL Symbol
Set ID
Symbol Set Wingdings ITC Zapf Dingbats
MS
Symbol MS Mincho
MS Gothic
Sim Sun
Sim Hei
GW-Kai
19M Symbol •
579L Wingdings •
14L ITC Zapf Dingbats MS ✝
19K Japanese Windows 3.1J (WIN3.1J) ★
19C GB2312 ■
ENWW Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets 3-13
Typeface Selection Differences
With the introduction of the HP LaserJet IID printer, Hewlett-Packard
expanded the typeface value field (in the font header) from a one-byte
to a two-byte value field, thus expanding the typeface range from
0-255 to 0-32767. This expansion allows for additional typefaces.
Prior to the HP LaserJet IID printer, typeface values used a single
byte (8-bits for a range of 0-255) for font selection. This value,
referred to as the typeface base value, was used to identify fonts for
selection. With the addition of the second byte in the typeface value
field, one bit was added to the typeface base value range, increasing
it from 8 bits to 9 bits (for a range of 0-511). This allows a greater
range for typeface base value selection.
In addition to expanding the typeface base value, two other values
were included in the two-byte typeface value: vendor number and
vendor version. The vendor number identifies the font vendor and
the vendor version identifies the version of the font. These two values
are for a vendor to create an updated version of the typeface. The
three values together represent the typeface family value. Refer to
the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual Chapter
11,“Font Creation – Typeface Family,” for a more complete
description of this two-byte typeface family value.
Note With the introduction of the HP LaserJet 4 printer, HP redefined the
typeface field again, this time eliminating the vendor version identifier
and expanding the typeface family to encompass the 12 least
significant bits (bits 11-0) of this 16-bit field (see the field description
for “Typeface” in Chapter 11).
Both the typeface family value and the typeface base value can be
used for font selection. Since the typeface family value (two-byte
value) is based on the typeface base value (9 bit value), a font
selection which specifies the typeface base value may select a font
described by a typeface family value in the printer.
There is some variation in how font selection occurs between PCL 5
printer models when mixing the typeface family and base values. The
typeface selection compatibility for two types of values is identified for
the various PCL 5 printers in Table 3-8.
3-14 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets ENWW
Some typeface (two-byte) family values and their corresponding base
values are listed below. For a complete listing of typeface family and
base values, refer to Tables C-2 and C-3 in Appendix C of this
document.
Typeface Values
Table 3-9. Base/Family Typeface Selection Compatibility
1 The LaserJet series II printer only accepts a typeface selection value field range of 0-255.
2 If two fonts are available in the printer that have the same value in the lower (LSB) byte of the font
descriptor typeface field (such as 5 and 4101), the typeface selected will be one of these selected at
random.
3 The MSB typeface byte in the Font Descriptor is ignored by the printer; only the LSB typeface byte is read.
Family Value Typeface Family Base Value
0 Line Printer 0
16602 Arial 218
4168 Antique Olive 72
4127 ITC Avant Garde 31
4119 CG Century Schoolbook 23
4101 CG Times 5
4148 Univers 52
Typeface
Selection
Command
?(s#T Type
Printer Font
Descriptor
Type
PCL 5
Printer
IIP IID series II1
Family Value Family Value Typeface
Selected
Typeface
Selected
Typeface
Selected
Ignores typeface
(value field too large)
Family Value Base Value Ignores
typeface for
font selection
Ignores
typeface for
font selection
Ignores
typeface for
font selection
Ignores typeface for font
selection (value field too
large)
Base Value Family Value Typeface
Selected2
Ignores
typeface for
font selection
Ignores
typeface for
font selection
Typeface may be selected
(font descriptor typeface
MSB field is ignored)3
Base Value Base Value Typeface
Selected
Typeface
Selected
Typeface
Selected
Typeface Selected
This table assumes that the typeface type specified is available in the printer.
ENWW Print Environment 4-1
4Print Environment
Introduction
All of a printer’s current feature settings are collectively referred to as
a print environment. A PCL printer maintains four print environments:
Factory Default Environment, User Default Environment, Modified
Print, and Overlay Environment.
This chapter identifies the Factory Default Environment and User
Default Environment. The Factory Default Environment, which is
programmed into a printer at the factory, is listed in Table 4-1 for the
PCL context and Table 4-2 for the HP-GL/2 context. The User Default
Environment, which can be set from a printer’s control panel, is listed
in Table 4-3.
Note If a feature setting is not supported on a printer (for example, duplex
on non-duplex printers, or status readback on printers which do not
support that feature), then the printer’s print environment does not
contain that feature setting. In the following tables, not all values are
used for all printers. See Table 1-1 to identify supported values for a
certain HP printer.
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer defaults to the ESC/P personality. The
defaults listed here are for PCL only.
Note For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.
4-2 Print Environment ENWW
Table 4-1. Factory Default Environment — PCL Context
1 User can select default values from the printer’s Operator Control Panel for these feature settings.
2 Selectable from the printer Operator Control Panel if duplex is selected.
3 Used on HP LaserJet IIISi and 4Si printers only.
4 The font characteristics are determined by the default font. The default font can be the factory default font, the user selected default font from
the Operator Control Panel, or from a font cartridge with a default font.
JOB CONTROL
Number of Copies1 1
Duplex1 Off (Simplex)
Binding2 Long-edge
Registration Left=0, Top=0
Tray Lock1 All trays unlocked
Manual Feed1 Off
Job Separation3 Off
Output Bin Upper (face down) bin
Units of Measure 300 Units/inch
PAGE CONTROL
Print Direction 0
Orientation1 Portrait
Page Size1 Letter
Paper (Media) Source Paper Source (Printer Specific Large
Source)
Media Destination 0 (Automatic Selection)
Vertical Motion Index1 8 (6 lpi)
Horizontal Motion Index4 12 (10 cpi)
Top Margin 1/2″ (150 dots)
Text Length 60 lines
Left Margin Left logical page boundary
Right Margin Right logical page boundary
Perforation Skip On
Line Termination CR→CR, LF→LF, FF→FF
ENWW Print Environment 4-3
Table 4-1. Factory Default Environment — PCL Context (continued)
1 The font characteristics are determined by the default font. The default font can be the factory default font, the user selected default font from
the Operator Control Panel, or from a font cartridge with a default font.
2 User can select default values from the printer’s Operator Control Panel for these feature settings.
3 Selectable from the front panel if a fixed-space scalable font was selected as the user default.
4 Selectable from the front panel if a proportional scalable font was selected as the user default.
5 If the default symbol set is WIN31J, the value is 31; otherwise, it is 0—only available on the LaserJet 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, and LaserJet 4V/4MV
printers if the ESC/P SIMM is installed. If the default symbol set is GB2312, the value is 38; otherwise it is 0.
6 For the LaserJet 4PJ and 4LJ Pro printers, the default symbol set is WIN31J, the default typeface is MS Mincho, and the default spacing is
proportional. For the LaserJet 4V/4MV printer, the default symbol set is Roman-8, default typeface is Courier, and spacing fixed; Japanese
customers must explicitly change the defaults if desired. For the LaserJet 4LC printer, the default symbol set is GB2312, default typeface is
Sim Sun, and the default spacing is proportional. For the LaserJet 5L, 5Si, 5SiMx, 6P, 6MP printers and the LaserJet 5Si Mopier, the default
symbol set is PC-8.
FONTS1
Symbol Set2,6 Roman-8
Spacing6 Fixed
Pitch3 10 cpi
Height4 12 point
Style Upright
Stroke Weight Medium
Typeface6 Courier
UNDERLINING
Underlining Mode Off
CHARACTER TEXT PATH DIRECTION
Character Text Path Direction 0 (horizontal)
TEXT PARSING
Text Parsing Method5 0 or 31
FONT MANAGEMENT
Font ID 0
Character Code 0
Symbol Set ID 0
RASTER GRAPHICS
Presentation Mode 3 (Print image along physical page width)
Left Graphics Margin 0
Resolution 75 dpi
Compression Mode 0
Raster Height N/A
Raster Width Logical Page Width
4-4 Print Environment ENWW
Table 4-1. Factory Default Environment — PCL Context (continued)
PRINT MODEL
Current Pattern Solid
Source Transparency Mode 0 (transparent)
Pattern Transparency Mode 0 (transparent)
Pattern Reference Point 0, 0
Logical Operation ROP 252
Pattern Rotation 0 (Pattern rotates with print direction)
RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
Horizontal Rectangle Size 0
Vertical Rectangle Size 0
Area Fill ID 0
PICTURE FRAME
Picture Frame Width Logical page width
Picture Frame Height Text length
Picture Frame Anchor Point PCL Cursor at left edge of the logical page
(top margin plus 75% of VMI)
HP-GL/2 Plot Horizontal Size Picture frame horizontal size
HP-GL/2 Plot Vertical Size Picture frame vertical size
MACRO
Macro ID 0
TROUBLESHOOTING
End-of-Line Wrap Off
Display Functions Off
STATUS READBACK
Current Location Type 0 – Invalid location
Current Location Unit 0 – All units
ENWW Print Environment 4-5
Table 4-2. Factory Default Environment — HP-GL/2 Context
CHARACTER GROUP
Character Set Roman-8
Font Spacing Fixed
Pitch 10 cpi
Height 12 point
Posture Upright
Stroke Weight Medium
Typeface HP-GL/2 stick
Character Direction Horizontal
Character Direction Mode Absolute
Character Size Size transformation off
Character Size Mode Absolute
Character Slant 0
Extra Horizontal Space 0
Extra Vertical Space 0
Character Fill Mode Solidly filled, no edging
Label Origin 1
Label Terminator Etx
Transparent Data Mode Off
Primary Font ID 0
Secondary Font ID 0
Scalable or Bitmap Font Select scalable fonts only
VECTOR GROUP
Plotting Mode Absolute
Pen State Up
POLYGON GROUP
Polygon Buffer Cleared
Polygon Mode Off
4-6 Print Environment ENWW
Table 4-2. Factory Default Environment — HP-GL/2 Context (continued)
LINE AND FILL ATTRIBUTE GROUP
Line Type Solid
Line Type Repeat Length 4% of the diagonal distance from P1 to P2
Line Cap Butt
Line Join Mitered
Miter Limit 5
Pen Width 0.35 mm
Pen Width Selection Mode Metric
Selected Pen No pen
Symbol Mode Off
Fill Type Solid (bi-directional)
User-defined Line Type Eight standard line types
Anchor Corner (0,0) Plotter units
User-defined Fill Types Solid fill
Transparency Mode On (transparent)
Screened Vector No screening
CONFIGURATION AND STATUS GROUP
Scale Mode Off
Window PCL default picture frame
(the PCL default logical page less 1/2 inch at the top
and the bottom)
Coordinate System Orientation Orientation of PCL default logical page coordinate
system
P1, P2 Lower left, upper right corners, respectively, of picture
frame
ENWW Print Environment 4-7
Note Table 4-3 lists the User Default Environment. This print environment
is stored in non-volatile RAM (NVRAM), which allows it to be retained
in the event of a power cycle (except for the HP LaserJet 4L, 5L, 6L,
and 1100 series printers, which do not contain NVRAM). In earlier
printers without PJL, the feature settings contained in the User
Default Environment were selectable through the control panel only.
In newer printers with PJL, these feature settings can be set from
either the control panel (if the printer has one) or through PJL or both.
The User Default Environment is reset to the Factory Default
Environment upon a cold reset.
4-8 Print Environment ENWW
Table 4-3. User Default Environment
✓ – Supported * – Default value (see Chapter 3 for list) ns – Not Supported
1 PCL range is 1 through 32767
2 SIMMs also available
3 The HP LaserJet 4L, 4ML, 4PJ, and 4MP printers do not accept cartridges.
4 Displayed for fixed-spaced scalable fonts only
5 Displayed for proportional scalable fonts only
6 Sets PCL text length
7 For LaserJet 4PJ and 4LJ Pro, WIN3.1J is the default symbol set and MS Mincho is default typeface; for the LaserJet 4LC, GB2312 is the
default symbol set and SimSun is the default typeface. A4 is default paper size, 64 is default lines of text; printer also supports JIS B5 paper,
Hagaki and Oufuku-Hagaki postcards.
8 Supported if duplex is installed (duplex is an option on LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus)
9 LaserJet 4V/4MV also supports JIS B5, JIS B4, JPOST, JPOSTD, Commercial B5, and Custom (11.7″ x 17.7″).
Menu Item Range III IIID IIISi IIIP 4 4Si 4L
4ML,
4P, 4PJ,
4MP,
4LJ Pro,
4LC
4 Plus,
4M Plus,
5P, 5MP
4V,
4MV
Copies 1* through 991 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1-999 1-999 1-999 1-999 1-999 1-999
Orientation Portrait*, Land. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Source Internal*, Cartridge,
Soft Fonts
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2 ✓2 ✓✓ ✓2,3 ✓2 ✓2
Font Number 0* (Courier) to n ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 7 ✓ ✓
Pitch4 10.00* .44 – 99.99 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Point Size5 12.00* 4 – 999.75 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Roman-8* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 7 ✓ ✓
Form/Lines of Text6 60* 5 – 128 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 7 ✓ ✓
Paper (Job) Size Letter*, Legal,
Executive, A4,
Com-10, Monarch,
DL, C5
✓ ✓ no
C5
✓ plus
B5
no
C5
plus
B5
plus B5
&
Custom6
plus
B5
plus
A3,
11 x 17
and more9
Manual Feed Off*, On ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Duplex Off* (simplex), On ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ✓ ns ns ✓8 ns
Binding Long-edge*,
Short-edge
ns ✓8 ✓8 ns ns ✓8 ns ns ✓8 ns
Output Bin Upper*, Lower ns ns ✓ ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
Resolution
Enhancement
Medium*, Light, Dark,
Off
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ On/
Off
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Print Density 1, 2, 3*, 4, 5 ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
EconoMode On, Off* ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Resource Saving On, Off* ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ns On, Off,
Auto*
On, Off,
Auto*
ENWW Print Environment 4-9
Table 4-3. User Default Environment (continued)
✓ – Supported * – Default value (see Chapter 2 for list) ns – Not Supported
1 PCL range is 1 through 32767
2 Displayed for fixed-spaced scalable fonts only.
3 Displayed for proportional scalable fonts only
4 Sets PCL text length
Menu Item Range 5L
6L
5, 5M
6P, 6MP
5Si
5SiMx
5Si
Mopier
Color
LaserJet
DeskJet
1200C
DeskJet
1600C
Copies 1* through 9991 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Orientation Portrait*, Land. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Source Internal*,
Cartridge,
Soft Fonts
✓ (no
cartridges)
✓ (no
cartridges)
✓ (no
cartridges)
✓ ✓
Font Number 0* (Courier) to n ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch2 10.00* .44 – 99.99 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Point Size3 12.00* 4 – 999.75 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Roman-8* PC-8* ✓ PC-8* ✓ ✓
Form/Lines Text4 60* 5 – 128 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper (Job) Size Letter*, Legal, plus A4,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com-10,
Monarch,
C5, DL, B5)
Custom
(3″ x 5″ –
8.5″ x 14″)
plus A4, A5,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)
(6P/6MP also
includes
Custom,
JISB5, JPOST,
JPOSTD)
plus A4,
Executive,
A3, B4, B5,
Ledger
(11″ x 17″),
Envelopes
(Com-10,
Monarch,
DL, C5, B5)
plus A4,
11 x 17,
A3,
Executive,
plus
COM10,
DL, C5
envelopes
Manual Feed Off*, On ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Duplex Off* (simplex),On ns 5/5M (option)
6P/6MP (ns)
✓ ns ns
Binding Long-edge*,
Short-edge
ns 5/5M (w/
duplex option)
✓ ns ns
Output Bin
(Media Bin)
Upper*, Lower ns ns ✓ ✓ ns
Resolution
Enhancement
Medium*, Light,
Dark, Off, On
On*, Off ✓ On*, Off ✓ ✓
Print Density 1, 2, 3*, 4, 5 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
EconoMode On, Off* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Resource Saving On, Off* ns On, Off, Auto* On, Off,
Auto*
On, Off,
Auto*
On, Off,
Auto*
4-10 Print Environment ENWW
Table 4-3. User Default Environment (continued)
✓ – Supported * – Default value (see Chapter 2 for list) ns – Not Supported
1 PCL range is 1 through 32767
2 Displayed for fixed-spaced scalable fonts only.
3 Displayed for proportional scalable fonts only
4 Sets PCL text length
Menu Item Range 1100 series 4000 series 5000,
8000 series
8100 series
Copies 1* through 9991 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Orientation Portrait*, Land. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Source Internal*,
Cartridge,
Soft Fonts
✓ (no
cartridges)
✓ (no
cartridges)
✓ (no
cartridges)
✓ (no
cartridges)
Font Number 0* (Courier) to n ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch2 10.00* .44 – 99.99 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Point Size3 12.00* 4 – 999.75 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Roman-8* PC-8* ✓ ✓ ✓
Form/Lines Text4 60* 5 – 128 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper (Job) Size Letter*, Legal, plus A4,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com-10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)
Custom
(3″ x 5″ –
8.5″ x 14″)
plus A4, A5, B5,
JISB5,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)
plus A3, A4, A5,
B4, B5, JISB5,
Ledger,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)
plus A3, A4, A5,
B4, B5, JISB5,
Ledger, 8k, 16k,
JISExec,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)
Manual Feed Off*, On ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Duplex Off* (simplex),On ns option option option
Binding Long-edge*,
Short-edge
ns (w/ duplex
option)
(w/ duplex
option)
(w/ duplex
option)
Output Bin
(Media Bin)
Upper*, Lower ns ✓ ✓ ✓
Resolution
Enhancement
Medium*, Light,
Dark, Off, On
On*, Off ✓ ✓ ✓
Print Density 1, 2, 3*, 4, 5 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
EconoMode On, Off* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Resource Saving On, Off* ns On, Off, Auto* On, Off, Auto* On, Off, Auto*
ENWW Print Environment 4-11
Table 4-3. User Default Environment (continued)
✓ – Supported * – Default value (see Chapter 2 for list) ns – Not Supported
1 PCL range is 1 through 32767
2 Displayed for fixed-spaced scalable fonts only.
3 Displayed for proportional scalable fonts only
4 Sets PCL text length
Menu Item Range 2100 series Color LaserJet
4500 series
Color LaserJet
8500 series
Copies 1* through 9991 ✓ ✓ ✓
Orientation Portrait*, Land. ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Source Internal*, Cartridge,
Soft Fonts
✓ (no
cartridges)
✓ (no
cartridges)
✓ (no
cartridges)
Font Number 0* (Courier) to n ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch2 10.00* .44 – 99.99 ✓ ✓ ✓
Point Size3 12.00* 4 – 999.75 ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Roman-8* ✓ ✓ ✓ (PC-8*)
Form/Lines Text4 60* 5 – 128 ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper (Job) Size Letter*, Legal plus A4, A5, B5,
JISB5, Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10, Monarch,
C5, DL, B5)
plus A4, A5, B5,
JISB5, Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10, Monarch,
C5, DL, B5)
plus A3, A4,
Executive, B4, B5,
Ledger (11″ x 17″),
Envelopes
(Com10, Monarch,
DL, C5, B5
Manual Feed Off*, On ✓ ✓ ✓
Duplex Off* (simplex),On option option ✓
Binding Long-edge*,
Short-edge
(w/ duplex option) (w/ duplex option) ✓
Output Bin
(Media Bin)
Upper*, Lower ✓ ✓ ✓
Resolution
Enhancement
Medium*, Light, Dark,
Off, On
✓ ✓ ns
Print Density 1, 2, 3*, 4, 5 ✓ ✓ ns
EconoMode On, Off* ✓ ✓ ns
Resource Saving On, Off* On, Off, Auto* On, Off, Auto* ns
4-12 Print Environment ENWW
ENWW Memory Usage 5-1
5Memory Usage
Introduction
In some situations, the amount of available memory for printing pages
may be smaller than that required for printing. To make more effective
use of the available printer memory, newer HP PCL 5 printers
incorporate new methods for managing memory. This smaller amount
of available memory is made more usable by:
• Memory Enhancement technology, MEt, (available on all
HP LaserJet 6, LaserJet 5, and LaserJet 4 family printers
except the 4, 4M, 4Si and 4SiMx)
• Adaptive Data Compression, ADC, (available on
HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx and DeskJet 1200C printers)
• Following recommended practices for transmitting data,
especially raster graphics, to the printer
• For the HP LaserJet 4L, using Raster Graphics Adaptive
Compression (PCL compression mode five)
All HP LaserJet 4, 5 and 6 family printers have internal programming
for optimizing the use of limited memory. HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si,
4SiMx, and DeskJet 1200C printers compress raster graphics data
using a system called Adaptive Data Compression or ADC. The other
HP LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 printers use MEt to compress not only raster
graphics data, but also to compress fonts, improve memory usage for
page protection, and provide an overall improvement in memory
efficiency. Both systems operate automatically and without any
intervention from the user.
The HP Color LaserJet printer has memory management features
similar to MEt, but has additional features for color processing.
Note For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.
5-2 Memory Usage ENWW
Operation of ADC and MEt
The goal of ADC is to automatically and transparently reduce Memory
Out errors caused by raster graphics pages. MEt extends this goal to
reducing all Memory Out errors and eliminating Print Overrun errors.
During the printing of a page, if available printer memory becomes
low, all HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers and the HP Color
LaserJet printer have the ability to automatically compress any
already-stored raster graphics data using a variety of compression
techniques. This allows the printing of many raster graphics pages
which would have caused a Memory Out error on previous
HP LaserJet printers having the same amount of memory.
With ADC or MEt, PCL 5 printers can typically print a full page of
raster graphics in base memory without a memory out. This is
especially true for line art and typical business graphics. Other types
of graphics such as scanned photographs (especially if a technique
called error-diffusion is used), cannot always be printed as easily by
ADC or MEt as can line art graphics. Fortunately, another internal
printer feature, Image Adapt, can be called upon to make the page fit
in memory.
Image Adapt
Image Adapt is only used as a last resort for compressing raster
graphics data and as such will rarely be seen. It reduces a raster
graphic image to one-fourth its original size by trading off some of the
image’s fine detail. This loss of fine detail is often not noticeable.
Image Adapt can be disabled on some of the HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6
family printers if required, but the technique varies. On the
HP LaserJet 4, 4M and 4Si the user will have to add more memory to
effectively remove the need for Image Adapt. Image Adapt can be
disabled on some of the other HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers
by using a PJL command (refer to the respective printer user manuals
for further information—the Color LaserJet printer does not utilize
Image Adapt). If Image Adapt is turned off, more pages will cause
Memory Out errors.
All HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers also include enhancements
to improve the internal storage of raster graphics data.
ENWW Memory Usage 5-3
Additional MEt Features
With MEt, font data can also be compressed. All downloaded bitmap
characters and characters scaled from internal or downloaded
scalable outlines can be compressed. The amount of memory
savings varies with the size of the characters involved (larger is
better) but character sizes can typically be cut in half. This allows
roughly twice as many fonts to be downloaded or scaled using a
MEt-enhanced LaserJet printer as previously allowed on printers
without MEt.
In prior PCL 5 printers, if the page could not be rendered as fast as
the laser printed it, a Print Overrun error occurred unless page
protection was manually turned on and memory was added to
accommodate it. With MEt, the manual setting of Page Protection and
the additional memory required to facilitate it is obsolete. MEt
automatically assesses the complexity of the page being printed and
if too complex turns on a new form of page protection which uses
compression to remove the requirement for additional memory.
In rare circumstances MEt’s assessment of the page may prove to be
incorrect. For these cases there is some amount of control over this
Page Protection process depending upon which MEt-equipped printer
is being used. Page Protection may be explicitly turned on or off to
avoid the complexity assessment and either always or never perform
the page protection process. See the appropriate user manual for
details.
MEt also includes other internal memory-saving techniques which
improve the amount of memory required for the printer’s internal
representation of your page.
ADC and MEt Notes
For raster graphics compression to perform at its best it is
recommended that the “Recommendations For Sending Data to the
Printer,” described below, be followed.
Character bitmaps can only be compressed if they can be stored
uncompressed in contiguous printer memory first. This requirement
implies that large point size characters may require more printer
memory than would seem necessary.
During MEt’s Page Protection, portions of the internal representation
of the page are discarded to make room for other aspects of the page
protection process. If a memory out condition occurs during this
5-4 Memory Usage ENWW
process (unlikely, but possible) a white band will be seen on the
page. The best way to remedy this situation is to add memory to the
printer.
Recommendations For Sending Data to the
Printer
The HP PCL 5 printers perform best in terms of speed and memory
utilization if the recommendations made below are followed. Failure
to follow these recommendations will not harm the printer, but may
increase the chances of a memory out condition or increase the time
to print a page.
• Ordered Images — Raster Graphic images or pictures should
be sent from top to bottom with the data in one band (start
raster, end raster pair). If one band is not possible, as few as
possible multiple bands may be used as long as they exactly
follow each other and are sent in top-to-bottom order. Also,
multiple bands should be as large as possible.
• Band Sizes — If an image is sent in bands (start raster, end
raster pairs), the bands should be multiples of 32 lines high.
This is especially critical for landscape graphics. If there is no
way to send multiples of 32-line high bands, multiples of four
for band height should be used. This allows Image Adapt to
work better.
ENWW Memory Usage 5-5
• Avoid Non-Raster Commands — During the transmission of
sequential raster bands non-raster commands should be
avoided. This includes cursor positioning commands.
• Separation of Images — If more than one image or picture is
to be printed on a page, it is best to keep them separate.
Separation consists of assuring that the new image starts with
a new start raster command and that the one image does not
exactly follow the next image (separate the image by at least
one line vertically and sixteen pixels horizontally). This
constraint improves the operation of Image Adapt.
• Rectangular Images — All HP LaserJet 4 family printers
perform best if raster images are sent as rectangular images
to the printer. This entails keeping the right margin of the
image constant and keeping all lines the full image width (no
lines are truncated). Also, avoid skipping lines. When whole
blank lines appear in the image, either send zeroed data
row(s) or use the Raster Y-Offset command.
• Avoid Unnecessary Print Model Use — Print model modes,
other than source and pattern transparent, degrade memory
efficiency. (This restriction is not true for the HP Color LaserJet
printer.) For best results do not use an opaque source unless
there is an image known to already be on the page in the same
area. Following the other rules listed in this section minimizes
the impact of using non-transparent print model modes.
• Avoid Tall, Narrow Images — For ADC, images which are
taller than they are wide by more than eight to one disable the
printer’s ability to automatically separate images upon the
page (this restriction is not true for the HP Color LaserJet
printer). This violation is desirable in the case where the above
rules are violated and multiple images are rendered as one
image and sent to the printer as one combined image.
Sending raster data as a checkerboard with non-full width
bands sent left to right and top to bottom also disables the
printer’s automatic image separation. In general, for all
HP LaserJet printers, tall, narrow images should be avoided
since they typically require more memory.
5-6 Memory Usage ENWW
• Wide Patterns — Patterns can use up a lot of memory—
avoid them if possible. Avoid patterns which, in their final
orientation, are not 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 (32 is for all but the 4L)
bits wide. Patterns of other sizes will be tiled out to the full
width of the page and can consume a large amount of memory
(since the HP Color LaserJet printer does not perform this
way, it is not a factor for this printer). Note that a landscape
pattern that is 16 wide by 5 high would become 5 wide by 16
high when rotated and be subjected to being tiled across the
page.
• Avoid Unnecessary Pattern Selection — In HP-GL/2, avoid
issuing redundant Fill Type (FT) and Line Type (LT)
commands. These commands may cause patterns to be
rebuilt and tiled for each invocation.
• Avoid Many Small Polygons — In HP-GL/2 avoid entering
and exiting polygon mode repeatedly as it fragments memory.
If possible send down fewer, larger polygons.
• Download Font Characters as Needed — All PCL 5 printers
operate best if fonts and outlines downloaded do not include
information for characters which are not used upon the current
page. It is also best to download bitmap characters in the
orientation which they will be used.
Note When deleting font characters and patterns, remember that if a
pattern or font character is used on the current page, any deletion
commands affecting it will not be executed until the page is printed.
ENWW Memory Usage 5-7
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression
(Method 5)
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (Set Compression Method
Command, mode 5) is implemented on the HP LaserJet IIIP, Color
LaserJet, all LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers, and the
DeskJet 1200C and 1600C printers.
This compression method allows the host to compress data using a
combination of PCL compression modes to obtain optimum
compression (refer to the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference manual, Set Compression Method Command, for details).
An added benefit of this method for the HP LaserJet 4L and
LaserJet IIIP printers is that the data is not decompressed upon entry
to the printer provided the image is portrait, 300 dpi, transparent print
model and no patterns are being used. This allows the LaserJet 4L
and IIIP to print many pages which would otherwise require more
memory. As an added benefit these pages print faster. The other
HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers decompress the data upon
entry to the printer and rely upon ADC or MEt to compress the data if
required.
For the HP LaserJet 4L printer it is critical that the image actually
compress (not expand) if Adaptive Compression is used since MEt
does not operate upon images meeting the requirements for delayed
decompression.
5-8 Memory Usage ENWW
ENWW Printer Commands A-1
APrinter Commands
Introduction
This appendix lists HP printer language commands. Table A-1 lists
PCL 5 commands in hierarchical order and gives the decimal and
hexadecimal equivalents of each. Table A-2 lists HP-GL/2
commands, where as Table A-3 lists control codes.
Note Values in parentheses “(x)” identify the lower case of the termination
character which is used for combining commands.
Note For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.
A-2 Printer Commands ENWW
Table A-1. HP PCL5 Commands
1 For HP LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printers, ?&l2G selects the “printer left/face up bin,” which is not available when the High Capacity Output (HCO)
is attached.
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
JOB CONTROL COMMANDS
Reset
Configuration
(AppleTalk)
Key/Value data pair ?&b#W[data] 027 038 098 #…# 87 1B 26 62 #…# 57
Universal Exit
Language (ULE)
— ?%–12345X 027 037 045 049 050 051 052 053 088 1B 25 2D 31 32 33 34 35 58
Reset — ?E 027 069 1B 45
Number of Copies # of Copies ?&l#X (x) 027 038 108 #…# 088 (120) 1B 26 6C #…# 58 (78)
Simplex/Duplex Print Simplex ?&l0S (s) 027 038 108 048 083 (115) 1B 26 6C 30 53 (73)
Duplex
Long Edge Binding ?&l1S (s) 027 038 108 049 083 (115) 1B 26 6C 31 53 (73)
Short Edge Binding ?&l2S (s) 027 038 108 050 083 (115) 1B 26 6C 32 53 (73)
Long-Edge (Left)
Offset Registration
# of Decipoints
(1/720″)
?&l#U (u) 027 038 108 #…# 085 (117) 1B 26 6C #…# 55 (75)
Short-Edge (Top)
Offset Registration
# of Decipoints
(1/720″)
?&l#Z (z) 027 038 108 #…# 090 (122) 1B 26 6C #…# 5A (7A)
Page Side Selection Next Side ?&a0G (g) 027 038 097 048 071 (103) 1B 26 61 30 47 (67)
Front Side ?&a1G (g) 027 038 097 049 071 (103) 1B 26 61 31 47 (67)
Back Side ?&a2G (g) 027 038 097 050 071 (103) 1B 26 61 32 47 (67)
Job Separation — ?&l1T (t) 027 038 108 049 084 (116) 1B 26 6C 31 54 (74)
Output (Media) Bin Automatic selection ?&l0G (g) 027 038 108 048 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 30 47 (67)
Selection Upper Output Bin
(Bin #1)
?&l1G (g) 027 038 108 049 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 31 47 (67)
Rear Output Bin1
(Bin #2)
?&l2G (g) 027 038 108 050 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 32 47 (67)
Selects Bin #3 ?&l3G (g) 027 038 108 051 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 33 47 (67)
Selects Bin #4 ?&l4G (g) 027 038 108 052 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 34 47 (67)
Selects Bin #5 ?&l5G (g) 027 038 108 053 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 35 47 (67)
Selects Bin #6 ?&l6G (g) 027 038 108 054 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 36 47 (67)
Selects Bin #7 ?&l7G (g) 027 038 108 055 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 37 47 (67)
Selects Bin #8 ?&l8G (g) 027 038 108 056 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 38 47 (67)
Selects Bin #9 ?&l9G (g) 027 038 108 057 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 39 47 (67)
Selects Bin #10 ?&l10G (g) 027 038 108 049 048 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 31 30 47 (67)
Selects Bin #11 ?&l11G (g) 027 038 108 049 049 071 (103) 1B 26 6C 31 31 47 (67)
Self-Test — ?Z 027 090 1B 5A
Finish Mode Matte ?&b0F (f) 027 038 098 048 070 (102) 1B 26 62 30 46 (66)
Glossy ?&b1F (f) 027 038 098 049 070 (102) 1B 26 62 31 46 (66)
Driver Function
Config.
Vivid ?*o3W643 027 042 111 051 087 054 052 051 1B 2A 6F 33 57 36 34 33
Screen Match ?*o3W646 027 042 111 051 087 054 052 054 1B 2A 6F 33 57 36 34 36
Load Calibration Tbl ?*o3W647 027 042 111 051 087 054 052 055 1B 2A 6F 33 57 36 34 37
ENWW Printer Commands A-3
Table A-1. HP PCL5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
Unit of
Measure
# Number of units per
inch
?&u#D (d) 027 038 117 #…# 068 (100) 1B 26 75 #…# 44 (64)
Mechanical
Print Quality
Normal ?*o0Q (q) 027 042 111 048 081 (113) 1B 2A 6F 30 51 (71)
Better ?*o1Q (q) 027 042 111 049 081 (113) 1B 2A 6F 31 51 (71)
Best ?*o2Q (q) 027 042 111 050 081 (113) 1B 2A 6F 32 51 (71)
Media Type Plain ?&l0M (m) 027 038 108 048 077 (109) 1B 26 6C 30 4D (6D)
Bond ?&l1M (m) 027 038 108 049 077 (109) 1B 26 6C 31 4D (6D)
Special ?&l2M (m) 027 038 108 050 077 (109) 1B 26 6C 32 4D (6D)
Glossy ?&l3M (m) 027 038 108 051 077 (109) 1B 26 6C 33 4D (6D)
Transparency ?&l4M (m) 027 038 108 052 077 (109) 1B 26 6C 34 4D (6D)
Negative
Motion
Contains negative
motion
?&a0N (n) 027 038 097 048 078 (110) 1B 26 61 30 4E (6E)
Does not contain
negative motion
?&a1N (n) 027 038 097 049 078 (110) 1B 26 61 31 4E (6E)
PAGE CONTROL COMMANDS
Page Length and Size
Paper
Source
Eject Page ?&l0H (h) 027 038 108 048 072 (104) 1B 26 6C 30 48 (68)
Main Paper Source ?&l1H (h) 027 038 108 049 072 (104) 1B 26 6C 31 48 (68)
Manual Feed ?&l2H (h) 027 038 108 050 072 (104) 1B 26 6C 32 48 (68)
Manual Envelope Feed ?&l3H (h) 027 038 108 051 072 (104) 1B 26 6C 33 48 (68)
Alternate Paper Source ?&l4H (h) 027 038 108 052 072 (104) 1B 26 6C 34 48 (68)
Optional Large Paper
Source
?&l5H (h) 027 038 108 053 072 (104) 1B 26 6C 35 48 (68)
Envelope Feeder ?&l6H (h) 027 038 108 054 072 (104) 1B 26 6C 36 48 (68)
Auto Select ?&l7H (h) 027 038 108 055 072 (104) 1B 26 6C 37 48 (68)
Tray 1 (right tray) ?&l8H (h) 027 038 108 056 072 (104) 1B 26 6C 38 48 (68)
Page Size Executive ?&l1A (a) 027 038 108 049 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 31 41 (61)
Letter ?&l2A (a) 027 038 108 050 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 32 41 (61)
Legal ?&l3A (a) 027 038 108 051 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 33 41 (61)
Ledger ?&l6A (a) 027 038 108 054 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 36 41 (61)
A3 ?&l27A (a) 027 038 108 050 055 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 32 37 41 (61)
A4 ?&l26A (a) 027 038 108 050 054 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 32 36 41 (61)
A5 ?&l25A (a) 027 038 108 050 053 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 32 35 41 (61)
A6 ?&l24A (a) 027 038 108 050 052 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 32 34 41 (61)
JIS B4 Paper ?&l46A (a) 027 038 108 052 054 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 34 36 41 (61)
JIS B5 Paper ?&l45A (a) 027 038 108 052 053 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 34 35 41 (61)
JIS B6 Paper ?&l44A (a) 027 038 108 052 052 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 34 34 41 (61)
Hagaki Postcard ?&l71A (a) 027 038 108 055 049 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 37 31 41 (61)
Oufuku-Hagaki ?&l72A (a) 027 038 108 055 050 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 37 32 41 (61)
Monarch Envelope ?&l80A (a) 027 038 108 056 048 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 38 30 41 (61)
COM 10 Envelope ?&l81A (a) 027 038 108 056 049 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 38 31 41 (61)
DL Envelope ?&l90A (a) 027 038 108 057 048 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 39 30 41 (61)
C5 Envelope ?&l91A (a) 027 038 108 057 049 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 39 31 41 (61)
B5 Envelope ?&l100A (a) 027 038 108 049 048 048 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 31 30 30 41 (61)
Custom ?&l101A (a) 027 038 108 049 048 049 065 (97) 1B 26 6C 31 30 31 41 (61)
A-4 Printer Commands ENWW
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
Orientation
Orientation Portrait ?&l0O (o) 027 038 108 048 079 (111) 1B 26 6C 30 4F (6F)
Landscape ?&l1O (o) 027 038 108 049 079 (111) 1B 26 6C 31 4F (6F)
Reverse Portrait ?&l2O (o) 027 038 108 050 079 (111) 1B 26 6C 32 4F (6F)
Reverse
Landscape
?&l3O (o) 027 038 108 051 079 (111) 1B 26 6C 33 4F (6F)
Print Direction # Degrees of
Rotation
(counterclockwise,
90° increments
only)
?&a#P (p) 027 038 097 #…# 080 (112) 1B 26 61 #…# 50 (70)
Character Text
Path Direction
Horizontal
Vertical Rotated
?&c0T
?&c–1T
(t)
(t)
027 038 099 048 084
027 038 099 045 049 084
(116)
(116)
1B 26 63 30 54
1B 26 63 2D 31 54
(74)
(74)
Margins and Text Length
Top Margin # of Lines ?&l#E (e) 027 038 108 #…# 069 (101) 1B 26 6C #…# 45 (65)
Text Length # of Lines ?&l#F (f) 027 038 108 #…# 070 (102) 1B 26 6C #…# 46 (66)
Left Margin # of Columns ?&a#L (l) 027 038 097 #…# 076 (108) 1B 26 61 #…# 4C (6C)
Right Margin # of Columns ?&a#M (m) 027 038 097 #…# 077 (109) 1B 26 61 #…# 4D (6D)
Clear Horizontal
Margins
— ?9 027 057 1B 39
Perforation Skip Mode
Perforation Skip Disable ?&l0L (l) 027 038 108 048 076 (108) 1B 26 6C 30 4C (6C)
Enable ?&l1L (l) 027 038 108 049 076 (108) 1B 26 6C 31 4C (6C)
Horizontal Column Spacing
Horizontal Motion
Index (HMI)
# of 1/120″
Increments
?&k#H (h) 027 038 107 #…# 072 (104) 1B 26 6B #…# 48 (68)
Vertical Line Spacing
Vertical Motion
Index (VMI)
# of 1/48″
Increments
?&l#C (c) 027 038 108 #…# 067 (99) 1B 26 6C #…# 43 (63)
Line Spacing
(Lines per inch)
1 line/inch ?&l1D (d) 027 038 108 049 068 (100) 1B 26 6C 31 44 (64)
2 lines/inch ?&l2D (d) 027 038 108 050 068 (100) 1B 26 6C 32 44 (64)
3 lines/inch ?&l3D (d) 027 038 108 051 068 (100) 1B 26 6C 33 44 (64)
4 lines/inch ?&l4D (d) 027 038 108 052 068 (100) 1B 26 6C 34 44 (64)
6 lines/inch ?&l6D (d) 027 038 108 054 068 (100) 1B 26 6C 36 44 (64)
8 lines/inch ?&l8D (d) 027 038 108 056 068 (100) 1B 26 6C 38 44 (64)
12 lines/inch ?&l12D (d) 027 038 108 049 050 068 (100) 1B 26 6C 31 32 44 (64)
16 lines/inch ?&l16D (d) 027 038 108 049 054 068 (100) 1B 26 6C 31 36 44 (64)
24 lines/inch ?&l24D (d) 027 038 108 050 052 068 (100) 1B 26 6C 32 34 44 (64)
48 lines/inch ?&l48D (d) 027 038 108 052 056 068 (100) 1B 26 6C 34 38 44 (64)
ALPHANUMERIC ID
Alphanumeric ID # of bytes ?&n#W[operation]
[String]
027 038 110 #…# 087 1B 26 6E #…# 57
ENWW Printer Commands A-5
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
1Additional symbol sets are supported, refer to Table C-1 for a list of these symbol sets.
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
CURSOR POSITIONING
Vertical and Horizontal
Vertical Position # of Rows ?&a#R (r) 027 038 097 #…# 082 (114) 1B 26 61 #…# 52 (72)
# of Units ?*p#Y (y) 027 042 112 #…# 089 (121) 1B 2A 70 #…# 59 (79)
# of Decipoints ?&a#V (v) 027 038 097 #…# 086 (118) 1B 26 61 #…# 56 (76)
Horizontal Position # of Columns ?&a#C (c) 027 038 097 #…# 067 (99) 1B 26 61 #…# 43 (63)
# of Units ?*p#X (x) 027 042 112 #…# 088 (120) 1B 2A 70 #…# 58 (78)
# of Decipoints ?&a#H (h) 027 038 097 #…# 072 (104) 1B 26 61 #…# 48 (68)
Half Line Feed ?= 027 061 1B 3D
End-of-Line Termination
Line Termination CR=CR; LF=LF; FF=FF ?&k0G (g) 027 038 107 048 071 (103) 1B 26 6B 30 47 (67)
CR=CRLF; LF=LF; FF=FF ?&k1G (g) 027 038 107 049 071 (103) 1B 26 6B 31 47 (67)
CR=CR; LF=CRLF; FF=CRFF ?&k2G (g) 027 038 107 050 071 (103) 1B 26 6B 32 47 (67)
CR=CRLF; LF=CRLF; FF=CRFF ?&k3G (g) 027 038 107 051 071 (103) 1B 26 6B 33 47 (67)
Push/Pop Position
Push/Pop Position Push ?&f0S (s) 027 038 102 048 083 (115) 1B 26 66 30 53 (73)
Pop ?&f1S (s) 027 038 102 049 083 (115) 1B 26 66 31 53 (73)
FONT SELECTION
Symbol Set Selection1
Primary Symbol Set ISO 60: Norwegian 1 ?(0D 027 040 048 068 1B 28 30 44
ISO 4: United Kingdom ?(1E 027 040 049 069 1B 28 31 45
Windows 3.1 Latin 2 ?(9E 027 040 057 069 1B 28 39 45
ISO 69: French ?(1F 027 040 049 070 1B 28 31 46
ISO 21: German ?(1G 027 040 049 071 1B 28 31 47
ISO 15: Italian ?(0I 027 040 048 073 1B 28 30 49
Microsoft Publishing ?(6J 027 040 054 074 1B 28 36 4A
A-6 Printer Commands ENWW
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
1 Additional symbol sets are supported, refer to Table C-1 for a list of these symbol sets.
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
Symbol Set Selection1 – continued
Primary Symbol Set DeskTop ?(7J 027 040 055 074 1B 28 37 4A
PC 1004 ?(9J 027 040 057 074 1B 28 39 4A
PS Text ?(10J 027 040 049 048 074 1B 28 31 30 4A
MC Text ?(12J 027 040 049 050 074 1B 28 31 32 4A
Ventura International ?(13J 027 040 049 051 074 1B 28 31 33 4A
Ventura US ?(14J 027 040 049 052 074 1B 28 31 34 4A
Ventura ITC Zapf Dingbats ?(9L 027 040 057 076 1B 28 39 4C
PS ITC Zapf Dingbats ?(10L 027 040 049 048 076 1B 28 31 30 4C
ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 100 ?(11L 027 040 049 049 076 1B 28 31 31 4C
ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 200 ?(12L 027 040 049 050 076 1B 28 31 32 4C
ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 300 ?(13L 027 040 049 051 076 1B 28 31 33 4C
ITC Zapf Dingbats MS ?(14L 027 040 049 052 076 1B 28 31 34 4C
Windows Baltic ?(19L 027 040 049 076 1B 28 31 4C
Wingdings ?(579L 027 040 053 055 057 076 1B 28 35 37 39 4C
PS Math ?(5M 027 040 053 077 1B 28 35 4D
Ventura Math ?(6M 027 040 054 077 1B 28 36 4D
Math-8 ?(8M 027 040 056 077 1B 28 38 4D
Symbol and SymbolPS ?(19M 027 040 049 057 077 1B 28 31 39 4D
ISO 8859-1 (ECMA-94) Latin 1 ?(0N 027 040 048 078 1B 28 30 4E
ISO 8859-2: Latin 2 ?(2N 027 040 050 078 1B 28 32 4E
ISO 8859-9: Latin 5 ?(5N 027 040 053 078 1B 28 35 4E
ISO 8859-10: Latin 6 ?(6N 027 040 054 078 1B 28 36 4E
ISO 8859-15: Latin 9 ?(9N 027 040 057 078 1B 28 39 4E
ISO 11: Swedish ?(0S 027 040 048 083 1B 28 30 53
ISO 17: Spanish ?(2S 027 040 050 083 1B 28 32 53
Windows 3.1 Latin 5 ?(5T 027 040 053 084 1B 28 35 54
PC 775 ?(26U 027 040 050 054 085 1B 28 32 36 55
ENWW Printer Commands A-7
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
1 Additional symbol sets are supported, refer to Table C-1 for a list of these symbol sets.
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
Symbol Set Selection1 – continued
Primary Symbol Set PC Turkish ?(9T 027 040 057 084 1B 28 39 54
ISO 6: ASCII ?(0U 027 040 048 085 1B 28 30 55
Legal ?(1U 027 040 049 085 1B 28 31 55
Roman-9 ?(4U 027 040 052 085 1B 28 34 55
Roman-8 ?(8U 027 040 056 085 1B 28 38 55
Windows 3.0 Latin 1 ?(9U 027 040 057 085 1B 28 39 55
PC-8 ?(10U 027 040 049 048 085 1B 28 31 30 55
PC-8 D/N ?(11U 027 040 049 049 085 1B 28 31 31 55
PC-850 ?(12U 027 040 049 050 085 1B 28 31 32 55
PC-858 ?(13U 027 040 049 051 085 1B 28 31 33 55
Pi Font ?(15U 027 040 049 053 085 1B 28 31 35 55
PC-852 ?(17U 027 040 049 055 085 1B 28 31 37 55
Windows 3.1 Latin 1 (ANSI) ?(19U 027 040 049 057 085 1B 28 31 39 55
Windows 3.1J(Japanese) ?(19K 027 040 049 057 075 1B 28 31 39 4B
Spacing
Primary Spacing Fixed ?(s0P (p) 027 040 115 048 080 (112) 1B 28 73 30 50 (70)
Proportional ?(s1P (p) 027 040 115 049 080 (112) 1B 28 73 31 50 (70)
Pitch
Primary Pitch # Characters/inch ?(s#H (h) 027 040 115 #…# 072 (104) 1B 28 73 #…# 48 (68)
Set Pitch Mode 10.0 ?&k0S (s) 027 038 107 048 083 (115) 1B 26 6B 30 53 (73)
Compressed (16.5-16.7) ?&k2S (s) 027 038 107 050 083 (115) 1B 26 6B 32 53 (73)
Elite (12.0) ?&k4S (s) 027 038 107 052 083 (115) 1B 26 6B 34 53 (73)
Point Size
Primary Height # Points ?(s#V (v) 027 040 115 #…# 086 (118) 1B 28 73 #…# 56 (76)
A-8 Printer Commands ENWW
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
Style
Primary Style Upright (Solid) ?(s0S (s) 027 040 115 048 083 (115) 1B 28 73 30 53 (73)
Italic ?(s1S (s) 027 040 115 049 083 (115) 1B 28 73 31 53 (73)
Condensed ?(s4S (s) 027 040 115 052 083 (115) 1B 28 73 34 53 (73)
Condensed Italic ?(s5S (s) 027 040 115 053 083 (115) 1B 28 73 35 53 (73)
Compressed (Extra
Condensed)
?(s8S (s) 027 040 115 056 083 (115) 1B 28 73 38 53 (73)
Expanded ?(s24S (s) 027 040 115 050 052 083 (115) 1B 28 73 32 34 53 (73)
Outline ?(s32S (s) 027 040 115 051 050 083 (115) 1B 28 73 33 32 53 (73)
Inline ?(s64S (s) 027 040 115 054 052 083 (115) 1B 28 73 36 34 53 (73)
Shadowed ?(s128S (s) 027 040 115 049 050 056 083 (115) 1B 28 73 31 32 38 53 (73)
Outline Shadowed ?(s160S (s) 027 040 115 049 054 048 083 (115) 1B 28 73 31 36 30 53 (73)
Additional style values may be obtained from the related documentation provided with HP’s font products.
PCL 5 LaserJet Printers allows the specification of complex structures (contours, outlines, shading, etc.) and widths as well as posture.
Refer to the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.
Stroke Weight
Primary Font
Stroke Weight
Ultra Thin ?(s–7B (b) 027 040 115 045 055 066 (98) 1B 28 73 2D 37 42 (62)
Extra Thin ?(s–6B (b) 027 040 115 045 054 066 (98) 1B 28 73 2D 36 42 (62)
Thin ?(s–5B (b) 027 040 115 045 053 066 (98) 1B 28 73 2D 35 42 (62)
Extra Light ?(s–4B (b) 027 040 115 045 052 066 (98) 1B 28 73 2D 34 42 (62)
Light ?(s–3B (b) 027 040 115 045 051 066 (98) 1B 28 73 2D 33 42 (62)
Demi Light ?(s–2B (b) 027 040 115 045 050 066 (98) 1B 28 73 2D 32 42 (62)
Semi Light ?(s–1B (b) 027 040 115 045 049 066 (98) 1B 28 73 2D 31 42 (62)
Medium (book or text) ?(s0B (b) 027 040 115 048 066 (98) 1B 28 73 30 42 (62)
Semi Bold ?(s1B (b) 027 040 115 049 066 (98) 1B 28 73 31 42 (62)
Demi Bold ?(s2B (b) 027 040 115 050 066 (98) 1B 28 73 32 42 (62)
Bold ?(s3B (b) 027 040 115 051 066 (98) 1B 28 73 33 42 (62)
Extra Bold ?(s4B (b) 027 040 115 052 066 (98) 1B 28 73 34 42 (62)
Black ?(s5B (b) 027 040 115 053 066 (98) 1B 28 73 35 42 (62)
Extra Black ?(s6B (b) 027 040 115 054 066 (98) 1B 28 73 36 42 (62)
Ultra Black ?(s7B (b) 027 040 115 055 066 (98) 1B 28 73 37 42 (62)
ENWW Printer Commands A-9
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
1 Additional symbol sets are supported, refer to Table C-2 and C-3 for a list of these symbol sets.
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
Primary Typeface Family1
Typeface
Family
LinePrinter ?(s0T (t) 027 040 115 048 084 (116) 1B 28 73 30 54 (74)
Albertus ?(s4362T (t) 027 040 115 052 051 054 050 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 33 36 32 54 (74)
Antique Olive ?(s4168T (t) 027 040 115 052 049 054 056 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 31 36 38 54 (74)
Arial ?(s16602T (t) 027 040 115 049 054 054 048 050 084 (116) 1B 28 73 31 36 36 30 32 54 (74)
ITC Avant Garde
Gothic
?(s24607T (t) 027 040 115 050 052 054 048 055 084 (116) 1B 28 73 32 34 36 30 37 54 (74)
ITC Bookman ?(s24623T (t) 027 040 115 050 052 054 050 051 084 (116) 1B 28 73 32 34 36 32 33 54 (74)
ITC Zapf Chancery ?(s45099T (t) 027 040 115 052 053 048 057 057 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 35 30 39 39 54 (74)
Clarendon ?(s4140T (t) 027 040 115 052 049 052 048 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 31 34 30 54 (74)
Coronet ?(s4116T (t) 027 040 115 052 049 049 054 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 31 31 36 54 (74)
Courier ?(s3T (t) 027 040 115 051 084 (116) 1B 28 73 33 54 (74)
Courier ?(s4099T (t) 027 040 115 052 048 057 057 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 30 39 39 54 (74)
CourierPS ?(s24579T (t) 027 040 115 050 052 053 055 057 084 (116) 1B 28 73 32 34 35 37 39 54 (74)
ITC Zapf Dingbats ?(s4141T (t) 027 040 115 052 049 052 049 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 31 34 31 54 (74)
ITC Zapf Dingbats MS ?(s45101T (t) 027 040 115 052 053 049 048 049 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 35 31 30 31 54 (74)
Garamond Antiqua ?(s4197T (t) 027 040 115 052 049 057 055 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 31 39 37 54 (74)
MS Gothic ?(s28825T (t) 027 040 115 050 056 056 050 053 084 (116) 1B 28 73 32 38 38 32 35 54 (74)
Helvetica ?(s24580T (t) 027 040 115 050 052 053 056 048 084 (116) 1B 28 73 32 34 35 38 30 54 (74)
Helvetica Narrow ?(s24580T (t) 027 040 115 050 052 053 056 048 084 (116) 1B 28 73 32 34 35 38 30 54 (74)
GW-Kai ?(s37357T (t) 027 040 115 051 055 051 053 055 084 (116) 1B 28 73 33 37 33 35 37 54 (74)
Letter Gothic ?(s4102T (t) 027 040 115 052 049 048 050 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 31 30 32 54 (74)
Marigold ?(s4297T (t) 027 040 115 052 050 057 055 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 32 39 37 54 (74)
MS Mincho ?(s28752T (t) 027 040 115 050 056 055 053 050 084 (116) 1B 28 73 32 38 37 35 32 54 (74)
New Century Schlbk ?(s24703T (t) 027 040 115 050 052 055 048 051 084 (116) 1B 28 73 32 34 37 30 33 54 (74)
CG Omega ?(s4113T (t) 027 040 115 052 049 049 051 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 31 31 33 54 (74)
Palatino ?(s24591T (t) 027 040 115 050 052 053 057 049 084 (116) 1B 28 73 32 34 35 39 31 54 (74)
SimHei ?(s37110T (t) 027 040 115 051 055 049 049 048 084 (116) 1B 28 73 33 37 31 31 30 54 (74)
SimSun ?(s37058T (t) 027 040 115 051 055 048 053 056 084 (116) 1B 28 73 33 37 30 35 38 54 (74)
Symbol ?(s16686T (t) 027 040 115 049 054 054 056 054 084 (116) 1B 28 73 31 36 36 38 36 54 (74)
SymbolPS ?(s45358T (t) 027 040 115 052 053 051 053 056 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 35 33 35 38 54 (74)
CG Times ?(s4101T (t) 027 040 115 052 049 048 049 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 31 30 31 54 (74)
Times New ?(s16901T (t) 027 040 115 049 054 057 048 049 084 (116) 1B 28 73 31 36 39 30 31 54 (74)
Times Roman ?(s25093T (t) 027 040 115 050 053 048 057 051 084 (116) 1B 28 73 32 35 30 39 33 54 (74)
Univers ?(s4148T (t) 027 040 115 052 049 052 056 084 (116) 1B 28 73 34 31 34 38 54 (74)
Wingdings ?(s6826T (t) 027 040 115 054 056 050 054 084 (116) 1B 28 73 36 38 32 36 54 (74)
Wingdings ?(s31402T (t) 027 040 115 051 049 052 048 050 084 (116) 1B 28 73 33 31 34 30 32 54 (74)
A-10 Printer Commands ENWW
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
FONT DEFAULT
Font Default Primary Font ?(3@ 027 040 051 064 1B 28 33 40
Secondary Font ?)3@ 027 041 051 064 1B 29 33 40
UNDERLINE
Underline Enable Fixed ?&d0D (d) 027 038 100 048 068 (100) 1B 26 64 30 44 (64)
Enable Floating ?&d3D (d) 027 038 100 051 068 (100) 1B 26 64 33 44 (64)
Disable ?&d@ 027 038 100 064 1B 26 64 40
TEXT PARSING METHOD
Text
Parsing
Method
1-Byte
1-Byte
1-Byte/2-Byte
1-Byte/2-Byte
1-Byte/2-Byte
?&t0P
?&t1P
?&t21P
?&t31P
?&t38P
(p)
(p)
(p)
(p)
(p)
027 038 116 48 080
027 038 116 49 080
027 038 116 050 049 080
027 038 116 051 049 080
027 038 116 051 056 080
(112)
(112)
(112)
(112)
(112)
1B 26 74 30 50
1B 26 74 31 50
1B 26 74 32 31 50
1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 26 74 33 38 50
(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)
TRANSPARENT PRINT DATA
Transparent
Print Data
# of Bytes ?&p#X[Data] 027 038 112 #…# 088 1B 26 70 #…# 58
FONT MANAGEMENT
Assign Font
ID
Font ID # ?*c#D (d) 027 042 099 #…# 068 (100) 1B 2A 63 #…# 44 (64)
Font and
Character
Control
Delete all Fonts ?*c0F (f) 027 042 099 048 070 (102) 1B 2A 63 30 46 (66)
Delete all
temporary fonts
?*c1F (f) 027 042 099 049 070 (102) 1B 2A 63 31 46 (66)
Delete last font ID
specified
?*c2F (f) 027 042 099 050 070 (102) 1B 2A 63 32 46 (66)
Delete last
character
specified
?*c3F (f) 027 042 099 051 070 (102) 1B 2A 63 33 46 (66)
Make font
temporary
?*c4F (f) 027 042 099 052 070 (102) 1B 2A 63 34 46 (66)
Make font
permanent
?*c5F (f) 027 042 099 053 070 (102) 1B 2A 63 35 46 (66)
Copy/Assign the
currently invoked
font as temporary
?*c6F (f) 027 042 099 054 070 (102) 1B 2A 63 36 46 (66)
Soft Symbol Set Management / Creation
Set Symbol
Set
ID # ?*c#R (r) 027 042 099 #…# 082 (114) 1B 2A 63 #…# 52 (72)
Define
Symbol Set
# of Bytes ?(f#W[Data] 027 040 102 #…# 087 1B 28 66 #…# 57
Symbol Set
Control
Delete all symbol
sets
?*c0S (s) 027 042 099 048 083 (115) 1B 2A 63 30 53 (73)
Delete all
temporary symbol
sets
?*c1S (s) 027 042 099 049 083 (115) 1B 2A 63 31 53 (73)
Delete current soft
symbol set (last
ID#)
?*c2S (s) 027 042 099 050 083 (115) 1B 2A 63 32 53 (73)
Make current soft
symbol set
temporary
?*c4S (s) 027 042 099 052 083 (115) 1B 2A 63 34 53 (73)
Make current soft
symbol set
permanent
?*c5S (s) 027 042 099 053 083 (115) 1B 2A 63 35 53 (73)
ENWW Printer Commands A-11
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
Font Selection by ID Number
Select font (with
ID #)
ID # primary font ?(#X 027 040 #…# 088 1B 28 #…# 58
ID # secondary font ?)#X 027 041 #…# 088 1B 29 #…# 58
SOFT FONT CREATION
Font descriptor
(font header)
# of bytes ?)s#W[Data] 027 041 115 #…# 087 1B 29 73 #…# 57
Download
character
# of bytes ?(s#W[Data] 027 040 115 #…# 087 1B 28 73 #…# 57
Character code Character code #
(decimal)
?*c#E (e) 027 042 099 #…# 069 (101) 1B 2A 63 #…# 45 (65)
GRAPHICS
Raster Graphics
Raster 75 dots/inch ?*t75R (r) 027 042 116 055 053 082 (114) 1B 2A 74 37 35 52 (72)
Resolution 100 dots/inch ?*t100R (r) 027 042 116 049 048 048 082 (114) 1B 2A 74 31 30 30 52 (72)
150 dots/inch ?*t150R (r) 027 042 116 049 053 048 082 (114) 1B 2A 74 31 35 30 52 (72)
200 dots/inch ?*t200R (r) 027 042 116 050 048 048 082 (114) 1B 2A 74 32 30 30 52 (72)
300 dots/inch ?*t300R (r) 027 042 116 051 048 048 082 (114) 1B 2A 74 33 30 30 52 (72)
600 dots/inch ?*t600R (r) 027 042 116 054 048 048 082 (114) 1B 2A 74 36 30 30 52 (72)
A-12 Printer Commands ENWW
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
Raster Graphics
Raster Graphics
Presentation
Follows orientation ?*r0F (f) 027 042 114 048 070 (102) 1B 2A 72 30 46 (66)
Follows physical page ?*r3F (f) 027 042 114 051 070 (102) 1B 2A 72 33 46 (66)
Start Raster Graphics Left Raster Graphics
Margin
?*r0A (a) 027 042 114 048 065 (97) 1B 2A 72 30 41 (61)
Current Cursor ?*r1A (a) 027 042 114 049 065 (97) 1B 2A 72 31 41 (61)
Scale mode (logical left
page boundary)
?*r2A (a) 027 042 114 050 065 (97) 1B 2A 72 32 41 (61)
Scale mode (at CAP) ?*r3A (a) 027 042 114 051 065 (97) 1B 2A 72 33 42 (61)
Raster Y Offset # of Raster Lines of
vertical movement
?*b#Y (y) 027 042 098 #…# 089 (121) 1B 2A 62 #…# 59 (79)
Set Raster
Compression Mode
Unencoded ?*b0M (m) 027 042 098 048 077 (109) 1B 2A 62 30 4D (6D)
Run-Length Encoded ?*b1M (m) 027 042 098 049 077 (109) 1B 2A 62 31 4D (6D)
Tagged Image File
Format
?*b2M (m) 027 042 098 050 077 (109) 1B 2A 62 32 4D (6D)
Delta Row ?*b3M (m) 027 042 098 051 077 (109) 1B 2A 62 33 4D (6D)
Adaptive Compression ?*b5M (m) 027 042 098 053 077 (109) 1B 2A 62 35 4D (6D)
Replacement Delta Row ?*b9M (m) 027 042 098 057 077 (109) 1B 2A 98 39 4D (6D)
Transfer Raster Data
(by row)
# of Bytes ?*b#W[Data] 027 042 098 #…# 087 1B 2A 62 #…# 57
Transfer Raster Data
(by plane)
# of Bytes ?*b#V[Data] 027 042 062 #…# 086 1B 2A 98 #…# 56
End Raster Graphics Old version Preferred ?*rB
?*rC
(b)
(c)
027 042 114 066
027 042 114 067
(98)
(99)
1B 2A 72 42
1B 2A 72 43
(62)
(63)
Raster Height (Source) # Raster Rows ?*r#T (t) 027 042 114 #…# 084 (116) 1B 2A 72 #…# 54 (74)
Raster Width (Source) # Pixels of the Specified
Resolution
?*r#S (s) 027 042 114 #…# 083 (115) 1B 2A 72 #…# 53 (73)
Raster Height
(Destination)
# of Decipoints ?*t#H (h) 027 042 116 #…# 072 (104) 1B 2A 74 #…# 48 (68)
Raster Width
(Destination)
# of Decipoints ?*t#V (v) 027 042 116 #…# 086 (118) 1B 2A 74 #…# 56 (76)
Scale Algorithm Source with light
background
?*t0K (k) 027 042 116 048 075 (107) 1B 2A 74 30 4B (6B)
Source with dark
background
?*t1K (k) 027 042 116 049 075 (107) 1B 2A 74 31 4B (6B)
ENWW Printer Commands A-13
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
THE PRINT MODEL
Imaging
Select Current Pattern Solid Black (default) ?*v0T (t) 027 042 118 048 084 (116) 1B 2A 76 30 54 (74)
Solid White ?*v1T (t) 027 042 118 049 084 (116) 1B 2A 76 31 54 (74)
HP-defined Shading Pattern ?*v2T (t) 027 042 118 050 084 (116) 1B 2A 76 32 54 (74)
HP-defined Cross-hatched
Pattern
?*v3T (t) 027 042 118 051 084 (116) 1B 2A 76 33 54 (74)
User-defined Pattern ?*v4T (t) 027 042 118 052 084 (116) 1B 2A 76 34 54 (74)
Source Transparency
code
Transparent Opaque ?*v0N
?*v1N
(n)
(n)
027 042 118 048 078
027 042 118 049 078
(110)
(110)
1B 2A 76 30 4E
1B 2A 76 31 4E
(6E)
(6E)
Pattern Transparency
Mode
Transparent Opaque ?*v0O
?*v1O
(o)
(o)
027 042 118 048 079
027 042 118 049 079
(111)
(111)
1B 2A 76 30 4F
1B 2A 76 31 4F
(6F)
(6F)
Logical Operation # = ROP3 input value ?*l#O (o) 027 042 108 #…# 079 (111) 1B 2A 6C #…# 4F (6F)
Pixel Placement Grid Intersection ?*v0R (r) 027 042 108 048 082 (114) 1B 2A 6C 30 52 (72)
Pixel Placement ?*v1R (r) 027 042 118 049 082 (114) 1B 2A 76 31 52 (72)
Rectangle Dimensions
Rectangle Width
(Horizontal Size)
# of dots ?*c#A (a) 027 042 099 #…# 065 (97) 1B 2A 63 #…# 41 (61)
# of decipoints ?*c#H (h) 027 042 099 #…# 072 (104) 1B 2A 63 #…# 48 (68)
Rectangle Height
(Vertical Size)
# of dots ?*c#B (b) 027 042 099 #…# 066 (98) 1B 2A 63 # … # 42 (62)
# of decipoints ?*c#V (v) 027 042 099 #…# 086 (118) 1B 2A 63 #…# 56 (76)
A-14 Printer Commands ENWW
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
Rectangular Area Fill
Fill Rectangular Area Solid Black ?*c0P (p) 027 042 099 048 080 (112) 1B 2A 63 30 50 (70)
Erase (solid white fill) ?*c1P (p) 027 042 099 049 080 (112) 1B 2A 63 31 50 (70)
Shaded Fill ?*c2P (p) 027 042 099 050 080 (112) 1B 2A 63 32 50 (70)
Cross-hatched Fill ?*c3P (p) 027 042 099 051 080 (112) 1B 2A 63 33 50 (70)
User-defined ?*c4P (p) 027 042 099 052 080 (112) 1B 2A 63 34 50 (70)
Current Pattern ?*c5P (p) 027 042 099 053 080 (112) 1B 2A 63 35 50 (70)
Pattern ID % of Shading or Type of
Pattern or User Pattern ID
?*c#G (g) 027 042 099 #…# 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 #…# 47 (67)
Shading 2% Gray ?*c2G (g) 027 042 099 050 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 32 47 (67)
10% Gray ?*c10G (g) 027 042 099 049 048 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 31 30 47 (67)
15% Gray ?*c15G (g) 027 042 099 049 053 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 31 35 47 (67)
30% Gray ?*c30G (g) 027 042 099 051 048 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 33 30 47 (67)
45% Gray ?*c45G (g) 027 042 099 052 053 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 34 35 47 (67)
70% Gray ?*c70G (g) 027 042 099 055 048 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 37 30 47 (67)
90% Gray ?*c90G (g) 027 042 099 057 048 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 39 30 47 (67)
100% Gray ?*c100G (g) 027 042 099 049 048 048 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 31 30 30 47 (67)
Pattern 1 Horiz. Line ?*c1G (g) 027 042 099 049 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 31 47 (67)
2 Vert. Lines ?*c2G (g) 027 042 099 050 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 32 47 (67)
3 Diagonal Lines ?*c3G (g) 027 042 099 051 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 33 47 (67)
4 Diagonal Lines ?*c4G (g) 027 042 099 052 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 34 47 (67)
5 Square Grid ?*c5G (g) 027 042 099 053 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 35 47 (67)
6 Diagonal Grid ?*c6G (g) 027 042 099 054 071 (103) 1B 2A 63 36 47 (67)
ENWW Printer Commands A-15
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
USER DEFINED PATTERN / MANAGEMENT CREATION
Define (Download)
Pattern
# of bytes ?*c#W[Data] 027 042 099 #…# 087 1B 2A 63 #…# 57
User-defined Pattern
Control
Delete all patterns ?*c0Q (q) 027 042 099 048 081 (113) 1B 2A 63 030 51 (71)
Delete all temporary
patterns
?*c1Q (q) 027 042 099 049 081 (113) 1B 2A 63 031 51 (71)
Delete current pattern ?*c2Q (q) 027 042 099 050 081 (113) 1B 2A 63 032 51 (71)
Make pattern temporary ?*c4Q (q) 027 042 099 052 081 (113) 1B 2A 63 034 51 (71)
Make pattern permanent ?*c5Q (q) 027 042 099 053 081 (113) 1B 2A 63 035 51 (71)
Set Pattern Reference Rotate with orientation ?*p0R (r) 027 042 112 048 082 (114) 1B 2A 70 30 52 (72)
Point Follow physical page ?*p1R (r) 027 042 112 049 082 (114) 1B 2A 70 31 52 (72)
MACROS
Macro ID Macro ID # ?&f#Y (y) 027 038 102 #…# 089 (121) 1B 26 66 #…# 59 (79)
Macro Control Start Macro Def. ?&f0X (x) 027 038 102 048 088 (120) 1B 26 66 30 58 (78)
Stop Macro Def. ?&f1X (x) 027 038 102 049 088 (120) 1B 26 66 31 58 (78)
Execute Macro ?&f2X (x) 027 038 102 050 088 (120) 1B 26 66 32 58 (78)
Call Macro ?&f3X (x) 027 038 102 051 088 (120) 1B 26 66 33 58 (78)
Enable Overlay ?&f4X (x) 027 038 102 052 088 (120) 1B 26 66 34 58 (78)
Disable Overlay ?&f5X (x) 027 038 102 053 088 (120) 1B 26 66 35 58 (78)
Delete Macros ?&f6X (x) 027 038 102 054 088 (120) 1B 26 66 36 58 (78)
Delete All Temp. Macros ?&f7X (x) 027 038 102 055 088 (120) 1B 26 66 37 58 (78)
Delete Macro ID ?&f8X (x) 027 038 102 056 088 (120) 1B 26 66 38 58 (78)
Make Temporary ?&f9X (x) 027 038 102 057 088 (120) 1B 26 66 39 58 (78)
Make Permanent ?&f10X (x) 027 038 102 049 048 088 (120) 1B 26 66 31 30 58 (78)
A-16 Printer Commands ENWW
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
STATUS READBACK
Set Status Readback
Location Type
Invalid Location ?*s0T (t) 027 042 115 048 084 (116) 1B 2A 73 30 54 (74)
Currently Selected ?*s1T (t) 027 042 115 049 084 (116) 1B 2A 73 31 54 (74)
All Locations ?*s2T (t) 027 042 115 050 084 (116) 1B 2A 73 32 54 (74)
Internal ?*s3T (t) 027 042 115 051 084 (116) 1B 2A 73 33 54 (74)
Downloaded ?*s4T (t) 027 042 115 052 084 (116) 1B 2A 73 34 54 (74)
Cartridge ?*s5T (t) 027 042 115 053 084 (116) 1B 2A 73 35 54 (74)
User-installed ROM (SIMMs) ?*s7T (t) 027 042 115 055 084 (116) 1B 2A 73 37 54 (74)
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
All entities of the Location Type ?*s0U (u) 027 042 115 048 085 (117) 1B 2A 73 30 55 (75)
Entity 1 or Temporary ?*s1U (u) 027 042 115 049 085 (117) 1B 2A 73 31 55 (75)
Entity 2 or Permanent ?*s2U (u) 027 042 115 050 085 (117) 1B 2A 73 32 55 (75)
Entity 3 ?*s3U (u) 027 042 115 051 085 (117) 1B 2A 73 33 55 (75)
Entity 4 ?*s4U (u) 027 042 115 052 085 (117) 1B 2A 73 34 55 (75)
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
Font ?*s0I (i) 027 042 115 048 073 (105) 1B 2A 73 30 49 (69)
Macro ?*s1I (i) 027 042 115 049 073 (105) 1B 2A 73 31 49 (69)
User-defined Pattern ?*s2I (i) 027 042 115 050 073 (105) 1B 2A 73 32 49 (69)
Symbol Set ?*s3I (i) 027 042 115 051 073 (105) 1B 2A 73 33 49 (69)
Font Extended ?*s4I (i) 027 042 115 052 073 (105) 1B 2A 73 34 49 (69)
Flush All Pages Flush All Complete Pages ?&r0F (f) 027 038 114 048 070 (120) 1B 26 72 30 46 (66)
Flush All Page Data ?&r1F (f) 027 038 114 049 070 (120) 1B 26 72 31 46 (66)
Free Memory Space — ?*s1M (m) 027 042 115 049 077 (109) 1B 2A 73 31 4D (6D)
Echo # = Echo value (-32767 to 32767) ?*s#X (x) 027 042 115 #…# 088 (120) 1B 2A 73 #…# 58 (78)
PROGRAMMING HINTS
End-of-Line Wrap Enabled ?&s0C (c) 027 038 115 048 067 (99) 1B 26 73 30 43 (63)
Disabled ?&s1C (c) 027 038 115 049 067 (99) 1B 26 73 31 43 (63)
Display Functions ON ?Y 027 089 1B 59
OFF ?Z 027 090 1B 5A
ENWW Printer Commands A-17
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
PCL VECTOR GRAPHICS SWITCHING/SET-UP PICTURE FRAME
Enter PCL Mode Use previous PCL cursor
position
?%0A 027 037 048 65 1B 25 30 41
Use current HP-GL/2pen
position for cursor position
?%1A 027 037 049 65 1B 25 31 41
Enter HP-GL/2 Mode Use previous HP-GL/2 pen
position
?%0B 027 037 048 066 1B 25 30 42
Use current PCL cursor
position
?%1B 027 037 049 066 1B 25 31 42
Stand-alone plotter mode ?%–1B 027 037 045 049 066 1B 25 2D 31 42
Current PCL coordinate
system/old HP-GL pen position
?%2B 027 037 050 066 1B 25 32 42
Current PCL coordinate
system/current PCL CAP
?%3B 027 037 051 066 1B 25 33 42
HP-GL/2 Plot Horizontal
Size
Horizontal size in inches ?*c#K (k) 027 042 099 #…# 075 (107) 1B 2A 63 # … # 4B (6B)
HP-GL/2 Plot Vertical
Size
Vertical size in inches ?*c#L (l) 027 042 099 #…# 076 (108) 1B 2A 63 #…# 4C (6C)
Set Picture Frame
Anchor Point
Set anchor point to cursor
position
?*c0T (t) 027 042 099 048 084 (116) 1B 2A 63 30 54 (74)
Picture Frame Horizontal
Size
Decipoints ?*c#X (x) 027 042 099 #…# 088 (120) 1B 2A 63 #…# 58 (78)
Picture Frame Vertical
Size
Decipoints ?*c#Y (y) 027 042 099 #…# 089 (121) 1B 2A 63 #…# 59 (79)
DUAL CONTEXT EXTENSIONS
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A 0 – Retain previous
PCL cursor
position
1 – Use current
HP-GL/2 pen
position
Reset ?E None
Primary Font FI Font_ID
Secondary Font FN Font_ID
Scalable Or Bitmapped
Fonts
SB 0 – Scalable fonts
only
1 – Bitmapped fonts
allowed
A-18 Printer Commands ENWW
Table A-1. HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION PARAMETER COMMAND DECIMAL VALUE HEXADECIMAL VALUE
COLOR COMMANDS
Assign Color Index Index Number ?*v#I (i) 027 042 118 #…# 073 (105) 1B 2A 76 #…# 49 (69)
Color Component One 1st Component ?*v#A (a) 027 042 118 #…# 065 (97) 1B 2A 76 #…# 41 (61)
Color Component Two 2nd Component ?*v#B (b) 027 042 118 #…# 066 (98) 1B 2A 76 #…# 42 (62)
Color Component Three 3rd Component ?*v#C (c) 027 042 118 #…# 067 (99) 1B 2A 76 #…# 43 (63)
Color Lookup Tables # of Bytes ?*l#W[Data] 027 042 108 #…# 087 1B 2A 6C #…# 57
Configure Image Data # of Bytes ?*v#W[Data] 027 042 118 #…# 087 1B 2A 76 #…# 57
Download Dither Matrix # of Bytes ?*v#I (i) 027 042 118 #…# 073 (105) 1B 2A 76 #…# 49 (69)
Foreground Color Index Number ?*v#S (s) 027 042 118 #…# 083 (115) 1B 2A 76 #…# 53 (73)
Gamma Correction Gamma Number ?*t#I (i) 027 042 116 #…# 073 (105) 1B 2A 74 #…# 49 (69)
Monochrome Print Mode Mixed Rendering ?&b0M (m) 027 038 062 048 077 (109) 1B 26 98 30 4D (6D)
Gray Equivalent ?&b1M (m) 027 038 062 049 077 (109) 1B 26 98 31 4D (6D)
Palette Control ID Palette ID # ?&p#I (i) 027 038 112 #…# 073 (105) 1B 26 70 #…# 49 (69)
Palette Control Delete All Palettes in store ?&p0C (c) 027 038 112 048 067 (99) 1B 26 70 30 43 (63)
Delete All Palettes in stack ?&p1C (c) 027 038 112 049 067 (99) 1B 26 70 31 43 (63)
Delete Palette (last ID) ?&p2C (c) 027 038 112 050 067 (99) 1B 26 70 32 43 (63)
Copy Palette ?&p6C (c) 027 038 112 054 067 (99) 1B 26 70 36 43 (63)
Push/Pop Palette Push Palette ?*p0P (p) 027 042 112 048 080 (112) 1B 2A 70 30 50 (70)
Pop Palette ?*p1P (p) 027 042 112 049 080 (112) 1B 2A 70 31 50 (70)
Render Algorithm Continuous tone detail ?*t0J (j) 027 042 116 048 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 30 4A (6A)
Snap to primaries ?*t1J (j) 027 042 116 049 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 4A (6A)
Snap black/white, colors to
black
?*t2J (j) 027 042 116 050 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 32 4A (6A)
Device best dither ?*t3J (j) 027 042 116 051 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 33 4A (6A)
Error diffusion ?*t4J (j) 027 042 116 052 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 34 4A (6A)
Monochrome device best
dither
?*t5J (j) 027 042 116 053 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 35 4A (6A)
Monochrome error diffusion ?*t6J (j) 027 042 116 054 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 36 4A (6A)
Cluster ordered dither ?*t7J (j) 027 042 116 055 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 37 4A (6A)
Monochrome cluster ordered ?*t8J (j) 027 042 116 056 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 38 4A (6A)
User-defined dither ?*t9J (j) 027 042 116 057 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 30 4A (6A)
Monochrome user-defined
dither
?*t10J (j) 027 042 116 049 048 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 30 4A (6A)
Ordered dither ?*t11J (j) 027 042 116 049 049 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 31 4A (6A)
Monochrome ordered dither ?*t12J (j) 027 042 116 049 050 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 32 4A (6A)
Noise ordered dither ?*t13J (j) 027 042 116 049 051 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 33 4A (6A)
Monochrome noise ordered
dither
?*t14J (j) 027 042 116 049 052 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 34 4A (6A)
Continuous tone smooth ?*t15J (j) 027 042 116 049 053 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 35 4A (6A)
Mono. continuous tone detail ?*t16J (j) 027 042 116 049 054 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 36 4A (6A)
Mono. continuous tone
smooth
?*t17J (j) 027 042 116 049 055 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 37 4A (6A)
Continuous tone basic ?*t18J (j) 027 042 116 049 056 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 38 4A (6A)
Mono. continuous tone basic ?*t19J (j) 027 042 116 049 057 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 39 4A (6A)
Select Palette Palette ID # ?&p#S (s) 027 038 112 #…# 083 (115) 1B 26 70 #…# 53 (73)
Set Viewing Illumination # of Bytes ?*i#W[Data] 027 042 105 #…# 087 1B 2A 69 #…# 57
Simple Color 3-Plane Device CMY Palette ?*r–3U (u) 027 042 114 045 051 085 (117) 1B 2A 72 2D 33 55 (75)
1-Plane K Palette ?*r1U (u) 027 042 114 049 085 (117) 1B 2A 72 31 55 (75)
3-Plane Device RGB Palette ?*r3U (u) 027 042 114 051 085 (117) 1B 2A 72 33 55 (75)
ENWW Printer Commands A-19
Table A-2. HP-GL/2 Commands
* Parameters in brackets are optional.
COMMAND MNEMONIC PARAMETERS*
PALETTE EXTENSIONS
Color Range CR [b_ref_red, w_ref_red, b_ref_grn, w_ref_grn, b_ref_blue, w_ref_blue];
Number of Pens NP [n];
Pen Color Assignment PC [pen [,red, green, blue]];
Transparency Mode TR 0 – Off (opaque)
1 – On (transparent)
Screened Vectors SV [screen_type[,shading[,index]]]
VECTOR GROUP
Arc Absolute AA x_center,y_center,sweep_angle [,chord_angle];
Arc Relative AR x_increment,y_increment,sweep_angle [,chord_angle];
Absolute Arc Three Point AT x_inter,y_inter,x_end,y_end[,chord_angle];
Bezier Absolute BZ x1_control_pt, y1_control_pt
x2_control_pt, y2_control_pt
x3_control_pt, y3_control_pt …
[x1_control_pt, y1_control_pt
x2_control_pt, y2_control_pt
x3_control_pt, y3_control_pt];
Bezier Relative BR x1_control_pt_increments,
y1_control_pt_increments,
x2_control_pt_increments,
y2_control_pt_increments,
x3_control_pt_increments,
y3_control_pt_increments …
[x1_control_pt_increments,
y1_control_pt_increments,
x2_control_pt_increments,
y2_control_pt_increments,
x3_control_pt_increments,
y3_control_pt_increments];
Circle CI radius [,chord angle];
Plot Absolute PA [x,y ... [,x,y]];
Plot Relative PR [x,y ... [,x,y]];
Pen Down PD [x,y ... [,x,y]];
Pen Up PU [x,y ... [,x,y]];
Relative Arc Three Point RT x_incr_inter,y_incr_inter,x_incr_end,y_incr_end[,chord angle];
Polyline Encoded PE [flag[val]|coord pair … [flag[val]|coord pair]];
A-20 Printer Commands ENWW
Table A-2. HP-GL/2 Commands (continued)
* Parameters in brackets are optional.
COMMAND MNEMONIC PARAMETERS*
POLYGON GROUP
Fill Rectangle Absolute RA x_coordinate,y_coordinate;
Fill Rectangle Relative RR x_increment,y_increment;
Edge Rectangle Absolute EA x_coordinate,y_coordinate;
Edge Rectangle Relative ER x_increment,y_increment;
Fill Wedge WG radius,start_angle,sweep_angle[,chord_angle];
Edge Wedge EW radius,start_angle,sweep_angle[chord_angle];
Polygon Mode PM polygon_definition;
Fill Polygon FP 0 – Odd/Even
1 – non-zero winding
Edge Polygon EP None
ENWW Printer Commands A-21
Table A-2. HP-GL/2 Commands (continued)
* Parameters in brackets are optional.
FUNCTION MNEMONIC PARAMETERS*
CHARACTER GROUP
Select Standard Font SS None
Select Alternate Font SA None
Absolute Direction DI [run,rise];
Relative Direction DR [run,rise];
Absolute Character Size SI [width,height];
Relative Character Size SR [width,height];
Character Slant SL [tangent_of_angle];
Extra Space ES [width[,height]]
Standard Font Definition SD [kind,value ... [,kind,value]];
Alternate Font Definition AD [kind,value ... [,kind,value]];
Character Fill Mode CF [fill_mode[,edge_pen]];
Label Origin LO [position];
Label LB [char ... [char]]1bterm
Define Label Terminator DT [1bterm[,mode]];
Character Plot CP [spaces,lines];
Transparent Data TD [mode];
Define Variable Text Path DV [path[,line]];
LINE AND FILL ATTRIBUTES GROUP
Line Type LT [line_type[,pattern_length[,mode]]];
Line Attributes LA [kind,value ... [,kind,value]];
Pen Width PW [width[,pen]];
Pen Width Unit Selection WU [type];
Select Pen SP [pen]; (required, 1 for black (recommended) or 0 for white)
Symbol Mode SM [char];
Fill Type FT [fill_type[,option1[,option2]]];
Anchor Corner AC [x_coordinate,y_coordinate];
Raster Fill Definition RF [index[,width,height,pen_nbr ... pen_nbr]];
(width and height must be less than 255)
User Defined Line Type UL [index[,gap1 ... gapn]];
A-22 Printer Commands ENWW
Table A-2. HP-GL/2 Commands (continued)
* Parameters in brackets are optional.
FUNCTION MNEMONIC PARAMETERS*
CONFIGURATION AND STATUS GROUP
Advance Full Page PG [n];
Scale SC [x1,x2,y1,y2[,type[,left,bottom]]];
or
[x1,xfactor,y1,yfactor,2];
Input Window IW [xLL,yLL,xUR,yUR];
Input P1 and P2 IP [p1x,p1y[,p2x,p2y]];
Input Relative P1 And P2 IR [p1x,p1y[,p2x,p2y]];
Default Values DF None
Initialize IN [n];
Replot RP [n];
Rotate Coordinate System RO [angle];
TECHNICAL GRAPHICS EXTENSION
Begin Plot BP [kind, value...[,kind, value]];
Chord Tolerance Mode CT [mode];
Download Character DL [charnum [[,up], x, y…[,up],x,y]];
Frame Advance FR
Media Type MT [type];
Merge Control MC [mode [, opcod]];
Output Error OE
Output Hardclip Limits OH
Output Identification OI
Output P1 and P2 OP
Output Status OS
Pixel Placement PP [mode];
Plot Size PS [length [,width]];
Quality Level QL [quality level]
ENWW Printer Commands A-23
Table A-3. Control Codes
Function Symbol Decimal Value Description
Backspace B
S 8 Move one column left unless at left margin, in which case no action is taken.
Horizontal Tab H
T 9 Move to the next horizontal tab stop. The tab stops are at the left margin, and
every eight columns to the right of the left margin.
Line Feed L
F 10 Move to the next print line while maintaining current column position.
Form Feed F
F 12 Move to the first line at top of the next page while maintaining current column
position.
Carriage Return C
R 13 Move to the left margin on the current print line.
Shift Out S
O 14 Select characters that follow from the current secondary font until receipt of a
Shift In.
Shift In S
I 15 Select characters that follow from the current primary font until receipt of a
Shift Out.
Escape E
C 27 Indicates the beginning of a special control sequence (escape sequence).
Space S
P 32 Move one column to the right unless already at the right margin, in which case
no action is taken.
A-24 Printer Commands ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-1
BInternal Symbol Set
Charts
Introduction
This section includes symbol set tables showing character locations
and decimal addresses. Individual tables are provided for the
following symbol sets:
PC-8 PC-Turkish
Roman-8 Windows CP1257 Baltic
Windows CP1252 Latin 1 ISO 8859-10 Latin 6
ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 PC-775
PC-850 Multilingual Symbol Font2
PC-1004 Wingdings Font2
ISO 8859-15 Latin 9 Windows Dingbats Font2
PC-858 Multilingual PS Text
Roman-9 MC Text
Windows CP1252-obs. PS-Math1
PC-8 Danish/Norwegian Math-81
Windows CP1250 Latin 2 Pi Font1
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 Desktop
PC-852 Legal
Windows CP1254 Latin 5 Microsoft Publishing1
ISO 8859-9 Latin 5
1 These math sets are inappropriate in script faces, italic faces, or any unusual weight or style. MS
Publishing and Pi Font may be used with script, italic, or unusual weight styles, since these sets
contain few “limited sensitivity” characters that conflict with the typeface sensitive characters of that
typeface.
2 Available in one typeface only.
B-2 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
The gray shaded areas in these tables denote printer control code
areas. Math composite characters are shown with light-colored
shades, and line-draw composite characters are shown with
dark-colored shades. Composite characters are made by combining
individual character elements into a large character.
The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) symbol sets
and the HP German and HP Spanish symbol sets are represented by
a character substitution table (see page B-19). The final table, the
Roman-8 Character Conversion table identifies the hexadecimal,
decimal, and octal codes for the Roman-8 symbol set.
Note To identify the symbol sets that are supported by a printer, refer to
Chapter 3, Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” in this
document.
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-3
B-4 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-5
B-6 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-7
B-8 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-9
B-10 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-11
B-12 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-13
B-14 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-15
B-16 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-17
B-18 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-19
B-20 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-21
B-22 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-23
B-24 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-25
B-26 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-27
B-28 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-29
B-30 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-31
B-32 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-33
B-34 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
ISO Substitution Table
This table provides a quick reference for the values of special
characters contained in ISO (International Organization of
Standardization) symbol sets. ISO symbol sets contain the same
characters as the ASCII symbol set, except for the character
positions listed in this table. For example, in the ISO 4 (United
Kingdom) symbol set, the British pound sign replaces the number
sign used in decimal position 35 of the ASCII symbol set.
Table B-1. ISO Substitution Characters
*These symbol sets are becoming obsolete and are not recommended for future use and are not present on
the HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx, 4L, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 5, 5M,
5P, 5L, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 6L, 6P, 6MP, LaserJet 1100, 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100 series,
Color LaserJet family, and DeskJet 1200C, 1600C printers.
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-35
Conversion Table
Table B-2 gives the hexadecimal, decimal, and octal equivalent of
each character in the Roman-8 and Roman-9 symbol sets. (The only
difference between the Roman-9 and Roman-8 symbol sets is the
Hex 0xBA character position: for Roman-9 the character is the Euro
Sign, and for Roman-8 the character is the General Currency
Symbol.) Use this table when your software requires hexadecimal,
decimal, or octal values in place of your printer command characters.
This conversion table begins on the following page.
B-36 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-37
Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)
B-38 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-39
Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)
B-40 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)
*Hex 0xBA character position: for Roman-9 the character is the Euro Sign, and for
Roman-8 the character is the General Currency Symbol.
ENWW Internal Symbol Set Charts B-41
Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)
B-42 Internal Symbol Set Charts ENWW
Table B-2. Roman-8 / Roman-9 Character Conversion (continued)
ENWW Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-1
CSymbol Set and
Typeface Codes
Introduction
The symbol set IDs in Table C-1 are used to select symbol sets using
PCL commands. Kind1 values are used to select symbol sets using
HP-GL/2 commands. The values under Kind1 are also used in the
Font Descriptor (header) symbol set field (bytes 14/15, described in
Chapter 11, Font Creation of the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual). Table C-2 identifies the Typeface Family values
for the various type foundries. Table C-3 identifies all the currently
assigned typeface base values.
C-2 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes ENWW
Note The HP-GL/2 Kind1 value can be calculated from the symbol set ID.
The Kind1 value is the same value used for the Symbol Set value
field in the Font Header (refer to Chapter 11, Symbol Set of the PCL 5
Printer Language Technical Reference Manual). The Kind1 value is
computed by taking the value of the value field for the symbol set,
multiplying it by 32, adding the decimal (ASCII) value of the
termination character (the symbol set ID character value) of the
escape sequence, and subtracting 64.
Font Descriptor Symbol Set Value =
(Escape Sequence Value Field Value * 32)
+
(Decimal Value of Escape Sequence
Termination Character – 64).
For example, to calculate the Kind1 value for the symbol set 19M
(M = ASCII 77):
Symbol set 19M = (19*32) + (77 -64) = 621
ENWW Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-3
Table C-1. Symbol Set Values
1 Contact your local software vendor for information regarding additional symbol set support.
2 This value is also used for the Encoded Symbol Set Designator field in the user-defined symbol set
descriptor, and for the Symbol Set field in the font headers.
3 Not recommended for future use. These symbol sets are of limited usage and are being discontinued.
Symbol Set Name1 Symbol
Set ID
Kind1
Value2
Symbol Set Name1 Symbol
Set ID
Kind1
Value2
GW-3212 18C 597 Line Draw-7 0L 12
ISO 60: Danish/Norwegian 0D 4 HP Block Characters 1L 44
Devanagari 2D 68 Tax Line Draw 2L 76
ISO 4: United Kingdom 1E 37 Line Draw-8 8L 268
Windows 3.1 Latin 2 9E 293 Ventura ITC Zapf Dingbats3 9L 300
ISO 69: French 1F 38 PS ITC Zapf Dingbats 10L 332
ISO 21: German 1G 39 ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 100 11L 364
Greek-8 8G 263 ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 200 12L 396
Windows 3.1 Latin/Greek 9G 295 ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 300 13L 428
PC-851 Latin/Greek 10G 327 ITC Zapf Dingbats MS 14L 460
PC-8 Latin/Greek 12G 391 Windows Baltic 19L 620
Hebrew-7 0H 8 Carta 20L 652
ISO 8859/8 Latin/Hebrew 7H 232 Ornaments 21L 684
Hebrew-8 8H 264 Universal News & Commercial
Pi
22L 716
PC-862 Latin/Hebrew 15H 488 Chess 23L 748
ISO 15: Italian 0I 9 Astrology 1 24L 780
Microsoft Publishing 6J 202 Pi Set #1 31L 1004
DeskTop 7J 234 Pi Set #2 32L 1036
Document 8J 266 Pi Set #3 33L 1068
PC-1004 9J 298 Pi Set #4 34L 1100
PS Text 10J 330 Pi Set #5 35L 1132
PS ISO Latin1 11J 362 Pi Set #6 36L 1164
MC Text 12J 394 Wingdings 579L 18540
Ventura International3 13J 426 Math-7 0M 13
Ventura US3 14J 458 Tech-7 1M 45
Swash Characters 16J 522 PS Math 5M 173
Small Caps & Old Style Figures 17J 554 Ventura Math3 6M 205
Old Style Figures 18J 586 Math-8 8M 269
Fractions 19J 618 Universal Greek & Math Pi 10M 333
Lining Figures 21J 682 TeX Math Extension 11M 365
Small Caps and Lining Figures 22J 714 TeX Math Symbol 12M 397
Alternate Caps 23J 746 TeX Math Italic 13M 429
Kana-8 (JIS 210) 8K 267 Symbol 19M 621
Korean-8 9K 299 ISO 8859/1 Latin 1 0N 14
C-4 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes ENWW
Table C-1. Symbol Set Values (continued)
1 Contact your local software vendor for information regarding additional symbol set support.
2 This value is also used for the Encoded Symbol Set Designator field in the user-defined symbol set
descriptor and for the Symbol Set field in the font headers.
Symbol Set Name1 Symbol
Set ID
Kind1
Value2
Symbol Set Name1 Symbol
Set ID
Kind1
Value2
ISO 8859/2 Latin 2 2N 78 Windows 3.1 Latin 5 5T 180
ISO 8859/3 Latin 3 3N 110 Turkish-8 8T 276
ISO 8859/4 Latin 4 4N 142 PC-8 Turkish 9T 308
ISO 8859/9 Latin 5 5N 174 Teletex 10T 340
ISO 8859/10 Latin 6 6N 206 ISO 6: ASCII 0U 21
ISO 8859/15 Latin 9 9N 302 Legal 1U 53
ISO 8859/5 Latin/Cyrillic 10N 334 Roman-9 4U 149
ISO 8859/6 Latin/Arabic 11N 366 HPL 5U 181
ISO 8859/7 Latin/Greek 12N 398 OEM-1 7U 245
OCR-A 0O 15 Roman-8 8U 277
OCR-B 1O 47 Windows 3.0 Latin 1 9U 309
OCR-M 2O 79 PC-8, Code Page 437 10U 341
MICR (E13B) 10O 335 PC-8 D/N, Danish/Norwegian 11U 373
Typewriter Paired APL 0P 16 PC-850, Multilingual 12U 405
Bit Paired APL 1P 48 PC-858 13U 437
Expert 10P 336 Pi Font 15U 501
Alternate 11P 368 PC-857 16U 533
Fraktur 12P 400 PC-852, Latin 2 17U 565
Reserved for Specials xQ 1732x Windows 3.1 Latin 1 19U 629
Cyrillic ASCII (8859/5-1986) 0R 18 PC-860 Portugal 20U 661
Cyrillic 1R 50 PC-861 Iceland 21U 693
PC Cyrillic 3R 114 PC-863 Canada-French 23U 757
Windows 3.1 Latin/Cyrillic 9R 306 PC-865 Norway 25U 821
ISO 11: Swedish 0S 19 PC-775 26U 853
ISO 17: Spanish 2S 83 Arabic-8 8V 278
HP European Spanish 7S 243 Windows 3.1 Latin/Arabic 9V 310
HP Latin Spanish 8S 275 Code Page 864 Latin/Arabic 10V 342
HP-GL Download 16S 531 3 of 9 Barcode 0Y 25
HP-GL Drafting 17S 563 Industrial 2 of 5 Barcode 1Y 57
HP-GL Special Symbols 18S 595 Matrix 2 of 5 Barcode 2Y 89
Sonata 20S 659 Interleaved 2 of 5 Barcode 4Y 153
Thai-8 0T 20 CODABAR Barcode 5Y 185
TISI 620-2533 (Thai) 1T 52 MSI/Plessey Barcode 6Y 217
ENWW Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-5
Table C-1. Symbol Set Values (continued)
1 Contact your local software vendor for information regarding additional symbol set support.
2 This value is also used for the Encoded Symbol Set Designator field in the user-defined symbol set
descriptor and for the Symbol Set field in the font headers.
3 These symbol sets are becoming obsolete and are not recommended for future use and are not present
on the HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx, 4L, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 5,
5M, 5P, 5L, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 6L, 6P, 6MP, LaserJet 1100, 2100, 4000, 5000, 8000, and 8100
series, Color LaserJet family, and DeskJet 1200C, 1600C printers.
Symbol Set Name1 Symbol
Set ID
Kind1
Value2
Symbol Set Name1 Symbol
Set ID
Kind1
Value2
Code 11 Barcode 7Y 249 MICR (CMC-7) 14Y 473
UPC/EAN Barcode 8Y 281 USPS ZIP 15Y 505
Obsolete Symbol Sets3 Obsolete Symbol Sets3
Math-7 (same as 0M) 0A 1 ISO 57: Chinese 2K 75
Line Draw-7 (same as 0L) 0B 2 HP Spanish 1S 51
HP Large Characters 0C 3 ISO 10: Swedish 3S 115
ISO 61: Norwegian Version 2 1D 36 ISO 16: Portuguese 4S 147
Roman Extension 0E 5 ISO 84: Portuguese 5S 179
ISO 25: French 0F 6 ISO 85: Spanish 6S 211
HP German 0G 7 ISO 2: International Reference 2U 85
ISO 14: JIS ASCII 0K 11 Arabic (McKay’s version) 0V 22
ISO 13: Katakana 1K 43
C-6 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes ENWW
Table C-2 represents the typeface family values assigned to type
foundries. This value, plus the typeface base value (see Table C-3),
produces the numeric code needed to access the typeface.
ENWW Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-7
Table C-2. Typeface Family Values
Examples:
CG Times from Agfa = 5 4096 = 4101.
801 from Bitstream Inc. = 5 8192 = 8197
Univers from Agfa = 52 4096 = 4148.
Times New Roman from Monotype = 517 16384 = 16901
Vendor Name Typeface Vendor Value
AGFA 4096
Bitstream Inc. 8192
Linotype Company 12288
Monotype Corporation 16384
Adobe Systems 20480
Bigelow & Holmes 28672
C-8 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes ENWW
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
0 Line Printer 32 Brush (italic)
2 Elite 32 Stop
3 Courier 33 Blippo (black)
4 Helvetica 33 Tea Chest (condensed)
5 Times Roman 34 Hobo
6 Letter Gothic 35 Windsor
7 Script 38 Peignot
8 Prestige 39 Baskerville
9 Caslon 540 & No. 3 41 Trade Gothic
9 Caslon Antique (contour) 41 Pemai (Thai)
9 Caslon Open Face (inline) 41 CG Trade
10 Orator 42 Goudy Old Style
11 Presentation 43 ITC Zapf Chancery
13 Serifa 44 Clarendon
14 Futura 45 ITC Zapf Dingbats
14 Greek Futura 46 Cooper
15 Palatino 47 ITC Bookman
16 ITC Souvenir 47 Noparat (Thai)
16 ITC Souvenir Greek 48 Stick
17 Optima 49 HP-GL Drafting
17 Safeer (Arabic) 50 HP-GL Spline
17 Komain (Thai) 51 Gill Sans
17 Greek Oracle 51 Unesco (Thai)
18 ITC Garamond 52 Univers
20 Coronet (italic) 53 Bodoni
20 Chevalier (bold expanded pattern 0) 53 Poster Bodoni (black)
21 Broadway 53 Greek Apla
23 Century Schoolbook 54 Rockwell
23 Greek & Math Serif 55 Melior
24 University Roman 56 ITC Tiffany
27 ITC Korinna 57 ITC Clearface
28 Naskh 58 Amelia
29 Cloister Black 59 Park Avenue (italic)
30 ITC Galliard 59 Falstaff (black)
31 ITC Avant Garde Gothic 60 Handel Gothic
31 Tom (Thai) 61 Dom Casual
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
ENWW Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-9
62 ITC Benguiat 93 Kaufmann
63 ITC Cheltenham 93 U-Thong (Thai)
64 Century Expanded 94 ITC Bolt (extended)
65 Franklin Gothic 94 ITC Machine (condensed)
65 Paetai (Thai) 97 Revue
68 Plantin 101 Garamond (Stempel)
69 Trump Mediaeval 102 Garth Graphic
70 Futura Black 103 ITC Ronda
71 ITC American Typewriter 103 Candy Bits (patterned)
72 Antique Olive 104 OCR-A
72 Greek Antique Olive 105 Cochin
73 Uncial 106 Englische Schreibschrift (italic)
74 ITC Bauhaus 106 Mister Earl (condensed)
75 Century Old Style 107 Flash (italic)
76 ITC Eras 107 Woodstock
77 Friz Quadrata (ITC) 108 Gothic (numbered)
78 ITC Lubalin Graph 109 Stencil (ATF)
79 Eurostile 110 OCR-B
79 Intanon (Thai) 111 Akzidenz-Grotesk
79 Greek Microstyle 112 Black White (patterned, outline, inline)
80 Mincho (Japanese) 112 Logos
80 Myoungjo (Korean) 113 Shannon
80 HanYang Batang Proportional (Korean) 114 ITC Stone Informal
81 ITC Serif Gothic 115 ITC Stone Sans
81 Saemmul (Korea) 116 ITC Stone Serif
81 Sammul (Korea) 117 Schneidler Mediaeval
82 Snell Roundhand 118 ITC Symbol
82 Pilgy (Korean) 119 ITC Weidemann
83 Souvenir Gothic 120 Copperplate Gothic (display)
84 Stymie 121 Trajan
87 Bernhard Modern 122 Concorde
89 Excelsior 123 Janson Text
90 Gando Ronde Script 124 Linotype Centennial
91 Ondine 125 Life
91 EACT (Thai) 126 Minister
92 P. T. Barnum 127 New Century Schoolbook
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
C-10 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes ENWW
129 Naskh 164 Tieman
130 Naskh Hollow 164 Gyosho
131 Advertisers Naskh 165 David
133 Koufi 166 Nork
134 Oberon 167 Ousbouh
135 Callisto 168 Koufi
136 Charter 169 Italia (ITC)
137 Serif Proportional 169 Hadassah
138 Sans Serif Monospace 170 Bembo
139 Amerigo 170 Sharif
140 PiFont 171 Aachen
141 Old Dreadful 171 Malik
142 Carmina 172 Americana
143 Arrus 173 Arnold Boecklin
144 Oz 174 Copperplate Gothic (text)
146 Iowan Old Style 175 Belwe
152 Maru Gosikku (round gothic Japan) 176 ITC Berkeley Oldstyle
152 Gulrim (Korean) 177 Frutiger
152 HanYang Gulrim Proportional (Korean) 178 Candida
153 Gosikku (Kaku, gothic Japan) 179 Folio
153 Gothic (Japan, Fixed Pitch) 180 Corona
153 HanYang Dotum Proportional (Korean) 181 ITC Kabel
154 Socho 181 Zeppelin (inline)
155 Kyokasho (text book) 182 Garamond No. 3
156 Kaisho 183 Sabon
157 Trad. Arabic Script, Lotus, or Lily 184 ITC Novarese
158 Arabic News 185 Weiss
159 Post Antiqua 186 Hiroshige
160 Aerospace Pi 187 French Script
160 Devanagari (Hindi) 188 Meridien
161 Maritime Pi 189 Mistral
161 Krishna (Gujarati) 190 Aster
162 Bits Pic Pi 191 Caledonia
162 Ranjit (Gurmukhi) 192 Nuptial Script
163 Keycap Pi 193 Lucida
163 Raj Raja (Tamil) 194 Song (China)
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
ENWW Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-11
194 Adobe Wood Series 1 226 Comenius-Antiqua
195 Memphis 227 Delta
196 Lucida Sans 228 Italian Old Style
197 Syntax 229 Zingo
198 Utopia 230 Octavian
199 Berthold Walbaum Buch 230 Borders & Ornaments 1
200 Minion 231 Footlight
201 Marigold 231 Borders & Ornaments 4
202 ITC Tiepolo 232 Apollo
203 Versailles 232 Borders & Ornaments 5
204 ITC Leawood 233 Bremen
205 ITC Caslon No. 224 233 Borders & Ornaments 6
206 ITC Cushing 234 Oranda
207 ITC Fenice 234 Communication 1
208 ITC Usherwood 235 Nubian
209 ITC Benguiat Gothic 235 Communication 2
210 Spartan 236 Cataneo
210 ITC Ozwald (fatface) 236 Communication 3
211 Neuzeit Grotesk 237 Wittenberger Fraktur
212 PMN Caecilia 237 Communication 6
213 ITC Busorama 238 Modern
214 Agfa Wile Roman 238 PL Modern
215 ITC Zapf International 238 Games & Sports 1
216 Poppl-Pontifex 239 Artistik
217 ITC Quay Sans 239 Games & Sports 2
218 Arial 240 Flintstones
219 Fairfield 240 Games & Sports 3
220 ITC Zapf Book 241 SnowCap
221 Lucida Casual 241 Games & Sports 4
221 Linotype Technical Pi 1 & 2 242 Bedrock
222 Graphite 242 Holidays 1
222 Linotype Textil Pi 1 & 2 243 Star Fleet
223 Poetica 243 Industry & Engineering 1
223 Century Schoolbook Monospace 244 Star Trek Film
224 Berliner Grotesk 244 Industry & Engineering 2
225 Christiana 245 Star Trek
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
C-12 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes ENWW
245 Transportation 1 275 Lutheresche Fraktur
246 Hei (China) 275 Universal News & Commercial Pi
246 Star Trek Pi 276 Thunderbird (extra condensed)
246 Transportation 2 276 ITC Honda (black)
247 ITC Mendoza 277 Shelley
248 Boton 277 Mr. Big
249 Jaeger Daily News 278 Macbeth
250 ITC Officina Serif 278 Universal Greek & Math Pi
251 ITC Officina Sans 279 ITC Century
252 Goudy Modern 280 Vineta
253 Scotch Roman 281 TBG Duc de Berry
254 Temporary-Only Font 282 Times Europa
256 Bar Codes 283 ITC Jamille
257 Hadriano 284 Flyer
258 Joanna 285 Wedding Text
259 Onyx 286 Carolina
260 Cyrillic Helvetica 287 Avenir
260 Greek Helvetica 288 Lucia
260 East Asian Helvetica 289 Tekton
261 Cyrillic Times 290 Charme
261 Greek Times 291 ITC Flora
261 East Asian Times 292 Basilica
262 ITC Quorum 293 Auriol
263 Engravers’ Old English 294 Kuenstler Script
264 Kennerley 295 ITC New Baskerville
265 Adobe Caslon 296 Berling
266 Albertus 297 News Gothic
267 New Aurora Grotesque 298 Critter
268 TBG Omnia 298 Linotype Holiday Pi 1, 2, & 3
269 Glypha 299 Medici Script
270 Tempo 300 Aurora
270 Umbra (open shadow) 301 Carta
271 American Text 302 Adobe Symbol
272 Pasquale 303 Insignia
273 ITC Elan 304 Perpetua
274 Monotype Goudy Sans 305 Raleigh
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
ENWW Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-13
306 Romic 335 ITC Giovanni
307 Formata 336 Neuzeit S
308 Cyrillic Univers 337 Erbar
308 Chuan Pim (like Univers) 338 Parisian
308 Narkis Tam (like Univers) 339 Nofret
308 Greek Univers II 340 City
309 Bauer Bodoni 341 Old Style 7
310 Industria 342 Bell Centennial
311 Cutout 343 Lydian
311 Decoration Pi 344 Monotype Ellington
312 Letraset Bramley 345 Impressum
313 Isabella 346 Reporter No. 2
314 Cascade Script 347 Freestyle Script
315 VAG Rounded 348 Serpentine
316 Russell Square 349 Lithos
317 Liberty 350 Basilia
318 ITC Esprit 351 Simplified Arabic
319 Clairvaux 352 Maximus
320 Raphael 353 ITC Slimbach
321 ITC Franklin Gothic 357 Berthold Garamond
322 Murray Hill 358 Rad
323 Baker Signet 358 Land Pi
324 Mythos 359 Oxford (italic)
324 Gambling Pi 359 Kino (bold condensed)
325 San Marco 360 Looney Tunes
326 Typo Roman 360 E13B MICR
327 Engravers Text (inline) 361 Imperial
327 New Berolina (italic) 361 CMC-7 MICR
328 Orbit-B 362 Charlemagne
329 McCollough 363 Present Script
330 ITC Isadora 364 Repro Script (italic)
331 Giddyup 364 Matura (bold)
331 Audio Pi 365 Baskerville No. 2
332 Letraset Crillee 366 Engravers’ Roman
333 Agfa Nadianne 367 VGC Egyptian 505
334 Compliment 368 TBG Herculanum
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
C-14 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes ENWW
369 Clearface Gothic 398 Schadow
370 Studz 399 Akzidens Grotesk Buch
370 Border Pi 1515-9 400 Akzidens Grotesk Buch Stencil
371 Toolbox 401 Akzidens Grotesk Buch Schulbuch
371 Bundesbahn Pi 402 Bookman
372 Quake 403 Bruce Old Style
372 Chemical Pi 404 Bulmer
373 Neuland (solid & inline) 405 Madison
373 Newton Inline 406 Textype
373 Warning Pi 407 Primer
374 Harry 408 Garamond (Simoncini)
375 Alternate Gothic (numbered) 409 Adobe Wood Series 2
376 Figaro 410 Rotis Serif
377 Formal Script 410 Caravan LH One
378 Holland Title 411 Rotis Semiserif
379 ITC Barcelona 411 Caravan LH Two
380 Cartier 412 Rotis Sans Serif
381 Deepdene 412 Caravan LH Three
382 Delphin 413 Rotis Semisans
383 Parsons 413 Caravan LH Four
384 Brighton 414 Arcadia
385 Berthold Barmeno 415 ITC Veljovik
386 Berthold Colossalis 416 Armenian Aramian
387 Berthold Cosmos 417 Armenian Barz
388 ITC Isbell 418 Helvetica Rounded
389 ITC Mixage 419 Olympian
390 Sonata 420 DIN Engschrift (condensed)
390 Badr, or Bayaan II 420 DIN Mittelschrift
391 ITC Newtext 421 Granjon
392 Happening 422 Guardi
393 Menue 423 Impact
394 Doric 424 Sassoon Primary
395 S’maragd 425 Packard
396 Pierrot 426 Baskerville Book
396 Ornaments 427 ITC Pacella
397 Berthold Bodoni Old Face 428 Rusticana
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
ENWW Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-15
429 Eccentric 456 Huxley Vertical
430 Embassy Script 457 Grayda
430 Greek Florentine Script II 458 Penfield No. 3
431 PL Latin Bold 459 Michelangelo
431 PL Latin Elongated (condensed) 460 Neo Didot
431 Latin Antique 461 Berthold Caslon Buch
431 Latin Wide (extended) 462 Sans No. 1
432 ITC Modern 216 463 Torino
433 Serlio 464 Photina
434 Piranesi 465 Calligraphiques
435 Imago 466 Concorde Nova
436 Wilke 467 Franco
437 Cyrillic 22 468 Goudy Text
438 Adobe Garamond 469 Balloon (italic)
439 Seagull 470 Eusebius
440 Latin MT 470 Eusebius Open (inline)
441 Runic MT 471 Digital
442 Moore Computer 471 Noris Script (italic)
443 Commercial Script 472 Poppl-Pontifex (B.metrics)
444 Dominante 473 Amigo
445 Wilhelm Klingspor Gotisch 473 Pelican (italic)
446 Trajanus 473 Visigoth (bold italic)
447 TSI Caxton 474 Letraset Arta
447 Letraset Caxton 475 Post Mediaval
448 Fette Fraktur 476 Adsans
448 Sapphire (pattern 0) 477 Ariadne
448 Saphir (pattern 0) 478 Calligraphy
449 Rainbow Bass (pattern 0) 479 Didot
449 European Pi 480 Ashley Script (italic)
450 Banco 480 Ashley Crawford (bold)
451 Bodoni Antiqua 480 Ashley Inline (inline)
452 Sallwey Script 481 Catull
452 Mathematical Pi 482 Cremona
453 Congress 483 Audrey No. 2
454 Cheq 484 Lo-Type
455 Berthold Walbaum Buch (B.metrics) 485 Madame (patterned with shadow)
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
C-16 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes ENWW
486 Roundy 510 ITC Beesknees (black)
486 Animals 511 ITC Studio Script (italic)
487 Ruling Script 511 ITC Mona Lisa Recut (inline)
487 Business & Services 1 511 ITC Mona Lisa Solid (upright)
488 Sho 512 Sackers Square Gothic
488 Business & Services 2 512 Sackers English Script
489 Wiesbaden Swing 513 Heritage
489 Commercial 1 514 Sackers Gothic
490 Star Trek Next 516 Greek Helios II
490 Commercial 2 517 Times (Ten, New, etc.)
491 ITC Highlander 518 Berthold Script
491 Ecology 519 Bernhard Tango (italic)
492 Helios II 520 Castellar (inline)
492 General Symbols 1 521 Else
493 Kai Medium 522 Basque (condensed)
493 General Symbols 2 522 Palace Script (italic)
494 Medical & Pharmaceutical 1 523 Centaur
495 Space 524 Fine Hand
495 Musical 525 Linotype Astrology Pi
496 Special Alphabets 4 526 Sackers Roman
497 Special Alphabets 5 527 Kompakt (ultra black italic)
498 Special Alphabets 6 527 Monoline Script (italic)
499 Inflex 528 Othello (bold condensed)
500 Monotype Old Style 529 Sackers Classic Roman
501 Ming 529 Sackers Italian Script (italic)
502 FangSong 530 Musketeer
503 Helinda Rook 530 Riviera (inline)
504 Original Script 531 Poppl-Residenz
505 Citadel Script 532 Rotation
506 Old Fashion Script 533 Bank Gothic
507 ITC Legacy Serif 534 Delphian (inline)
508 ITC Legacy Sans 534 Greeting Monotone
509 Athenaeum 535 Sackers Antique Roman
509 Athenaeum Negative (pattern 0) 536 Schwabacher
509 Athenaeum Positive (pattern 1) 537 Egyptienne (condensed)
510 ITC Anna (condensed) 538 Artisan Roman (inline)
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
ENWW Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-17
538 Forte (bold italic) 571 Helvetica Inserat (condensed)
539 Burin Roman 572 Lucida Handwriting
539 Burin Sans (light) 572 Milestones
540 Hellenic Wide (extended) 573 Biffo
541 Thompson Quillscript 574 Calvert
542 Kartoon 575 Cantoria
543 Classic Roman 576 Dorchester Script
544 AG Old Face 577 Grotesque
545 Lucian 578 Pepita
546 Della Robbia 579 Vectora
547 Libra 580 Script Bold
548 Brody (bold upright) 581 Spectrum
549 Ad Lib (bold) 582 Boulevard
550 Choc (black) 583 Cheltenham
551 Handle Oldstyle 584 De Vinne
552 Roman 585 London Text (inline)
553 Antique Roman 585 Profil (bold italic inline)
554 Goudy Catalogue, addt’l Old Style faces 586 Imprint
554 Goudy Handtooled (inline) 587 Allegro (bold italic)
554 Goudy Heavyface (black) 587 Engraver’s Gothic (text)
555 Calligrapher 588 Bernhard (bold condensed)
556 Lucida Bright 588 Eckmann (text)
557 Pi Collection 589 Cloister Open Face (outline)
558 Broadpen 589 Davida (text)
559 Amazone 589 Klang (italic)
560 Frank Ruehl 590 Fry’s Baskerville
561 Cloe 591 Metro
562 Discus 592 Mandate
563 Myriad 593 Star Trek Gen
565 WTC Our Bodoni 594 Virile
566 Ideal Schreibschrift 595 Bingham Script (text)
567 Print 595 Block (bold)
568 Lucida Blackletter 596 ITC Gorilla (text)
569 Lucida Calligraphy 596 ITC Pioneer (outline shadow)
570 Data 70 597 Ruzicka
571 Compacta (expanded) 598 Bodoni Campanile
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
C-18 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes ENWW
599 Linotype Modern 629 Pifont OCRA Numbers
600 Monterey Script (italic) 630 Pifont Square Numbers
600 Playbill (condensed) 631 Pifont Triangle Numbers
601 Normande 632 Bank Script (italic)
602 Wave 633 Serlio Dekoration (pi numbers)
603 Bernhard Fashion (extra light) 634 Concorde (B.metrics)
603 Mercurius 635 Jets
604 Stuyvesant (inline) 636 Jetsons
605 Impuls (italic) 637 Looney Type
605 Romana (text & bold) 638 Pompeijana
606 Shotgun 639 Rusticana (Frutiger)
607 Ehrhardt 640 Notre Dame
608 ITC Grizzly 641 Beverly Hills (inline)
609 ITC Grouch 641 Lotus (pattern 0)
610 ITC Tom’s New Roman 642 Advertisers Gothic Light
611 Palette (italic) 642 Eclipse (pattern 0)
611 Hanseatic (ultrabold condensed) 643 Capone Light
612 Bison 643 Victorian Silhouette (contour)
613 Jefferson 644 Dynamo (extra bold)
614 Electra 644 Modernistic (inline)
615 Antique No. 3 645 Gallia (inline)
616 Flemish Script (italic) 645 Skjald
617 Hallmark Bodoni 646 Bell Gothic
618 Modern #20 647 Gillies Gothic Bold (italic)
619 Westinghouse Gothic 648 Quaint Roman
620 Bloc (outline) 648 Chic (inline)
620 Empire (ultra condensed) 649 PL Westerveldt Light (condensed)
621 Oscar 650 PL Davison Americana
622 Eagle Bold 651 TC Jasper
622 Joanna Solotype (inline) 652 Poppl-Laudatio
623 Akzidenz-Grotesk (B.metrics) 653 TC Europa Bold
624 Koch Antiqua 654 Siena Black (italic)
625 Mirarae 655 Yearbook
626 Horley Old Style 656 Koloss (extra bold)
627 Tango 657 Phenix American (extra condensed)
628 Pifont Circle Numbers 658 PL Bernhardt
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
ENWW Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-19
659 Orlando Caps 686 Architect
659 PL Barclay Outline (outline) 687 Beton Extra Bold
660 PL Britannia Bold 688 Metropolis (extra bold, solid & inline)
661 PL Fiorello Condensed 689 PL Davison Zip Bold
662 Fluidum Bold (italic) 690 Neon (Nebiolo)
663 Woodblock (bold) 691 PL Benguiat Frisky
663 Sinaloa (pattern 0) 692 PL Bartuska Trophy Oblique
664 Stratford Extra Bold 693 Cable
664 Matra (pattern 0) 694 PL Brazilia
665 PL Tower Condensed 695 PL Radiant
666 Section Bold Condensed 696 Ritmo Bold (italic)
667 Miehle Condensed 697 PL Fiedler Gothic Bold
668 Phyllis 698 Egiziano Black
669 Modernique (extra bold) 699 Studio
670 Egyptienne F 700 PL Futura Maxi
671 Post Antiqua (B.metrics) 701 Solemnis
672 Diotima 702 Quirinus Bold (condensed)
673 Aldus 703 PL West Behemoth Semi Condensed
(XBd Cd)
674 Chaplin (italic) 704 Renault
675 Uncle Sam Stars (pattern 0, shadow) 705 Forbes Bold
675 Uncle Sam Stripes (pattern 1, shadow) 706 Mobil
676 Wildstyle 707 Becket
677 Logan (pattern 0) 708 Lucida Sans Typewriter
677 Eon Age (pattern 1) 709 Cartoon Script Roman
677 System X3 (pattern 2) 710 Campanula
677 Galaxy Run (pattern 3) 711 Odilia
678 Jukebox (bold condensed) 712 Lino Letter
679 Marking Numbers Squares 713 Henche
679 Al Harf Al Jadid 714 Mahlau (condensed)
680 Vivaldi 715 Aquarias No. 8 (bold)
681 Codex 716 CG Frontiera
682 Metronome Gothic (bold extra
condensed)
717 Globe Gothic
683 Salut (bold) 718 Signature
684 Lucida Fax 719 Sans Serif Stencil
685 Bellevue 720 Boldface PS
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
C-20 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes ENWW
721 Title PS 756 Caliban (condensed italic)
725 Hess Neobold 757 Ex Ponto
726 Hollandse Mediaeval 758 Neue Hammer Unziale 1
727 Holland Seminar 758 Neue Hammer Unziale 2 (edge)
728 CG Cloister 759 Galahad
729 Adroit 760 LiShu (China)
730 Claire News 760 Gungse (Korean)
731 Triplett 760 HanYang GungSe Proportional (Korean)
732 Accolade 761 Yuang (Yuan, XiYuang – China)
733 Claridge 762 Miryam
734 Alpin Gothic 763 Ryadh
735 Geometric 764 Arkona (ital script)
736 Heldustry 765 El Greco (ital script)
737 Busorama 766 Aja (ital script)
738 Salto 767 Poppl-Exquisit (ital script)
739 Fehrle Display 768 Sassafras Roman
740 Kismet 769 Kigali Roman
741 Digi Fraktur 770 Rundfunk Antiqua
742 Anglia 771 Rundfunk Grotesk
743 Jiffy 772 Apolline
744 Rosewood 773 Alisal
745 Zebrawood 774 Strider
746 Pepperwood (condensed) 775 Throhand
747 Copal (solid) 776 Cicéro
747 Copal (outline, patterned) 777 Antique Condensed Two
748 Motter Corpus (extrabold) 778 Asphalt Black
749 Cerigo 779 Avalon
750 Caflisch Script 780 Brok
751 Mezz 781 Citadel
752 Nueva 782 Hermes
753 Penumbra 783 Lafayette
754 Sanvito 784 Narcissus
755 Viva 785 Pilsner
756 Alexa (italic) 786 Showcard Moderne
756 Balzano 787 Streamline
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
ENWW Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-21
788 Scherzo 820 Elegant (inline & outline)
789 Jante Antiqua 821 Poetry (solid & inline)
790 Albers Architype 822 Sphinx (extrabold, solid & inline)
791 Aubette Architype 823 Tube (upright)
792 Ballmer Architype 824 Searsucker (solid, outline, patterned)
793 Bayer Type Architype 825 Hindenburg (upright)
794 Schwitters Architype 826 Informal (black, norm & condensed)
795 Crane 827 Marquis (upright)
796 Runa Serif 828 Questions
797 Comedia Serif 829 Maximilian (upright, inline)
798 Breadline Normal 830 Minimal (upright thin)
799 Revolution Normal 831 Stalk (upright inline)
800 Virgin Roman Normal 832 Mariposa (family)
801 Gararond 833 Mariposa Sans (family)
802 Abacus 834 Corvallis (upright & italic)
803 Classic 835 Corvallis Sans (upright & italic)
804 Cupid 836 Alligators
805 Arepo 837 Carmela (italic)
806 Aureus Uncial (upright) 838 Dorothea (upright)
807 Connach (upright, norm and uncial lc) 839 Hrabanus (upright)
808 Cresci Rotunda (upright) 840 Lexie’s Animals
809 Donatello (italic, black italic) 841 Mexican Birds
810 Francesca (lombardic, upright & cond) 841 Mexican Borders
810 Lombardic Capitals (upright) 841 Mexican Symbols
811 Ludovico Smooth (italic & flourishes) 842 Monmouth (upright)
811 Ludovico Woodcut (italic & flourishes) 843 Neuhengen (upright)
812 Mantegna (italic) 844 Ophelia Italic
813 Palatino Rotunda (upright) 845 Poggio Bookhand (upright)
814 Percival (upright) 846 Pompeii Capitals (upright)
815 Wolfdance (italic) 847 Ramsey (upright)
816 Adastra (bold italic inline) 848 Sallando Italic
817 Ampersands 849 Thalia Italic
818 Arwen (upright) 850 Trieste (upright)
819 Blocks (upright, solid filled) 851 Connach Historic
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
C-22 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes ENWW
852 Lombardic Caps 885 Bossa Nova MVB
853 Ludovico Smooth Flourish 886 Emmascript MVB
853 Ludovico Woodcut Flourish 887 Dante MT
854 Newton Inline 888 Strayhorn MT
855 Lucida Typewriter 889 Currency Symbol Pi Font
856 Mojo 890 Russell Oblique
857 Shuriken Boy 891 Postino
858 Andreas Plain 892 Immi 505
859 Jenson 893 Brashe
860 Ouch! 894 Kid Sans
861 Bermuda Open 895 Meister
862 Kolo Regular 896 Bear Rock Technologies Bar Codes
863 Spumoni 897 Fournier MT
864 Banshee 898 Bell MT
865 ZiptyDo 899 Mercurius CT
866 Coriander 930 Akzidenz Grotesk Buch Rounded
867 Prima Sans Roman 1030 Isil Gothic
868 Nyx 1070 Euro Sign
869 Hardwood LP 1078 Euro Font
870 Manito LP 2128 HanYang Batang Fixed Pitch (Korean)
871 Wendy 2128 MS Mincho (Japan, Proportional)
872 Spring 2200 HanYang Gulrim Fixed Pitch (Korean)
873 Old Claude 2201 HanYang Dotum Fixed Pitch (Korean)
874 Florens LP 2201 MS Gothic (Japan, Proportional)
875 Khaki One 2549 Ming Light (Japan, Proportional)
876 Pompeia UT (inline) 2730 Wingdings
877 Kepler 2808 HanYang GungSe Fixed Pitch (Korean)
878 Chaparral
879 Jimbo
880 Cronos
881 Celestia Antiqua
882 Flood
883 Prima Serif
884 Magnolia MVB
Table C-3. Typeface Base Values (continued)
Value Typeface Family1 Value Typeface Family1
1 These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be
conditional upon a license grant from the owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation
as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts does not grant any license or
right to use the fonts.
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-1
DMSL/Unicode Symbol
Indexes
Introduction
Table D-1, the Master Symbol List, lists all of the characters available
for the printers and their MSL index numbers. Table D-2, shows the
characters contained in the MSL symbol collections. Table D-3, the
Unicode Symbol List, lists all of the characters available for the
printers and identifies their unicode index number. Table D-4 shows
the characters contained in the unicode symbol collections.
Note Printers released in 1998 and newer (the LaserJet 8000 and newer)
contain the Euro character as character code 128 (hex 0×80). Earlier
printers require an added solution to print the Euro character.
D-2 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Basic Latin (Bit 63)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-3
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)
D-4 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-5
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)
D-6 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-7
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)
D-8 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Basic Latin (Bit 63) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-9
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – East European (Bit 62) (continued)
D-10 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Turkish (Bit 61) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-11
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Baltic/Nordic/Latin-6 (Bit 60) (continued)
D-12 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Baltic/Nordic/Latin-6 (Bit 60) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-13
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Math (Bit 34) (continued)
D-14 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Math (Bit 34) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-15
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Math (Bit 34) (continued)
D-16 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Math (Bit 34) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-17
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Semi-Graphics (Bit 33) (continued)
D-18 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Semi-Graphics (Bit 33) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-19
Table D-1. Master Symbol List – Semi-Graphics (Bit 33) (continued)
D-20 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-2. MSL Symbol Collections
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-21
Table D-2. MSL Symbol Collections (continued)
D-22 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-2. MSL Symbol Collections (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-23
Table D-2. MSL Symbol Collections (continued)
D-24 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – ASCII (Bit 31)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-25
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – ASCII (Bit 31) (continued)
D-26 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Latin 1 (Bit 30) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-27
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Latin 1 (Bit 30) (continued)
D-28 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Latin 2 (Bit 29) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-29
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Latin 2 (Bit 29) (continued)
D-30 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Latin 5 (Bit 28) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-31
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Latin 5 (Bit 28) (continued)
D-32 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Latin 6 (Bit 20) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-33
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Latin 6 (Bit 20) (continued)
D-34 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Latin 6 (Bit 20) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-35
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Desktop Publishing (Bit 27) (continued)
D-36 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Accents (Bit 26) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-37
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – PCL (Bit 25) (continued)
D-38 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – Macintosh (Bit 24) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-39
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – PostScript (Bit 23) (continued)
D-40 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-3. Unicode Symbol List – PC (Bit 22) (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-41
Table D-4. Unicode Symbol Collections
D-42 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
Table D-4. Unicode Symbol Collections (continued)
ENWW MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes D-43
Table D-4. Unicode Symbol Collections (continued)
D-44 MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes ENWW
ENWW Index 1
Index
Symbols
?&b#W 2-7
?*l # R 2-24
?*l#O – Logical Operation 2-16
A
adaptive compression
IIIP 2-4
Adaptive Data Compression (ADC) 5-1
banded images 5-5
image separation 5-5
transmission guidelines 5-3
adaptive data compression (ADC) 2-4
advance full page (PG) command 2-109
alphanumeric ID command 2-78
AppleTalk
configuration 2-7, 2-70
device type 2-9
PCL job support 2-7
RENAME 2-8, 2-70
type, PostScript 2-8
ZONE 2-70
arbitrary dither matrix sizes 2-85
assign color index command 2-69
B
base values, typeface 3-13
bitmap fonts, internal 3-2
C
character
conversion table B-35
downloading 5-6
enhancement segment 2-35, 2-46
enhancements 2-51
text path direction 2-33
CID command 2-69
color
commands 2-84
components 1, 2, and 3 2-69
foreground 2-69
lookup tables 2-69
Color LaserJet
4500 series printers 2-111
8500 series printers 2-119
Color LaserJet printer 2-69
command
alphanumeric ID 2-78
assign color index 2-69
change text path direction 2-33
configuration 2-7
end raster graphics 2-2, 2-62, 2-70
enter HP-GL/2 mode 2-84, 2-86
fill type HP-GL/2 5-6
foreground color 2-69
HP-GL/2 mode 2-86
job separation 2-2, 2-62
line type HP-GL/2 5-6
logical operation 2-16
MC (merge control) 2-28
mechanical print quality 2-84, 2-88
media destination (output bin) 2-77
media source 2-75
media type 2-84, 2-87
negative motion 2-89
number of copies 2-2, 2-62, 2-70
output bin 2-77
output bin selection 2-2, 2-62, 2-70
page size 2-2, 2-62
palette control 2-69
paper (media) source 2-75
paper type 2-106
pixel placement 2-24
PP (pixel placement) 2-27
print quality 2-88
push/pop palette 2-70
render algorithm 2-70, 2-103
simple color 2-70
text parsing method 2-32
text path direction 2-33
compression
adaptive compression 2-4
transmission recommendations 5-4
compression methods, memory saving
5-5
configuration command 2-7
Configure Image Data (CID) command
2-69
conventions, manual 1-iii
corrections 1-5
2 Index ENWW
D
data transmission 5-4
decimal values
character B-35
printer commands A-1
default settings, factory 4-1
DeskJet 1200C printer 2-84
DeskJet 1600C printer 2-90
device type, AppleTalk 2-9
dither patterns 2-103
download dither matrix 2-69
downloading characters 5-6
duplex printing 2-1
E
EconoMode 2-60
economy mode, 4L 2-11
end raster graphics command 2-2, 2-62
enter HP-GL/2 mode command 2-84
environment
factory default 4-1
saving 2-10
F
factory default
environment 4-1
settings 4-1
feature settings, default 4-1
fill type HP-GL/2 command 5-6
font format 16 2-31
font header format 16 2-34
font metric calculation 2-49
font selection
line printer substitution 3-2
symbol set ID values C-2
fonts
internal scalable 3-4
new header segments 2-35
TrueType 3-11
foreground color 2-69
frame anchor/MEt architecture 2-85
furigana (ruby characters) 2-53
G
galley character segment 2-35, 2-37
gamma correction 2-69
grid centered, pixel 2-24
grid intersection, pixel 2-24
H
hexadecimal values
character B-35
printer commands A-1
HP-GL/2
kind 1 values C-2
pixel placement command 2-27
polygon memory usage 5-6
HP-GL/2 mode command 2-86
I
I/O configuration 2-7
ID values, symbol set C-2
image adapt 5-2
initialization 2-48
internal fonts 3-1
internal symbol sets 3-1
mapping B-1
symbol set charts B-1
internal typefaces 3-1
ISO substitution characters B-34
J
job separation command
(4Si) 2-10
(IIISi) 2-2, 2-62
L
large fonts 2-34
LaserJet
1100 series printers 2-120
2100 series printers 2-120
4 Plus printer 2-60
4 printer 2-4
4000 series printers 2-105
4500 series printers 2-111
4L printer 2-11
4LC printer 2-71
4LJ printer 2-71
4M Plus printer 2-60
4M printer 2-4
4ML printer 2-12
4P printer 2-30
4PJ printer 2-31
4Si printer 2-10
4V/4MV printer 2-61
5000 series printers 2-107
5L printer 2-73
5MP printer 2-72
5P printer 2-72
5Si Mopier 2-104
5Si/5SiMx printers 2-74
6L printer 2-105
6P/6MP printers 2-104
8000 series printers 2-109
8100 series printers 2-110
8500 series printers 2-119
Color printer 2-69
III printer 2-1
ENWW Index 3
IIID printer 2-1
IIIP printer 2-2
IIISi printer 2-2, 2-62, 2-70
line printer font selection 3-2
line type HP-GL/2 command 5-6
logical operations 2-13
and transparency interactions 2-15
command 2-16
logical page area 1-36
M
manual conventions 1-iii
MC (merge control) command 2-28
mechanical print quality command 2-84
media destination (output bin) 2-77
media source command 2-75
media type command 2-84, 2-87, 2-106
LaserJet 5000 2-108
media type, selection by 2-78
memory
character storage requirements 5-6
compression methods 5-5
polygon usage 5-6
print model 5-5
memory enhancement technology (MEt)
2-11, 2-60, 5-1
features 5-3
page protection 5-3
memory usage 5-1
font bitmaps 5-3
merge control command 2-28
monochrome print mode 2-69
MS Gothic 2-31
MS Mincho 2-31
N
name binding protocol (NBP) 2-8
negative motion 2-84
negative motion command 2-89
network, AppleTalk configuration 2-7
noise dither 2-85
notes 1-iii
number of copies 2-2, 2-62, 2-70
O
octal character values B-35
one-byte typeface values 3-13
operations, logical 2-13
output bin command 2-77
output bin selection command 2-2, 2-62,
2-70
LaserJet 4000 2-106
LaserJet 5000 2-107
P
page protection 5-4
MEt 5-3
page size command 2-2, 2-62, 2-70
LaserJet 8000 2-109
palette control command 2-69
paper (media) source command 2-75
LaserJet 4000 2-105
LaserJet 5000 2-107
LaserJet 8000 2-109
paper type command 2-106, 2-108
patterns
HP-GL/2 selection 5-6
memory usage 5-6
wide 5-6
PCL
default settings 4-1
feature support 1-1, 2-1
job over AppleTalk 2-7
printer commands A-1
PG command 2-109
pixel placement 2-24
command 2-24
HP-GL/2 command 2-27
PCL command 2-24
polygons, avoid multiple smaller 5-6
PostScript
level 1 operators 2-8
level 2 operators 2-8
NBP 2-8
Powersave mode 2-60
PP command, HP-GL/2 2-27
print job initialization 2-48
print model 2-13
memory efficiency 5-5
print quality command 2-88
mechanical print quality command 2-88
printable area tables 1-36
printer commands
PCL – decimal and hexadecimal values
A-1
printer introduction dates 1-2
printer name, AppleTalk 2-8, 2-70
printing ruby characters (furigana) 2-53
proof and print 2-119
push/pop palette command 2-70
Q
quality, print 2-88
R
raster graphics
adaptive compression (IIIP) 2-4
compression methods 5-5
transmission guidelines 5-3
4 Index ENWW
raster scaling 2-70, 2-84
render algorithm command 2-70, 2-103
resource saving
4 Plus/4M Plus 2-60
4Si 2-10
ROP3 logical operation 2-16
ruby characters (furigana) 2-53
S
scalable typefaces, internal 3-4
selection by media type 2-78
sending raster data to printer 5-4
set viewing illuminant command 2-70
setdevparams, PostScript 2-8
setprintername, PostScript 2-8
simple color command 2-70
string ID 2-78
symbol set
charts B-1
ID selection values C-2
ISO substitution characters B-34
kind 1 values C-2
scalable fonts 3-4
T
text parsing method command 2-32
text path direction, character 2-33
transfer raster graphics by plane 2-70
transmission
ADC recommendations 5-4
compression recommendations 5-4
transparency interactions and logical
operation 2-15
TrueType fonts 3-11
two-byte fonts 2-85
two-byte typeface values 3-13
type, AppleTalk 2-9
typeface
base values 3-13, C-6
family values C-6
one-byte values 3-13
two-byte values 3-13
value field 3-13
vendor values C-6
typeface field, scalable font descriptor
3-13
typeface string segment 2-35, 2-41
typefaces, internal scalable 3-4
V
vertical
clusters 2-57
printing 2-33
rotated characters 2-33
rotation segment 2-35, 2-44
substitution character segment 2-35
substitution characters 2-34
substitution segment 2-40
underlining 2-55
writing 2-52

hpPCL/PJL reference, printer job language,technical reference addendum

hpPCL/PJL reference
printer job language
technical
reference addendum

hp LaserJet printer family
reference
Copyright and License
© 2003 Copyright Hewlett-Packard Development Company, LP
All Rights Reserved. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without
prior written permission is prohibited, except as allowed under the
copyright laws.
The information contained in this document is subject to change
without notice.
Publication number: 5851-1651
Edition 1, 6/2003
Trademark Credits
Adobe, Acrobat, and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
ENERGY STAR
® and the Energy Star logo are U.S. registered service
marks of the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
Microsoft, MS Windows, Windows, Windows NT, and MS-DOS are
U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
ENWW Contents 3
Contents
Tables
1 Introduction
Introduction to PJL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Using the PJL reference books. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Related documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2 Job Finishing
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Job finishing for HP LaserJet 9000 series products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
PJL commands for the 3,000-sheet stacker/stapler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
PJL commands for the 3,000-sheet stacker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Job Finishing for HP LaserJet 9000mfp series products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
PJL commands for the HP multifunction finisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3 Product-specific features
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
PJL feature support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
PJL environment variable support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4 PJL status codes
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Status code groupings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Informational messages (10xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Background paper-loading messages (11xyy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Background paper-tray status messages (12xyy). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Output-bin status messages (15xxy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
PJL parser errors (20xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
PJL parser warnings (25xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
PJL semantic errors (27xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Auto-continuable conditions (30xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
PJL file system errors (32xxx). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Potential operator intervention conditions (35xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Operator intervention conditions (40xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Foreground paper-loading messages (41xyy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Jam messages (LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx only) (42xyy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Optional (external) paper-handling device messages (43xyy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
LaserJet 4000 / 5000 series jam messages (44xyy). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Hardware errors (50xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Personality errors (55xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Index
4 ENWW
ENWW Contents 5
Tables
Table 1. Contents of PJL feature-support tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Table 2. PJL feature support for HP LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Table 3. PJL feature support for HP LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Table 4. PJL feature support for HP LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Table 5. PJL feature support for HP LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Table 6. PJL feature support for HP color LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Table 7. PJL feature support for HP color LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Table 8. Table contents for PJL environment variable support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products . . . . . . . . 86
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products . . . . . . . 101
Table 15. Informational messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Table 16. Tray codes for background paper-loading messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Table 17. Media codes for background paper-loading messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Table 18. Tray codes for background paper-tray status messages . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Table 19. Status codes for background paper-tray status messages. . . . . . . . . . 123
Table 20. Output-bin status messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Table 21. Status codes for output-bin status messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Table 22. PJL parser errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Table 23. PJL parser warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Table 24. PJL semantic errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Table 25. Auto-continuable conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Table 26. PJL file system errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Table 27. Potential operator intervention conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Table 28. Operator intervention conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Table 29. Tray codes for foreground paper-loading messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Table 30. Media codes for foreground paper-loading messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Table 31. Jam messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Table 32. Optional (external) paper-handling device messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Table 33. Optional (external) paper-handling device messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Table 34. HP LaserJet 4000 and 5000 series jam messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Table 35. Jam location codes for
HP LaserJet 4000 and 5000 series jam messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Table 36. Hardware errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Table 37. Personality errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
6 ENWW
ENWW Introduction to PJL 7
1Introduction
Introduction to PJL
The Hewlett-Packard Printer Job Language (PJL) was developed to provide more job-level
printer control within software programs. PJL provides for the special needs of networks and
other multi-user systems.It also simulates control-panel functions that previously could only be
controlled by pressing control-panel buttons.
In the HP printers that support it (HP LaserJet, HP Deskjet, HP Business Inkjet, and HP
Designjet), PJL provides job-level control that cannot be accomplished with PCL, PostScript®
(PS), or other printer languages. To establish this control, PJL functions “above” the level of PCL
and other printer languages, and provides four major functions:
● printer-language switching between jobs
● job separation
● printer configuration
● status readback from the printer to the host computer
Hewlett-Packard developed PJL to provide a method for switching printer languages at the job
level, and to offer status readback between the printer and the host computer. Software
programs can use PJL to control HP printers remotely.
By using PJL, software developers can build software that can programmatically switch printer
languages, monitor printer status, request the printer model and configuration, change controlpanel
default settings, modify control-panel messages, and more.
8 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW
Using the PJL reference books
The Printer Job Language Technical Reference Addendum was written to complement the
contents of the Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual.
● For general information about PJL, see the Printer Job Language Technical Reference
Manual.
● For product-specific information about PJL as it applies to newer printers, see the Printer Job
Language Technical Reference Addendum.
These manuals are for experienced users such as software developers and technical support
personnel. Before using PJL commands, developers should be familiar with the introductory
information in chapters 1, 2, and 3 and with the programming tips in chapter 11 of the PJL
Technical Reference Manual. In addition, users should be acquainted with the HP LaserJet
Printer Command Language (PCL) and with HP LaserJet printer features.
Application developers
The Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual and Printer Job Language Technical
Reference Addendum provide developers with all of the information that is required to add PJL to
software programs. Examples that are used throughout the manual help developers write
efficient and correctly functioning code.
Technical support personnel
The Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual and Printer Job Language Technical
Reference Addendum provide reference information for network administrators and other
technical support personnel who manage multi-user systems. The use of PJL can significantly
enhance network printer operation.
Non-technical users
Non-technical users can use the features of PJL by using software that supports PJL. Because
improperly used PJL commands can cause problems in a network situation, inexperienced users
are advised against using PJL commands on any system other than a dedicated workstation.
Related documents
The following documents provide related information about Hewlett-Packard products that
support PJL and PCL.
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual
The PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual provides a description of the printer
command language that controls PCL 5 products. The document provides explanations of each
PCL command, and examples that demonstrate how the commands are used to control
the product. A large portion of the document is devoted to HP-GL/2, the vector-based graphics
language that is part of all PCL 5 printers.
PCL 5 Comparison Guide
This document provides printer-specific information about paper handling, internal fonts, PCL
command support, and control-panel information. It identifies differences between features that
are available in the PCL 5 products, and explain how the products implement the commands that
are described in the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.
ENWW Related documents 9
PCL 5 Comparison Guide Addendum
This document complements the PCL 5 Comparison Guide by providing updated productspecific
information. This document should be used along with the PCL 5 Comparison Guide.
PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual
This document describes the PCL 5 commands that are used to print color on the HP color
LaserJet products and the other Hewlett-Packard PCL 5 color products. Some of the main topics
include an overview of the color printing process, using palettes, choosing color modes,
adjusting output color to meet your requirements, printing color raster graphics, and using HPGL/
2 vector graphics. Examples are provided that demonstrate the use of the PCL 5 color
commands.
PCL/PJL Technical Quick Reference Guide
This document is designed to provide quick access to the syntax of each PCL and PJL
command. The commands are grouped by their function so that users who are familiar with PCL
or PJL can find the syntax of a specific command without opening the manuals.
10 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW
ENWW Introduction 11
2Job Finishing
Introduction
Some printers, such as the HP LaserJet 9000 series, include accessories that enhance the
output or finishing capabilities of the product (for example, stapling and stacking capabilities).
These accessories can be controlled by using PJL commands as described in this chapter.
Job finishing for HP LaserJet 9000 series products
The PJL commands that are sent to the product specify the functionality of a particular paperhandling
device. These commands can be sent to the printer as a job-by-job command or as a
default command. The following PJL commands are used to set the functionality of the 3,000-
sheet stacker/stapler (product number C8085A) or the 3,000-sheet stacker (product number
C8084A) on a job-by-job basis.
PJL commands for the 3,000-sheet stacker/stapler
Use the following command sequences for the HP LaserJet 9000 series products with the 3,000-
sheet stacker/stapler accessory (product number C8085A) installed.
General considerations for the PJL commands for the 3,000-sheet stacker/
stapler
The following are general considerations when using the command sequences in this section.
• If the PJL FINISH variable is set to STAPLE and the OUTBIN variable is set to UPPER
value, the job is delivered to the ‘Printer top Bin’ without stapling.
• If the PJL FINISH variable is set to STAPLE and the OUTBIN variable is set to any other
value different than UPPER, (i.e. OPTIONALOUTBIN3 or OPTIONALOUTBINx) the job is
delivered to the ‘Stapler Bin’ with the number of staples set in the STAPLEOPTION
variable.
• If the PJL FINISH variable is set to STAPLE and no STAPLEOPTION value is set, the job
is delivered to the ‘Stapler Bin’ using the default STAPLEOPTION value.
• The default STAPLEOPTION could be defined through the ‘Printer Front Panel’ or using
the HP Jetadmin /HP Web Jetadmin software tools.
To set the destination to the stacker bin
Use the following command sequence to send the job to the stacker bin.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN2
@PJL SET FINISH=NONE
ESC%-12345X
12 Chapter 2 Job Finishing ENWW
To set the destination to the top output bin of the printer
Use the following command sequence to send the job to the top output bin of the printer.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=UPPER
@PJL SET FINISH=NONE
ESC%-12345X
To finish the job with one staple (straight)
Use the following command sequence to finish the job with one staple, aligned with the edge of
the media.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN2
@PJL SET FINISH=STAPLE
@PJL SET STAPLEOPTION=ONE
ESC%-12345X
To finish the job with one staple (angled)
Use the following command sequence to finish the job with one staple that is angled.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN2
@PJL SET FINISH=STAPLE
@PJL SET STAPLEOPTION=ONEANGLED
ESC%-12345X
To finish the job with two staples
Use the following command sequence to finish the job with two staples.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN2
@PJL SET FINISH=STAPLE
@PJL SET STAPLEOPTION=TWO
ESC%-12345X
To finish the job with three staples
Use the following command sequence to finish the job with three staples.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN2
@PJL SET FINISH=STAPLE
@PJL SET STAPLEOPTION=THREE
ESC%-12345X
To finish the job with six staples
Use the following command sequence to finish the job with six staples.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN2
@PJL SET FINISH=STAPLE
@PJL SET STAPLEOPTION=SIX
ESC%-12345X
ENWW Job finishing for HP LaserJet 9000 series products 13
To use the custom stapling option
Use the following command sequence to turn on the custom stapling option.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN2
@PJL SET FINISH=STAPLE
@PJL SET STAPLEOPTION=CUSTOM
ESC%-12345X
Note The custom stapling option must be configured with the HP Jetadmin or HP Web Jetadmin tools.
After this option is set, use the preceding command sequence to use it.
To set the destination to the left bin (face-up bin)
Use the following command sequence to send the job to the left bin with the media face-up.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=LOWER
@PJL SET FINISH=NONE
ESC%-12345X
To set the destination to the stapler output bin (without staples)
Use the following command sequence to send the job to the stapler output bin with no staples.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET FINISH=STAPLE
@PJL SET STAPLEOPTION=NONE
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN2
ESC%-12345X
14 Chapter 2 Job Finishing ENWW
PJL commands for the 3,000-sheet stacker
Use the following command sequences for the HP LaserJet 9000 series products with the 3,000-
sheet stacker accessory (product number C8084A) installed.
To set the destination to the stacker bin
Use the following command sequence to send the job to the stacker.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN2
@PJL SET FINISH=NONE
ESC%-12345X
To set the destination to the top output bin of the printer
Use the following command sequence to send the job to the top output bin of the printer.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=UPPER
@PJL SET FINISH=NONE
ESC%-12345X
To set the destination to the face-up bin
Use the following command sequence to send the job to the face-up bin.
ESC%-12345X
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN1
@PJL SET FINISH=NONE
ESC%-12345X
Note The default destination is used whenever the PJL OUTBIN variable is not set.
To set the default output bin, use the control panel on the front of the product, or use HP Web
Jetadmin.
ENWW Job Finishing for HP LaserJet 9000mfp series products 15
Job Finishing for HP LaserJet 9000mfp series products
The PJL commands that are sent to the product specify functionality of a particular paperhandling
device. These commands can be sent to the printer only on a job-by-job basis. The
following PJL commands are used to set the functionality of the HP multifunction finisher
(product number C8088A) on a job-by-job basis.
PJL commands for the HP multifunction finisher
The following command sequences can be used for the HP LaserJet 9000mfp series products
that have the HP multifunction finisher accessory (product number C8088A) installed.
To set the destination to the stacker bin (face-up bin)
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN1
@PJL SET PROCESSINGTYPE=”FACE_UP”
@PJL SET PROCESSINGOPTION=”FACE_UP”
Note This command sequence does not work when combined with a stapling command, because
stapled jobs can only be delivered face-down.
To set the destination to the stacker bin (face-down)
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN1
@PJL SET PROCESSINGTYPE=”FACE_DOWN”
@PJL SET PROCESSINGOPTION=”FACE_DOWN”
Note This command sequence is unnecessary when combined with a stapling command, because
stapled jobs are always delivered face-down.
To finish the job with one staple
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN1
@PJL SET PROCESSINGTYPE=”STAPLING”
@PJL SET PROCESSINGOPTION=”ONE_STAPLE”
@PJL SET PAPER=LETTER
Note The PJL SET PAPER value will vary, depending on the size that you are using.
To finish the job with two staples
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN1
@PJL SET PROCESSINGTYPE=”STAPLING”
@PJL SET PROCESSINGOPTION=”TWO_STAPLES”
@PJL SET PAPER=LETTER
Note The PJL SET PAPER value will vary, depending on the size that you are using.
16 Chapter 2 Job Finishing ENWW
To finish the job with a fold and saddle stitch
@PJL SET DUPLEX=OFF
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN2
ESC&L2A
Note ESC&L2A is the PCL command for letter-sized paper; it must be used to print correctly on LTRR
oriented media.
The PJL SET PAPER value will vary, depending on the size that you are using.
To finish a duplexed job with a fold and saddle stitch
@PJL SET DUPLEX=ON
@PJL SET BINDING=LONGEDGE
@PJL SET OUTBIN=OPTIONALOUTBIN2
ESC&L2A
Note ESC&L2A is the PCL command for letter-sized paper; it must be used to print correctly on LTRR
oriented media.
The PJL SET PAPER value will vary, depending on the size that you are using. You can replace
the letter value with any of the other supported values:
Legal = ESC&L3A
Ledger = ESC&L6A
JISB4 = ESC&L46A
A4 = ESC&L26A
A3 = ESC&L27A
ENWW Introduction 17
3Product-specific features
Introduction
This chapter compares the differences in PJL support for newer PJL products. It includes a list of
all the PJL commands, showing which commands each PJL product supports. A list of
environment variables shows the range that each product supports. The final portion of the
chapter describes some important, product-specific information about the different HP products.
PJL feature support
Table 1 describes the contents of the subsequent feature-support tables for HP LaserJet and HP
color LaserJet products.
The following tables list the PJL commands and associated variables that each product
supports. The letter “Y” indicates that the feature is supported; “ns” indicates that the feature is
not supported.
Note The information contained in the following tables is subject to change without notice. To ensure
that the specific support information is correct, test the commands on your product.
.
Table 1. Contents of PJL feature-support tables
Table and location Features for these products
Table 2 on page 18 HP LaserJet 1150 series, 1200 series,
1300 series, 2200 series, 2300 series
Table 3 on page 19 HP LaserJet 4100 series, 4100mfp series,
4200 series, 4300 series
Table 4 on page 20 HP LaserJet 5100 series, 8150 series,
9000 series, 9000mfp series
Table 5 on page 21 HP LaserJet 3200mfp series,
3300mfp series
Table 6 on page 22 HP color LaserJet 2500 series, 4550 series,
4600 series
Table 7 on page 23 HP color LaserJet 5500 series,
8550 series, 8550mfp series
18 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
Table 2. PJL feature support for HP LaserJet products
PJL command name LaserJet
1150 series
LaserJet
1200 series
LaserJet
1300 series
LaserJet
2200 series
LaserJet
2300 series
COMMENT Y Y Y Y Y
DEFAULT Y Y Y Y Y
DINQUIRE Y Y Y Y Y
ECHO Y Y Y Y Y
ENTER Y Y Y Y Y
EOJ Y Y Y Y Y
FSAPPEND, FSDIRLIST,
FSQUERY, FSUPLOAD
ns ns ns ns Y
FSDELETE ns ns ns ns Y
FSDOWNLOAD ns ns ns ns Y
FSINIT ns ns ns ns Y
FSMKDIR ns ns ns ns Y
INFO Y Y Y Y Y
INITIALIZE Y Y Y Y Y
INQUIRE Y Y Y Y Y
JOB Y Y Y Y Y
OPMSG Y Y Y Y Y
PJL Y Y Y Y Y
RDYMSG Y Y Y Y Y
RESET Y Y Y Y Y
SET Y Y Y Y Y
STMSG Y Y Y Y Y
UEL Y Y Y Y Y
USTATUS Y Y Y Y Y
USTATUSOFF Y Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
ENWW PJL feature support 19
Table 3. PJL feature support for HP LaserJet products
PJL command name LaserJet
4100 series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200 series
LaserJet
4300 series
COMMENT Y Y Y Y
DEFAULT Y Y Y Y
DINQUIRE Y Y Y Y
ECHO Y Y Y Y
ENTER Y Y Y Y
EOJ Y Y Y Y
FSAPPEND, FSDIRLIST,
FSQUERY, FSUPLOAD
Y Y Y Y
FSDELETE Y Y Y Y
FSDOWNLOAD Y Y Y Y
FSINIT Y Y Y Y
FSMKDIR Y Y Y Y
INFO Y Y Y Y
INITIALIZE Y Y Y Y
INQUIRE Y Y Y Y
JOB Y Y Y Y
OPMSG Y Y Y Y
PJL Y Y Y Y
RDYMSG Y Y Y Y
RESET Y Y Y Y
SET Y Y Y Y
STMSG Y Y Y Y
UEL Y Y Y Y
USTATUS Y Y Y Y
USTATUSOFF Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
20 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
Table 4. PJL feature support for HP LaserJet products
PJL command name LaserJet
5100 series
LaserJet
8150 series
LaserJet
9000 series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
COMMENT Y Y Y Y
DEFAULT Y Y Y Y
DINQUIRE Y Y Y Y
ECHO Y Y Y Y
ENTER Y Y Y Y
EOJ Y Y Y Y
FSAPPEND, FSDIRLIST,
FSQUERY, FSUPLOAD
Y Y Y Y
FSDELETE Y Y Y Y
FSDOWNLOAD Y Y Y Y
FSINIT Y Y Y Y
FSMKDIR Y Y Y Y
INFO Y Y Y Y
INITIALIZE Y Y Y Y
INQUIRE Y Y Y Y
JOB Y Y Y Y
OPMSG Y Y Y Y
PJL Y Y Y Y
RDYMSG Y Y Y Y
RESET Y Y Y Y
SET Y Y Y Y
STMSG Y Y Y Y
UEL Y Y Y Y
USTATUS Y Y Y Y
USTATUSOFF Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
ENWW PJL feature support 21
Table 5. PJL feature support for HP LaserJet products
PJL command name LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
COMMENT Y Y
DEFAULT Y Y
DINQUIRE Y Y
ECHO Y Y
ENTER Y Y
EOJ Y Y
FSAPPEND, FSDIRLIST,
FSQUERY, FSUPLOAD
ns ns
FSDELETE ns ns
FSDOWNLOAD ns ns
FSINIT ns ns
FSMKDIR ns ns
INFO Y Y
INITIALIZE Y Y
INQUIRE Y Y
JOB Y Y
OPMSG Y Y
PJL Y Y
RDYMSG Y Y
RESET Y Y
SET Y Y
STMSG Y Y
UEL Y Y
USTATUS Y Y
USTATUSOFF Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change
without notice. To ensure that the specific support information
is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
22 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
Table 6. PJL feature support for HP color LaserJet products
PJL command name color
LaserJet
2500 series
color
LaserJet
4550 series
color
LaserJet
4600 series
COMMENT Y Y Y
DEFAULT Y Y Y
DINQUIRE Y Y Y
ECHO Y Y Y
ENTER Y Y Y
EOJ Y Y Y
FSAPPEND, FSDIRLIST,
FSQUERY, FSUPLOAD
Y Y Y
FSDELETE Y Y Y
FSDOWNLOAD Y Y Y
FSINIT Y Y Y
FSMKDIR Y Y Y
INFO Y Y Y
INITIALIZE Y Y Y
INQUIRE Y Y Y
JOB Y Y Y
OPMSG Y Y Y
PJL Y Y Y
RDYMSG Y Y Y
RESET Y Y Y
SET Y Y Y
STMSG Y Y Y
UEL Y Y Y
USTATUS Y Y Y
USTATUSOFF Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice.
To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these
functions and commands on your product.
ENWW PJL feature support 23
Table 7. PJL feature support for HP color LaserJet products
PJL command name color
LaserJet
5500 series
color
LaserJet
8550 series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
COMMENT Y Y Y
DEFAULT Y Y Y
DINQUIRE Y Y Y
ECHO Y Y Y
ENTER Y Y Y
EOJ Y Y Y
FSAPPEND, FSDIRLIST,
FSQUERY, FSUPLOAD
Y Y Y
FSDELETE Y Y Y
FSDOWNLOAD Y Y Y
FSINIT Y Y Y
FSMKDIR Y Y Y
INFO Y Y Y
INITIALIZE Y Y Y
INQUIRE Y Y Y
JOB Y Y Y
OPMSG Y Y Y
PJL Y Y Y
RDYMSG Y Y Y
RESET Y Y Y
SET Y Y Y
STMSG Y Y Y
UEL Y Y Y
USTATUS Y Y Y
USTATUSOFF Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice.
To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these
functions and commands on your product.
24 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
PJL environment variable support
Table 8 describes the contents of the subsequent environmental-variable support tables for the
HP LaserJet and HP color LaserJet products. These tables list all of the current environment
variables for PJL, PCL 5, and PostScript (PS), and show the features that each printer supports.
The following tables list the PJL commands and associated variables that each product
supports. The letter “Y” indicates that the feature is supported; “ns” indicates that the feature is
not supported.
Note The information contained in the following tables is subject to change without notice. To ensure
that the specific support information is correct, test the variable settings on your product.
Table 8. Table contents for PJL environment variable support
Table and location Features for these products
Table 9 on page 25 HP LaserJet 1150 series, 1200 series,
1300 series, 2200 series, 2300 series
Table 10 on page 41 HP LaserJet 4100 series, 4100mfp series,
4200 series, 4300 series
Table 11 on page 55 HP LaserJet 5100 series, 8150 series,
9000 series, 9000mfp series
Table 12 on page 71 HP LaserJet 3200mfp series,
3300mfp series
Table 13 on page 86 HP color LaserJet 2500 series, 4550 series,
4600 series
Table 14 on page 101 HP color LaserJet 5500 series, 8550 series,
8550mfp series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 25
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
AUTOCONT1 OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) Y
ON Y Y Y Y (Y)
BINDING LONGEDGE ns ns ns (Y) (Y)
SHORTEDGE ns ns ns Y Y
BITSPERPIXEL MINIMUM 1 1 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 2 2 2 2 2
DEFAULT 2 1 1 1 2
CLEARABLEWARNINGS1 JOB ns ns ns ns (Y)
ON ns ns ns ns Y
COPIES MINIMUM 1 1 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 999 999 999 999 32000
DEFAULT 1 1 1 1 32000
COURIER REGULAR (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
DARK Y Y Y Y Y
CPLOCK2 OFF ns ns ns ns (Y)
ON ns ns ns ns Y
MINIMUM ns ns ns ns Y
MODERATE ns ns ns ns Y
MAXIMUM ns ns ns ns Y
DENSITY1 MINIMUM 1 1 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 5 5 5 5 5
DEFAULT 3 3 3 3 3
DISKLOCK2 OFF ns ns ns ns (Y)
ON ns ns ns ns Y
DUPLEX OFF ns ns ns (Y) (Y)
ON ns ns ns Y Y
ECONOMODE OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y Y
EDGETOEDGE NO ns ns ns ns ns
YES ns ns ns ns ns
FIH OFF ns ns ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns ns ns
FINISH NONE ns ns ns ns (Y)
STAPLE ns ns ns ns Y
ON ns ns ns ns Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
1 When a SET or DEFAULT command is used with the AUTOCONT, CLEARABLEWARNINGS, or
DENSITY variables, both the User Default and PJL Current Environment settings are modified
(except for settings in the HP LaserJet 4L, 5L, and 6L printers). It is recommended that these
variables not be changed on a job-by-job basis.
2 Can be modified only by using the DEFAULT command.
26 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
FINISHEROPTION MINIMUM ns ns ns ns 0
MAXIMUM ns ns ns ns 255
DEFAULT ns ns ns ns 0
FINISHERTYPE MINIMUM ns ns ns ns 0
MAXIMUM ns ns ns ns 255
DEFAULT ns ns ns ns 0
FORMLINES MINIMUM 5 5 5 5 5
MAXIMUM 128 128 128 128 128
DEFAULT 60 60 60 60 60
HELDJOBTIMEOUT DISABLED ns ns ns ns (Y)
ONEHOUR ns ns ns ns Y
FOURHOURS ns ns ns ns Y
ONEDAY ns ns ns ns Y
ONEWEEK ns ns ns ns Y
HOLD OFF ns ns ns ns (Y)
ON ns ns ns ns Y
PROOF ns ns ns ns Y
STORE ns ns ns ns Y
JOB ns ns ns ns ns
HOLDKEY DEFAULT ns ns ns ns “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns ns ns 4
HOLDTYPE PUBLIC ns ns ns ns (Y)
PRIVATE ns ns ns ns Y
HOSTCLEANINGPAGE OFF ns ns ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 27
INTRAY1SIZE LETTER ns ns ns ns Y
LEGAL ns ns ns ns Y
A4 ns ns ns ns Y
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns ns Y
LEDGER ns ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns ns Y
MONARCH ns ns ns ns Y
C5 ns ns ns ns Y
DL ns ns ns ns Y
JISB4 ns ns ns ns ns
JISB5 ns ns ns ns Y
B5 ns ns ns ns Y
CUSTOM ns ns ns ns Y
A5 ns ns ns ns Y
ROC8K ns ns ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns ns Y
JISEXEC ns ns ns ns Y
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns ns Y
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns ns Y
ANY ns ns ns ns (Y)
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns Y
LOCKED ns ns ns Y ns
UNLOCKED ns ns ns (Y) ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
28 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY2SIZE LETTER ns ns ns ns (Y)
LEGAL ns ns ns ns Y
A4 ns ns ns ns Y
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns ns Y
LEDGER ns ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns ns ns
JISB5 ns ns ns ns Y
B5 ns ns ns ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns ns ns
A5 ns ns ns ns Y
ROC8K ns ns ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns ns Y
JISEXEC ns ns ns ns Y
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns ns Y
ANY ns ns ns ns Y
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns Y
LOCKED ns ns ns Y ns
UNLOCKED ns ns ns (Y) ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 29
INTRAY3SIZE LETTER ns ns ns ns (Y)
LEGAL ns ns ns ns ns
A4 ns ns ns ns Y
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns ns ns
LEDGER ns ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns ns ns
JISB5 ns ns ns ns ns
B5 ns ns ns ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns ns ns
A5 ns ns ns ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns ns ns
ANY ns ns ns ns Y
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns ns
LOCKED ns ns ns Y ns
UNLOCKED ns ns ns (Y) ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
30 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY4SIZE LETTER ns ns ns ns ns
LEGAL ns ns ns ns ns
A4 ns ns ns ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns ns ns
LEDGER ns ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns ns ns
JISB5 ns ns ns ns ns
B5 ns ns ns ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns ns ns
A5 ns ns ns ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 31
INTRAY5SIZE LETTER ns ns ns ns ns
LEGAL ns ns ns ns ns
A4 ns ns ns ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns ns ns
LEDGER ns ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns ns ns
JISB5 ns ns ns ns ns
B5 ns ns ns ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns ns ns
A5 ns ns ns ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns ns ns
INTRAY6SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns ns ns
INTRAY7SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns ns ns
INTRAY8SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns ns ns
JOBATTR “attribute string” ns ns ns ns Y
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns ns ns
JOBID OFF ns ns ns ns Y
ON ns ns ns ns (Y)
JOBNAME “jawbone string” ns ns ns ns
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns ns ns Y
JOBOFFSET OFF ns ns ns ns (Y)
ON ns ns ns ns Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
32 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
LANG DANISH ns ns ns Y Y
GERMAN ns ns ns Y Y
ENGLISH (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
SPANISH ns ns ns Y Y
FRENCH ns ns ns Y Y
ITALIAN ns ns ns Y Y
DUTCH ns ns ns Y Y
NORWEGIAN ns ns ns Y Y
POLISH ns ns ns Y Y
PORTUGUESE ns ns ns Y Y
FINNISH ns ns ns Y Y
SWEDISH ns ns ns Y Y
TURKISH ns ns ns Y Y
JAPANESE ns ns ns ns Y
CZECH ns ns ns Y Y
HUNGARIAN ns ns ns Y Y
RUSSIAN ns ns ns Y Y
TRADITIONALCHINESE ns ns ns ns Y
SIMPLIFIEDCHINESE ns ns ns ns Y
KOREAN ns ns ns ns Y
LOWCARTRIDGE STOP ns ns ns ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns ns ns ns
LOWSUPPLIES STOP ns ns ns ns Y
CONTINUE ns ns ns ns (Y)
LOWTONER STOP ns ns ns ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns ns ns ns
OFF ns ns ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns ns ns
LPARM: PCL
FONTNUMBER
MINIMUM 0 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 50 94 104 103 89
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0 0
LPARM: PCL
FONTSOURCE
I (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
M1 ns ns ns ns ns
M2 ns ns ns ns ns
M3 ns ns ns ns Y
M4 ns ns ns ns ns
M5 ns ns ns ns ns
S ns ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 33
LPARM: PCL
LINETERMINATION
0 (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) ns
1 Y Y Y Y ns
2 Y Y Y Y ns
3 Y Y Y Y ns
LPARM: PCL PITCH MINIMUM 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44
MAXIMUM 99.99 99.99 99.99 99.99 99.99
DEFAULT 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00
LPARM: PCL PTSIZE MINIMUM 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
MAXIMUM 999.75 999.75 999.75 999.75 999.75
DEFAULT 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00
LPARM: PCL SYMSET
(continued on the
following page)
DESKTOP Y Y Y Y Y
ISO4 Y Y Y Y Y
ISO6 Y Y Y Y Y
ISO11 Y Y Y Y Y
ISO15 Y Y Y Y Y
ISO17 Y Y Y Y Y
ISO21 Y Y Y Y Y
ISO60 Y Y Y Y Y
ISO69 Y Y Y Y Y
ISOL1 Y Y Y Y Y
ISOL2 Y Y Y Y Y
ISOL5 Y Y Y Y Y
ISOL6 Y Y Y Y Y
ISOL9 ns ns ns ns Y
LEGAL Y Y Y Y Y
MCTEXT Y Y Y Y Y
PC1004 Y Y Y Y Y
PC775 Y Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
34 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
LPARM: PCL SYMSET
(continued from the
previous page)
PC8 (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
PC850 Y Y Y Y Y
PC852 Y Y Y Y Y
PC858 ns ns ns ns Y
PC8DN Y Y Y Y Y
PC8TK Y Y Y Y Y
PSTEXT Y Y Y Y Y
ROMAN8 Y Y Y Y Y
ROMAN9 ns ns ns ns Y
WIN30 Y Y Y Y Y
WIN31J ns ns ns ns ns
WINBALT Y Y Y Y Y
WINL1 Y Y Y Y Y
WINL2 Y Y Y Y Y
WINL5 Y Y Y Y Y
UCS2 ns ns ns ns Y
PC866CYR Y Y Y Y ns
PC866UKR Y Y Y Y ns
WINCYR Y Y Y Y ns
ISOCYR Y Y Y Y ns
PC8GRK Y Y Y Y ns
PC851GRK Y Y Y Y ns
WINGRK Y Y Y Y ns
ISOGRK Y Y Y Y ns
GREEK8 Y Y Y Y ns
PC862HEB Y Y Y Y ns
ISOHEB Y Y Y Y ns
HEBREW7 Y Y Y Y ns
HEBREW8 Y Y Y Y ns
PC864ARA Y Y Y Y ns
ARABIC8 Y Y Y Y ns
HPWARA Y Y Y Y ns
LPARM: PDF
OWNERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns ns ns
LPARM: PDF
USERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns ns ns
LPARM: POSTSCRIPT
PRTSERRS
OFF ns (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON ns Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 35
MANUALDUPLEX OFF ns ns ns ns (Y)
ON ns ns ns ns Y
MANUALFEED OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y Y
MEDIASOURCE DEFAULT ns ns ns ns Y
AUTOSELECT ns ns ns ns Y
DEFAULTSOURCETRAY ns ns ns ns Y
MANUALFEED ns ns ns ns Y
TRAY1 ns ns ns ns Y
TRAY2 ns ns ns ns Y
TRAY3 ns ns ns ns Y
TRAY4 ns ns ns ns ns
ENVELOPE TRAY ns ns ns ns ns
DUPLEXTRAY ns ns ns ns Y
EXTERNALTRAY ns ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY02 ns ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY03 ns ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY04 ns ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY05 ns ns ns ns ns
o ns ns ns ns ns
o ns ns ns ns ns
o ns ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY32 ns ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
36 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
MEDIATYPE DEFAULTMEDIATYPE ns ns ns ns Y
ANY ns ns ns ns Y
PLAIN ns ns ns ns Y
PREPRINTED ns ns ns ns Y
LETTERHEAD ns ns ns ns Y
TRANSPARENCY ns ns ns ns Y
PREPUNCHED ns ns ns ns Y
LABELS ns ns ns ns Y
BOND ns ns ns ns Y
RECYCLED ns ns ns ns Y
COLOR ns ns ns ns Y
LIGHT ns ns ns ns ns
HEAVY ns ns ns ns ns
CARDSTOCK ns ns ns ns Y
ROUGH ns ns ns ns Y
VELLUM ns ns ns ns ns
ENVELOPE ns ns ns ns Y
GLOSSY ns ns ns ns ns
HEAVYGLOSSY ns ns ns ns ns
TOUGHPAPER ns ns ns ns ns
USERTYPE1 ns ns ns ns ns
USERTYPE2 ns ns ns ns ns
USERTYPE3 ns ns ns ns ns
USERTYPE4 ns ns ns ns ns
USERTYPE5 ns ns ns ns ns
MPTRAY MANUAL ns ns ns ns ns
CASSETTE ns ns ns Y ns
FIRST ns ns ns (Y) ns
ORIENTATION PORTRAIT (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
LANDSCAPE Y Y Y Y Y
OUTBIN UPPER ns ns ns ns Y
LOWER ns ns ns ns ns
OUTBINPROCESS MINIMUM ns ns ns ns 0
MAXIMUM ns ns ns ns 255
DEFAULT ns ns ns ns 0
OUTLINEPOINTSIZE MINIMUM 12 12 12 12 0
MAXIMUM 999 999 999 999 999
DEFAULT 72 72 72 72 72
OUTTONER STOP ns ns ns ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 37
PAGEPROTECT AUTO ns (Y) ns (Y) ns
ON ns Y ns Y ns
PAPER
(Letter, Legal, Ledger,
A3, A4, Executive,
JISB4, and JISB5 are
paper sizes; Com10, C5,
DL, Monarch, and B5
are envelope sizes;
JPOST and JPOSTD
are Japanese postcard
sizes; CUSTOM is for
feeding other sizes, such
as 3 x 5 cards and
labels)
A3 ns ns ns ns ns
A41 Y Y Y Y Y
A5 Y Y Y Y Y
B5 Y Y Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y Y Y
COM10 Y Y Y Y Y
C5 Y Y Y Y Y
DL1 Y Y Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y Y Y
ISOB5 Y Y Y Y Y
JISB4 ns ns ns ns ns
JISB5 Y Y Y Y Y
JISEXEC ns ns ns ns Y
JPOST Y Y Y Y ns
JPOSTD Y Y Y Y Y
LEDGER ns ns ns ns ns
LEGAL Y Y Y Y Y
LETTER1 (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
MONARCH Y Y Y Y Y
ROC8K ns ns ns ns ns
ROC16K Y Y Y Y Y
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns Y
FOOLSCAP Y Y Y Y ns
PASSWORD2 MINIMUM 0 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0 0
PERSONALITY AUTO (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
PCL Y Y Y Y Y
POSTSCRIPT ns Y Y Y Y
PDF ns ns ns ns ns
PLANESINUSE 3 ns ns ns ns ns
1 ns ns ns ns (Y)
POWERSAVE ON ns ns ns ns (Y)
OFF ns ns ns ns Y
POWERSAVEMODE ENERGYSTAR ns ns ns ns ns
BLUEANGEL ns ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
1 If configured for metric paper sizes, A4 is the default paper size and DL is the default envelope size.
2 The PASSWORD variable is only supported with the DEFAULT, DINQUIRE, and INQUIRE.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
38 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
POWERSAVETIME 1 ns ns ns ns Y
15 ns ns ns ns Y
30 ns ns ns ns Y
60 ns ns ns ns Y
90 ns ns ns ns Y
120 ns ns ns ns Y
240 ns ns ns ns Y
PRINTONBACKSIDE ON ns ns ns ns Y
OFF ns ns ns ns (Y)
PROCESSINGBOUNDARY MOPY ns ns ns ns (Y)
JOB ns ns ns ns Y
PROCESSINGOPTION DEFAULT ns ns ns ns “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns ns ns 16
PROCESSINGTYPE DEFAULT ns ns ns ns “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns ns ns 80
QTY MINIMUM 0 0 0 0 1
MAXIMUM 999 999 999 999 32000
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0 0
REPRINT AUTO (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y Y
OFF Y Y Y Y Y
RESOLUTION 300 Y Y Y Y Y
600 (Y) Y Y Y (Y)
1200 Y (Y) (Y) (Y) Y
RET ON (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) ns
OFF Y Y Y Y Y
LIGHT ns ns ns ns Y
MEDIUM ns ns ns ns (Y)
DARK ns ns ns ns Y
SCAN MINIMUM ns 0 ns 0 ns
MAXIMUM ns 65535 ns 65535 ns
DEFAULT ns 0 ns 0 ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 39
STAPLEOPTION DEFAULT ns ns ns ns (Y)
ONE ns ns ns ns Y
TWO ns ns ns ns Y
THREE ns ns ns ns Y
FOUR ns ns ns ns Y
FIVE ns ns ns ns Y
SIX ns ns ns ns Y
SEVEN ns ns ns ns Y
ONEANGLED ns ns ns ns Y
ONEOPPOSED ns ns ns ns Y
OPTION3 ns ns ns ns Y
OPTION4 ns ns ns ns Y
OPTION5 ns ns ns ns Y
OPTION6 ns ns ns ns Y
CUSTOM ns ns ns ns Y
NONE ns ns ns ns ns
STRINGCODESET HPROMAN8 ns ns ns ns (Y)
JISX02011976 ns ns ns ns Y
ISO88592 ns ns ns ns Y
ISO88599 ns ns ns ns Y
ISO88595 ns ns ns ns Y
UTF8 ns ns ns ns Y
TESTPAGE ? (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) ns
SELFTEST Y Y Y Y ns
PCLTYPELIST Y Y Y Y ns
CONTSELFTEST Y Y Y Y ns
DEMOPAGE Y Y Y Y ns
ERRORREPORT Y ns Y ns ns
SUPPLIESSTATUSREPORT Y ns Y ns ns
DATASTORE Y ns Y ns ns
PSTYPEFACELIST ns Y Y Y ns
TIMEOUT MINIMUM 5 5 5 5 5
MAXIMUM 300 300 300 300 300
DEFAULT 15 15 15 15 15
TRAY1TEMP LOW ns Y ns Y ns
MEDIUM ns (Y) ns Y ns
HIGH ns Y ns (Y) ns
HIGH2 ns Y ns Y ns
TRAY2TEMP LOW ns ns ns Y ns
MEDIUM ns ns ns (Y) ns
HIGH ns ns ns Y ns
HIGH2 ns ns ns Y ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
40 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
TRAY3TEMP LOW ns ns ns Y ns
MEDIUM ns ns ns (Y) ns
HIGH ns ns ns Y ns
HIGH2 ns ns ns Y ns
USERNAME MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns ns ns 80
WIDEA4 NO (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
YES Y Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 9. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
1150
series
1200
series
1300
series
2200
series
2300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 41
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
AUTOCONT1 OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
BINDING LONGEDGE (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
SHORTEDGE Y Y Y Y
BITSPERPIXEL MINIMUM 1 1 ns ns
MAXIMUM 2 2 ns ns
DEFAULT 2 2 ns ns
CLEARABLEWARNINGS1 JOB (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
COPIES MINIMUM 1 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 999 32000 32000 32000
DEFAULT 1 32000 32000 32000
COURIER REGULAR (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
DARK Y Y Y Y
CPLOCK2 OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
MINIMUM Y Y Y Y
MODERATE Y Y Y Y
MAXIMUM Y Y Y Y
DENSITY1 MINIMUM 1 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 5 5 5 5
DEFAULT 3 3 3 3
DISKLOCK2 OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
DUPLEX OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
ECONOMODE OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
EDGETOEDGE NO ns ns ns ns
YES ns ns ns ns
FIH OFF ns ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns ns
FINISH NONE (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
STAPLE Y Y Y Y
ON Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
1 When a SET or DEFAULT command is used with the AUTOCONT,
CLEARABLEWARNINGS, or DENSITY variables, both the User Default and PJL Current
Environment settings are modified (except for the LaserJet 4L, 5L, and 6L printers). It is
recommended that these variables not be changed on a job-by-job basis.
2 Can be modified only by using the DEFAULT command.
42 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
FINISHEROPTION MINIMUM 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 255 255 255
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0
FINISHERTYPE MINIMUM 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 255 255 255
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0
FORMLINES MINIMUM 5 5 5 5
MAXIMUM 128 128 128 128
DEFAULT 60 60 60 60
HELDJOBTIMEOUT DISABLED (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ONEHOUR Y Y Y Y
FOURHOURS Y Y Y Y
ONEDAY Y Y Y Y
ONEWEEK Y Y Y Y
HOLD OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
PROOF Y Y Y Y
STORE Y Y Y Y
HOLDKEY DEFAULT “” “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH 4 4 4 4
HOLDTYPE PUBLIC (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
PRIVATE Y Y Y Y
HOSTCLEANINGPAGE OFF ns ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 43
INTRAY1SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) Y Y
LEGAL Y Y Y Y
A4 Y Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y Y
LEDGER ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns
COM10 Y Y Y Y
MONARCH Y Y Y Y
C5 Y Y Y Y
DL Y Y Y Y
JISB4 ns ns ns ns
JISB5 Y Y Y Y
B5 Y Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y Y
JPOSTD ns ns Y Y
A5 Y Y Y Y
ROC8K ns ns ns ns
ROC16K Y Y Y Y
JISEXEC Y Y Y Y
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns Y Y
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 Y Y Y Y
ANY ns ns (Y) (Y)
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
44 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY2SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
LEGAL Y Y Y Y
A4 Y Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y Y
LEDGER ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns ns
JISB5 Y Y Y Y
B5 ns ns ns ns
CUSTOM Y Y Y Y
JPOSTD ns ns ns ns
A5 Y Y Y Y
ROC8K ns ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns Y Y
JISEXEC ns ns Y Y
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns Y Y
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns Y Y
ANY ns ns Y Y
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 45
INTRAY3SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
LEGAL Y Y Y Y
A4 Y Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y Y
LEDGER ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns ns
JISB5 Y Y Y Y
B5 ns ns ns ns
CUSTOM Y Y Y Y
JPOSTD ns ns ns ns
A5 Y Y Y Y
ROC8K ns ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns Y Y
JISEXEC ns ns Y Y
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns Y Y
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns Y Y
ANY ns ns Y Y
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
46 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY4SIZE LETTER ns ns ns ns
LEGAL ns ns ns ns
A4 ns ns ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns ns
LEDGER ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns
COM10 (Y) (Y) ns ns
MONARCH Y Y ns ns
C5 Y Y ns ns
DL Y Y ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns ns
JISB5 ns ns ns ns
B5 Y Y ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns ns
A5 ns ns ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns ns
ANY ns ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 47
INTRAY5SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) ns ns
LEGAL Y Y ns ns
A4 Y Y ns ns
EXECUTIVE Y Y ns ns
LEDGER ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns ns
JISB5 Y Y ns ns
B5 ns ns ns ns
CUSTOM Y Y ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns ns
A5 Y Y ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns ns
ANY ns ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns
INTRAY6SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns ns
INTRAY7SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns ns
INTRAY8SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns ns
JOBATTR “attribute string” “” “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 80 80 80
JOBID OFF Y Y (Y) (Y)
ON (Y) (Y) Y Y
JOBNAME “jobname string” “” “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 80 80 80
JOBOFFSET OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
48 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
LANG DANISH Y Y Y Y
GERMAN Y Y Y Y
ENGLISH (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
SPANISH Y Y Y Y
FRENCH Y Y Y Y
ITALIAN Y Y Y Y
DUTCH Y Y Y Y
NORWEGIAN Y Y Y Y
POLISH Y Y Y Y
PORTUGUESE Y Y Y Y
FINNISH Y Y Y Y
SWEDISH Y Y Y Y
TURKISH Y ns Y Y
JAPANESE Y ns Y Y
CZECH Y ns Y Y
HUNGARIAN Y ns Y Y
RUSSIAN Y ns Y Y
TRADITIONALCHINESE ns ns Y Y
SIMPLIFIEDCHINESE ns ns Y Y
KOREAN ns ns Y Y
LOWCARTRIDGE STOP ns ns Y Y
CONTINUE ns ns (Y) (Y)
LOWSUPPLIES STOP ns ns ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns ns ns
LOWTONER STOP Y Y ns ns
CONTINUE (Y) (Y) ns ns
LPARM: PCL
FONTNUMBER
MINIMUM 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 89 89 89 89
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0
LPARM: PCL
FONTSOURCE
I (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
M1 Y Y ns ns
M2 Y Y ns ns
M3 Y Y ns ns
M4 Y Y ns ns
M5 Y Y ns ns
S Y Y ns ns
LPARM: PCL PITCH MINIMUM 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44
MAXIMUM 99.99 99.99 99.99 99.99
DEFAULT 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 49
LPARM: PCL PTSIZE MINIMUM 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
MAXIMUM 999.75 999.75 999.75 999.75
DEFAULT 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00
LPARM: PCL SYMSET DESKTOP Y Y Y Y
ISO4 Y Y Y Y
ISO6 Y Y Y Y
ISO11 Y Y Y Y
ISO15 Y Y Y Y
ISO17 Y Y Y Y
ISO21 Y Y Y Y
ISO60 Y Y Y Y
ISO69 Y Y Y Y
ISOL1 Y Y Y Y
ISOL2 Y Y Y Y
ISOL5 Y Y Y Y
ISOL6 Y Y Y Y
ISOL9 Y Y Y Y
LEGAL Y Y Y Y
MCTEXT Y Y Y Y
PC1004 Y Y Y Y
PC775 Y Y Y Y
PC8 (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
PC850 Y Y Y Y
PC852 Y Y Y Y
PC858 Y Y Y Y
PC8DN Y Y Y Y
PC8TK Y Y Y Y
PSTEXT Y Y Y Y
ROMAN8 Y Y Y Y
ROMAN9 Y Y Y Y
WIN30 Y Y Y Y
WIN31J ns ns ns ns
WINBALT Y Y Y Y
WINL1 Y Y Y Y
WINL2 Y Y Y Y
WINL5 Y Y Y Y
UCS2 ns ns ns ns
LPARM: PDF
OWNERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
50 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
LPARM: PDF
USERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns ns
LPARM: POSTSCRIPT
PRTSERRS
OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
MANUALDUPLEX OFF ns ns (Y) (Y)
ON ns ns Y Y
MANUALFEED OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
MEDIASOURCE DEFAULT ns ns Y Y
AUTOSELECT ns ns Y Y
DEFAULTSOURCETRAY ns ns Y Y
MANUALFEED ns ns Y Y
TRAY1 ns ns Y Y
TRAY2 ns ns Y Y
TRAY3 ns ns Y Y
TRAY4 ns ns Y Y
ENVELOPE TRAY ns ns Y Y
DUPLEXTRAY ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY ns ns Y Y
EXTERNALTRAY02 ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY03 ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY04 ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY05 ns ns ns ns
o ns ns ns ns
o ns ns ns ns
o ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY32 ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 51
MEDIATYPE DEFAULTMEDIATYPE ns ns Y Y
ANY ns ns ns ns
PLAIN ns ns Y Y
PREPRINTED ns ns Y Y
LETTERHEAD ns ns Y Y
TRANSPARENCY ns ns Y Y
PREPUNCHED ns ns Y Y
LABELS ns ns Y Y
BOND ns ns Y Y
RECYCLED ns ns Y Y
COLOR ns ns Y Y
LIGHT ns ns ns ns
HEAVY ns ns ns ns
CARDSTOCK ns ns Y Y
ROUGH ns ns Y Y
VELLUM ns ns ns ns
ENVELOPE ns ns ns ns
GLOSSY ns ns ns ns
HEAVYGLOSSY ns ns ns ns
TOUGHPAPER ns ns ns ns
USERTYPE1 ns ns Y Y
USERTYPE2 ns ns Y Y
USERTYPE3 ns ns Y Y
USERTYPE4 ns ns Y Y
USERTYPE5 ns ns Y Y
MPTRAY FIRST (Y) (Y) ns ns
CASSETTE Y Y ns ns
ORIENTATION PORTRAIT (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
LANDSCAPE Y Y Y Y
OUTBIN UPPER (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
LOWER Y Y Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN1 Y Y Y Y
OUTBINPROCESS MINIMUM 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 255 255 255
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0
OUTLINEPOINTSIZE MINIMUM 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 999 999 999 999
DEFAULT 72 72 72 72
OUTTONER STOP Y Y ns ns
CONTINUE (Y) (Y) ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
52 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
PAPER
(Letter, Legal, Ledger,
A3, A4, Executive,
JISB4, and JISB5 are
paper sizes; Com10, C5,
DL, Monarch, and B5
are envelope sizes;
JPOST and JPOSTD
are Japanese postcard
sizes; CUSTOM is for
feeding other sizes, such
as 3 x 5 cards and
labels)
A3 Y Y ns ns
A41 Y Y ns ns
A5 Y Y Y Y
B5 Y Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y Y
COM10 Y Y Y Y
C5 Y Y Y Y
DL1 Y Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y Y
ISOB5 Y Y Y Y
JISB4 ns ns ns ns
JISB5 Y Y Y Y
JISEXEC Y Y Y Y
JPOST ns ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns Y Y Y
LEDGER ns ns ns ns
LEGAL Y Y Y Y
LETTER1 (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
MONARCH Y Y Y Y
ROC8K ns ns ns ns
ROC16K Y Y Y Y
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns
FOOLSCAP ns ns ns ns
PASSWORD2 MINIMUM 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 65535 65535 65535 65535
DEFAULT 0 0
PERSONALITY AUTO (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
PCL Y Y Y Y
POSTSCRIPT Y Y Y Y
PDF ns ns ns ns
PLANESINUSE 3 (Y) (Y) (Y) ns
1 ns ns ns ns
POWERSAVE ON (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
OFF Y Y Y Y
POWERSAVEMODE ENERGYSTAR ns ns ns ns
BLUEANGEL ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
1 If the product is configured for metric paper sizes, A4 is the default paper size and DL is the
default envelope size.
2 The PASSWORD variable is only supported with the DEFAULT, DINQUIRE, and INQUIRE.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 53
POWERSAVETIME 1 Y Y Y Y
15 Y Y Y Y
30 (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
60 Y Y Y Y
90 ns Y Y Y
120 Y Y Y Y
240 Y Y Y Y
PRINTONBACKSIDE ON ns ns (Y) (Y)
OFF ns ns Y Y
PROCESSINGBOUNDARY MOPY ns ns (Y) (Y)
JOB ns ns Y Y
PROCESSINGOPTION DEFAULT ns “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns 16 16 16
PROCESSINGTYPE DEFAULT ns “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns 80 16 16
QTY MINIMUM 1 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 999 32000 32000 32000
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0
REPRINT AUTO (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
OFF Y Y Y Y
RESOLUTION 300 Y Y Y Y
600 (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
1200 Y Y Y Y
RET OFF Y Y Y Y
LIGHT Y Y Y Y
MEDIUM (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
DARK Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
54 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
STAPLEOPTION DEFAULT (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ONE Y Y Y Y
TWO Y Y Y Y
THREE Y Y Y Y
FOUR Y Y Y Y
FIVE Y Y Y Y
SIX Y Y Y Y
SEVEN Y Y Y Y
ONEANGLED Y Y Y Y
ONEOPPOSED Y Y Y Y
OPTION3 Y Y Y Y
OPTION4 Y Y Y Y
OPTION5 Y Y Y Y
OPTION6 Y Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y Y
NONE Y Y Y Y
STRINGCODESET HPROMAN8 ns ns (Y) (Y)
JISX02011976 ns ns Y Y
ISO88592 ns ns Y Y
ISO88599 ns ns Y Y
ISO88595 ns ns Y Y
UTF8 ns ns Y Y
TIMEOUT MINIMUM 5 5 5 5
MAXIMUM 300 300 300 300
DEFAULT 15 15 15 15
USERNAME MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 80 80 80
WIDEA4 NO (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
YES Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 10. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
4100
series
4100mfp
series
4200
series
4300
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 55
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
AUTOCONT1 OFF Y Y (Y) (Y)
ON (Y) (Y) Y Y
BINDING LONGEDGE (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
SHORTEDGE Y Y Y Y
BITSPERPIXEL MINIMUM 1 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 2 2 2 2
DEFAULT 2 2 2 2
CLEARABLEWARNINGS1 JOB (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
COPIES MINIMUM 1 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 999 999 32000 32000
DEFAULT 1 1 32000 32000
COURIER REGULAR (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
DARK Y Y Y Y
CPLOCK2 OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
MINIMUM Y Y Y Y
MODERATE Y Y Y Y
MAXIMUM Y Y Y Y
DENSITY1 MINIMUM 1 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 5 5 5 5
DEFAULT 3 3 3 3
DISKLOCK2 OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
DUPLEX OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
ECONOMODE OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
EDGETOEDGE NO (Y) Y (Y) (Y)
YES Y (Y) Y Y
FIH OFF (Y) ns ns (Y)
ON Y ns ns Y
NO ns (Y) ns ns
YES ns Y ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
1 When a SET or DEFAULT command is used with the AUTOCONT,
CLEARABLEWARNINGS, or DENSITY variables, both the User Default and PJL Current
Environment settings are modified (except for the LaserJet 4L, 5L, and 6L printers). It is
recommended that these variables not be changed on a job-by-job basis.
2 Can be modified only by using the DEFAULT command.
56 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
FINISH NONE (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
STAPLE Y Y Y Y
ON ns ns Y Y
FINISHEROPTION MINIMUM 0 ns 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 ns 255 255
DEFAULT 0 ns 0 0
FINISHERTYPE MINIMUM 0 ns 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 ns 255 255
DEFAULT 0 ns 0 0
FORMLINES MINIMUM 5 5 5 5
MAXIMUM 128 128 128 128
DEFAULT 60 60 60 60
HELDJOBTIMEOUT DISABLED (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ONEHOUR Y Y Y Y
FOURHOURS Y Y Y Y
ONEDAY Y Y Y Y
ONEWEEK Y Y Y Y
HITRANSFER OFF (Y) ns ns ns
ON Y ns ns ns
HOLD OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
PROOF Y Y Y Y
STORE Y Y Y Y
DEFER ns Y ns ns
PRINTANDDEFER ns Y ns ns
HOLDKEY DEFAULT ns “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns 9999 4 4
HOLDTYPE PUBLIC (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
PRIVATE Y Y Y Y
HOSTCLEANINGPAGE OFF ns ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 57
INTRAY1SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
LEGAL Y Y Y Y
A4 Y Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y Y
LEDGER Y Y Y Y
A3 Y Y Y Y
COM10 Y Y Y Y
MONARCH Y Y Y Y
C5 Y Y Y Y
DL Y Y Y Y
JISB4 Y Y Y Y
JISB5 Y Y Y Y
B5 Y Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y Y
JPOSTD Y Y Y Y
A5 Y Y Y Y
ROC8K ns Y Y Y
ROC16K ns Y Y Y
JISEXEC ns Y Y Y
LETTERROTATED Y ns Y Y
ANYCUSTOM ns ns Y Y
A4ROTATED Y ns Y Y
ISOB5 ns ns Y Y
ANY ns ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns
JISB6 Y ns ns ns
A5ROTATED Y ns ns ns
JISB5ROTATED Y ns ns ns
EXECUTIVEROTATED Y ns ns ns
JPOST Y ns ns ns
A6 Y ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
58 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY2SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
LEGAL Y Y Y Y
A4 Y Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y ns Y Y
LEDGER Y ns Y Y
A3 Y ns Y Y
COM10 ns ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns ns
JISB4 Y Y Y Y
JISB5 Y ns Y Y
B5 ns ns ns ns
CUSTOM Y ns Y Y
JPOSTD ns ns ns ns
A5 Y ns Y Y
ROC8K ns ns Y Y
ROC16K ns ns Y Y
JISEXEC ns ns Y Y
LETTERROTATED Y ns Y Y
ANYCUSTOM ns ns Y Y
A4ROTATED Y ns Y Y
ISOB5 ns ns Y Y
ANY ns ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns
A5ROTATED Y ns ns ns
JISB5ROTATED Y ns ns ns
EXECUTIVEROTATED Y ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 59
INTRAY3SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
LEGAL Y Y Y Y
A4 Y Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y ns Y Y
LEDGER Y ns Y Y
A3 Y Y Y Y
COM10 ns ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns ns
JISB4 Y Y Y Y
JISB5 Y ns Y Y
B5 ns ns ns ns
CUSTOM Y Y Y Y
JPOSTD ns ns ns ns
A5 Y ns Y Y
ROC8K ns ns Y Y
ROC16K ns ns Y Y
JISEXEC ns ns Y Y
LETTERROTATED Y ns Y Y
ANYCUSTOM ns ns Y Y
A4ROTATED Y ns Y Y
ISOB5 ns ns Y Y
ANY ns ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns
11×17 ns Y ns ns
A5ROTATED Y ns ns ns
JISB5ROTATED Y ns ns ns
EXECUTIVEROTATED Y ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
60 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY4SIZE LETTER ns ns ns ns
LEGAL ns ns ns ns
A4 ns ns ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns ns
LEDGER ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns
COM10 ns (Y) ns ns
MONARCH ns Y ns ns
C5 ns Y ns ns
DL ns Y ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns ns
JISB5 ns ns ns ns
B5 ns Y ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns Y ns ns
A5 ns ns ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns ns
ANY ns ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 61
INTRAY5SIZE LETTER ns (Y) ns ns
LEGAL ns ns ns ns
A4 ns ns ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns ns
LEDGER ns ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns ns
JISB5 ns ns ns ns
B5 ns ns ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns ns
A5 ns ns ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns ns
ANY ns ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns ns
INTRAY6SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns ns
INTRAY7SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns ns
INTRAY8SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns ns
IOBUFFER AUTO (Y) (Y) ns ns
OFF Y Y ns ns
ON Y Y ns ns
IOSIZE MINIMUM 100 10 ns ns
MAXIMUM
memory-dependent
100 100 ns ns
DEFAULT 100 10 ns ns
JOBATTR “attribute string” ns “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns 80 80 80
JOBID OFF ns (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON ns Y Y Y
JOBMFQBEGIN MINIMUM ns 0 ns ns
MAXIMUM ns 10000 ns ns
DEFAULT ns 0 ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
62 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
JOBMFQEND MINIMUM ns 0 ns ns
MAXIMUM ns 10000 ns ns
DEFAULT ns 0 ns ns
JOBNAME “jobname string” “” “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 80 80 80
JOBOFFSET OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
JOBSOURCE PRINT (Y) (Y)1 ns ns
COPY Y Y ns ns
LANG DANISH Y Y Y Y
GERMAN Y Y Y Y
ENGLISH (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
SPANISH Y Y Y Y
FRENCH Y Y Y Y
ITALIAN Y Y Y Y
DUTCH Y Y Y Y
NORWEGIAN Y Y Y Y
POLISH Y Y ns ns
PORTUGUESE Y Y Y ns
FINNISH Y Y Y Y
SWEDISH Y Y Y Y
TURKISH Y Y ns ns
JAPANESE Y Y ns ns
CZECH Y Y ns ns
HUNGARIAN Y Y ns ns
RUSSIAN Y Y ns ns
TRADITIONALCHINESE ns ns ns ns
SIMPLIFIEDCHINESE ns ns ns ns
KOREAN ns ns ns ns
LANGPROMPT OFF ns (Y) ns ns
ON ns Y ns ns
LOWCARTRIDGE STOP ns ns ns Y
CONTINUE ns ns ns (Y)
LOWSUPPLIES STOP ns ns ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns ns ns
LOWTONER STOP Y Y ns ns
CONTINUE (Y) (Y) ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
1 The default is COPY if the job is a copy job from the scanner on the HP LaserJet 8150
series.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 63
LPARM: PCL
FONTNUMBER
MINIMUM 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 89 999 89 89
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0
LPARM: PCL
FONTSOURCE
I (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
M1 ns Y Y Y
M2 ns Y Y Y
M3 ns Y Y Y
M4 ns Y Y Y
M5 ns ns Y Y
S ns Y Y Y
LPARM: PCL PITCH MINIMUM 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44
MAXIMUM 99.99 99.99 99.99 99.99
DEFAULT 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00
LPARM: PCL PTSIZE MINIMUM 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
MAXIMUM 999.75 999.75 999.75 999.75
DEFAULT 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00
LPARM: PCL SYMSET
(continued on the
following page)
DESKTOP Y Y Y Y
ISO4 Y Y Y Y
ISO6 Y Y Y Y
ISO11 Y Y Y Y
ISO15 Y Y Y Y
ISO17 Y Y Y Y
ISO21 Y Y Y Y
ISO60 Y Y Y Y
ISO69 Y Y Y Y
ISOL1 Y Y Y Y
ISOL2 Y Y Y Y
ISOL5 Y Y Y Y
ISOL6 Y Y Y Y
ISOL9 ns ns Y Y
LEGAL Y Y Y Y
MCTEXT Y Y Y Y
PC1004 Y Y Y Y
PC775 Y Y Y Y
PC8 (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
PC850 Y Y Y Y
PC852 Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
64 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
LPARM: PCL SYMSET
(continued from the
previous page)
PC858 ns ns Y Y
PC8DN Y Y Y Y
PC8TK Y Y Y Y
PSTEXT Y Y Y Y
ROMAN8 Y Y Y Y
ROMAN9 ns ns Y Y
WIN30 Y Y Y Y
WIN31J ns Y ns ns
WINBALT Y Y Y Y
WINL1 Y Y Y Y
WINL2 Y Y Y Y
WINL5 Y Y Y Y
UCS2 ns ns ns ns
LPARM: PDF
OWNERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns ns
LPARM: PDF
USERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns ns
LPARM: POSTSCRIPT
PRTSERRS
OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
LPARM:
RESOURCESAVE
0 (Y) (Y) ns ns
MINIMUM ns Y ns ns
MAXIMUM ns Y ns ns
MAINTINTERVAL MINIMUM 0 ns ns ns
MAXIMUM 999999 ns ns ns
DEFAULT 150000 ns ns ns
MANUALDUPLEX OFF ns ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns ns
MANUALFEED OFF (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 65
MEDIASOURCE DEFAULT ns ns ns ns
AUTOSELECT ns ns ns ns
DEFAULTSOURCETRAY ns ns ns ns
MANUALFEED ns ns ns ns
TRAY1 ns ns ns ns
TRAY2 ns ns ns ns
TRAY3 ns ns ns ns
TRAY4 ns ns ns ns
ENVELOPE TRAY ns ns ns ns
DUPLEXTRAY ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY02 ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY03 ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY04 ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY05 ns ns ns ns
o ns ns ns ns
o ns ns ns ns
o ns ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY32 ns ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
66 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
MEDIATYPE DEFAULTMEDIATYPE ns ns ns ns
ANY ns ns ns ns
PLAIN ns ns ns ns
PREPRINTED ns ns ns ns
LETTERHEAD ns ns ns ns
TRANSPARENCY ns ns ns ns
PREPUNCHED ns ns ns ns
LABELS ns ns ns ns
BOND ns ns ns ns
RECYCLED ns ns ns ns
COLOR ns ns ns ns
LIGHT ns ns ns ns
HEAVY ns ns ns ns
CARDSTOCK ns ns ns ns
ROUGH ns ns ns ns
VELLUM ns ns ns ns
ENVELOPE ns ns ns ns
GLOSSY ns ns ns ns
HEAVYGLOSSY ns ns ns ns
TOUGHPAPER ns ns ns ns
USERTYPE1 ns ns ns ns
USERTYPE2 ns ns ns ns
USERTYPE3 ns ns ns ns
USERTYPE4 ns ns ns ns
USERTYPE5 ns ns ns ns
MFQBEGIN MINIMUM ns 0 ns ns
MAXIMUM ns 10000 ns ns
DEFAULT ns 0 ns ns
MFQEND MINIMUM ns 0 ns ns
MAXIMUM ns 10000 ns ns
DEFAULT ns 10000 ns ns
MPTRAY FIRST (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
CASSETTE Y Y Y Y
ORIENTATION PORTRAIT (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
LANDSCAPE Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 67
OUTBIN UPPER (Y) (Y) (Y) ns
LOWER ns Y Y (Y)
OPTIONALOUTBIN1 ns Y Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN2 ns Y Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN3 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN4 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN5 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN6 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN7 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN8 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN9 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN10 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN11 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN12 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN13 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN14 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN15 ns Y ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN16 ns Y ns ns
OUTBINPROCESS MINIMUM 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 255 255 255
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0
OUTLINEPOINTSIZE MINIMUM 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 999 999 999 999
DEFAULT 72 72 72 72
OUTTONER STOP ns ns ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns ns ns
PAGEPROTECT AUTO (Y) (Y) ns ns
ON Y Y ns ns
DEFAULT ns Y ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
68 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
PAPER
(Letter, Legal, Ledger,
A3, A4, Executive,
JISB4, and JISB5 are
paper sizes; Com10, C5,
DL, Monarch, and B5
are envelope sizes;
JPOST and JPOSTD
are Japanese postcard
sizes; CUSTOM is for
feeding other sizes, such
as 3 x 5 cards and
labels)
A3 Y Y Y Y
A41 Y Y Y Y
A4ROTATED Y ns ns ns
A5 Y Y Y Y
A5ROTATED Y ns ns ns
A6 Y ns ns ns
B5 Y Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y Y
COM10 Y Y Y Y
C5 Y Y Y Y
DL1 Y Y Y Y
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y Y
EXECUTIVEROTATED Y ns ns ns
FOOLSCAP ns ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns Y Y
JISB4 Y Y Y Y
JISB5 Y Y Y Y
A5ROTATED Y ns ns ns
JISB6 Y ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns Y Y Y
JPOST Y ns ns ns
JPOSTD Y Y Y Y
LEDGER Y ns Y Y
LEGAL Y Y Y Y
LETTER1 (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
LETTERROTATED Y ns ns ns
MONARCH Y Y Y Y
ROC8K ns Y Y Y
ROC16K ns Y Y Y
11×17 ns Y ns ns
PAGES MINIMUM 0 ns ns ns
MAXIMUM 9999999 ns ns ns
DEFAULT 172 ns ns ns
PASSWORD2 MINIMUM 0 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 65535 65535 65535 65535
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
1 If configured for metric paper sizes, A4 is the default paper size and DL is the default
envelope size.
2 The PASSWORD variable is only supported with the DEFAULT, DINQUIRE, and INQUIRE.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 69
PERSONALITY AUTO (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
PCL Y Y Y Y
POSTSCRIPT Y Y Y Y
PDF ns ns ns ns
PLANESINUSE 3 ns ns (Y) (Y)
1 ns ns ns ns
POWERSAVE ON (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
OFF Y Y Y Y
POWERSAVEMODE ENERGYSTAR ns ns ns ns
BLUEANGEL ns ns ns ns
POWERSAVETIME 1 ns ns Y Y
15 (Y) Y Y Y
30 Y Y (Y) Y
60 Y (Y) Y Y
90 ns ns ns (Y)
120 Y Y Y Y
180 Y Y ns ns
240 ns ns Y Y
PR1200SPEED HALF ns Y ns ns
NORMAL ns (Y) ns ns
PRINTONBACKSIDE ON ns ns ns ns
OFF ns ns ns ns
PROCESSINGBOUNDARY MOPY ns ns ns (Y)
JOB ns ns ns Y
PROCESSINGOPTION DEFAULT ns ns “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns 16 16
PROCESSINGTYPE DEFAULT ns ns “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns 80 80
QTY MINIMUM 0 0 1 1
MAXIMUM 999 999 32000 32000
DEFAULT 0 0 0 0
REPRINT AUTO (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y Y
OFF Y Y Y Y
RESOLUTION 300 Y Y Y Y
600 (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
1200 Y ns ns ns
RESOURCESAVE AUTO Y Y ns ns
OFF (Y) (Y) ns ns
ON Y Y ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
70 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
RET OFF Y Y Y Y
LIGHT Y Y Y Y
MEDIUM (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
DARK Y Y Y Y
STAPLEOPTION DEFAULT (Y) ns (Y) (Y)
ONE Y ns Y Y
TWO Y ns Y Y
THREE Y ns Y Y
FOUR Y ns Y Y
FIVE Y ns Y Y
SIX Y ns Y Y
SEVEN Y ns Y Y
ONEANGLED Y ns Y Y
ONEOPPOSED Y ns Y Y
OPTION3 Y ns Y Y
OPTION4 Y ns Y Y
OPTION5 Y ns Y Y
OPTION6 Y ns Y Y
CUSTOM Y ns Y Y
NONE Y ns Y Y
STRINGCODESET HPROMAN8 ns ns ns ns
JISX02011976 ns ns ns ns
ISO88592 ns ns ns ns
ISO88599 ns ns ns ns
ISO88595 ns ns ns ns
UTF8 ns ns ns ns
TIMEOUT MINIMUM 5 5 5 5
MAXIMUM 300 300 300 300
DEFAULT 15 15 15 15
USERNAME MAXIMUM LENGTH ns 80 80 80
WIDEA4 NO (Y) (Y) (Y) (Y)
YES Y Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the
specific support information is correct, test these variable settings on your product.
Table 11. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5100
series
8150
series
9000
series
9000mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 71
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
AUTOCONT1 OFF (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y
BINDING LONGEDGE ns ns
SHORTEDGE ns ns
BITSPERPIXEL MINIMUM 1 1
MAXIMUM 2 2
DEFAULT 1 1
CLEARABLEWARNINGS1 JOB ns ns
ON ns ns
COPIES MINIMUM 1 1
MAXIMUM 999 999
DEFAULT 1 1
COURIER REGULAR (Y) (Y)
DARK Y Y
CPLOCK2 OFF ns ns
ON ns ns
MINIMUM ns ns
MODERATE ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns
DENSITY1 MINIMUM 1 1
MAXIMUM 5 5
DEFAULT 3 3
DISKLOCK2 OFF ns ns
ON ns ns
DUPLEX OFF ns ns
ON ns ns
ECONOMODE OFF (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y
EDGETOEDGE NO ns ns
YES ns ns
FIH OFF ns ns
ON ns ns
FINISH NONE ns ns
STAPLE ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
1 When a SET or DEFAULT command is used with the AUTOCONT,
CLEARABLEWARNINGS, or DENSITY variables, both the User
Default and PJL Current Environment settings are modified (except
for the LaserJet 4L, 5L, and 6L printers). It is recommended these
variables not be changed on a job-by-job basis.
2 Can be modified only by using the DEFAULT command.
72 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
FINISHEROPTION MINIMUM ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns
FINISHERTYPE MINIMUM ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns
FORMLINES MINIMUM 5 5
MAXIMUM 128 128
DEFAULT 60 60
HELDJOBTIMEOUT DISABLED ns ns
ONEHOUR ns ns
FOURHOURS ns ns
ONEDAY ns ns
ONEWEEK ns ns
HOLD OFF ns ns
ON ns ns
PROOF ns ns
STORE ns ns
JOB ns ns
HOLDKEY DEFAULT ns ns
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns
HOLDTYPE PUBLIC ns ns
PRIVATE ns ns
HOSTCLEANINGPAGE OFF ns ns
ON ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 73
INTRAY1SIZE LETTER ns ns
LEGAL ns ns
A4 ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns
LEDGER ns ns
A3 ns ns
COM10 ns ns
MONARCH ns ns
C5 ns ns
DL ns ns
JISB4 ns ns
JISB5 ns ns
B5 ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns
A5 ns ns
ROC8K ns ns
ROC16K ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns
ANY ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
74 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY2SIZE LETTER ns ns
LEGAL ns ns
A4 ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns
LEDGER ns ns
A3 ns ns
COM10 ns ns
MONARCH ns ns
C5 ns ns
DL ns ns
JISB4 ns ns
JISB5 ns ns
B5 ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns
A5 ns ns
ROC8K ns ns
ROC16K ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns
ANY ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 75
INTRAY3SIZE LETTER ns ns
LEGAL ns ns
A4 ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns
LEDGER ns ns
A3 ns ns
COM10 ns ns
MONARCH ns ns
C5 ns ns
DL ns ns
JISB4 ns ns
JISB5 ns ns
B5 ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns
A5 ns ns
ROC8K ns ns
ROC16K ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns
ANY ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
76 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY4SIZE LETTER ns ns
LEGAL ns ns
A4 ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns
LEDGER ns ns
A3 ns ns
COM10 ns ns
MONARCH ns ns
C5 ns ns
DL ns ns
JISB4 ns ns
JISB5 ns ns
B5 ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns
A5 ns ns
ROC8K ns ns
ROC16K ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 77
INTRAY5SIZE LETTER ns ns
LEGAL ns ns
A4 ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns
LEDGER ns ns
A3 ns ns
COM10 ns ns
MONARCH ns ns
C5 ns ns
DL ns ns
JISB4 ns ns
JISB5 ns ns
B5 ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns
A5 ns ns
ROC8K ns ns
ROC16K ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns
INTRAY6SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns
INTRAY7SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns
INTRAY8SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns
JOBATTR “attribute string” ns ns
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns
JOBID OFF ns ns
ON ns ns
JOBNAME “jobname string” ns ns
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns
JOBOFFSET OFF ns ns
ON ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
78 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
LANG DANISH Y Y
GERMAN Y Y
ENGLISH (Y) (Y)
SPANISH Y Y
FRENCH Y Y
ITALIAN Y Y
DUTCH Y Y
NORWEGIAN Y Y
POLISH Y Y
PORTUGUESE Y Y
FINNISH Y Y
SWEDISH Y Y
TURKISH ns Y
JAPANESE ns ns
CZECH ns Y
HUNGARIAN Y Y
RUSSIAN Y Y
TRADITIONALCHINESE ns ns
SIMPLIFIEDCHINESE ns ns
KOREAN ns ns
LOWCARTRIDGE STOP ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns
LOWSUPPLIES STOP ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns
LOWTONER STOP ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns
OFF ns ns
ON ns ns
LPARM: PCL
FONTNUMBER
MINIMUM 0 0
MAXIMUM 89 89
DEFAULT 0 0
LPARM: PCL
FONTSOURCE
I (Y) (Y)
M1 ns ns
M2 ns ns
M3 ns ns
M4 ns ns
M5 ns ns
S ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 79
LPARM: PCL
LINETERMINATION
0 (Y) (Y)
1 Y Y
2 Y Y
3 Y Y
LPARM: PCL PITCH MINIMUM 0.44 0.44
MAXIMUM 99.99 99.99
DEFAULT 10.00 10.00
LPARM: PCL PTSIZE MINIMUM 4.00 4.00
MAXIMUM 999.75 999.75
DEFAULT 12.00 12.00
LPARM: PCL SYMSET
(continued on the
following page)
DESKTOP Y Y
ISO4 Y Y
ISO6 Y Y
ISO11 Y Y
ISO15 Y Y
ISO17 Y Y
ISO21 Y Y
ISO60 Y Y
ISO69 Y Y
ISOL1 Y Y
ISOL2 Y Y
ISOL5 Y Y
ISOL6 Y Y
ISOL9 ns ns
LEGAL Y Y
MCTEXT Y Y
PC1004 Y Y
PC775 Y Y
PC8 (Y) (Y)
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
80 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
LPARM: PCL SYMSET
(continued from the
previous page)
PC850 Y Y
PC852 Y Y
PC858 ns ns
PC8DN Y Y
PC8TK Y Y
PSTEXT Y Y
ROMAN8 Y Y
ROMAN9 ns ns
WIN30 Y Y
WIN31J ns ns
WINBALT Y Y
WINL1 Y Y
WINL2 Y Y
WINL5 Y Y
UCS2 ns ns
LPARM: PDF
OWNERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns
LPARM: PDF
USERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns
LPARM: POSTSCRIPT
PRTSERRS
OFF (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y
MANUALDUPLEX OFF ns ns
ON ns ns
MANUALFEED OFF (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 81
MEDIASOURCE DEFAULT ns ns
AUTOSELECT ns ns
DEFAULTSOURCETRAY ns ns
MANUALFEED ns ns
TRAY1 ns ns
TRAY2 ns ns
TRAY3 ns ns
TRAY4 ns ns
ENVELOPE TRAY ns ns
DUPLEXTRAY ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY02 ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY03 ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY04 ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY05 ns ns
o ns ns
o ns ns
o ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY32 ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
82 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
MEDIATYPE DEFAULTMEDIATYPE ns ns
ANY ns ns
PLAIN ns ns
PREPRINTED ns ns
LETTERHEAD ns ns
TRANSPARENCY ns ns
PREPUNCHED ns ns
LABELS ns ns
BOND ns ns
RECYCLED ns ns
COLOR ns ns
LIGHT ns ns
HEAVY ns ns
CARDSTOCK ns ns
ROUGH ns ns
VELLUM ns ns
ENVELOPE ns ns
GLOSSY ns ns
HEAVYGLOSSY ns ns
TOUGHPAPER ns ns
USERTYPE1 ns ns
USERTYPE2 ns ns
USERTYPE3 ns ns
USERTYPE4 ns ns
USERTYPE5 ns ns
MPTRAY MANUAL ns ns
CASSETTE ns ns
FIRST ns ns
ORIENTATION PORTRAIT (Y) (Y)
LANDSCAPE Y Y
OUTBIN UPPER ns ns
LOWER ns ns
OUTBINPROCESS MINIMUM ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns
OUTLINEPOINTSIZE MINIMUM 12 12
MAXIMUM 999 999
DEFAULT 72 72
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 83
OUTTONER STOP ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns
PAGEPROTECT AUTO (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y
PAPER
(Letter, Legal, Ledger,
A3, A4, Executive,
JISB4, and JISB5 are
paper sizes; Com10, C5,
DL, Monarch, and B5
are envelope sizes;
JPOST and JPOSTD
are Japanese postcard
sizes; CUSTOM is for
feeding other sizes, such
as 3 x 5 cards and
labels)
A3 ns ns
A41 Y Y
A5 Y Y
B5 Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y
COM10 Y Y
C5 Y Y
DL1 Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y
ISOB5 Y Y
JISB4 ns ns
JISB5 Y Y
JISEXEC ns ns
JPOST Y Y
JPOSTD Y Y
LEDGER ns ns
LEGAL Y Y
LETTER1 (Y) (Y)
MONARCH Y Y
ROC8K ns ns
ROC16K Y Y
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns
FOOLSCAP Y Y
PASSWORD2 MINIMUM 0 0
MAXIMUM 65535 65535
DEFAULT DISABLED DISABLED
PERSONALITY AUTO (Y) (Y)
PCL Y Y
POSTSCRIPT ns Y
PDF ns ns
PLANESINUSE 3 ns ns
1 ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
1 If the product is configured for metric paper sizes, A4 is the default
paper size and DL is the default envelope size.
2 The PASSWORD variable is only supported with the DEFAULT,
DINQUIRE, and INQUIRE.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
84 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
POWERSAVE ON ns ns
OFF ns ns
POWERSAVEMODE ENERGYSTAR ns ns
BLUEANGEL ns ns
POWERSAVETIME 1 ns ns
15 ns ns
30 ns ns
60 ns ns
90 ns ns
120 ns ns
240 ns ns
PRINTONBACKSIDE ON ns ns
OFF ns ns
PROCESSINGBOUNDARY MOPY ns ns
JOB ns ns
PROCESSINGOPTION DEFAULT ns ns
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns
PROCESSINGTYPE DEFAULT ns ns
MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns
QTY MINIMUM 0 0
MAXIMUM 999 999
DEFAULT 0 0
REPRINT AUTO (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y
OFF Y Y
RESOLUTION 300 Y Y
600 Y Y
1200 (Y) (Y)
RET OFF Y Y
ON (Y) (Y)
LIGHT ns ns
MEDIUM ns ns
DARK ns ns
SCAN MINIMUM 0 0
MAXIMUM 65535 65535
DEFAULT 0 0
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 85
STAPLEOPTION DEFAULT ns ns
ONE ns ns
TWO ns ns
THREE ns ns
FOUR ns ns
FIVE ns ns
SIX ns ns
SEVEN ns ns
ONEANGLED ns ns
ONEOPPOSED ns ns
OPTION3 ns ns
OPTION4 ns ns
OPTION5 ns ns
OPTION6 ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns
NONE ns ns
STRINGCODESET HPROMAN8 ns ns
JISX02011976 ns ns
ISO88592 ns ns
ISO88599 ns ns
ISO88595 ns ns
UTF8 ns ns
TESTPAGE ? (Y) (Y)
SELFTEST Y Y
PCLTYPELIST Y Y
CONTSELFTEST Y Y
DEMOPAGE Y Y
ERRORREPORT ns ns
SUPPLIESSTATUSREPORT ns ns
DATASTORE ns Y
PSTYPEFACELIST ns Y
TIMEOUT MINIMUM 5 5
MAXIMUM 300 7200
DEFAULT 15 15
TRAY1TEMP LOW ns Y
MEDIUM (Y) (Y)
HIGH Y Y
HIGH2 ns Y
USERNAME MAXIMUM LENGTH ns ns
WIDEA4 NO (Y) (Y)
YES Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without
notice. To ensure that the specific support information is correct, test
these variable settings on your product.
Table 12. PJL environmental variables for HP LaserJet products (continued)
Environment
variable
Variable
values
3200mfp
series
3300mfp
series
86 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
AUTOCONT1 OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
BINDING LONGEDGE (Y) (Y) (Y)
SHORTEDGE Y Y Y
BITSPERPIXEL MINIMUM 8 8 8
MAXIMUM 8 8 8
DEFAULT/ 8 8 8
CLEARABLEWARNINGS1 JOB (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
COPIES MINIMUM 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 32000 999 32000
DEFAULT 32000 1 32000
COURIER REGULAR (Y) (Y) (Y)
DARK Y Y Y
CPLOCK2 OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
MINIMUM Y Y Y
MODERATE Y Y Y
MAXIMUM Y Y Y
DENSITY1 MINIMUM ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns
DISKLOCK2 OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
DUPLEX OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
ECONOMODE OFF ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns
EDGETOEDGE NO ns ns ns
YES ns ns ns
FIH OFF ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable
settings on your product.
1 When a SET or DEFAULT command is used with the AUTOCONT,
CLEARABLEWARNINGS, or DENSITY variables, both the User Default and
PJL Current Environment settings are modified (except for the LaserJet 4L, 5L,
and 6L printers). It is recommended that these variables not be changed on a
job-by-job basis.
2 Can be modified only by using the DEFAULT command.
ENWW PJL environment variable support 87
FINISH NONE (Y) (Y) (Y)
STAPLE Y Y Y
ON Y Y Y
FINISHEROPTION MINIMUM 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 255 255
DEFAULT 0 0 0
FINISHERTYPE MINIMUM 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 255 255
DEFAULT 0 0 0
FORMLINES MINIMUM 5 5 5
MAXIMUM 128 128 128
DEFAULT 60 60 60
HELDJOBTIMEOUT DISABLED (Y) (Y) (Y)
ONEHOUR Y Y Y
FOURHOURS Y Y Y
ONEDAY Y Y Y
ONEWEEK Y Y Y
HOLD OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
PROOF Y Y Y
STORE Y Y Y
HOLDKEY DEFAULT “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH 4 4 4
HOLDTYPE PUBLIC (Y) (Y) (Y)
PRIVATE Y Y Y
HOSTCLEANINGPAGE OFF (Y) ns ns
ON Y ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
88 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY1SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) (Y)
LEGAL Y Y Y
A4 Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y
LEDGER ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns
COM10 Y Y Y
MONARCH Y Y Y
C5 Y Y Y
DL Y Y Y
JISB4 ns ns ns
JISB5 Y Y Y
B5 Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y
JPOSTD Y ns Y
A5 Y Y Y
ROC8K ns ns ns
ROC16K Y Y Y
JISEXEC Y Y Y
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM Y ns Y
A4ROTATED ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns Y ns
ANY ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 89
INTRAY2SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) (Y)
LEGAL Y Y Y
A4 Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y
LEDGER ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns
JISB5 Y Y Y
B5 ns ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns Y
JPOSTD ns ns ns
A5 Y Y Y
ROC8K ns ns ns
R0C16K ns ns Y
JISEXEC Y ns Y
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns Y
A4ROTATED ns ns ns
ISOB5 Y Y ns
ANY ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
90 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY3SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) (Y)
LEGAL ns Y Y
A4 Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE ns Y Y
LEDGER ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns
JISB5 ns Y Y
B5 ns ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns Y
JPOSTD ns ns ns
A5 ns Y Y
ROC8K ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns Y
JISEXEC ns ns Y
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns Y
A4ROTATED ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns Y ns
ANY ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 91
INTRAY4SIZE LETTER ns ns ns
LEGAL ns ns ns
A4 ns ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns
LEDGER ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns
JISB5 ns ns ns
B5 ns ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns
A5 ns ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns
ANY ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
92 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY5SIZE LETTER ns ns ns
LEGAL ns ns ns
A4 ns ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns
LEDGER ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns
JISB5 ns ns ns
B5 ns ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns
A5 ns ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns
LETTERR0TATED ns ns ns
ANTCUSTOM ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns
INTRAY6SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns
INTRAY7SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns
INTRAY8SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns
JOBATTR “attribute string” “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 80 80
JOBID OFF Y Y Y
ON (Y) (Y) (Y)
JOBNAME “jobname string” “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 80 80
JOBOFFSET OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 93
LANG ENGLISH (Y) (Y) (Y)
FRENCH Y Y Y
GERMAN Y Y Y
ITALIAN Y Y Y
SPANISH Y Y Y
SWEDISH Y Y Y
DANISH Y Y Y
NORWEGIAN Y Y Y
DUTCH Y Y Y
FINNISH Y Y Y
PORTUGUESE Y Y Y
TURKISH Y Y Y
POLISH Y Y Y
JAPANESE Y Y Y
RUSSIAN Y Y Y
CZECH Y Y Y
HUNGARIAN Y Y Y
TRADITIONALCHINESE ns ns Y
SIMPLIFIEDCHINESE ns ns Y
KOREAN ns ns Y
LOWCARTRIDGE STOP ns ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns ns
LOWSUPPLIES STOP ns Y Y
CONTINUE ns (Y) (Y)
LOWTONER STOP ns ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns ns
LPARM: PCL
FONTNUMBER
MINIMUM 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 89 89 89
DEFAULT 0 0 0
LPARM: PCL
FONTSOURCE
I (Y) (Y) (Y)
M1 Y Y Y
M2 Y Y Y
M3 Y Y Y
M4 Y Y Y
M5 Y Y Y
S Y Y Y
LPARM: PCL PITCH MINIMUM 0.44 0.44 0.44
MAXIMUM 99.99 99.99 99.99
DEFAULT 0.44 0.44 0.44
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
94 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
LPARM: PCL PTSIZE MINIMUM 4.00 4.00 4.00
MAXIMUM 999.75 999.75 999.75
DEFAULT 12.00 12.00 12.00
LPARM: PCL SYMSET DESKTOP Y Y Y
ISO11 Y Y Y
ISO15 Y Y Y
ISO17 Y Y Y
ISO21 Y Y Y
ISO4 Y Y Y
ISO6 Y Y Y
ISO60 Y Y Y
ISO69 Y Y Y
ISOL1 Y Y Y
ISOL2 Y Y Y
ISOL5 Y Y Y
ISOL6 Y Y Y
ISOL9 Y Y Y
LEGAL Y Y Y
MCTEXT Y Y Y
PC1004 Y Y Y
PC775 Y Y Y
PC8 (Y) (Y) (Y)
PC850 Y Y Y
PC852 Y Y Y
PC858 Y Y Y
PC8DN Y Y Y
PC8TK Y Y Y
PSTEXT Y Y Y
ROMAN8 Y Y Y
ROMAN9 Y Y Y
WIN30 Y Y Y
WIN31J ns ns ns
WINBALT Y Y Y
WINL1 Y Y Y
WINL2 Y Y Y
WINL5 Y Y Y
UCSC2 ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 95
LPARM: PDF
OWNERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns
LPARM: PDF
USERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns
LPARM: POSTSCRIPT
PRTSERRS
OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
MANUALDUPLEX OFF (Y) ns (Y)
ON Y ns Y
MANUALFEED OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
MEDIASOURCE DEFAULT ns ns ns
AUTOSELECT ns ns ns
DEFAULTSOURCETRAY ns ns ns
MANUALFEED ns ns ns
TRAY1 ns ns ns
TRAY2 ns ns ns
TRAY3 ns ns ns
TRAY4 ns ns ns
ENVELOPE TRAY ns ns ns
DUPLEXTRAY ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY02 ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY03 ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY04 ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY05 ns ns ns
o ns ns ns
o ns ns ns
o ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY32 ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
96 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
MEDIATYPE DEFAULTMEDIATYPE ns ns ns
ANY ns ns ns
PLAIN ns ns ns
PREPRINTED ns ns ns
LETTERHEAD ns ns ns
TRANSPARENCY ns ns ns
PREPUNCHED ns ns ns
LABELS ns ns ns
BOND ns ns ns
RECYCLED ns ns ns
COLOR ns ns ns
LIGHT ns ns ns
HEAVY ns ns ns
CARDSTOCK ns ns ns
ROUGH ns ns ns
VELLUM ns ns ns
ENVELOPE ns ns ns
GLOSSY ns ns ns
HEAVYGLOSSY ns ns ns
TOUGHPAPER ns ns ns
USERTYPE1 ns ns ns
USERTYPE2 ns ns ns
USERTYPE3 ns ns ns
USERTYPE4 ns ns ns
USERTYPE5 ns ns ns
MPTRAY FIRST ns (Y) ns
CASSETTE ns Y ns
ORIENTATION PORTRAIT (Y) (Y) (Y)
LANDSCAPE Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 97
OUTBIN UPPER (Y) (Y) (Y)
LOWER ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN1 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN2 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN3 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN4 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN5 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN6 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN7 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN8 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN9 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN10 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN11 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN12 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN13 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN14 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN15 ns ns ns
OPTIONALOUTBIN16 ns ns ns
OUTBINPROCESS MINIMUM 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 255 255
DEFAULT 0 0 0
OUTLINEPOINTSIZE MINIMUM 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 999 999 999
DEFAULT 72 72 72
OUTTONER STOP ns ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
98 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
PAPER
(Letter, Legal, Ledger,
A3, A4, Executive,
JISB4, and JISB5 are
paper sizes; Com10, C5,
DL, Monarch, and B5
are envelope sizes;
JPOST and JPOSTD
are Japanese postcard
sizes; CUSTOM is for
feeding other sizes, such
as 3 x 5 cards and
labels)
A3 ns Y ns
A41 Y Y Y
A5 Y Y Y
B5 Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y
COM10 Y Y Y
C5 Y Y Y
DL1 Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y
ISOB5 Y Y ns
JISB4 ns ns ns
JISB5 Y Y Y
JISEXEC Y Y Y
JPOST Y ns ns
JPOSTD Y ns Y
LEDGER ns ns ns
LEGAL Y Y Y
LETTER1 (Y) (Y) (Y)
MONARCH Y Y Y
ROC8K ns ns ns
ROC16K Y Y Y
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns
FOOLSCAP ns ns ns
PASSWORD2 MINIMUM 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 65535 65535 65535
DEFAULT 0 0 0
PERSONALITY AUTO (Y) (Y) (Y)
PCL Y Y Y
POSTSCRIPT Y Y Y
PDF ns ns ns
PLANESINUSE 1 (Y) (Y) (Y)
3 Y Y Y
POWERSAVE ON (Y) (Y) (Y)
OFF Y Y Y
POWERSAVEMODE ENERGYSTAR ns ns ns
BLUEANGEL ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
1 If the product is configured for metric paper sizes, A4 is the default paper size
and DL is the default envelope size.
2 The PASSWORD variable is supported only with DEFAULT, DINQUIRE, and
INQUIRE.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 99
POWERSAVETIME 1 Y Y Y
15 Y Y Y
30 (Y) (Y) (Y)
60 Y Y Y
90 Y ns Y
120 Y Y Y
240 Y Y Y
PRINTONBACKSIDE ON (Y) ns (Y)
OFF Y ns Y
PROCESSINGBOUNDARY MOPY (Y) ns (Y)
JOB Y ns Y
PROCESSINGOPTION DEFAULT “” ns “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH 16 ns 16
PROCESSINGTYPE DEFAULT “” ns “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 ns 80
QTY MINIMUM 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 32000 999 32000
DEFAULT 0 0 0
REPRINT ON Y Y Y
OFF Y Y Y
AUTO (Y) (Y) (Y)
RESOLUTION 300 ns ns ns
600 (Y) (Y) (Y)
1200 ns ns ns
RET OFF ns ns ns
LIGHT ns ns ns
MEDIUM ns ns ns
DARK ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
100 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
STAPLEOPTION DEFAULT (Y) (Y) (Y)
ONE Y Y Y
TWO Y Y Y
THREE Y Y Y
FOUR Y Y Y
FIVE Y Y Y
SIX Y Y Y
SEVEN Y Y Y
ONEANGLED Y Y Y
ONEOPPOSED Y Y Y
OPTION3 Y Y Y
OPTION4 Y Y Y
OPTION5 Y Y Y
OPTION6 Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y
NONE Y Y Y
STRINGCODESET HPROMAN8 (Y) ns (Y)
JISX02011976 Y ns Y
ISO88592 Y ns Y
ISO88599 Y ns Y
ISO88595 Y ns Y
UTF8 Y ns Y
TIMEOUT MINIMUM 5 5 5
MAXIMUM 300 300 300
DEFAULT 15 15 15
USERNAME MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 80 80
WIDEA4 NO (Y) (Y) (Y)
YES Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 13. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
2500
series
4550
series
4600
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 101
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
AUTOCONT1 OFF (Y) Y Y
ON Y (Y) (Y)
BINDING LONGEDGE (Y) (Y) (Y)
SHORTEDGE Y Y Y
BITSPERPIXEL MINIMUM ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns
CLEARABLEWARNINGS1 JOB (Y) Y Y
ON Y (Y) (Y)
COPIES MINIMUM 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 32000 999 999
DEFAULT 32000 1 1
COURIER REGULAR (Y) (Y) (Y)
DARK Y Y Y
CPLOCK2 OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
MINIMUM Y ns ns
MODERATE Y ns ns
MAXIMUM Y ns ns
OFF Y Y Y
DENSITY1 MINIMUM ns 1 1
MAXIMUM ns 5 5
DEFAULT ns 3 3
DISKLOCK2 OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
DUPLEX OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
ECONOMODE OFF ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns
EDGETOEDGE NO ns ns ns
YES ns ns ns
FIH OFF ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns
FINISH NONE (Y) Y Y
STAPLE Y (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
1 When a SET or DEFAULT command is used with the AUTOCONT,
CLEARABLEWARNINGS, or DENSITY variables, both the User Default and
PJL Current Environment settings are modified (except for the LaserJet 4L, 5L,
and 6L printers). It is recommended that these variables not be changed on a
job-by-job basis.
2 Can be modified only by using the DEFAULT command.
102 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
FINISHEROPTION MINIMUM 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 255 255
DEFAULT 0 0 0
FINISHERTYPE MINIMUM 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 255 255
DEFAULT 0 0 0
FORMLINES MINIMUM 5 5 5
MAXIMUM 128 128 128
DEFAULT 60 60 60
HELDJOBTIMEOUT DISABLED (Y) (Y) (Y)
ONEHOUR Y Y Y
FOURHOURS Y Y Y
ONEDAY Y Y Y
ONEWEEK Y Y Y
HOLD OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
PROOF Y Y Y
STORE Y Y Y
HOLDKEY DEFAULT “” ns ns
MAXIMUM LENGTH 4 ns ns
HOLDTYPE PUBLIC (Y) (Y) (Y)
PRIVATE Y Y Y
HOSTCLEANINGPAGE OFF ns ns ns
ON ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 103
INTRAY1SIZE LETTER (Y) Y Y
LEGAL Y Y Y
A4 Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y
LEDGER Y Y Y
A3 Y Y Y
COM10 Y Y Y
MONARCH Y Y Y
C5 Y Y Y
DL Y Y Y
JISB4 Y Y Y
JISB5 Y Y Y
B5 Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y
JPOSTD Y Y Y
A5 Y Y Y
ROC8K Y Y Y
ROC16K Y Y Y
JISEXEC Y Y Y
LETTERROTATED Y ns ns
ANYCUSTOM Y ns ns
A4ROTATED Y ns ns
ISOB5 Y ns ns
ANY ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns
AUTO ns (Y) (Y)
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
104 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY2SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) (Y)
LEGAL Y Y Y
A4 Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y ns ns
LEDGER Y ns ns
A3 Y ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns
JISB4 Y Y Y
JISB5 Y ns ns
B5 ns ns ns
CUSTOM Y ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns
A5 Y ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM Y ns ns
A4ROTATED Y ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns
ANY ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 105
INTRAY3SIZE LETTER (Y) (Y) (Y)
LEGAL Y Y Y
A4 Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y ns ns
LEDGER Y Y Y
A3 Y Y Y
COM10 ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns
JISB4 Y Y Y
JISB5 Y ns ns
B5 ns ns ns
CUSTOM Y ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns
A5 Y ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM Y ns ns
A4ROTATED Y ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns
ANY ns ns ns
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
106 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
INTRAY4SIZE LETTER ns (Y) (Y)
LEGAL ns Y Y
A4 ns Y Y
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns
LEDGER ns Y Y
A3 ns Y Y
COM10 ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns
JISB4 ns Y Y
JISB5 ns ns ns
B5 ns ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns
A5 ns ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 107
INTRAY5SIZE LETTER ns ns ns
LEGAL ns ns ns
A4 ns ns ns
EXECUTIVE ns ns ns
LEDGER ns ns ns
A3 ns ns ns
COM10 ns ns ns
MONARCH ns ns ns
C5 ns ns ns
DL ns ns ns
JISB4 ns ns ns
JISB5 ns ns ns
B5 ns ns ns
CUSTOM ns ns ns
JPOSTD ns ns ns
A5 ns ns ns
ROC8K ns ns ns
ROC16K ns ns ns
JISEXEC ns ns ns
LETTERROTATED ns ns ns
ANYCUSTOM ns ns ns
A4ROTATED ns ns ns
ISOB5 ns ns ns
INTRAY6SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns
INTRAY7SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns
INTRAY8SIZE Tray-dependent ns ns ns
JOBATTR “attribute string” “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 80 80
JOBID OFF (Y) ns ns
ON Y ns ns
JOBNAME “jobname string” “” “” “”
MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 80 80
JOBOFFSET OFF (Y) ns ns
ON Y ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
108 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
LANG ENGLISH (Y) (Y) (Y)
FRENCH Y Y Y
GERMAN Y Y Y
ITALIAN Y Y Y
SPANISH Y Y Y
SWEDISH Y Y Y
DANISH Y Y Y
NORWEGIAN Y Y Y
DUTCH Y Y Y
FINNISH Y Y Y
PORTUGUESE Y Y Y
TURKISH Y Y Y
POLISH Y Y Y
JAPANESE Y ns ns
RUSSIAN Y Y Y
CZECH Y Y Y
HUNGARIAN Y Y Y
TRADITIONALCHINESE Y ns ns
SIMPLIFIEDCHINESE Y ns ns
KOREAN Y ns ns
LOWCARTRIDGE STOP ns ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns ns
LOWSUPPLIES STOP (Y) ns ns
CONTINUE Y ns ns
LOWTONER STOP ns Y Y
CONTINUE ns (Y) (Y)
LPARM: PCL
FONTNUMBER
MINIMUM 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 89 47 47
DEFAULT 0 0 0
LPARM: PCL
FONTSOURCE
I (Y) (Y) (Y)
M1 Y Y Y
M2 Y Y Y
M3 Y Y Y
M4 Y Y Y
M5 Y Y Y
M6 ns Y Y
M7 ns Y Y
M8 ns Y Y
S Y ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 109
LPARM: PCL PITCH MINIMUM 0.44 0.44 0.44
MAXIMUM 99.99 99.99 99.99
DEFAULT 10.00 10.00 10.00
LPARM: PCL PTSIZE MINIMUM 4.00 4.00 4.00
MAXIMUM 999.75 999.75 999.75
DEFAULT 12.00 12.00 12.00
LPARM: PCL SYMSET
(continued on the
following page)
DESKTOP Y Y Y
ISO11 Y Y Y
ISO15 Y Y Y
ISO17 Y Y Y
ISO21 Y Y Y
ISO4 Y Y Y
ISO6 Y Y Y
ISO60 Y Y Y
ISO69 Y Y Y
ISOL1 Y Y Y
ISOL2 Y Y Y
ISOL5 Y Y Y
ISOL6 Y Y Y
ISOL9 Y ns ns
LEGAL Y Y Y
MCTEXT Y Y Y
PC1004 Y Y Y
PC775 Y Y Y
PC8 (Y) (Y) (Y)
PC850 Y Y Y
PC852 Y Y Y
PC858 Y ns ns
PC8DN Y Y Y
PC8TK Y Y Y
PSTEXT Y Y Y
ROMAN8 Y Y Y
ROMAN9 Y ns ns
WIN30 Y Y Y
WIN31J ns ns ns
WINBALT Y Y Y
WINL1 Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
110 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
LPARM: PCL SYMSET
(continued from the
previous page)
WINL2 Y Y Y
WINL5 Y Y Y
VCSC2 ns ns ns
LPARM: PDF
OWNERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns
LPARM: PDF
USERPASSWORD
MINIMUM ns ns ns
MAXIMUM ns ns ns
DEFAULT ns ns ns
LPARM: POSTSCRIPT
JAMRECOVERY
OFF ns Y Y
ON ns (Y) (Y)
LPARM: POSTSCRIPT
PRTSERRS
OFF (Y) Y Y
ON Y (Y) (Y)
MANUALDUPLEX OFF (Y) ns ns
ON Y ns ns
MANUALFEED OFF (Y) (Y) (Y)
ON Y Y Y
MEDIASOURCE DEFAULT Y ns ns
AUTOSELECT Y ns ns
DEFAULTSOURCETRAY Y ns ns
MANUALFEED Y ns ns
TRAY1 Y ns ns
TRAY2 Y ns ns
TRAY3 Y ns ns
TRAY4 Y ns ns
ENVELOPETRAY Y ns ns
DUPLEXTRAY ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY-2 ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY03 ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY04 ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY05 ns ns ns
o ns ns ns
o ns ns ns
o ns ns ns
EXTERNALTRAY32 ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 111
MEDIATYPE DEFAULTMEDIATYPE Y ns ns
ANY ns ns ns
PLAIN Y ns ns
PREPRINTED Y Y Y
LETTERHEAD Y Y Y
TRANSPARENCY Y Y Y
PREPUNCHED Y Y Y
LABELS Y Y Y
BOND Y Y Y
RECYCLED Y Y Y
COLOR Y Y Y
LIGHT Y ns ns
HEAVY Y Y Y
CARDSTOCK Y Y Y
ROUGH ns ns ns
VELLUM ns ns ns
ENVELOPE Y Y Y
GLOSSY Y Y Y
HEAVYGLOSSY Y ns ns
TOUGHPAPER Y ns ns
USERTYPE1 Y ns ns
USERTYPE2 Y ns ns
USERTYPE3 Y ns ns
USERTYPE4 Y ns ns
USERTYPE 5 Y ns ns
PAPER ns (Y) (Y)
TYPE28LB1 ns Y Y
TYPE28LB2 ns Y Y
MPTRAY FIRST ns (Y) (Y)
CASSETTE ns Y Y
ORIENTATION PORTRAIT (Y) (Y) (Y)
LANDSCAPE Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
112 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
OUTBIN UPPER (Y) (Y) (Y)
LOWER ns Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN1 ns Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN2 ns Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN3 ns Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN4 ns Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN5 ns Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN6 ns Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN7 ns Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN8 ns Y Y
OPTIONALOUTBIN9 ns Y Y
OUTBINPROCESS MINIMUM 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 255 255 255
DEFAULT 0 0 0
OUTLINEPOINTSIZE MINIMUM 0 ns ns
MAXIMUM 999 ns ns
DEFAULT 72 ns ns
OUTTONER STOP ns ns ns
CONTINUE ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 113
PAPER
(Letter, Legal, Ledger,
A3, A4, Executive,
JISB4, and JISB5 are
paper sizes; Com10, C5,
DL, Monarch, and B5
are envelope sizes;
JPOST and JPOSTD
are Japanese postcard
sizes; CUSTOM is for
feeding other sizes, such
as 3 x 5 cards and
labels)
A3 Y Y Y
A41 Y Y Y
A5 Y Y Y
B5 Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y
COM10 Y Y Y
C5 Y Y Y
DL1 Y Y Y
EXECUTIVE Y Y Y
ISOB5 Y ns ns
JISB4 Y Y Y
JISB5 Y Y Y
JISEXEC Y Y Y
JPOST ns ns ns
JPOSTD Y Y Y
LEDGER Y Y Y
LEGAL Y Y Y
LETTER1 (Y) (Y) (Y)
MONARCH Y Y Y
ROC8K Y Y Y
ROC16K Y Y Y
EIGHTPOINT5X13 ns ns ns
FOOLSCAP ns ns ns
PASSWORD2 MINIMUM 0 0 0
MAXIMUM 65535 65535 65535
DEFAULT 0 0 0
PERSONALITY AUTO (Y) (Y) (Y)
PCL Y Y Y
POSTSCRIPT Y Y Y
PDF ns ns ns
PLANESINUSE 1 (Y) ns ns
3 Y ns ns
POWERSAVE ON (Y) (Y) (Y)
OFF Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
1 If the product is configured for metric paper sizes, A4 is the default paper size
and DL is the default envelope size.
2 The PASSWORD variable is only supported with the DEFAULT, DINQUIRE,
and INQUIRE.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
114 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
POWERSAVETIME 1 Y ns ns
15 Y ns ns
30 (Y) (Y) (Y)
60 Y Y Y
90 Y ns ns
120 Y Y Y
180 ns Y Y
240 Y ns ns
480 ns Y Y
PRINTONBACKSIDE ON (Y) ns ns
OFF Y ns ns
PROCESSINGBOUNDARY MOPY ns ns ns
JOB ns ns ns
PROCESSINGOPTION DEFAULT “” ns ns
MAXIMUM LENGTH 16 ns ns
PROCESSINGTYPE DEFAULT “” ns ns
MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 ns ns
QTY MINIMUM 1 1 1
MAXIMUM 32000 999 999
DEFAULT 0 1 1
REPRINT ON Y ns ns
OFF Y ns ns
AUTO (Y) ns ns
RESOLUTION 300 ns ns ns
600 (Y) (Y) (Y)
1200 ns ns ns
RET OFF ns ns ns
LIGHT ns ns ns
MEDIUM ns ns ns
DARK ns ns ns
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
ENWW PJL environment variable support 115
STAPLEOPTION DEFAULT (Y) (Y) (Y)
ONE Y Y Y
TWO Y Y Y
THREE Y Y Y
FOUR Y Y Y
FIVE Y Y Y
SIX Y Y Y
SEVEN Y Y Y
ONEANGLED Y Y Y
ONEOPPOSED Y Y Y
OPTION3 Y Y Y
OPTION4 Y Y Y
OPTION5 Y Y Y
OPTION6 Y Y Y
CUSTOM Y Y Y
NONE Y Y Y
STRINGCODESET HPROMAN8 (Y) ns ns
JISX02011976 Y ns ns
ISO88592 Y ns ns
ISO88599 Y ns ns
ISO88595 Y ns ns
UTF8 Y ns ns
TIMEOUT MINIMUM 5 5 5
MAXIMUM 300 300 300
DEFAULT 15 30 30
USERNAME MAXIMUM LENGTH 80 80 80
WIDEA4 NO (Y) (Y) (Y)
YES Y Y Y
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these variable settings
on your product.
Table 14. PJL environmental variables for HP color LaserJet products
Environment
variable
Variable
values
5500
series
8550
series
8550mfp
series
116 Chapter 3 Product-specific features ENWW
ENWW Introduction 117
4PJL status codes
Introduction
In many of the status readback responses, the status codes listed in this chapter are sent to the
host as “CODE = xxxxx,” where each “x” stands for a single digit (0 through 9). For example, if
unsolicited status is enabled and the toner runs low, the following message is returned:
@PJL USTATUS DEVICE
CODE=10006
DISPLAY=”16 TONER LOW”
ONLINE=TRUE
Table 15, Informational messages, on page 118 shows that code 10006 means “toner low.”
Because the string portion of the “DISPLAY=string” is localized, developers should use the
“CODE=” value in software programs.
Status code groupings
PJL status codes are grouped as follows. The first two digits indicate a message category.
• Informational messages (10xxx)
• Background paper-loading messages (11xyy)
• Background paper-tray status messages (12xyy)
• Output-bin status messages (15xxy)
• PJL parser errors (20xxx)
• PJL parser warnings (25xxx)
• PJL semantic errors (27xxx)
• Auto-continuable conditions (30xxx)
• PJL-file system errors (32xxx)
• Possible operator intervention conditions (35xxx)
• Operator intervention conditions (40xxx)
• Foreground paper-loading messages (41xyy)
• Jam messages (42xyy)
• Optional (external) paper-handling-device messages (43xyy)
• HP LaserJet 4000/5000 jam messages (44xyy)
• Hardware errors (50xxx)
• Personality errors (55xxx)
The following pages list the status codes in numerical order, by groups. For a complete
description of each control-panel-display string, see the user and service manuals for each
printer.
Note All of the messages in the following table are localized. They appear in the language that has
been selected for the control panel.
118 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
Informational messages (10xxx)
Table 15. Informational messages
Status
code
Display string or code meaning
10001 00 READY (online)
[Personality-specific ready message] (online)
[PJL RDYMSG] (online)
68 READY/SERVICE (online) or PERFORM USER
MAINTENANCE or 68 NVRAM FULL, SETTINGS NOT
SAVED
10002 00 READY (offline) or [Personality-specific ready message]
(offline) or [PJL RDYMSG] (offline) or 68 READY/SERVICE
(offline).
Form-feeding printable data in response to a key press
10003 02 WARMING UP (or initializing: Designjet)
10004 05 SELF TEST or INTERNAL TEST
10005 07 RESET, CLEARING MEMORY
10006 16 TONER LOW
10007 CANCELING JOB
10010 * STATUS BUFFER OVERFLOW
10011 18 AUX IO INIT or 18 AUX IO NT RDY or 18 MIO INIT or 18
MIO NOT RDY or HP MIO1 INITIALIZING or HP MIO2
INITIALIZING or HP MIO1 NOT READY or HP MIO2 NOT
READY or HP MIO INITIALIZING
* When creating software programs for the HP LaserJet 4 and 5 printer families, see
“Printer Status Readback” in the “HP LaserJet 4 and 5 Family Comments”
section in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide.
ENWW Informational messages (10xxx) 119
10013 04 SELF TEST
10014 06 PRINTING TEST or PRINTING CONFIGURATION PAGE
or INTERNAL TEST, then PRINTING CONFIGURATION
PAGE
10015 06 TYPEFACE LIST or PRINTING FONT LIST
10016 15 ENGINE TEST
10017 06 DEMO PAGE or PRINTING DEMO PAGE
10018 09 MENU RESET or RESETTING MENUS TO DEFAULTS
10019 09 RST ACTIVE IO or RESETTING ACTIVE IO
10020 09 RESET ALL I/O
10021 08 COLD RESET or RESTORING FACTORY SETTINGS
10022 06 CONFIG PAGE or PRINTING CONFIGURATION PAGE
10023 PROCESSING JOB or PROCESSING JOB FROM ENV
FEEDER or PROCESSING JOB FROM TRAY X (X = tray
code)
10024 PRESS SELECT TO FORMFEED or DATA RECEIVED
10025 ACCESS DENIED
10026 NO JOB TO CANCEL
10027 CLEARING PAPER PATH
10028 PRINTING ERROR LOG
10029 FORMFEEDING
10030 Job message: a print job has been received that contains the
optional DISPLAY=”message” token pair that is associated
with the PJL JOB command.
10031 ENGINE CLEANING
10032 Unable to process internal page request
10033 INVALID PIN
10034 INTERRUPTING JOB
10035 RESUMING JOB
10036 02 WARMING UP (or initializing-Designjet)
10200 ORDER BLACK TONER PAGES LEFT
10201 ORDER CYAN TONER PAGES LEFT
10202 ORDER MAGENTA TONER PAGES LEFT
10203 ORDER YELLOW TONER PAGES LEFT
10204 ORDER IMAGE DRUM
10205 ORDER BLACK DRUM
10206 ORDER CYAN DRUM
10207 ORDER MAGENTA DRUM
10208 ORDER YELLOW DRUM
10209 ORDER BLACK TONER
10210 ORDER CYAN TONER
Table 15. Informational messages (continued)
Status
code
Display string or code meaning
120 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
10211 ORDER MAGENTA TONER
10212 ORDER YELLOW TONER
10213 ORDER TRANSPORT KIT
10214 ORDER CLEANING KIT
10215 ORDER TRANSFER KIT
10216 ORDER FUSER KIT
10217 PERFORM PRINTER MAINTENANCE
10218 ORDER SUPPLIES PAGES LEFT
10300 REPLACE BLACK TONER
10301 REPLACE CYAN TONER
10302 REPLACE MAGENTA TONER
10303 REPLACE YELLOW TONER
10304 REPLACE IMAGE DRUM
10305 REPLACE BLACK DRUM
10306 REPLACE CYAN DRUM
10307 REPLACE MAGENTA DRUM
10308 REPLACE YELLOW DRUM
10309 REPLACE BLACK CARTRIDGE
10310 REPLACE CYAN CARTRIDGE
10311 REPLACE MAGENTA CARTRIDGE
10312 REPLACE YELLOW CARTRIDGE
10313 REPLACE TRANSPORT KIT
10314 REPLACE CLEANING KIT
10315 REPLACE TRANSFER KIT
10316 REPLACE FUSER KIT
10317 PERFORM PRINTER MAINTENANCE
10318 REPLACE SUPPLIES
10400 NON-HP SUPPLIES IN USE
10401 Genuine HP Supplies
10402 Tells the CP that the toner charge that has been developed on
the transfer belt needs to be cleared. This message is coupled
with the black toner cartridge (or print cartridge) replacement
message. When the message is posted, the user is asked to
select “YES” or “NO” at each door operation for the cleaned
post charger pop-up.
10403 Unsupported genuine HP supplies
Table 15. Informational messages (continued)
Status
code
Display string or code meaning
ENWW Background paper-loading messages (11xyy) 121
Background paper-loading messages (11xyy)
Background paper-loading messages appear when a print-media input source is out of media,
but another input source is available and is loaded with the correct paper size. The printer stays
online in these situations because it can switch to the other paper source.
Note Foreground paper-loading messages are sent when no alternative paper sources are loaded with
the same paper size. The printer goes offline and waits for someone to load media. See
Foreground paper-loading messages (41xyy) on page 141.
Background paper-loading messages are in the format 11xyy. The following tables list the x and
y values for these messages. For example, 11202 is a background paper-loading message that
indicates that the user should load the PC tray with letter-size paper.
Table 16. Tray codes for background paper-loading messages
X = tray code Tray
0 MP tray or Multi-purpose Tray1 or Duplex
Tray
1 Manual feed
2 PC Tray or Upper Cassette or
Universal Tray2
3 LC Tray or Lower Cassette or
Universal Tray3
4 EE Tray or Envelope Feeder
5 Any HCI Tray
Table 17. Media codes for background paper-loading messages
YY = media code Media size
00 Unknown Paper
01 Unknown Envelope
02 Letter Paper
03 Legal Paper
04 A4 Paper
05 Executive Paper
06 Ledger Paper
07 A3 Paper
08 COM10 Envelope
09 Monarch Envelope
10 C5 Envelope
11 DL Envelope
12 Japan B4 Paper
13 Japan B5 Paper
14 B5 Envelope
15 Custom Media Paper
122 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
16 J-Postcard
17 J-RoundTrip Postcard
18 A5 Paper
19 Letter-R Paper
20 A4-R Paper
21 A5-R Paper
22 Japan B5-R Paper
23 Exec-R Paper
24 A6 Paper
25 Foolscap Paper
26 Japan B6 Paper
Table 17. Media codes for background paper-loading messages (continued)
YY = media code Media size
ENWW Background paper-tray status messages (12xyy) 123
Background paper-tray status messages (12xyy)
Background paper-tray status messages appear when a tray is open or a tray is lifting.
Background paper-tray status messages are in the format 12xyy. The following tables list the x
and y values for these messages. For example, 12301 indicates that the lower cassette or tray is
open.
Table 18. Tray codes for background paper-tray status messages
X = tray code Tray
0 MP Tray or Multi-Purpose Tray1
1 Manual Feed
2 PC Tray or Upper Cassette or Universal
Tray2
3 LC Tray or Lower Cassette or Universal
Tray3
4 EE Tray or Envelope Feeder
5 Any HCI Tray
Table 19. Status codes for background paper-tray status messages
YY = Status code Tray status
01 Tray Open
02 Tray Lifting
124 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
Output-bin status messages (15xxy)
Output bin status messages appear when an output bin is full. The messages are in the format
15xxy. The following tables list the x and y values for these messages. For example, 15031
indicates that output bin number 3 is full.
Table 20. Output-bin status messages
XX = Output bin Tray
00 – 99 Output Bin Number
Table 21. Status codes for output-bin status messages
Y = Status code Tray status
1 Output Bin Full
2 Output Bin Open
3 Output Bin Broken
ENWW PJL parser errors (20xxx) 125
PJL parser errors (20xxx)
These status codes denote PJL parser errors. The entire PJL command line is ignored. (Some of
the status codes refer to portions of PJL commands such as “command modifiers” and
“alphanumeric values.” For a description of the PJL command format, see “Format of PJL
Commands” in chapter 2 of the Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual.)
Table 22. PJL parser errors
Status
code Display string or code meaning
20001 Generic syntax error (entire PJL command ignored)
20002 Unsupported command
20004 Unsupported personality, system, or I/O port
20005 PJL command buffer overflow
20006 Illegal character or line has been terminated by the
universal exit language (UEL) command
20007 or [] missing after closing quotes
20008 Invalid character appears in an alphanumeric value
20009 Invalid character appears in a numeric value
20010 Invalid character at the start of a string, alphanumeric
value, or numeric value
20011 String is missing closing double-quote character
20012 Numeric value starts with a decimal point
20013 Numeric value does not contain any digits
20014 No alphanumeric value follows the command modifier
20015 Option name and equal sign are encountered, but the
value field is missing
20016 More than one command modifier exists
20017 Command modifier is encountered after an option (the
command modifier must precede the option)
20018 Command is not an alphanumeric value
20019 Numeric value is encountered when an alphanumeric
value expected
20020 String is encountered when an alphanumeric value is
expected
20021 Unsupported command modifier
20022 Command modifier missing
20023 Option missing
20024 Extra data is received after the option name (used for
commands like SET that limit the number of options that
are supported)
20025 Two decimal points in a numeric value
20026 Out of memory
20027 White-space before data stashed
126 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
20028 White-space and a UEL command precede the data
Table 22. PJL parser errors (continued)
Status
code Display string or code meaning
ENWW PJL parser warnings (25xxx) 127
PJL parser warnings (25xxx)
This group of status codes denote PJL parser warnings, which indicate that part of the PJL
command is ignored.
Table 23. PJL parser warnings
Status
code Display string or code meaning
25001 Generic warning error (part of the PJL command
ignored)
25002 PJL prefix is missing
25003 Alphanumeric value is too long
25004 String is too long
25005 Numeric value is too long
25006 Unsupported option name
25007 Option name requires a value that is missing
25008 Option name requires a value of a different type
25009 Option name is received with a value, but this option
does not support values
25010 Same option name is received more than once
25011 Option name has been ignored in response to value
underflow or overflow
25012 Value for the option experienced data loss as a result of
data conversion (value was truncated or rounded)
25013 Value for option experienced data loss as a result of the
value being out of range; the value that was used was
the closest supported limit
25014 Value is of the correct type, but is out of range (value
was ignored)
25015 Integer was expected (obsolete)
25016 Option name is received with an alphanumeric value, but
this value is not supported
25017 String empty, option ignored
25018 A UEL command was expected but not found.
128 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
PJL semantic errors (27xxx)
This group of status codes denote PJL semantic errors. As much as possible of the command is
is used, depending on the current configuration of the printer.
Table 24. PJL semantic errors
Status
code Display string or code meaning
27001 Generic semantic error.
27002 EOJ command is encountered without a previously
matching JOB command. An EOJ command does not
have a matching JOB command if the number of valid
EOJ commands that is received is greater than the
number of valid JOB commands received.
27003 Password protected—attempted to change NVRAM
value when a password is set and the job is not a secure
PJL job.
27004 Cannot modify the value of a read-only variable.
27005 Can only use DEFAULT with this variable; cannot use
SET.
27006 Attempted to pass a NULL string to a command or
command option that requires the string to contain at
least one character.
27007 Attempted to DEFAULT a variable which can only be
SET.
ENWW Auto-continuable conditions (30xxx) 129
Auto-continuable conditions (30xxx)
This list describes the set of PJL error codes and the corresponding control-panel-display strings
for auto-continuable conditions. If no action is taken, the device automatically continues if autocontinue
is set to true (except for when it encounters 30035 and 30036 errors).
Table 25. Auto-continuable conditions
Status
code Display string or code meaning
30010* STATUS BUFFER OVERFLOW
30016 20 MEM OVERFLOW or 20 MEMORY OVERFLOW
DATA LOST or 20 INSUFFICIENT MEMORY,
PRESS GO KEY
30017 21 PRINT OVERRUN or 21 PRINT OVERRUN
DATA LOST or 21 PAGE TOO COMPLEX
30018 40 ERROR or 40.1 HP MIO 1 ERROR
or 40.2 HP MIO 2 ERROR or
40 SER IO ERROR
30027 22 I/O CONFIG ERROR or 22 SER IO ERROR
22 HP MIO 1 IO ERROR CHECK SETUP or 22 HP
MIO 2 IO ERROR CHECK SETUP or 22 PARALLEL
IO ERROR CHECK SETUP
30034 41.x ERROR or 41.3 PAPER ERROR
30035 68 ERROR CHECK CONFIGURATION or 68
NVRAM ERROR, SETTINGS NOT SAVED
30036 68 SERVICE or 68 NVRAM FULL CHECK
CONFIGURATION or 68 NVRAM ERROR,
SETTINGS NOT SAVED
30072 49 REMOVE PAGE
30076 PERSONALITY MEMORY OVERFLOW/ OUT OF
MEMORY
30094 41.1 GENERAL MISPRINT ERROR
30095 41.2 BEAM DETECT MALFUNCTION
30096 41.3 IMPROPER PAPER SIZE or
41.3 UNEXPECTED PAPER SIZE
30097 41.4 NO VIDEO SYNC
30098 41.5 NOISY VIDEO SYNC REQ SIGNAL
30099 INVALID INPUT SOURCE
30100 INVALID OUTPUT DESTINATION
30101 BINDING AGENT OUT OF SUPPLIES
* If you are creating software programs for the HP LaserJet 4 and 5 printer
families, see “Printer Status Readback” in the “HP LaserJet 4 and 5 Printer
Family Comments” section in Appendix A of the Printer Job Language
Technical Reference Manual.
130 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
30102 BINDING AGENT MEDIA MISALIGNMENT
30103 BINDING AGENT MEDIA CAPACITY
EXCEEDED
30104 EXTERNAL INPUT DEVICE PAPER PATH ERROR
30105 EXTERNAL OUTPUT DEVICE PAPER PATH
ERROR
30106 EXTERNAL INPUT DEVICE OPERATIONAL
ERROR
30107 EXTERNAL OUTPUT DEVICE OPERATIONAL
ERROR
30108 40 HP MIO ERROR, PRESS GO KEY
30109 40 BAD SERIAL DATA FORMAT, PRESS GO KEY
30110 22 HP MIO ERROR, PRESS GO KEY
30111 22 PARALLEL IO ERROR, PRESS GO KEY
30112 22 SERIAL IO ERROR, PRESS GO KEY
30113 STOPPING CHECK LAST PAGE
30114 PRESS SELECT TO CANCEL JOB
30119 MEDIA FEED ERROR
Table 25. Auto-continuable conditions (continued)
Status
code Display string or code meaning
ENWW PJL file system errors (32xxx) 131
PJL file system errors (32xxx)
This list describes the set of error codes for the PJL file system.
Table 26. PJL file system errors
Status
code Display string or code meaning
32000 General error
32001 Volume not available
32002 Disk full
32003 File not found
32004 No free file descriptors
32005 Invalid number of bytes
32006 File already exists
32007 Illegal name
32008 Cannot delete root
32009 File operation attempted on a directory
32010 Directory operation attempted on a file
32011 Not the same volume
32012 Read only
32013 Directory full
32014 Directory not empty
32015 Bad disk
32016 No label
32017 Invalid parameter
32018 No contiguous space
32019 Cannot change root
32020 File Descriptor obsolete
32021 Deleted
32022 No block device
32023 Bad seek
32024 Internal error
32025 Write only
32026 Write protected
32027 No filename
32051 End of directory
32052 No file system
32053 No memory
32054 Volume name out of range
32055 Bad FS
132 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
32056 Hardware failure
32064 Access denied
Table 26. PJL file system errors (continued)
Status
code Display string or code meaning
ENWW Potential operator intervention conditions (35xxx) 133
Potential operator intervention conditions (35xxx)
This list describes the set of PJL error codes and the corresponding control-panel display strings
for conditions where operator intervention might be required. The message “online” appears and
the product continues to operate, possibly with reduced functionality. Data might be lost.
Table 27. Potential operator intervention conditions
Status
code Display string or code meaning
35028 EIO DISK NOT FUNCTIONAL
35029 W1 IMAGE ADAPT or IMAGE ASSIST or MEMORY
LOW, PAGE SIMPLIFIED
35030 WA JOB ALTERED
35031 W2 INVALID PERS or REQUESTED LANGUAGE
NOT AVAILABLE
35032 WL WARNINGS LOST
35037 W3 JOB ABORTED or CANCELING JOB or
INSUFFICIENT MEMORY, JOB CLEARED
35039 W9 JOB 600/LTR
35040 W0 JOB 600/A4
35041 W8 JOB 600/OFF
35042* W7 JOB 300/LGL
35043* W5 JOB 300/LTR
35044* W6 JOB 300/A4
35045* W4 JOB 300/OFF
35073 WM CHK MEM CNFIG or MEMORY SETTINGS
CHANGED
35074 WM MEM CNFIG N/A
35075 USER MAINTENANCE REQUESTED
35076 WM personality MEM FULL or XXXX MEMORY
FULL, STORED DATA LOST
35078 Entered powersave mode (00 POWERSAVE) or
POWERSAVE ON
35081 WM JOB 300
35082 WD DISK NOT INIT or Volume 0 NOT INIT (Volume 0
is indicated as DISK, FLASH, or RAMDISK, as
appropriate)
35083 Volume 0 FAILURE (Volume 0 is indicated as DISK,
FLASH, or RAMDISK, as appropriate)
35084 WM JOB 600/LGL
35085 WM JOB 600/A3
35086 WM JOB 600/11×17
35087* WM JOB 300/A3
* For some printers, the WM JOB 300 message (35081) might be used instead.
134 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
35088* WM JOB 300/11×17
35115 Volume 1 NOT INIT (Volume 1 is not initialized.
Volume 1 is indicated as DISK, FLASH, or RAMDISK,
as appropriate)
35116 Volume 1 FAILURE (Volume 1 is indicated as DISK,
FLASH, or RAMDISK, as appropriate)
35117 Volume 2 NOT INIT (Volume 2 is not initialized.
Volume 2 is indicated as DISK, FLASH, or RAMDISK,
as appropriate.)
35118 Volume 2 FAILURE (Volume 2 is indicated as DISK,
FLASH, or RAMDISK, as appropriate)
35138 Unable to mopy job
35139 Unable to mopy job
35140 Unable to mopy job
35141 Unable to store job
* For some printers, the WM JOB 300 message (35081) might be used instead.
Table 27. Potential operator intervention conditions (continued)
Status
code Display string or code meaning
ENWW Operator intervention conditions (40xxx) 135
Operator intervention conditions (40xxx)
This list describes the set of PJL error codes and the corresponding control-panel display strings
for conditions where operator intervention is required. Printing cannot continue until the condition
is addressed.
Table 28. Operator intervention conditions
Status
code Display string or code meaning
40000* SLEEP MODE (STANDBY)
40005 Cartridge error during align cartridges (or reading
setup sheet—Designjet)
40010 14 NO EP CART or INSTALL TONER CARTRIDGE
or no electrical contact with one or more ink
cartridges (Designjet)
40011 Using ink cartridges (Designjet)
40013 SUPPLY MEMORY ERROR
40019 REMOVE PAPER FROM [bin name]
40020 NO MICR TONER or INSTALL MICR TONER
CARTRIDGE
40021 12 PRINTER OPEN or NO EP CART or CLOSE
PRINTER COVER (or lower lever or lower
window—Designjet)
40022 13 PAPER JAM or REMOVE PAPER JAM
40024 FE CARTRIDGE
40025 Device needs attention
40026 PC INSTALL or INSTALL TRAY 2
40026 For ELK BN
40038 16 LOW TONER or TONER LOW or TONER LOW,
PRESS GO KEY
40039 Cartridge authorization status
40046 FI INSERT CART
40047 FR REMOVE CART
40048 [PJL OPMSG]
40049 [PJL STMSG]
40050 50 SERVICE or 50 FUSER ERROR, CYCLE
POWER
40051 51 ERROR or 51 PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE
POWER
40052 52 ERROR or 52 PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE
POWER
40053 53-xy-zz ERROR
40054 54 ERROR
40055 55 ERROR
40056 56 ERROR
* This is not an error. The printer is waiting for data.
136 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
40057 57 SERVICE or 57 MOTOR FAILURE, CALL
SERVICE
40058 58 SERVICE or FAN MOTOR FAILURE, CALL
SERVICE
40059 59 ERROR
40060 60 ERROR
40061 61.x SERVICE
40062 62.x SERVICE
40063 63 SERVICE
40064 64 SERVICE or PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE
POWER
40065 65 SERVICE
40066 External paper-handling device failure
40067 67 SERVICE
40068 69 SERVICE
40069 70 ERROR
40070 71 ERROR
40071 72 SERVICE
40079 PRINTER MANUALLY TAKEN OFFLINE or
OFFLINE or FORMFEEDING or SERVICE MODE
or 00 OFFLINE
40080 EE INCOMPATIBLE or
LC INCOMPATIBLE
40083 FS DISK FAILURE or 311.1.1 DISK FAILURE or
Volume 0 FAILURE (Volume 0 is indicated as DISK,
FLASH, or RAMDISK, as appropriate)
40089 BAD OPTIONAL TRAY CONNECTION
40089 For ELK BN
40090 INCOMPATIBLE ENVELOPE FEEDER
INSTALLED
40091 Duplexer cord error
40092 81 SERVICE (XXX)
40093 REMOVE DUPLEX JAM
40096 41.3 UNEXPECTED PAPER SIZE
CHECK PAPER IN TRAY
40099 56.1 ERROR PRESS SELECT KEY
40100 56.2 ERROR PRESS SELECT KEY
40101 FINISHER OUT OF BINDING AGENT
40102 FINISHER ALIGN ERROR [BIN NAME]
40103 FINISH LIMIT REACHED [BIN NAME]
40104 INPUT DEVICE FEED PATH OPEN
Table 28. Operator intervention conditions (continued)
Status
code Display string or code meaning
ENWW Operator intervention conditions (40xxx) 137
40105 OUTPUT DEVICE DELIVERY PATH OPEN
40106 INPUT OPERATION ERROR X.YY
40107 OUTPUT OPERATION ERROR X.YY
40108 66.xx.yy EXTERNAL DEVICE FAILURE
40116 Volume 1 FAILURE (Failure on Volume 1. Volume 1
is indicated as DISK, FLASH, or RAMDISK, as
appropriate)
40118 Volume 2 FAILURE (Failure on Volume 2. Volume 2
is indicated as DISK, FLASH, or RAMDISK, as
appropriate.)
40119 PAPER MISFEED
40120 Open face-up output bin
40121 Cannot duplex closer rear bin
40122 Duplexer must be installed
40123 Duplexer error, remove duplexer
40124 Bad duplexer connection
40128 DRUM ERROR REPLACE DRUM KIT
40129 DRUM LIFE OUT REPLACE DRUM KIT
40130 DRUM LIFE LOW REPLACE DRUM KIT
40131 TRANSFER KIT OUT REPLACE KIT
40132 TRANSFER KIT LOW REPLACE KIT
40137 BAD ENV FEEDER CONNECTION
40141 WASTE TONER FULL
REPLACE DRUM KIT
40142 INSTALL DRUM KIT
40143 REINSTALL TRANSFER BELT
40144 PRESS GO TO PRINT
PRESS SELECT TO CHANGE TONER
40145 73 service error
40146 41.5 UNEXPECTED PAPER TYPE
CHECK PAPER IN TRAY
40150 Cartridge low
40151 Toner cartridge out
40152 Drum cartridge out
40158 10.xx.yy SUPPLY MEMORY ERROR
40200 ORDER BLACK TONER
40201 ORDER CYAN TONER
40202 ORDER MAGENTA TONER
40203 ORDER YELLOW TONER
40204 ORDER IMAGE DRUM
40205 ORDER BLACK DRUM
40206 ORDER CYAN DRUM
40207 ORDER MAGENTA DRUM
Table 28. Operator intervention conditions (continued)
Status
code Display string or code meaning
138 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
40208 ORDER YELLOW DRUM
40209 ORDER BLACK TONER
40210 ORDER CYAN TONER
40211 ORDER MAGENTA TONER
40212 ORDER YELLOW TONER
40213 ORDER TRANSPORT KIT
40214 ORDER CLEANING KIT
40215 ORDER TRANFER KIT
40216 ORDER FUSER KIT
40217 PERFORM PRINTER MAINTENANCE
40218 ORDER SUPPLIES PAGES LEFT
40300 REPLACE BLACK TONER
40301 REPLACE CYAN TONER
40302 REPLACE MAGENTA TONER
40303 REPLACE YELLOW TONER
40304 REPLACE IMAGE DRUM
40305 REPLACE BLACK DRUM
40306 REPLACE CYAN DRUM
40307 REPLACE MAGENTA DRUM
40308 REPLACE YELLOW DRUM
40309 REPLACE BLACK CARTRIDGE
40310 REPLACE CYAN CARTRIDGE
40311 REPLACE MAGENTA CARTRIDGE
40312 REPLACE YELLOW CARTRIDGE
40313 REPLACE TRANSPORT KIT
40314 REPLACE CLEANING KIT
40315 REPLACE TRANFER KIT
40316 REPLACE FUSER KIT
40317 PERFORM PRINTER MAINTENANCE
40318 REPLACE SUPPLIES
40400 INSTALL BLACK TONER
40401 INSTALL CYAN TONER
40402 INSTALL MAGENTA TONER
40403 INSTALL YELLOW TONER
40404 INSTALL IMAGE DRUM
40405 INSTALL BLACK DRUM
40406 INSTALL CYAN DRUM
40407 INSTALL MAGENTA DRUM
40408 INSTALL YELLOW DRUM
40409 INSTALL BLACK CARTRIDGE
40410 INSTALL CYAN CARTRIDGE
Table 28. Operator intervention conditions (continued)
Status
code Display string or code meaning
ENWW Operator intervention conditions (40xxx) 139
40411 INSTALL MAGENTA CARTRIDGE
40412 INSTALL YELLOW CARTRIDGE
40413 INSTALL TRANSPORT KIT
40414 INSTALL CLEANING KIT
40415 INSTALL TRANFER KIT
40416 INSTALL FUSER KIT
40417 PERFORM PRINTER MAINTENANCE
40418 INSTALL SUPPLIES
40500 INSTALL BLACK TONER
40501 INSTALL CYAN TONER
40502 INSTALL MAGENTA TONER
40503 INSTALL YELLOW TONER
40504 INSTALL IMAGE DRUM
40505 INSTALL BLACK DRUM
40506 INSTALL CYAN DRUM
40507 INSTALL MAGENTA DRUM
40508 INSTALL YELLOW DRUM
40509 INSTALL BLACK CARTRIDGE
40510 INSTALL CYAN CARTRIDGE
40511 INSTALL MAGENTA CARTRIDGE
40512 INSTALL YELLOW CARTRIDGE
40513 INSTALL TRANSPORT KIT
40514 INSTALL CLEANING KIT
40515 INSTALL TRANFER KIT
40516 INSTALL FUSER KIT
40517 PERFORM PRINTER MAINTENANCE
40518 INSTALL SUPPLIES
40600 INSTALL BLACK TONER
40601 INSTALL CYAN TONER
40602 INSTALL MAGENTA TONER
40603 INSTALL YELLOW TONER
40604 INSTALL IMAGE DRUM
40605 INSTALL BLACK DRUM
40606 INSTALL CYAN DRUM
40607 INSTALL MAGENTA DRUM
40608 INSTALL YELLOW DRUM
40609 INSTALL BLACK CARTRIDGE
40610 INSTALL CYAN CARTRIDGE
40611 INSTALL MAGENTA CARTRIDGE
40612 INSTALL YELLOW CARTRIDGE
40613 INSTALL TRANSPORT KIT
Table 28. Operator intervention conditions (continued)
Status
code Display string or code meaning
140 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
40614 INSTALL CLEANING KIT
40615 INSTALL TRANFER KIT
40616 INSTALL FUSER KIT
40617 PERFORM PRINTER MAINTENANCE
40618 INSTALL SUPPLIES
40700 NON-HP Cartridge Installed
40701 T2 Roller missing
40702 Croller out
40703 Croller missing
40704 REMOVE SEALING TAPE
40705 E-label cartridge error
40800 ORDER BLACK TONER DAYS LEFT
40801 ORDER CYAN TONER DAYS LEFT
40802 ORDER MAGENTA TONER DAYS LEFT
40803 ORDER YELLOW TONER DAYS LEFT
40804 ORDER BLACK CARTRIDGE DAYS LEFT
40805 ORDER CYAN CARTRIDGE DAYS LEFT
40806 ORDER MAGENTA CARTRIDGE DAYS LEFT
40807 ORDER YELLOW CARTRIDGE DAYS LEFT
40808 ORDER SUPPLIES DAYS LEFT
40900 REPLACE BLACK TONER
40901 REPLACE CYAN TONER
40902 REPLACE MAGENTA TONER
40903 REPLACE YELLOW TONER
40904 REPLACE BLACK CARTRIDGE
40905 REPLACE CYAN CARTRIDGE
40906 REPLACE MAGENTA CARTRIDGE
40907 REPLACE YELLOW CARTRIDGE
40908 REPLACE SUPPLIES
Table 28. Operator intervention conditions (continued)
Status
code Display string or code meaning
ENWW Foreground paper-loading messages (41xyy) 141
Foreground paper-loading messages (41xyy)
Foreground paper-loading messages are sent when one of the print-media input sources is out
of media and no other input source is available that is loaded with the correct paper size. When
this occurs, the printer goes offline until someone loads paper.
The messages are in the format 41xyy. The following tables list the X and Y values for these
messages. For example, 41303 is a foreground paper-loading message that indicates that the
user should load the LC tray with legal-size paper.
Table 29. Tray codes for foreground paper-loading messages
X = tray code Tray
0 Multi-Purpose Tray or
Envelope Tray
1 Manual Feed
2 PC Tray or Universal Tray2
3 LC Tray or Universal Tray3
4 EE Tray or Envelope Feeder
5 Any HCI Tray
9 All Trays Empty
Table 30. Media codes for foreground paper-loading messages
YY = media= media
code Media size
00 Unknown Paper
01 Unknown Envelope
02 Letter Paper
03 Legal Paper
04 A4 Paper
05 Executive Paper
06 Ledger Paper
07 A3 Paper
08 COM10 Envelope
09 Monarch Envelope
10 C5 Envelope
11 DL Envelope
12 Japan B4 Paper
13 Japan B5 Paper
14 B5 Envelope
15 Custom Media Paper
16 J-Postcard (or JB4 paper—HP LaserJet 6P,
HP LaserJet 2100)
142 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
17 J-Round-trip Postcard (or JB5 paper—
HP LaserJet 6P, HP LaserJet 2100)
18 A5 Paper (or JPostcard—HP LaserJet 6P
19 Letter-R Paper (or JDoublePostCard—
HP LaserJet 6P, HP LaserJet 2100)
20 A4-R Paper (or A5 Paper—HP LaserJet 6P,
HP LaserJet 2100)
21 A5-R Paper
22 Japan B5-R Paper
23 Exec-R Paper
24 A6 Paper
25 Foolscap Paper
26 Japan B6 Paper
Table 30. Media codes for foreground paper-loading messages (continued)
YY = media= media
code Media size
ENWW Jam messages (LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx only) (42xyy) 143
Jam messages (LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx only) (42xyy)
These messages are in the format 42xyy, where x is the number of jammed pages that need to
be cleared and yy is the location of the jam that was detected. The following table lists the y
values for these messages. For example, 42203 indicates that two pages are jammed in the
fuser output.
Table 31. Jam messages
Y = Jam location Tray
00 Non-specific jam
01 Paper feed 1, paper-late jam
02 Paper feed 2, paper-late jam
03 Fuser output, paper-late jam
04 Fuser output, paper-stopped jam
05 Face down output, paper-late jam
06 Face down output, paper-stopped jam
07 2-Sided turnaround, paper-late jam
08 2-Sided turnaround, paper-stopped jam
09 2-Sided path, paper-late jam
10 2-Sided path, paper-stopped jam
11 External input device paper jam
12 External output device paper jam
13 Fuser accordion jam
14 Fuser accordion jam
15 Printer could not auto-eject page
144 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
Optional (external) paper-handling device messages (43xyy)
This category contains error messages that are related to any optional external paper-handling
devices.
The messages are in the format 43xyy, where x is the number of the paper-handling device and
yy is the error code.
Table 32. Optional (external) paper-handling device messages
x = Device Paper handling device
1 First device attached to PHC
2 Second device attached to PHC
3 Third device attached to PHC
4 Fourth device attached to PHC
5 Fifth device attached to PHC
Table 33. Optional (external) paper-handling device messages
yy = Code Error code
01 Unable to communicate with the PHC
02 Out of sequence packet
03 Bad transaction
04 Invalid status bits
05 Invalid status code
06 Invalid device specified
07 Invalid tray specified
08 Invalid bin specified
09 Invalid number of special purpose bytes
10 Invalid number of NVEE bytes
11 General PHC malfunction
12 Bad PHC RAM
13 PHC ROM checksum error
14 Faulty PHC FIFO
15 PHC cannot communicate with device(s)
16 PHC never ready during initialization
17 FIFO empty when expecting data
18 FIFO full when tray to send data
19 Invalid page ACK (formatter not expecting a page
ACK)
20 Page ACK timeout
21 Inconsistent paper size
22 Wrong page ACK
ENWW Optional (external) paper-handling device messages (43xyy) 145
23 Device(s) never ready during installation
24 Negative ACK of ready tray
Table 33. Optional (external) paper-handling device messages (continued)
yy = Code Error code
146 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
LaserJet 4000 / 5000 series jam messages (44xyy)
This category contains unsolicited status error messages that relate to jams (for the HP LaserJet
4000 and 5000 series printers only). The messages are in the format 44xyy, where x is the
number of sheets in the printer, and yy is the location of the jammed sheet.
Table 34. HP LaserJet 4000 and 5000 series jam messages
x Description
0 – 9 Number of jammed sheets
Table 35. Jam location codes for HP LaserJet 4000 and 5000 series jam messages
yy Jam location
00 Paper jam in unknown location
01 Paper jam in the paper input area
02 Paper jam in the paper output area (may need to
open rear door of printer)
03 Paper jam underneath the top cover. Remove toner
cartridge to clear.
04 Paper jam in the duplexer
05 Paper jam in the duplex front cover area
06 Paper jam in the face down output area
07 Paper jam in the front door area
08 Paper jam in the left door area
09 Paper jam in the right door area
10 Paper jam in the transfer belt area
11 Paper jam in the fuser area
12 Paper jam in the top bin area
13 Paper jam in the tray 1 area
14 Paper jam in the tray x area
15 Paper jam in the paper path
16 Paper jam in the duplex path
17 Paper jam in the top cover area
18 Paper jam in the open door
19 Paper jam in the lower right door area
20 Paper jam in the upper left door area
ENWW Hardware errors (50xxx) 147
Hardware errors (50xxx)
These status codes appear when a hardware problem exists but the printer is working well
enough to send status messages.
Table 36. Hardware errors
Status
code Display string or code meaning
50000 General hardware failure
50001 ROM or RAM error, ROM Checksum failed
(or interface error [Designjet])
50002 RAM error, RAM test failed
(or part malfunction [Designjet])
50003 Engine fuser error
50004 Engine beam detect error
50005 Engine scanner error
50006 Engine fan error
50007 Engine communications error
50008 50.1 FUSER ERROR CYCLE POWER or LOW
FUSER TEMPERATURE
50009 50.2 FUSER ERROR CYCLE POWER or FUSER
TOOK TOO LONG TO WARM UP
50010 50.3 FUSER ERROR CYCLE POWER or FUSER
TOO HOT
50011 50.4 FUSER ERROR CYCLE POWER or BAD
FUSER
50012 51.1 ERROR PRESS SELECT KEY or BEAM
DETECT MALFUNCTION
50013 51.2 ERROR PRESS SELECT KEY or
LASER MALFUNCTION
50014 52.1 ERROR PRESS SELECT KEY or SCANNER
STARTUP FAILURE
50015 52.2 ERROR PRESS SELECT KEY or SCANNER
ROTATION FAILURE
50016 57.1 FAN FAILURE CALL SERVICE or FAN
MOTOR 1 FAILURE
50017 57.2 FAN FAILURE CALL SERVICE or FAN
MOTOR 2 FAILURE
50018 57.3 FAN FAILURE CALL SERVICE or FAN
MOTOR 3 FAILURE
50019 57.4 FAN FAILURE CALL SERVICE or FAN
MOTOR 4 FAILURE
50020 UPPER INPUT TRAY LIFTER MALFUNCTION
50021 LOWER INPUT TRAY LIFTER MALFUNCTION
148 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
50022 58.3 PRINTER ERROR CYCLE POWER or
MULTIPURPOSE TRAY LIFTER MALFUNCTION
50023 59.1 PRINTER ERROR CYCLE POWER or MAIN
MOTOR STARTUP FAILURE
50024 59.2 PRINTER ERROR CYCLE POWER or MAIN
MOTOR ROTATION FAILURE
50025 FINISHER MALFUNCTION [BIN NAME] or
EXTERNAL BINDING DEVICE HAS A
MALFUNCTION
50026 DEVICE ERROR X.YY CYCLE POWER or AN
EXTERNAL DEVICE HAS REPORTED A
MALFUNCTION
50027 DUPLEX ERROR CHECK DUPLEX UNIT or
DUPLEX UNIT GUIDE FAILED AND REQUIRES
SERVICE
50028 55.XX ERROR PRESS SELECT KEY or
COMMUNICATION FAILURE BETWEEN
FORMATTER AND ENGINE
50029 64 PRINTER ERROR CYCLE POWER or VIDEO
DMA TRANSFER TIMED OUT
50030 FAN MOTOR 5 FAILURE
50031 FAN MOTOR 6 FAILURE
50032 FAN MOTOR 7 FAILURE
50033 FAN MOTOR 8 FAILURE
50034 Bad fuser type
50035 FAN MOTOR 9 FAILURE
50036 57.A0 FAN FAILURE or FAN MOTOR 10 FAILURE
50048 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50049 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50050 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50051 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50052 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50053 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50054 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50055 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50056 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50057 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50058 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50059 ETB speed control sensor out of range
50060 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
Table 36. Hardware errors (continued)
Status
code Display string or code meaning
ENWW Hardware errors (50xxx) 149
50061 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50062 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50063 XX.XX PRINTER ERROR, CYCLE POWER
50064 Yellow misregistration out of range; no message
50065 Magenta misregistration out of range; no message
50066 Cyan misregistration out of range; no message
50067 Black misregistration out of range; no message
50068 Yellow density out of range
50069 Magenta density out of range
50070 Cyan density out of range
50071 Black density out of range
50072 Sensor out of range, drum phase yellow; no
message
50073 Sensor out of range, drum phase magenta; no
message
50074 Sensor out of range, drum phase cyan; no message
50075 Sensor out of range, drum phase black; no message
505xx Firmware error, power cycle
50599 Processor error, power cycle
Table 36. Hardware errors (continued)
Status
code Display string or code meaning
150 Chapter 4 PJL status codes ENWW
Personality errors (55xxx)
These status codes indicate errors that are related to the printer personality settings.
Table 37. Personality errors
Status code Display string or code meaning
55001 Generic language failure
ENWW Index 151
Index
Numerics
3,000-sheet stacker job finishing commands 14
3,000-sheet stacker/stapler
general considerations for PJL commands 11
job finishing commands 11
A
accessories, job finishing commands for 11
AUTOCONT variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
auto-continuable conditions 129
B
background paper loading messages 121
background paper tray status messages 123
bin status messages 124
BINDING variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
bins, setting destination to. See destination
BITSPERPIXEL variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
C
CLEARABLEWARNINGS variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
color reference manual for PCL 5 9
152 Index ENWW
COMMENT command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
configuration and model information, requesting 7
control panel, changing settings and messages 7
COPIES variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
COURIER variable support
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
CPLOCK variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
D
DEFAULT command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
DENSITY variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
153 Index ENWW
destination
setting to face-up bin (3,000-sheet stacker) 14
setting to left bin (face-up) (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler) 13
setting to stacker bin (3,000-sheet stacker) 14
setting to stacker bin (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler) 11
setting to stacker bin (face-down) (HP multifunction finisher) 15
setting to stacker bin (HP multifunction finisher) 15
setting to stapler output bin (no staples) (3,000-sheet stacker/
stapler) 13
setting to top output bin of printer (3,000-sheet stacker) 14
setting to top output bin of printer (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler) 12
device messages 144
DINQUIRE command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
DISKLOCK variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
documentation, related 8
DUPLEX variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
E
ECHO command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
ECONOMODE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
154 Index ENWW
EDGETOEDGE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
ENTER command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
environmental variables 24
See also individual variable names
EOJ command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
equipment error messages 147
errors
file system 131
hardware messages 147
parser 125
personality messages 150
semantic 128
F
FIH variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 86
color LaserJet 4550 series 86
color LaserJet 4600 series 86
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 55
LaserJet 8150 series 55
LaserJet 9000 series 55
LaserJet 9000mfp series 55
file system errors 131
FINISH variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 87
color LaserJet 4550 series 87
color LaserJet 4600 series 87
color LaserJet 5500 series 101
color LaserJet 8550 series 101
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 101
LaserJet 1150 series 25
LaserJet 1200 series 25
LaserJet 1300 series 25
LaserJet 2200 series 25
LaserJet 2300 series 25
LaserJet 3200mfp series 71
LaserJet 3300mfp series 71
LaserJet 4100 series 41
LaserJet 4100mfp series 41
LaserJet 4200 series 41
LaserJet 4300 series 41
LaserJet 5100 series 56
LaserJet 8150 series 56
LaserJet 9000 series 56
LaserJet 9000mfp series 56
155 Index ENWW
FINISHEROPTION variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 87
color LaserJet 4550 series 87
color LaserJet 4600 series 87
color LaserJet 5500 series 102
color LaserJet 8550 series 102
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 102
LaserJet 1150 series 26
LaserJet 1200 series 26
LaserJet 1300 series 26
LaserJet 2200 Series 26
LaserJet 2300 series 26
LaserJet 3200mfp series 72
LaserJet 3300mfp series 72
LaserJet 4100 series 42
LaserJet 4100mfp series 42
LaserJet 4200 series 42
LaserJet 4300 series 42
LaserJet 5100 series 56
LaserJet 8150 series 56
LaserJet 9000 series 56
LaserJet 9000mfp series 56
FINISHERTYPE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 87
color LaserJet 4550 series 87
color LaserJet 4600 series 87
color LaserJet 5500 series 102
color LaserJet 8550 series 102
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 102
LaserJet 1150 series 26
LaserJet 1200 series 26
LaserJet 1300 series 26
LaserJet 2200 series 26
LaserJet 2300 series 26
LaserJet 3200mfp series 72
LaserJet 3300mfp series 72
LaserJet 4100 series 42
LaserJet 4100mfp series 42
LaserJet 4200 series 42
LaserJet 4300 series 42
LaserJet 5100 series 56
LaserJet 8150 series 56
LaserJet 9000 series 56
LaserJet 9000mfp series 56
finishing commands. See job finishing commands
fold and saddle stitch job finishing commands
duplexed job (HP multifunction finisher) 16
single-sided job (HP multifunction finisher) 16
foreground paper loading messages 141
FORMLINES variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 87
color LaserJet 4550 series 87
color LaserJet 4600 series 87
color LaserJet 5500 series 102
color LaserJet 8550 series 102
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 102
LaserJet 1150 series 26
LaserJet 1200 series 26
LaserJet 1300 series 26
LaserJet 2200 series 26
LaserJet 2300 series 26
LaserJet 3200mfp series 72
LaserJet 3300mfp series 72
LaserJet 4100 series 42
LaserJet 4100mfp series 42
LaserJet 4200 series 42
LaserJet 4300 series 42
LaserJet 5100 series 56
LaserJet 8150 series 56
LaserJet 9000 series 56
LaserJet 9000mfp series 56
FSAPPEND command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
FSDELETE command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
FSDIRLIST command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
156 Index ENWW
FSDOWNLOAD command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
FSINIT command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
FSMKDIR command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
FSQUERY command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
FSUPLOAD command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
H
hardware error messages 147
HELDJOBTIMEOUT variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 87
color LaserJet 4550 series 87
color LaserJet 4600 series 87
color LaserJet 5500 series 102
color LaserJet 8550 series 102
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 102
LaserJet 1150 series 26
LaserJet 1200 series 26
LaserJet 1300 series 26
LaserJet 2200 series 26
LaserJet 2300 series 26
LaserJet 3200mfp series 72
LaserJet 3300mfp series 72
LaserJet 4100 series 42
LaserJet 4100mfp series 42
LaserJet 4200 series 42
LaserJet 4300 series 42
LaserJet 5100 series 56
LaserJet 8150 series 56
LaserJet 9000 series 56
LaserJet 9000mfp series 56
ENWW 157
HITRANSFER variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 56
LaserJet 8150 series 56
LaserJet 9000 series 56
LaserJet 9000mfp series 56
HOLD variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 87
color LaserJet 4550 series 87
color LaserJet 4600 series 87
color LaserJet 5500 series 102
color LaserJet 8550 series 102
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 102
LaserJet 1150 series 26
LaserJet 1200 series 26
LaserJet 1300 series 26
LaserJet 2200 series 26
LaserJet 2300 series 26
LaserJet 3200mfp series 72
LaserJet 3300mfp series 72
LaserJet 4100 series 42
LaserJet 4100mfp series 42
LaserJet 4200 series 42
LaserJet 4300 series 42
LaserJet 5100 series 56
LaserJet 8150 series 56
LaserJet 9000 series 56
LaserJet 9000mfp series 56
HOLDKEY variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 87
color LaserJet 4550 series 87
color LaserJet 4600 series 87
color LaserJet 5500 series 102
color LaserJet 8550 series 102
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 102
LaserJet 1150 series 26
LaserJet 1200 series 26
LaserJet 1300 series 26
LaserJet 2200 series 26
LaserJet 2300 series 26
LaserJet 3200mfp series 72
LaserJet 3300mfp series 72
LaserJet 4100 series 42
LaserJet 4100mfp series 42
LaserJet 4200 series 42
LaserJet 4300 series 42
LaserJet 5100 series 56
LaserJet 8150 series 56
LaserJet 9000 series 56
LaserJet 9000mfp series 56
HOLDTYPE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 87
color LaserJet 4550 series 87
color LaserJet 4600 series 87
color LaserJet 5500 series 102
color LaserJet 8550 series 102
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 102
LaserJet 1150 series 26
LaserJet 1200 series 26
LaserJet 1300 series 26
LaserJet 2200 series 26
LaserJet 2300 series 26
LaserJet 3200mfp series 72
LaserJet 3300mfp series 72
LaserJet 4100 series 42
LaserJet 4100mfp series 42
LaserJet 4200 series 42
LaserJet 4300 series 42
LaserJet 5100 series 56
LaserJet 8150 series 56
LaserJet 9000 series 56
LaserJet 9000mfp series 56
HOSTCLEANINGPAGE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 87
color LaserJet 4550 series 87
color LaserJet 4600 series 87
color LaserJet 5500 series 102
color LaserJet 8550 series 102
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 102
LaserJet 1150 series 26
LaserJet 1200 series 26
LaserJet 1300 series 26
LaserJet 2200 series 26
LaserJet 2300 series 26
LaserJet 3200mfp series 72
LaserJet 3300mfp series 72
LaserJet 4100 series 42
LaserJet 4100mfp series 42
LaserJet 4200 series 42
LaserJet 4300 series 42
LaserJet 5100 series 56
LaserJet 8150 series 56
LaserJet 9000 series 56
LaserJet 9000mfp series 56
HP color LaserJet 2500 series
environmental variables 86
feature support 22
HP color LaserJet 4550 series
environmental variables 86
feature support 22
HP color LaserJet 4600 series
environmental variables 86
feature support 22
HP color LaserJet 5500 series
feature support 23
HP color LaserJet 8550 series
feature support 23
HP color LaserJet 8550mfp series
feature support 23
HP LaserJet 1150 series
environmental variables 25
feature support 18
HP LaserJet 1200 series
environmental variables 25
feature support 18
HP LaserJet 1300 series
environmental variables 25
feature support 18
HP LaserJet 2200 series
environmental variables 25
feature support 18
HP LaserJet 2300
environmental variables 25
HP LaserJet 2300 series
feature support 18
HP LaserJet 3200mfp series
environmental variables 71
feature support 21
HP LaserJet 3300mfp series
environmental variables 71
feature support 21
HP LaserJet 4100 series
environmental variables 41
feature support 19
HP LaserJet 4100mfp series
environmental variables 41
feature support 19
HP LaserJet 4200 series
environmental variables 41
feature support 19
HP LaserJet 4300 series
environmental variables 41
feature support 19
158 ENWW
HP LaserJet 5100 series
environmental variables 55
feature support 20
HP LaserJet 5500 series
environmental variables 101
HP LaserJet 8150 series
environmental variables 55
feature support 20
HP LaserJet 8550 series
environmental variables 101
HP LaserJet 8550mfp series
environmental variables 101
HP LaserJet 9000 series
environmental variables 55
feature support 20
job finishing commands 11
HP LaserJet 9000mfp series
environmental variables 55
feature support 20
job finishing commands 15
HP multifunction finisher job finishing commands 15
I
INFO command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
informational messages 118
INITIALIZE command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
INQUIRE command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
intervention conditions
operator 135
potential operator 133
INTRAY1SIZE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 88
color LaserJet 4550 series 88
color LaserJet 4600 series 88
color LaserJet 5500 series 103
color LaserJet 8550 series 103
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 103
LaserJet 1150 series 27
LaserJet 1200 series 27
LaserJet 1300 series 27
LaserJet 2200 series 27
LaserJet 2300 series 27
LaserJet 3200mfp series 73
LaserJet 3300mfp series 73
LaserJet 4100 series 43
LaserJet 4100mfp series 43
LaserJet 4200 series 43
LaserJet 4300 series 43
LaserJet 5100 series 57
LaserJet 8150 series 57
LaserJet 9000 series 57
LaserJet 9000mfp series 57
INTRAY2SIZE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 89
color LaserJet 4550 series 89
color LaserJet 4600 series 89
color LaserJet 5500 series 104
color LaserJet 8550 series 104
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 104
LaserJet 1150 series 28
LaserJet 1200 series 28
LaserJet 1300 series 28
LaserJet 2200 series 28
LaserJet 2300 series 28
LaserJet 3200mfp series 74
LaserJet 3300mfp series 74
LaserJet 4100 series 44
LaserJet 4100mfp series 44
LaserJet 4200 series 44
LaserJet 4300 series 44
LaserJet 5100 series 58
LaserJet 8150 series 58
LaserJet 9000 series 58
LaserJet 9000mfp series 58
ENWW Index 159
INTRAY3SIZE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 90
color LaserJet 4550 series 90
color LaserJet 4600 series 90
color LaserJet 5500 series 105
color LaserJet 8550 series 105
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 105
LaserJet 1150 series 29
LaserJet 1200 series 29
LaserJet 1300 series 29
LaserJet 2200 series 29
LaserJet 2300 series 29
LaserJet 3200mfp series 75
LaserJet 3300mfp series 75
LaserJet 4100 series 45
LaserJet 4100mfp series 45
LaserJet 4200 series 45
LaserJet 4300 series 45
LaserJet 5100 series 59
LaserJet 8150 series 59
LaserJet 9000 series 59
LaserJet 9000mfp series 59
INTRAY4SIZE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 91
color LaserJet 4550 series 91
color LaserJet 4600 series 91
color LaserJet 5500 series 106
color LaserJet 8550 series 106
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 106
LaserJet 1150 series 30
LaserJet 1200 series 30
LaserJet 1300 series 30
LaserJet 2200 series 30
LaserJet 2300 series 30
LaserJet 3200mfp series 76
LaserJet 3300mfp series 76
LaserJet 4100 series 46
LaserJet 4100mfp series 46
LaserJet 4200 series 46
LaserJet 4300 series 46
LaserJet 5100 series 60
LaserJet 8150 series 60
LaserJet 9000 series 60
LaserJet 9000mfp series 60
INTRAY5SIZE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 92
color LaserJet 4550 series 92
color LaserJet 4600 series 92
color LaserJet 5500 series 107
color LaserJet 8550 series 107
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 107
LaserJet 1150 series 31
LaserJet 1200 series 31
LaserJet 1300 series 31
LaserJet 2200 series 31
LaserJet 2300 series 31
LaserJet 3200mfp series 77
LaserJet 3300mfp series 77
LaserJet 4100 series 47
LaserJet 4100mfp series 47
LaserJet 4200 series 47
LaserJet 4300 series 47
LaserJet 5100 series 61
LaserJet 8150 series 61
LaserJet 9000 series 61
LaserJet 9000mfp series 61
INTRAY6SIZE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 92
color LaserJet 4550 series 92
color LaserJet 4600 series 92
color LaserJet 5500 series 107
color LaserJet 8550 series 107
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 107
LaserJet 1150 series 31
LaserJet 1200 series 31
LaserJet 1300 series 31
LaserJet 2200 series 31
LaserJet 2300 series 31
LaserJet 3200mfp series 77
LaserJet 3300mfp series 77
LaserJet 4100 series 47
LaserJet 4100mfp series 47
LaserJet 4200 series 47
LaserJet 4300 series 47
LaserJet 5100 series 61
LaserJet 8150 series 61
LaserJet 9000 series 61
LaserJet 9000mfp series 61
INTRAY7SIZE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 92
color LaserJet 4550 series 92
color LaserJet 4600 series 92
color LaserJet 5500 series 107
color LaserJet 8550 series 107
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 107
LaserJet 1150 series 31
LaserJet 1200 series 31
LaserJet 1300 series 31
LaserJet 2200 series 31
LaserJet 2300 series 31
LaserJet 3200mfp series 77
LaserJet 3300mfp series 77
LaserJet 4100 series 47
LaserJet 4100mfp series 47
LaserJet 4200 series 47
LaserJet 4300 series 47
LaserJet 5100 series 61
LaserJet 8150 series 61
LaserJet 9000 series 61
LaserJet 9000mfp series 61
INTRAY8SIZE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 92
color LaserJet 4550 series 92
color LaserJet 4600 series 92
color LaserJet 5500 series 107
color LaserJet 8550 series 107
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 107
LaserJet 1150 series 31
LaserJet 1200 series 31
LaserJet 1300 series 31
LaserJet 2200 series 31
LaserJet 2300 series 31
LaserJet 3200mfp series 77
LaserJet 3300mfp series 77
LaserJet 4100 series 47
LaserJet 4100mfp series 47
LaserJet 4200 series 47
LaserJet 4300 series 47
LaserJet 5100 series 61
LaserJet 8150 series 61
LaserJet 9000 series 61
LaserJet 9000mfp series 61
IOBUFFER variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 61
LaserJet 8150 series 61
LaserJet 9000 series 61
LaserJet 9000mfp series 61
160 Index ENWW
IOSIZE variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 61
LaserJet 8150 series 61
LaserJet 9000 series 61
LaserJet 9000mfp series 61
J
jam messages
LaserJet 4000 and 5000 series 146
LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx 143
JOB command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
job finishing commands
description 11
LaserJet 9000 series 11
LaserJet 9000mfp series 15
JOBATTR variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 92
color LaserJet 4550 series 92
color LaserJet 4600 series 92
color LaserJet 5500 series 107
color LaserJet 8550 series 107
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 107
LaserJet 1150 series 31
LaserJet 1200 series 31
LaserJet 1300 series 31
LaserJet 2200 series 31
LaserJet 2300 series 31
LaserJet 3200mfp series 77
LaserJet 3300mfp series 77
LaserJet 4100 series 47
LaserJet 4100mfp series 47
LaserJet 4200 series 47
LaserJet 4300 series 47
LaserJet 5100 series 61
LaserJet 8150 series 61
LaserJet 9000 series 61
LaserJet 9000mfp series 61
JOBID variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 92
color LaserJet 4550 series 92
color LaserJet 4600 series 92
color LaserJet 5500 series 107
color LaserJet 8550 series 107
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 107
LaserJet 1150 series 31
LaserJet 1200 series 31
LaserJet 1300 series 31
LaserJet 2200 series 31
LaserJet 2300 series 31
LaserJet 3200mfp series 77
LaserJet 3300mfp series 77
LaserJet 4100 series 47
LaserJet 4100mfp series 47
LaserJet 4200 series 47
LaserJet 4300 series 47
LaserJet 5100 series 61
LaserJet 8150 series 61
LaserJet 9000 series 61
LaserJet 9000mfp series 61
JOBMFQBEGIN variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 61
LaserJet 8150 series 61
LaserJet 9000 series 61
LaserJet 9000mfp series 61
JOBMFQEND variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 62
LaserJet 8150 series 62
LaserJet 9000 series 62
LaserJet 9000mfp series 62
JOBNAME variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 92
color LaserJet 4550 series 92
color LaserJet 4600 series 92
color LaserJet 5500 series 107
color LaserJet 8550 series 107
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 107
LaserJet 1150 series 31
LaserJet 1200 series 31
LaserJet 1300 series 31
LaserJet 2200 series 31
LaserJet 2300 series 31
LaserJet 3200mfp series 77
LaserJet 3300mfp series 77
LaserJet 4100 series 47
LaserJet 4100mfp series 47
LaserJet 4200 series 47
LaserJet 4300 series 47
LaserJet 5100 series 62
LaserJet 8150 series 62
LaserJet 9000 series 62
LaserJet 9000mfp series 62
ENWW Index 161
JOBOFFSET variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 92
color LaserJet 4550 series 92
color LaserJet 4600 series 92
color LaserJet 5500 series 107
color LaserJet 8550 series 107
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 107
LaserJet 1150 series 31
LaserJet 1200 series 31
LaserJet 1300 series 31
LaserJet 2200 series 31
LaserJet 2300 series 31
LaserJet 3200mfp series 77
LaserJet 3300mfp series 77
LaserJet 4100 series 47
LaserJet 4100mfp series 47
LaserJet 4200 series 47
LaserJet 4300 series 47
LaserJet 5100 series 62
LaserJet 8150 series 62
LaserJet 9000 series 62
LaserJet 9000mfp series 62
JOBSOURCE variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 62
LaserJet 8150 series 62
LaserJet 9000 series 62
LaserJet 9000mfp series 62
L
LANG variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 93
color LaserJet 4550 series 93
color LaserJet 4600 series 93
color LaserJet 5500 series 108
color LaserJet 8550 series 108
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 108
LaserJet 1150 series 32
LaserJet 1200 series 32
LaserJet 1300 series 32
LaserJet 2200 series 32
LaserJet 2300 series 32
LaserJet 3200mfp series 78
LaserJet 3300mfp series 78
LaserJet 4100 series 48
LaserJet 4100mfp series 48
LaserJet 4200 series 48
LaserJet 4300 series 48
LaserJet 5100 series 62
LaserJet 8150 series 62
LaserJet 9000 series 62
LaserJet 9000mfp series 62
LANGPROMPT variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 62
LaserJet 8150 series 62
LaserJet 9000 series 62
LaserJet 9000mfp series 62
language switching 7
loading messages for paper 141
LOWCARTRIDGE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 93
color LaserJet 4550 series 93
color LaserJet 4600 series 93
color LaserJet 5500 series 108
color LaserJet 8550 series 108
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 108
LaserJet 1150 series 32
LaserJet 1200 series 32
LaserJet 1300 series 32
LaserJet 2200 series 32
LaserJet 2300 series 32
LaserJet 3200mfp series 78
LaserJet 3300mfp series 78
LaserJet 4100 series 48
LaserJet 4100mfp series 48
LaserJet 4200 series 48
LaserJet 4300 series 48
LaserJet 5100 series 62
LaserJet 8150 series 62
LaserJet 9000 series 62
LaserJet 9000mfp series 62
LOWSUPPLIES variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 93
color LaserJet 4550 series 93
color LaserJet 4600 series 93
color LaserJet 5500 series 108
color LaserJet 8550 series 108
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 108
LaserJet 1150 series 32
LaserJet 1200 series 32
LaserJet 1300 series 32
LaserJet 2200 series 32
LaserJet 2300 series 32
LaserJet 3200mfp series 78
LaserJet 3300mfp series 78
LaserJet 4100 series 48
LaserJet 4100mfp series 48
LaserJet 4200 series 48
LaserJet 4300 series 48
LaserJet 5100 series 62
LaserJet 8150 series 62
LaserJet 9000 series 62
LaserJet 9000mfp series 62
LOWTONER variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 93
color LaserJet 4550 series 93
color LaserJet 4600 series 93
color LaserJet 5500 series 108
color LaserJet 8550 series 108
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 108
LaserJet 1150 series 32
LaserJet 1200 series 32
LaserJet 1300 series 32
LaserJet 2200 series 32
LaserJet 2300 series 32
LaserJet 3200mfp series 78
LaserJet 3300mfp series 78
LaserJet 4100 series 48
LaserJet 4100mfp series 48
LaserJet 4200 series 48
LaserJet 4300 series 48
LaserJet 5100 series 62
LaserJet 8150 series 62
LaserJet 9000 series 62
LaserJet 9000mfp series 62
162 Index ENWW
LPARM PCL FONTNUMBER variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 93
color LaserJet 4550 series 93
color LaserJet 4600 series 93
color LaserJet 5500 series 108
color LaserJet 8550 series 108
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 108
LaserJet 1150 series 32
LaserJet 1200 series 32
LaserJet 1300 series 32
LaserJet 2200 series 32
LaserJet 2300 series 32
LaserJet 3200mfp series 78
LaserJet 3300mfp series 78
LaserJet 4100 series 48
LaserJet 4100mfp series 48
LaserJet 4200 series 48
LaserJet 4300 series 48
LaserJet 5100 series 63
LaserJet 8150 series 63
LaserJet 9000 series 63
LaserJet 9000mfp series 63
LPARM PCL FONTSOURCE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 93
color LaserJet 4550 series 93
color LaserJet 4600 series 93
color LaserJet 5500 series 108
color LaserJet 8550 series 108
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 108
LaserJet 1150 series 32
LaserJet 1200 series 32
LaserJet 1300 series 32
LaserJet 2200 series 32
LaserJet 2300 series 32
LaserJet 3200mfp series 78
LaserJet 3300mfp series 78
LaserJet 4100 series 48
LaserJet 4100mfp series 48
LaserJet 4200 series 48
LaserJet 4300 series 48
LaserJet 5100 series 63
LaserJet 8150 series 63
LaserJet 9000 series 63
LaserJet 9000mfp series 63
LPARM PCL LINETERMINATION variable support
LaserJet 1150 series 33
LaserJet 1200 series 33
LaserJet 1300 series 33
LaserJet 2200 series 33
LaserJet 2300 series 33
LaserJet 3200mfp series 79
LaserJet 3300mfp series 79
LPARM PCL PITCH variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 93
color LaserJet 4550 series 93
color LaserJet 4600 series 93
color LaserJet 5500 series 109
color LaserJet 8550 series 109
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 109
LaserJet 1150 series 33
LaserJet 1200 series 33
LaserJet 1300 series 33
LaserJet 2200 series 33
LaserJet 2300 series 33
LaserJet 3200mfp series 79
LaserJet 3300mfp series 79
LaserJet 4100 series 48
LaserJet 4100mfp series 48
LaserJet 4200 series 48
LaserJet 4300 series 48
LaserJet 5100 series 63
LaserJet 8150 series 63
LaserJet 9000 series 63
LaserJet 9000mfp series 63
LPARM PCL PTSIZE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 94
color LaserJet 4550 series 94
color LaserJet 4600 series 94
color LaserJet 5500 series 109
color LaserJet 8550 series 109
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 109
LaserJet 1150 series 33
LaserJet 1200 series 33
LaserJet 1300 series 33
LaserJet 2200 series 33
LaserJet 2300 series 33
LaserJet 3200mfp series 79
LaserJet 3300mfp series 79
LaserJet 4100 series 49
LaserJet 4100mfp series 49
LaserJet 4200 series 49
LaserJet 4300 series 49
LaserJet 5100 series 63
LaserJet 8150 series 63
LaserJet 9000 series 63
LaserJet 9000mfp series 63
LPARM PCL SYMSET variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 94
color LaserJet 4550 series 94
color LaserJet 4600 series 94
color LaserJet 5500 series 109
color LaserJet 8550 series 109
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 109
LaserJet 1150 series 33
LaserJet 1200 series 33
LaserJet 1300 series 33
LaserJet 2200 series 33
LaserJet 2300 series 33
LaserJet 3200mfp series 79
LaserJet 3300mfp series 79
LaserJet 4100 series 49
LaserJet 4100mfp series 49
LaserJet 4200 series 49
LaserJet 4300 series 49
LaserJet 5100 series 63
LaserJet 8150 series 63
LaserJet 9000 series 63
LaserJet 9000mfp series 63
ENWW Index 163
LPARM PDF OWNERPASSWORD variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 95
color LaserJet 4550 series 95
color LaserJet 4600 series 95
color LaserJet 5500 series 110
color LaserJet 8550 series 110
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 110
LaserJet 1150 series 34
LaserJet 1200 series 34
LaserJet 1300 series 34
LaserJet 2200 series 34
LaserJet 2300 series 34
LaserJet 3200mfp series 80
LaserJet 3300mfp series 80
LaserJet 4100 series 49
LaserJet 4100mfp series 49
LaserJet 4200 series 49
LaserJet 4300 series 49
LaserJet 5100 series 64
LaserJet 8150 series 64
LaserJet 9000 series 64
LaserJet 9000mfp series 64
LPARM PDF USERPASSWORD variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 95
color LaserJet 4550 series 95
color LaserJet 4600 series 95
color LaserJet 5500 series 110
color LaserJet 8550 series 110
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 110
LaserJet 1150 series 34
LaserJet 1200 series 34
LaserJet 1300 series 34
LaserJet 2200 series 34
LaserJet 2300 series 34
LaserJet 3200mfp series 80
LaserJet 3300mfp series 80
LaserJet 4100 series 50
LaserJet 4100mfp series 50
LaserJet 4200 series 50
LaserJet 4300 series 50
LaserJet 5100 series 64
LaserJet 8150 series 64
LaserJet 9000 series 64
LaserJet 9000mfp series 64
LPARM POSTSCRIPT JAMRECOVERY variable support
color LaserJet 5500 series 110
color LaserJet 8550 series 110
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 110
LPARM POSTSCRIPT PRTSERRS variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 95
color LaserJet 4550 series 95
color LaserJet 4600 series 95
color LaserJet 5500 series 110
color LaserJet 8550 series 110
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 110
LaserJet 1150 series 34
LaserJet 1200 series 34
LaserJet 1300 series 34
LaserJet 2200 series 34
LaserJet 2300 series 34
LaserJet 3200mfp series 80
LaserJet 3300mfp series 80
LaserJet 4100 series 50
LaserJet 4100mfp series 50
LaserJet 4200 series 50
LaserJet 4300 series 50
LaserJet 5100 series 64
LaserJet 8150 series 64
LaserJet 9000 series 64
LaserJet 9000mfp series 64
LPARM RESOURCESAVE variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 64
LaserJet 8150 series 64
LaserJet 9000 series 64
LaserJet 9000mfp series 64
M
MAINTINTERVAL variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 64
LaserJet 8150 series 64
LaserJet 9000 series 64
LaserJet 9000mfp series 64
MANUALDUPLEX variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 95
color LaserJet 4550 series 95
color LaserJet 4600 series 95
color LaserJet 5500 series 110
color LaserJet 8550 series 110
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 110
LaserJet 1150 series 35
LaserJet 1200 series 35
LaserJet 1300 series 35
LaserJet 2200 series 35
LaserJet 2300 series 35
LaserJet 3200mfp series 80
LaserJet 3300mfp series 80
LaserJet 4100 series 50
LaserJet 4100mfp series 50
LaserJet 4200 series 50
LaserJet 4300 series 50
LaserJet 5100 series 64
LaserJet 8150 series 64
LaserJet 9000 series 64
LaserJet 9000mfp series 64
MANUALFEED variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 95
color LaserJet 4550 series 95
color LaserJet 4600 series 95
color LaserJet 5500 series 110
color LaserJet 8550 series 110
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 110
LaserJet 1150 series 35
LaserJet 1200 series 35
LaserJet 1300 series 35
LaserJet 2200 series 35
LaserJet 2300 series 35
LaserJet 3200mfp series 80
LaserJet 3300mfp series 80
LaserJet 4100 series 50
LaserJet 4100mfp series 50
LaserJet 4200 series 50
LaserJet 4300 series 50
LaserJet 5100 series 64
LaserJet 8150 series 64
LaserJet 9000 series 64
LaserJet 9000mfp series 64
manuals, related 8
164 Index ENWW
MEDIASOURCE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 95
color LaserJet 4550 series 95
color LaserJet 4600 series 95
color LaserJet 5500 series 110
color LaserJet 8550 series 110
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 110
LaserJet 1150 series 35
LaserJet 1200 series 35
LaserJet 1300 series 35
LaserJet 2200 series 35
LaserJet 2300 series 35
LaserJet 3200mfp series 81
LaserJet 3300mfp series 81
LaserJet 4100 series 50
LaserJet 4100mfp series 50
LaserJet 4200 series 50
LaserJet 4300 series 50
LaserJet 5100 series 65
LaserJet 8150 series 65
LaserJet 9000 series 65
LaserJet 9000mfp series 65
MEDIATYPE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 96
color LaserJet 4550 series 96
color LaserJet 4600 series 96
color LaserJet 5500 series 111
color LaserJet 8550 series 111
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 111
LaserJet 1150 series 36
LaserJet 1200 series 36
LaserJet 1300 series 36
LaserJet 2200 series 36
LaserJet 2300 series 36
LaserJet 3200mfp series 82
LaserJet 3300mfp series 82
LaserJet 4100 series 51
LaserJet 4100mfp series 51
LaserJet 4200 series 51
LaserJet 4300 series 51
LaserJet 5100 series 66
LaserJet 8150 series 66
LaserJet 9000 series 66
LaserJet 9000mfp series 66
messages
auto-continuable conditions 129
background paper loading 121
background paper tray status 123
file system errors 131
foreground paper loading 141
hardware errors 147
informational 118
operator intervention conditions 135
optional paper-handling devices 144
output bin status 124
paper jam (LaserJet 4000 and 5000 series) 146
paper jam (LaserJet 5Si/5SiMX) 143
personality errors 150
PJL parser errors 125
PJL parser warnings 127
potential operator intervention conditions 133
semantic errors 128
messages and settings on control panel, changing 7
MFQBEGIN variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 66
LaserJet 8150 series 66
LaserJet 9000 series 66
LaserJet 9000mfp series 66
MFQEND variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 66
LaserJet 8150 series 66
LaserJet 9000 series 66
LaserJet 9000mfp series 66
model and configuration information, requesting 7
monitoring printer status 7
MPTRAY variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 96
color LaserJet 4550 series 96
color LaserJet 4600 series 96
color LaserJet 5500 series 111
color LaserJet 8550 series 111
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 111
LaserJet 1150 series 36
LaserJet 1200 series 36
LaserJet 1300 series 36
LaserJet 2200 series 36
LaserJet 2300 series 36
LaserJet 3200mfp series 82
LaserJet 3300mfp series 82
LaserJet 4100 series 51
LaserJet 4100mfp series 51
LaserJet 4200 series 51
LaserJet 4300 series 51
LaserJet 5100 series 66
LaserJet 8150 series 66
LaserJet 9000 series 66
LaserJet 9000mfp series 66
multifunction finisher job finishing commands 15
N
ns, explanation of meaning in tables 17
O
OPMSG command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
optional paper handling device messages 144
ENWW Index 165
ORIENTATION variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 96
color LaserJet 4550 series 96
color LaserJet 4600 series 96
color LaserJet 5500 series 111
color LaserJet 8550 series 111
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 111
LaserJet 1150 series 36
LaserJet 1200 series 36
LaserJet 1300 series 36
LaserJet 2200 series 36
LaserJet 2300 series 36
LaserJet 3200mfp series 82
LaserJet 3300mfp series 82
LaserJet 4100 series 51
LaserJet 4100mfp series 51
LaserJet 4200 series 51
LaserJet 4300 series 51
LaserJet 5100 series 66
LaserJet 8150 series 66
LaserJet 9000 series 66
LaserJet 9000mfp series 66
OUTBIN variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 97
color LaserJet 4550 series 97
color LaserJet 4600 series 97
color LaserJet 5500 series 112
color LaserJet 8550 series 112
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 112
LaserJet 1150 series 36
LaserJet 1200 series 36
LaserJet 1300 series 36
LaserJet 2200 series 36
LaserJet 2300 series 36
LaserJet 3200mfp series 82
LaserJet 3300mfp series 82
LaserJet 4100 series 51
LaserJet 4100mfp series 51
LaserJet 4200 series 51
LaserJet 4300 series 51
LaserJet 5100 series 67
LaserJet 8150 series 67
LaserJet 9000 series 67
LaserJet 9000mfp series 67
OUTBINPROCESS variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 97
color LaserJet 4550 series 97
color LaserJet 4600 series 97
color LaserJet 5500 series 112
color LaserJet 8550 series 112
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 112
LaserJet 1150 series 36
LaserJet 1200 series 36
LaserJet 1300 series 36
LaserJet 2200 series 36
LaserJet 2300 series 36
LaserJet 3200mfp series 82
LaserJet 3300mfp series 82
LaserJet 4100 series 51
LaserJet 4100mfp series 51
LaserJet 4200 series 51
LaserJet 4300 series 51
LaserJet 5100 series 67
LaserJet 8150 series 67
LaserJet 9000 series 67
LaserJet 9000mfp series 67
OUTLINEPOINTSIZE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 97
color LaserJet 4550 series 97
color LaserJet 4600 series 97
color LaserJet 5500 series 112
color LaserJet 8550 series 112
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 112
LaserJet 1150 series 36
LaserJet 1200 series 36
LaserJet 1300 series 36
LaserJet 2200 series 36
LaserJet 2300 series 36
LaserJet 3200mfp series 82
LaserJet 3300mfp series 82
LaserJet 4100 series 51
LaserJet 4100mfp series 51
LaserJet 4200 series 51
LaserJet 4300 series 51
LaserJet 5100 series 67
LaserJet 8150 series 67
LaserJet 9000 series 67
LaserJet 9000mfp series 67
output bin status messages 124
output bins, setting destination to. See destination
OUTTONER variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 97
color LaserJet 4550 series 97
color LaserJet 4600 series 97
color LaserJet 5500 series 112
color LaserJet 8550 series 112
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 112
LaserJet 1150 series 36
LaserJet 1200 series 36
LaserJet 1300 series 36
LaserJet 2200 series 36
LaserJet 2300 series 36
LaserJet 3200mfp series 83
LaserJet 3300mfp series 83
LaserJet 4100 series 51
LaserJet 4100mfp series 51
LaserJet 4200 series 51
LaserJet 4300 series 51
LaserJet 5100 series 67
LaserJet 8150 series 67
LaserJet 9000 series 67
LaserJet 9000mfp series 67
P
PAGEPROTECT variable support
LaserJet 1150 series 37
LaserJet 1200 series 37
LaserJet 1300 series 37
LaserJet 2200 series 37
LaserJet 2300 series 37
LaserJet 3200mfp series 83
LaserJet 3300mfp series 83
LaserJet 5100 series 67
LaserJet 8150 series 67
LaserJet 9000 series 67
LaserJet 9000mfp series 67
PAGES variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 68
LaserJet 8150 series 68
LaserJet 9000 series 68
LaserJet 9000mfp series 68
paper handling device messages 144
paper jam messages
LaserJet 4000 and 5000 series 146
LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx 143
paper loading messages 141
166 Index ENWW
PAPER variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 98
color LaserJet 4550 series 98
color LaserJet 4600 series 98
color LaserJet 5500 series 113
color LaserJet 8550 series 113
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 113
LaserJet 1150 series 37
LaserJet 1200 series 37
LaserJet 1300 series 37
LaserJet 2200 series 37
LaserJet 2300 series 37
LaserJet 3200mfp series 83
LaserJet 3300mfp series 83
LaserJet 4100 series 52
LaserJet 4100mfp series 52
LaserJet 4200 series 52
LaserJet 4300 series 52
LaserJet 5100 series 68
LaserJet 8150 series 68
LaserJet 9000 series 68
LaserJet 9000mfp series 68
parser
errors 125
warnings 127
PASSWORD variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 98
color LaserJet 4550 series 98
color LaserJet 4600 series 98
color LaserJet 5500 series 113
color LaserJet 8550 series 113
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 113
LaserJet 1150 series 37
LaserJet 1200 series 37
LaserJet 1300 series 37
LaserJet 2200 series 37
LaserJet 2300 series 37
LaserJet 3200mfp series 83
LaserJet 3300mfp series 83
LaserJet 4100 series 52
LaserJet 4100mfp series 52
LaserJet 4200 series 52
LaserJet 4300 series 52
LaserJet 5100 series 68
LaserJet 8150 series 68
LaserJet 9000 series 68
LaserJet 9000mfp series 68
PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual 9
PCL 5 Comparison Guide 8
PCL 5 Comparison Guide Addendum 9
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual 8
PCL/PJL Technical Quick Reference Guide 9
personality error messages 150
PERSONALITY variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 98
color LaserJet 4550 series 98
color LaserJet 4600 series 98
color LaserJet 5500 series 113
color LaserJet 8550 series 113
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 113
LaserJet 1150 series 37
LaserJet 1200 series 37
LaserJet 1300 series 37
LaserJet 2200 series 37
LaserJet 2300 series 37
LaserJet 3200mfp series 83
LaserJet 3300mfp series 83
LaserJet 4100 series 52
LaserJet 4100mfp series 52
LaserJet 4200 series 52
LaserJet 4300 series 52
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
PJL (Printer Job Language)
description 7
environmental variables 24
file system errors 131
parser errors 125
parser warnings 127
semantic errors 128
status codes 117
PJL command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
PJL features
support by product 17
support for LaserJet 1150 series 18
support for LaserJet 1200 series 18
support for LaserJet 1300 series 18
support for LaserJet 2200 series 18
support for LaserJet 2300 series 18
ENWW Index 167
PLANESINUSE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 98
color LaserJet 4550 series 98
color LaserJet 4600 series 98
color LaserJet 5500 series 113
color LaserJet 8550 series 113
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 113
LaserJet 1150 series 37
LaserJet 1200 series 37
LaserJet 1300 series 37
LaserJet 2200 series 37
LaserJet 2300 series 37
LaserJet 3200mfp series 83
LaserJet 3300mfp series 83
LaserJet 4100 series 52
LaserJet 4100mfp series 52
LaserJet 4200 series 52
LaserJet 4300 series 52
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
potential operator intervention conditions 133
POWERSAVE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 98
color LaserJet 4550 series 98
color LaserJet 4600 series 98
color LaserJet 5500 series 113
color LaserJet 8550 series 113
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 113
LaserJet 1150 series 37
LaserJet 1200 series 37
LaserJet 1300 series 37
LaserJet 2200 series 37
LaserJet 2300 series 37
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
LaserJet 4100 series 52
LaserJet 4100mfp series 52
LaserJet 4200 series 52
LaserJet 4300 series 52
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
POWERSAVEMODE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 98
color LaserJet 4550 series 98
color LaserJet 4600 series 98
LaserJet 1150 series 37
LaserJet 1200 series 37
LaserJet 1300 series 37
LaserJet 2200 series 37
LaserJet 2300 series 37
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
LaserJet 4100 series 52
LaserJet 4100mfp series 52
LaserJet 4200 series 52
LaserJet 4300 series 52
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
POWERSAVETIME variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 99
color LaserJet 4550 series 99
color LaserJet 4600 series 99
color LaserJet 5500 series 114
color LaserJet 8550 series 114
color LaserJet 8550mfp 114
LaserJet 1150 series 38
LaserJet 1200 series 38
LaserJet 1300 series 38
LaserJet 2200 series 38
LaserJet 2300 series 38
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
LaserJet 4100 series 53
LaserJet 4100mfp series 53
LaserJet 4200 series 53
LaserJet 4300 series 53
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
POWESAVEMODE variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 69
PR1200SPEED variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
printer
language switching 7
monitoring status 7
setting destination to top output bin (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler)
12
Printer Job Language (PJL). See PJL (Printer Job Language)
Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual 8
PRINTONBACKSIDE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 99
color LaserJet 4550 series 99
color LaserJet 4600 series 99
color LaserJet 5500 series 114
color LaserJet 8550 series 114
color LaserJet 8550mfp 114
LaserJet 1150 series 38
LaserJet 1200 series 38
LaserJet 1300 series 38
LaserJet 2200 series 38
LaserJet 2300 series 38
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
LaserJet 4100 series 53
LaserJet 4100mfp series 53
LaserJet 4200 series 53
LaserJet 4300 series 53
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
ENWW Index 168
PROCESSINGBOUNDARY variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 99
color LaserJet 4550 series 99
color LaserJet 4600 series 99
color LaserJet 5500 series 114
color LaserJet 8550 series 114
color LaserJet 8550mfp 114
LaserJet 1150 series 38
LaserJet 1200 series 38
LaserJet 1300 series 38
LaserJet 2200 series 38
LaserJet 2300 series 38
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
LaserJet 4100 series 53
LaserJet 4100mfp series 53
LaserJet 4200 series 53
LaserJet 4300 series 53
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
PROCESSINGOPTION variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 99
color LaserJet 4550 series 99
color LaserJet 4600 series 99
color LaserJet 5500 series 114
color LaserJet 8550 series 114
color LaserJet 8550mfp 114
LaserJet 1150 series 38
LaserJet 1200 series 38
LaserJet 1300 series 38
LaserJet 2200 series 38
LaserJet 2300 series 38
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
LaserJet 4100 series 53
LaserJet 4100mfp series 53
LaserJet 4200 series 53
LaserJet 4300 series 53
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
PROCESSINGTYPE variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 99
color LaserJet 4550 series 99
color LaserJet 4600 series 99
color LaserJet 5500 series 114
color LaserJet 8550 series 114
color LaserJet 8550mfp 114
LaserJet 1150 series 38
LaserJet 1200 series 38
LaserJet 1300 series 38
LaserJet 2200 series 38
LaserJet 2300 series 38
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
LaserJet 4100 series 53
LaserJet 4100mfp series 53
LaserJet 4200 series 53
LaserJet 4300 series 53
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
Q
QTY variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 99
color LaserJet 4550 series 99
color LaserJet 4600 series 99
color LaserJet 5500 series 114
color LaserJet 8550 series 114
color LaserJet 8550mfp 114
LaserJet 1150 series 38
LaserJet 1200 series 38
LaserJet 1300 series 38
LaserJet 2200 series 38
LaserJet 2300 series 38
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
LaserJet 4100 series 53
LaserJet 4100mfp series 53
LaserJet 4200 series 53
LaserJet 4300 series 53
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
R
RDYMSG command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
reference manuals, related 8
related documentation 8
ENWW Index 169
REPRINT variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 99
color LaserJet 4550 series 99
color LaserJet 4600 series 99
color LaserJet 5500 series 114
color LaserJet 8550 series 114
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 114
LaserJet 1150 series 38
LaserJet 1200 series 38
LaserJet 1300 series 38
LaserJet 2200 series 38
LaserJet 2300 series 38
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
LaserJet 4100 series 53
LaserJet 4100mfp series 53
LaserJet 4200 series 53
LaserJet 4300 series 53
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
RESET command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
RESOLUTION variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 99
color LaserJet 4550 series 99
color LaserJet 4600 series 99
color LaserJet 5500 series 114
color LaserJet 8550 series 114
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 114
LaserJet 1150 series 38
LaserJet 1200 series 38
LaserJet 1300 series 38
LaserJet 2200 series 38
LaserJet 2300 series 38
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
LaserJet 4100 series 53
LaserJet 4100mfp series 53
LaserJet 4200 series 53
LaserJet 4300 series 53
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
RESOURCESAVE variable support
LaserJet 5100 series 69
LaserJet 8150 series 69
LaserJet 9000 series 69
LaserJet 9000mfp series 69
RET variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 99
color LaserJet 4550 series 99
color LaserJet 4600 series 99
color LaserJet 5500 series 114
color LaserJet 8550 series 114
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 114
LaserJet 1150 series 38
LaserJet 1200 series 38
LaserJet 1300 series 38
LaserJet 2200 series 38
LaserJet 2300 series 38
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
LaserJet 4100 series 53
LaserJet 4100mfp series 53
LaserJet 4200 series 53
LaserJet 4300 series 53
LaserJet 5100 series 70
LaserJet 8150 series 70
LaserJet 9000 series 70
LaserJet 9000mfp series 70
S
saddle stitch and fold job finishing commands
duplexed job (HP multifunction finisher) 16
single-sided job (HP multifunction finisher) 16
SCAN variable support
LaserJet 1150 series 38
LaserJet 1200 series 38
LaserJet 1300 series 38
LaserJet 2200 series 38
LaserJet 2300 series 38
LaserJet 3200mfp series 84
LaserJet 3300mfp series 84
semantic errors 128
SET command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
settings and messages on control panel, changing 7
stacker bin
setting destination to (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler) 11
setting destination to (face-down, HP multifunction finisher) 15
setting destination to (face-up, HP multifunction finisher) 15
stacker/stapler. See 3,000-sheet stacker/stapler
ENWW Index 170
STAPLEOPTION variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 100
color LaserJet 4550 series 100
color LaserJet 4600 series 100
color LaserJet 5500 series 115
color LaserJet 8550 series 115
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 115
LaserJet 1150 series 39
LaserJet 1200 series 39
LaserJet 1300 series 39
LaserJet 2200 series 39
LaserJet 2300 series 39
LaserJet 3200mfp series 85
LaserJet 3300mfp series 85
LaserJet 4100 series 54
LaserJet 4100mfp series 54
LaserJet 4200 series 54
LaserJet 4300 series 54
LaserJet 5100 series 70
LaserJet 8150 series 70
LaserJet 9000 series 70
LaserJet 9000mfp series 70
stapler. See 3,000-sheet stacker/stapler; HP multifunction finisher
stapling
finishing job with fold and saddle stitch, duplexed job (HP
multifunction finisher) 16
finishing job with fold and saddle stitch, single-sided job (HP
multifunction finisher) 16
finishing job with one staple (angled) (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler)
12
finishing job with one staple (HP multifunction finisher) 15
finishing job with one staple (straight) (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler)
12
finishing job with six staples (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler) 12
finishing job with three staples (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler) 12
finishing job with two staples (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler) 12
finishing job with two staples (HP multifunction finisher) 15
using the custom option (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler) 13
status codes for PJL 117
status messages. See messages
status, monitoring for printer 7
STMSG command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
STRINGCODESET variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 100
color LaserJet 4550 series 100
color LaserJet 4600 series 100
color LaserJet 5500 series 115
color LaserJet 8550 series 115
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 115
LaserJet 1150 series 39
LaserJet 1200 series 39
LaserJet 1300 series 39
LaserJet 2200 series 39
LaserJet 2300 series 39
LaserJet 3200mfp series 85
LaserJet 3300mfp series 85
LaserJet 4100 series 54
LaserJet 4100mfp series 54
LaserJet 4200 series 54
LaserJet 4300 series 54
LaserJet 5100 series 70
LaserJet 8150 series 70
LaserJet 9000 series 70
LaserJet 9000mfp series 70
switching printer languages 7
T
TESTPAGE variable support
LaserJet 1150 series 39
LaserJet 1200 series 39
LaserJet 1300 series 39
LaserJet 2200 series 39
LaserJet 2300 series 39
LaserJet 3200mfp series 85
LaserJet 3300mfp series 85
TIMEOUT variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 100
color LaserJet 4550 series 100
color LaserJet 4600 series 100
color LaserJet 5500 series 115
color LaserJet 8550 series 115
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 115
LaserJet 1150 series 39
LaserJet 1200 series 39
LaserJet 1300 series 39
LaserJet 2200 series 39
LaserJet 2300 series 39
LaserJet 3200mfp series 85
LaserJet 3300mfp series 85
LaserJet 4100 series 54
LaserJet 4100mfp series 54
LaserJet 4200 series 54
LaserJet 4300 series 54
LaserJet 5100 series 70
LaserJet 8150 series 70
LaserJet 9000 series 70
LaserJet 9000mfp series 70
top output bin
setting destination to (3,000-sheet stacker) 14
setting destination to (3,000-sheet stacker/stapler) 12
TRAY1TEMP variable support
LaserJet 1150 series 39
LaserJet 1200 series 39
LaserJet 1300 series 39
LaserJet 2200 series 39
LaserJet 2300 series 39
LaserJet 3200mfp series 85
LaserJet 3300mfp series 85
ENWW Index 171
TRAY2TEMP variable support
LaserJet 1150 series 39
LaserJet 1200 series 39
LaserJet 1300 series 39
LaserJet 2200 series 39
LaserJet 2300 series 39
TRAY3TEMP variable support
LaserJet 1150 series 40
LaserJet 1200 series 40
LaserJet 1300 series 40
LaserJet 2200 series 40
LaserJet 2300 series 40
U
UEL command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
USENAME variable support
color LaserJet 4600 series 100
USERNAME variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 100
color LaserJet 4550 series 100
color LaserJet 5500 series 115
color LaserJet 8550 series 115
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 115
LaserJet 1150 series 40
LaserJet 1200 series 40
LaserJet 1300 series 40
LaserJet 2200 series 40
LaserJet 2300 series 40
LaserJet 3200mfp series 85
LaserJet 3300mfp series 85
LaserJet 4100 series 54
LaserJet 4100mfp series 54
LaserJet 4200 series 54
LaserJet 4300 series 54
LaserJet 5100 series 70
LaserJet 8150 series 70
LaserJet 9000 series 70
LaserJet 9000mfp series 70
USTATUS command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
USTATUSOFF command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 22
color LaserJet 4550 series 22
color LaserJet 4600 series 22
color LaserJet 5500 series 23
color LaserJet 8550 series 23
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 23
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 21
LaserJet 3300mfp series 21
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 20
LaserJet 8150 series 20
LaserJet 9000 series 20
LaserJet 9000mfp series 20
V
variables
environmental 24
ENWW Index 172
W
WIDEA4 variable support
color LaserJet 2500 series 100
color LaserJet 4550 series 100
color LaserJet 4600 series 100
color LaserJet 5500 series 115
color LaserJet 8550 series 115
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 115
LaserJet 1150 series 40
LaserJet 1200 series 40
LaserJet 1300 series 40
LaserJet 2200 series 40
LaserJet 2300 series 40
LaserJet 3200mfp series 85
LaserJet 3300mfp series 85
LaserJet 4100 series 54
LaserJet 4100mfp series 54
LaserJet 4200 series 54
LaserJet 4300 series 54
LaserJet 5100 series 70
LaserJet 8150 series 70
LaserJet 9000 series 70
LaserJet 9000mfp series 70
Y
Y, explanation of meaning in tables 17

© 2003 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.

http://www.hp.com

*5851 *
*5851 *
-1651
-1651
5851-1651

HP LASER PRINTER 1300 – Schematics

1
3
4
5
2
start
lea esto primero
démarrage
Inbetriebnahme
avvio
inicio
startgids

μ
início
8
6
10
9
7
Additional information
For parallel connections, you must use the parallel adaptor.
See the electronic User Guide on the CD-ROM that came with the printer for more information
on the following topics:
· troubleshooting information
· important safety notices
· detailed user instructions
· regulatory information
This information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300
Informations supplémentaires
Pour les connexions parallèles, utilisez l’adaptateur parallèle.
Pour obtenir des informations sur les rubriques ci-après, reportez-vous à la version électronique
du Guide de l’utilisateur qui se trouve sur le CD-ROM fourni avec l’imprimante :
· Informations de dépannage
· Informations importantes sur la sécurité
· Instructions détaillées à l’intention de l’utilisateur
· Informations sur la réglementation
Ces informations sont également disponibles à l’adresse http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300
Zusätzliche Informationen
Für parallele Anschlüsse müssen Sie den parallelen Adapter verwenden.
Nähere Informationen zu den folgenden Themen erhalten Sie im elektronischen Benutzerhandbuch
auf der mit dem Drucker mitgelieferten CD:
· Informationen zur Fehlerbehebung
· Wichtige Sicherheitshinweise
· Detaillierte Anleitungen für den Benutzer
· Zulassungsbestimmungen
Diese Informationen sind auch unter http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300 verfügbar.
Ulteriori informazioni
Per collegamenti tramite la porta parallela, è necessario utilizzare l’adattatore della porta parallela.
Per ulteriori informazioni sui seguenti argomenti, vedere la guida dell’utente in formato elettronico
sul CD-ROM fornito con la stampante.
· informazioni di risoluzione dei problemi
· note importanti sulla sicurezza
· informazioni dettagliate per l’utente
· dichiarazioni di conformità alle norme
Le presenti informazioni sono disponibili anche sul sito http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300
Información adicional
Para las conexiones por puerto paralelo es necesario usar el adaptador correspondiente.
Consulte la guía del usuario en formato electrónico del CD-ROM que se incluía con la impresora
para obtener más información sobre los temas siguientes:
· información sobre resolución de problemas
· avisos de seguridad importantes
· instrucciones detalladas de funcionamiento
· información sobre normativas
Esta información también está disponible en http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300
Aanvullende informatie
U moet de parallelle adapter gebruiken voor parallelle verbindingen.
Raadpleeg de elektronische gebruikershandleiding op de cd-rom die bij de printer is geleverd voor
meer informatie over de volgende onderwerpen:
· informatie over het oplossen van problemen
· belangrijke veiligheidsinformatie
· gedetailleerde gebruikersinstructies
· overheidsvoorschriften
Deze informatie is ook beschikbaar op http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300
Ðñüóèåôåò ðëçñïöïñßåò
Ãéá ðáñÜëëçëåò óõíäÝóåéò, ðñÝðåé íá ÷ñçóéìïðïéÞóåôå ôïí ðáñÜëëçëï ðñïóáñìïãÝá.
Ãéá ðåñéóóüôåñåò ðëçñïöïñßåò ó÷åôéêÜ ìå ôá ðáñáêÜôù èÝìáôá, áíáôñÝîôå óôïí çëåêôñïíéêü
Ïäçãü ×ñÞóçò ðïõ âñßóêåôáé óôï CD ôï ïðïßï óõíïäåýåé ôïí åêôõðùôÞ:
· ðëçñïöïñßåò áíôéìåôþðéóçò ðñïâëçìÜôùí
· óçìáíôéêÝò ïäçãßåò áóöáëåßáò
· ëåðôïìåñåßò ïäçãßåò ÷ñÞóçò
· ðëçñïöïñßåò ó÷åôéêÜ ìå êáíïíéóìïýò
ÁõôÝò ïé ðëçñïöïñßåò äéáôßèåíôáé åðßóçò êáé áðü ôç äéåýèõíóç http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300
Informações adicionais
Para conexões paralelas, é necessário utilizar o adaptador paralelo.
Consulte o Guia do usuário eletrônico do CD-ROM fornecido com a impressora para obter mais
informações sobre os seguintes tópicos:
· Informações sobre solução de problemas
· Notas de segurança importantes
· Instruções detalhadas ao usuário
· Informações sobre de regulamentação
Essas informações também estão disponíveis no site http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300
Q1334-90932
*Q1334-90932*
*Q1334-90932*
copyright © 2003
Hewlett-Packard Company
www.hp.com/support/lj1300
Copyright Information
© Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company 2003
All Rights Reserved. Reproduction,
adaptation, or translation without prior written
permission is prohibited, except as allowed
under the copyright laws.
Part number: Q1334-90932
Edition 1: 4/2003
FCC Regulations
This equipment has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class B digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules.
These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
radio frequency energy. If this equipment is
not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, it may cause harmful interference
to radio communications. However, there is no
guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the user
is encouraged to try to correct the interference
by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase separation between equipment and
receiver.
Connect equipment to an outlet on a circuit
different from that to which the receiver is
located.
Consult your dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician.
Any changes or modifications to the printer
that are not expressly approved by HP could
void the user’s authority to operate this
equipment.
Use of a shielded interface cable is required
to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of
FCC rules.
Warranty
The information contained in this document
is subject to change without notice.
Hewlett-Packard makes no warranty of any
kind with respect to this information.
HEWLETT-PACKARD SPECIFICALLY
DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Hewlett-Packard shall not be liable for any
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or
other damage alleged in connection with the
furnishing or use of this information.
Informations de copyright
© Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company 2003
Tous droits réservés. La reproduction,
l’adaptation ou la traduction du présent guide
sans autorisation écrite préalable est interdite,
dans les limites prévues par les lois gouvernant
les droits de copyright.
Référence : Q1334-90932
Première édition : Avril 2003
Garantie
Les informations contenues dans ce document
sont sujettes à modification sans préavis.
Ces informations ne doivent en aucun cas être
interprétées comme un engagement de la part
de Hewlett-Packard.
HEWLETT-PACKARD EXCLUT SPECIFIQUEMENT
LES GARANTIES OU CONDITIONS IMPLICITES
DE COMMERCIALISATION ET D’ADAPTATION
A UN BUT PARTICULIER.
Hewlett-Packard ne saura être tenu responsable
des dommages directs, indirects, accidentels,
consécutifs ou autres résultant de la
fourniture ou de l’emploi de ces informations.
Información sobre copyright
© Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company 2003
Reservados todos los derechos. Prohibida
la reproducción, adaptación o traducción sin
permiso previo y por escrito, salvo lo permitido
por las leyes de propiedad intelectual (copyright).
Referencia: Q1334-90932
Primera edición: Abril de 2003
Garantía
La información contenida en este documento está
sujeta a cambios sin previo aviso.
Hewlett-Packard no ofrece garantía alguna con
respecto a esta información.
HEWLETT-PACKARD RECHAZA ESPECÍFICAMENTE
LA GARANTÍA IMPLÍCITA DE COMERCIABILIDAD
E IDONEIDAD PARA UN FIN DETERMINADO.
Hewlett-Packard no se hará responsable de
los daños directos, indirectos, incidentales y
consecuenciales, o de cualquier otro daño que
pueda estar relacionado con el suministro o uso
de este material.

HP USER GUIDE FOR LASER PRINTERS HP 1150, HP 1300, HP 1300n

use
user guide
Hewlett-Packard Company
11311 Chinden Boulevard
Boise, Idaho 83714 U.S.A.
Copyright Information
Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company 2003
All Rights Reserved. Reproduction,
adaptation, or translation without prior written
permission is prohibited, except as allowed
under the copyright laws.
A user of the Hewlett-Packard printer
associated with this user guide is granted a
license to: a) print hard copies of this user
guide for PERSONAL, INTERNAL or
COMPANY use subject to the restriction not to
sell, re-sell or otherwise distribute the hard
copies; and b) place an electronic copy of this
user guide on a network server, provided
access to the electronic copy is limited to
PERSONAL, INTERNAL users of the
Hewlett-Packard printer associated with this
user guide.
Part number: Q1334-90941
Edition 1: 4/2003
The information contained in this document is
subject to change without notice.
Trademark Credits
Microsoft®, Windows®, and Windows NT®
are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation.
Energy Star® and the Energy Star logo® are
U.S. registered marks of the United States
Environmental Protection Agency.
Netscape is a U.S. trademark of Netscape
Communications Corporation.
UNIX® is a registered trademark of The Open
Group.
All other products mentioned herein may be
trademarks of their respective companies.
ENWW Contents iii
Contents
1 Printer basics
Quick access to more information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
WWW links for drivers, software, and support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
User guide links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Where to look for more information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Printer configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
hp LaserJet 1150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
hp LaserJet 1300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
hp LaserJet 1300n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Printer features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Print with excellent quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Save time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Save money . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Create professional documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Walk around . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
hp LaserJet 1150 printer and hp LaserJet 1300 series printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Printer control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Media paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Main input tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Priority input tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Printer media guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Straight-through output path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Output bin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Print cartridge access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Print cartridge door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Printer software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Supported operating systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Installing printer software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Printer properties (driver) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Print setting priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Printer properties online help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Software for Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Software for Macintosh computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
hp LaserJet 1150 printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
hp LaserJet 1300 series printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Accessing the print driver (Mac OS 9.x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
PostScript Printer Description files (PPDs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Software for network installations only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Printer connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
USB connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Parallel connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Network connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Wireless connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
iv Contents ENWW
2 Media
Choosing paper and other media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Media to avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Media that may damage the printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Optimizing print quality for media types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Loading media into the input trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Main input tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Priority input tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Specific types of media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Printing on transparencies or labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Printing on envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Printing one envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Printing multiple envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Printing on letterhead and preprinted forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
To print letterhead or preprinted forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Printing on custom-sized media and cardstock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3 Printing tasks
Manual feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Printing watermarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Accessing the watermark feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper (N-up printing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Accessing the multiple pages per sheet feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Printing on both sides of the paper (manual duplexing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Manual duplex using the top output bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Manual duplex on heavy media or card stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Printing booklets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Canceling a print job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Understanding print quality settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Using EconoMode (Saves toner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4 Maintenance
Using HP print cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
HP policy on non-HP print cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Storing print cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Print cartridge life expectancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Saving toner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Redistributing toner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Changing the print cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Cleaning the printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Cleaning the print cartridge area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Cleaning the printer media path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
5 Managing the printer
Printer information pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Demo page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Configuration page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Using the hp toolbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Supported operating systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Supported browsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
To view hp toolbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
hp toolbox sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Other links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Status tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Troubleshooting tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
ENWW Contents v
Alerts tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Documentation tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Advanced Printer Settings window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Network window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Using the embedded Web server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
To open the embedded Web server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Information tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Networking tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Other links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Wireless printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IEEE 802.11b standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
6 Problemsolving
Finding the solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Status light patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Common Macintosh problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Selecting an Alternate PostScript Printer Description (PPD)
for the hp LaserJet 1300 series printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Renaming the Printer (hp LaserJet 1300 series only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Paper handling problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Printed page is different than what appeared on screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Printer software problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Improving print quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Light print or faded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Toner specks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Dropouts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vertical lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Gray background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Toner smear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Loose toner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Vertical repetitive defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Misformed characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Page skew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Curl or wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Wrinkles or creases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Toner scatter outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Clearing jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Removing a jammed page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Changing the pickup roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Cleaning the pickup roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Changing the printer separation pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Appendix A Printer specifications
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
FCC compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Environmental product stewardship program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Protecting the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Material safety data sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Regulatory statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Declaration of Conformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Declaration of Conformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Laser safety statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Canadian DOC regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
vi Contents ENWW
Korean EMI statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
VCCI statement (Japan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Laser statement for Finland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Appendix B Media specifications
Printer media specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Supported media sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Guidelines for using media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Transparencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Card stock and heavy media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Appendix C Warranty and licensing
Hewlett-Packard software license agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Limited warranty for print cartridge life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Hardware service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Extended warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Guidelines for repacking the printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
How to contact HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Appendix D Ordering supplies and accessories
Ordering supplies and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
10/100 networking and wireless print servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Appendix E Network configuration
Installing a shared printer on Windows 98 and Millennium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Installing a shared printer on Windows 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Installing a shared printer on Windows XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Appendix F Memory
Installing a memory DIMM (1300 series only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Testing the DIMM installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Removing a DIMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Appendix G Working with the print server
Installing the print server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Printing a configuration page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Using the print server’s embedded Web server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Changing the IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Troubleshooting the print server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Installed print server stops working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Print server status light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Restoring the factory default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
ENWW Printer basics 1
1Printer basics
This chapter provides information on the following topics:
● Quick access to more information
● Printer configurations
● Printer features
● Walk around
● Printer control panel
● Media paths
● Print cartridge access
● Printer software
● Printer connections
2 Chapter 1 ENWW
Quick access to more information
WWW links for drivers, software, and support
If you need to contact HP for service or support, use one of the following links:
hp LaserJet 1150 printer
● In the United States, see http://www.hp.com/support/lj1150
● In other countries/regions, see http://www.hp.com
hp LaserJet 1300 series printer
● In the United States, see http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300
● In other countries/regions, see http://www.hp.com
User guide links
● Walk around (location of printer components)
● Changing the print cartridge
● Problemsolving
● Ordering supplies and accessories
● Index
Where to look for more information
● CD user guide: Detailed information on using and troubleshooting the printer. Available on
the CD-ROM that came with the printer.
● Online Help: Information on printer options that are available from within printer drivers. To
view a Help file, access the online Help through the printer driver.
● HTML (online) user guide: Detailed information on using and troubleshooting the printer.
Available at http://www.hp.com/support/lj1150 or http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300. Once
connected, select Manuals.
ENWW Printer configurations 3
Printer configurations
Below are the standard configurations for the HP LaserJet 1150 and 1300 series printers.
hp LaserJet 1150
● 18 ppm for letter-size paper, 17 ppm for A4-size paper
● First page out in less than 10 seconds
● 600 x 2 dpi (FastRes 1200) resolution
● 250-sheet enclosed input tray
● 10-sheet priority input tray
● 8 MB RAM
● 2500-page print cartridge
● PCL 5e
● Host-based printing
● USB
● 1284-B parallel port
● Windows 98, Me, 2000, XP
● Mac OS 9.x
● Mac OS X v10.1 and v10.2
● Network and wireless printing options
● Power switch
● HP toolbox provides printer status information, troubleshooting information, and printer
configuration information
● 26 PCL fonts
4 Chapter 1 ENWW
hp LaserJet 1300
● 20 ppm for letter-size paper, 19 ppm for A4-size paper
● First page out in less than 10 seconds
● 1200 dpi (ProRes 1200) resolution
● 250-sheet enclosed input tray
● 10-sheet priority feed tray
● Optional additional 250-sheet input tray
● 16 MB RAM
● Memory is upgradeable to 80 MB
● 4000- or 2500-page print cartridge
● PCL 6 and PCL 5e and PostScript® 2 emulation
● USB
● 1284-B parallel port (through LIO connectivity card)
● Windows 98, Me, 2000, XP
● Mac OS 9.x
● Mac OS X v10.1 and v10.2
● Internal LIO network and wireless printing options
● Power switch
● 45 PCL fonts
● 35 PS fonts
hp LaserJet 1300n
The HP LaserJet 1300n printer includes all the features of the 1300 model, plus an HP Jetdirect
print server network card.
ENWW Printer features 5
Printer features
Congratulations on the purchase of your new product. The HP LaserJet 1150 and
HP LaserJet 1300 series printers provide the following benefits.
Print with excellent quality
● Print 1200 dots per inch.
● For the HP LaserJet 1150 printer, host-based and PCL 5e drivers are available.
● For the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer, PCL 5e, PCL 6, and PS drivers are available.
● The printer automatically determines and switches to the appropriate language for the print
job.
Save time
● Fast printing at up to 18 pages per minute (ppm) for the HP LaserJet 1150 printer and up to
20 ppm for the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer.
● No waiting. The first page is out in less than 10 seconds.
Save money
● Use EconoMode to save toner.
● Print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper (N-up printing).
Create professional documents
● Use watermarks, such as Confidential, to protect your documents.
● Print booklets. You can use this feature to easily print the pages in the order required to create
cards or books. Once printed, all you have to do is fold and staple the pages.
● Print the first page on different media than the rest of the pages.
6 Chapter 1 ENWW
Walk around
hp LaserJet 1150 printer and hp LaserJet 1300 series printer
1 Ready light
2 Go button and light
3 Attention light
4 Main input tray
5 Priority input tray
6 Output bin
7 Print cartridge door
2
7
3
5 4
6
1
ENWW Walk around 7
1 Straight-through output door
2 On/off switch
3 Power receptacle
4 USB port
5 Parallel port (HP LaserJet 1150 printer)
LIO connectivity slot (HP LaserJet 1300 series)
6 HP Jetdirect print server (HP LaserJet 1300n printer only)
7 Parallel LIO adaptor (HP LaserJet 1300 series only)
2
3
4
6
1
5
7
8 Chapter 1 ENWW
Printer control panel
The printer control panel is comprised of two lights and one lighted button. These lights produce
patterns that identify your printer’s status.
1 Ready light: Indicates that the printer is ready to print.
2 Go button and light: To print a demo page or to continue printing while in manual feed mode,
press and release the Go button. To print a configuration page, press and hold the Go button
for 5 seconds.
3 Attention light: Indicates printer media input tray is empty, print cartridge door is open, print
cartridge is missing, or other errors.
Note See Status light patterns for a description of the light patterns.
1
2
3
ENWW Media paths 9
Media paths
Main input tray
The enclosed main input tray, located in front of the printer, holds up to 250 sheets of 20 lb paper,
multiple envelopes, or other media.
Priority input tray
You should use the priority input tray when feeding up to 10 sheets of 20 lb paper or when printing
single envelopes, postcards, labels, or transparencies. You can also use the priority input tray to
print the first page on different media than the rest of the document.
Note The printer automatically prints from the priority input tray before printing from the main input tray.
See Media for more information about media types.
Printer media guides
Both input trays have side media guides. The main input tray also has a rear media guide. Media
guides ensure that the media is correctly fed into the printer and that the print is not skewed
(crooked on the media). When loading media, adjust the media guides to match the width and
length of the media that you are using.
10 Chapter 1 ENWW
Straight-through output path
The straight-through output path is useful when you are printing envelopes, transparencies, heavy
media, or any media that tends to curl when printed. Printed media exits in reverse order when the
straight-through output door is open.
Note Printed media does not stack when you use the straight-through output path. The media drops to
the surface below unless you remove each sheet as it exits the printer.
Output bin
The output bin is located on the top of the printer. Printed media is collected here in the correct
sequence when the straight-through output door is closed. Use the output bin when printing
normal and large, collated documents.
ENWW Print cartridge access 11
Print cartridge access
Print cartridge door
The print cartridge door is located on the front of the printer. You must open the print cartridge door
to access the print cartridge, clear jams, and clean the printer. To open the print cartridge door,
firmly grasp the left and right sides and pull the print cartridge door toward you.
Note You will feel some resistance when opening the print cartridge door. Opening the print cartridge door
conveniently lifts the print cartridge for easy removal.
12 Chapter 1 ENWW
Printer software
Supported operating systems
For easy printer setup and access to the full range of printer features, HP strongly recommends
that you install the software provided. Not all software is available in all languages. Install the
software before setting up the printer. See the Readme for the latest software information.
The most recent drivers, additional drivers, and other software are available from the Internet and
other sources.
The printer comes with software for the following operating systems:
● Windows 98
● Windows Me
● Windows 2000
● Windows XP (32-bit)
● Mac OS 9.x
● Mac OS X v10.1 and v10.2 (Apple encourages OS X v10.0 users to upgrade to v10.1)
Installing printer software
To install printer software for Windows 95 and Windows NT 4.0
To install the printer software for Windows 95 and Windows NT 4.0, you must use the Add Printer
Wizard.
1 Click Start, and then point to Settings.
2 Click Printers.
3 Double-click Add Printer.
4 Select the port that the printer is connected to, and click Next.
5 Click Have Disk. Click Browse.
6 On the CD-ROM, browse to the driver you want to install as follows:
a Select your language from the directory list, and double-click.
b Select drivers from the directory list, and double-click.
c Select your operating system from the directory list, and double-click.
d Select the driver from the directory list, and double-click.
e Click OK to select the INF file.
f Click the HP LaserJet 1150 or HP LaserJet 1300 series printer, and click OK to begin the
installation.
7 Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the software installation.
To install printer software for all other operating systems
Insert the software CD that came with the printer into the computer CD-ROM drive. Follow the
on-screen installation instructions.
Note If the Welcome screen does not open, click Start on the Windows task bar, click Run, type Z:\setup
(where Z is your CD drive letter), and click OK.
ENWW Printer software 13
Printer properties (driver)
Printer properties control the printer. You can change the default settings, such as media size
and type, printing multiple pages on a single sheet of media (N-up printing), resolution,
and watermarks. You can access the printer properties in the following ways:
● Through the software application that you are using to print. This only changes the settings
for the current software application.
● Through the Windows® operating system. This changes the default settings for all future
print jobs.
Note Because many software applications use a different method of accessing the printer properties,
the following section describes the most common methods used in Windows 98, 2000, Millennium,
and Windows XP.
To only change the settings for the current software application
Note Although the steps can vary between software applications, this is the most common method.
1 From the File menu in the software application, click Print.
2 On the Print dialog, click Properties.
3 Change the settings, and click OK.
To change the default settings for all future print jobs in Windows 98, 2000,
and Millennium
1 In the Windows system tray, click Start, select Settings, and click Printers.
2 Right-click the HP LaserJet 1150 or HP LaserJet 1300 series printer icon.
3 Click Properties, (in Windows 2000, you can also click Printing Preferences).
4 Change the settings, and click OK.
Note In Windows 2000, many of these features are available from the Printing Preferences menu.
To change the default settings for all future print jobs in Windows XP
1 In the Windows system tray, click Start, and click Control Panel.
2 Double-click Printers and Other Hardware.
3 Click Printers and Faxes.
4 Right-click the HP LaserJet 1150 or HP LaserJet 1300 series printer icon.
5 Click Properties, or click Printing Preferences.
6 Change the settings, and click OK.
14 Chapter 1 ENWW
Print setting priorities
There are three ways to change print settings for this printer: in the software application, in the
printer driver, and in the HP toolbox. For the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer, you can also change
print settings through the embedded Web server. Changes made to print settings are prioritized
according to where the changes are made, as follows:
● Changes made in the software application override settings changed anywhere else. Within a
software application, changes made in the Page Setup dialog box override changes made in
the Print dialog box.
● Changes made in the printer driver (Printer Properties dialog box) override settings in the
HP toolbox. Changes made in the printer driver do not override settings in the software
application.
● Changes made in the HP toolbox and the embedded Web server have the lowest priority.
If a particular print setting can be changed in more than one of the ways listed above, use the
method that has the highest priority.
Printer properties online help
The printer properties (driver) online help includes specific information about the functions in the
printer properties. This online help guides you through the process of changing your printer’s
default settings. For some drivers, online Help gives instructions on using context-sensitive Help.
Context-sensitive Help describes the options for the driver feature you are currently accessing.
To access the printer properties online help
1 From the software application, click File, and then click Print.
2 Click Properties, and then click Help.
ENWW Software for Windows 15
Software for Windows
When you install the software for Windows, you can directly connect the printer to a computer
using a USB cable, parallel cable, or using wireless technology. For the HP LaserJet 1300n printer,
you can connect the printer to the network using an HP Jetdirect print server card.
The following software is available to all users of the printer, whether you connected the printer
directly to a computer using a USB cable, parallel cable, wireless technology, or whether you
connected the printer to the network using an HP Jetdirect print server card.
Printer drivers
A printer driver is the software component that provides access to printer features and provides
the means for the computer to communicate with the printer. Choose a printer driver based on the
way you use the printer.
● Use the host-based printer driver to optimize performance. (HP LaserJet 1150 printer only).
● Use the PCL 5e printer driver if you need print results to look consistent with those from older
HP LaserJet printers. Certain features are not available in this printer driver. (Do not use the
PCL 5e driver for this printer with older printers.)
● Use the PCL 6 printer driver to take full advantage of the printer features. Unless complete
backward compatibility with previous PCL drivers or older printers is necessary, the PCL 6
driver is recommended (HP LaserJet 1300 series only).
● Use the PS printer driver for compatibility with PostScript® needs. Certain printer features are
not available in this printer driver (HP LaserJet 1300 series only).
The printer automatically switches between PS and PCL printer languages depending on the
driver you have selected.
Available printer drivers
The following printer drivers are included with the printer.
Available printer drivers
HP LaserJet 1150 printer HP LaserJet 1300 series printer
● host-based
● PCL 5e
● PCL 5e
● PCL 6
● PS
16 Chapter 1 ENWW
hp toolbox
You can view the HP toolbox when the printer is directly connected to your computer or when it is
connected to a network. You must have performed a complete software installation to use the
HP toolbox.
The HP toolbox is a Web application that you can use for the following tasks:
● Check the printer status.
● Configure the printer settings.
● View troubleshooting information.
● View online documentation.
See Using the hp toolbox for more information.
Embedded Web server (hp LaserJet 1300 series only)
The embedded Web server is available for HP LaserJet 1300 series printers with LIO network
connections.
With the embedded Web server, you can gain access to the printer settings and information by
typing an IP address or hostname of the printer in a Web browser (such as Netscape NavigatorTM
or Microsoft Internet Explorer) on any computer. You can use the embedded Web server to
configure the printer, view status information, and obtain troubleshooting information.
The embedded Web server works with the following supported web browsers:
● Internet Explorer 5.0 (and later)
● Netscape Navigator 4.75 (and later)
See Using the embedded Web server for more information.
ENWW Software for Macintosh computers 17
Software for Macintosh computers
hp LaserJet 1150 printer
Accessing the print driver (Mac OS 9.x)
1 From the Apple menu, select the Chooser.
2 Click the HP LaserJet icon in the left side of the Chooser dialog box.
3 Select either USB or AppleTalk, depending on how the computer and printer are connected.
Note If you are using AppleTalk, you might also need to select the correct Zone from the second menu list.
4 Click the HP LaserJet 1150 printer name in the right side of the Chooser dialog box.
5 Do one of the following, depending on how the computer and the printer are connected:
• USB: Go to step 6.
• AppleTalk: Click Setup, and then select the correct printer type.
6 Close the Chooser.
Accessing the print driver (Mac OS X v10.1)
1 Click the hard drive icon on the desktop.
2 Click Applications, and then click Utilities.
3 Click Print Center.
4 Click Add Printer. The Add Printer List dialog box appears.
5 Select USB or AppleTalk from the top menu.
Note If you are using AppleTalk, you might also need to select the correct Zone from the second menu list.
6 Select the printer name from the printer list.
7 Click Add.
Accessing the print driver (Mac OS X v10.2)
Follow the steps for v10.1 above. In step 5, select Directory Services to use the “Rendezvous”
feature.
18 Chapter 1 ENWW
hp LaserJet 1300 series printer
Accessing the print driver (Mac OS 9.x)
1 Click the hard drive icon on the desktop.
2 Click Applications, and then click Utilities.
3 Launch the Desktop Printer utility.
4 Click Printer (USB).
5 In the Printer USB section of the dialog box, click Change.
6 Select the HP LaserJet 1300 printer.
7 Click Auto Setup.
8 Click Create at the bottom of the Window.
9 Click Save.
Accessing the print driver (Mac OS X v10.1)
1 Click the hard drive icon on the desktop.
2 Click Applications, and then click Utilities.
3 Click Print Center.
4 Click Add Printer. The Add Printer List dialog box appears.
5 Select USB or AppleTalk from the top menu.
Note If you are using AppleTalk, you might also need to select the correct Zone from the second menu list.
6 Select the printer name from the printer list.
7 Click Add.
Accessing the print driver (Mac OS X v10.2)
Follow the steps for v10.1 above. In step 5, select Directory Services to use the “Rendezvous”
feature.
PostScript Printer Description files (PPDs)
PPDs, in combination with the Apple printer driver, access the printer features and allow the
computer to communicate with the printer. An installation program for the PPDs is provided on the
HP LaserJet 1300 series printer CD.
ENWW Software for network installations only 19
Software for network installations only
This software is available only when the printer is connected to a network.
hp Web Jetadmin
HP Web Jetadmin is intended for printer management in commercial and enterprise networks.
While the embedded Web server is used to manage a single printer, HP Web Jetadmin is used to
manage groups of printers and other devices. Download this software from the HP website at
http://www.hp.com/go/webjetadmin. The HP Web Jetadmin website provides HP Web Jetadmin
software in many languages.
HP Web Jetadmin is available only if the printer is connected to an IP-based network. This
browser-based software can be installed on one of the following supported platforms:
● Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, XP, or 2000
● HP-UX
● Sun Solaris
● Red Hat Linux
● SuSE Linux
Starting hp Web Jetadmin
Once you install the HP Web Jetadmin software, you can start it in a supported Web browser on
any computer by typing one of the following URLs:
● http://server.domain:port/
where “server.domain” is the server hostname and “port” is the port number that you entered
during installation. (The default port is 8000.) This information is available in the url.txt file,
which is stored in the folder where HP Web Jetadmin is installed.
● http://ipaddress:port/
where “ipaddress” is the IP address of the computer where HP Web Jetadmin is located.
For settings that appear in both the printer driver and HP Web Jetadmin, changes made in the
printer driver override changes made in HP Web Jetadmin.
20 Chapter 1 ENWW
Printer connections
USB connections
All HP LaserJet 1150 and HP LaserJet 1300 series printer models support USB connections. The
USB port is on the back of the printer.
Connecting the USB cable
Plug the USB cable into the printer. Plug the other end of the USB cable into the computer.
ENWW Printer connections 21
Parallel connections
All HP LaserJet 1150 and HP LaserJet 1300 series printer models support parallel connections.
For the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer, the parallel port is in a low-cost input/output (LIO) adaptor
that connects to the back of the printer. Use an IEEE 1284-compliant parallel cable.
Connecting the parallel cable for the hp LaserJet 1150 printer
Connect the parallel cable to the printer. Connect the other end of the parallel cable to the
computer.
Connecting the parallel cable for the hp LaserJet 1300 series printer
1 Insert the parallel LIO adaptor into the LIO connectivity slot on the back of the printer.
2 Connect the parallel cable to the adaptor. Connect the other end of the parallel cable to the
computer.
22 Chapter 1 ENWW
Network connections
The HP LaserJet 1300n printer also supports network connections with an HP Jetdirect print
server. This print server is optional for the HP LaserJet 1300 printer. To order the print server, see
Ordering supplies and accessories.
Connecting to the network
1 Insert the HP Jetdirect print server into the LIO connectivity slot on the back of the printer.
2 Connect one end of a network cable to the print server, and connect the other end to the
network. Be sure to install the printer driver on all computers that connect to the network.
Wireless connections
The HP LaserJet 1150 and HP LaserJet 1300 series printer models also support the
IEEE 802.11b standard for wireless networking and Bluetooth wireless connectivity options. The
available HP Jetdirect wireless print servers and HP Bluetooth printer adaptors attach on the back
of the printer to either the USB port, the parallel port, or the LIO connectivity slot (for the
HP LaserJet 1300 series).
For a complete list of available HP Jetdirect wireless print servers and HP Bluetooth adaptors, see
Ordering supplies and accessories.
For more information about wireless printing, see Wireless printing.
ENWW Media 23
2Media
This chapter provides information on the following topics:
● Choosing paper and other media
● Optimizing print quality for media types
● Loading media into the input trays
● Printing on transparencies or labels
● Printing on envelopes
● Printing on letterhead and preprinted forms
● Printing on custom-sized media and cardstock
24 Chapter 2 ENWW
Choosing paper and other media
HP LaserJet printers produce excellent print quality documents. You can print on a variety of
media, such as paper (including up to 100% recycled fiber content paper), envelopes, labels,
transparencies, and custom-sized media. The following are the supported media sizes:
● Minimum: 76 by 127 mm (3 by 5 in.)
● Maximum: 216 by 356 mm (8.5 by 14 in)
Properties such as weight, grain, and moisture content are important factors that affect printer
performance and quality. To achieve the best possible print quality, only use high-quality media
designed for laser printers. See Printer media specifications for detailed paper and media
specifications.
Note Always test a sample of the media before you purchase large quantities. Your media supplier should
understand the requirements specified in the HP LaserJet printer family print media guide (HP part
number 5963-7863). See Printer media specifications for more information.
ENWW Choosing paper and other media 25
Media to avoid
The HP LaserJet 1150 and 1300 series printers can handle many types of media. Use of media
outside the printer’s specifications will cause a loss of print quality and increase the chance of
paper jams occurring.
● Do not use paper that is too rough.
● Do not use paper with cutouts or perforations other than standard 3-hole punched paper.
● Do not use multipart forms.
● Do not use paper with a watermark if you are printing solid patterns.
Media that may damage the printer
In rare circumstances media can damage the printer. The following media must be avoided to prevent
possible damage:
● Do not use media with staples attached.
● Do not use transparencies designed for inkjet printers or other low temperature printers. Use
only transparencies that are specified for use with HP LaserJet printers.
● Do not use photo paper intended for inkjet printers.
● Do not use paper that is embossed or coated and is not designed for the temperatures of the
printer’s image fuser. Select media that can tolerate temperatures of 200° C (392° F) for 0.1
second. HP produces a selection of media that is designed for the HP LaserJet 1150 and
1300 series printers.
● Do not use letterhead paper with low temperature dyes or thermography. Preprinted forms or
letterhead must use inks that can tolerate temperatures of 200° C (392° F) for 0.1 second.
● Do not use any media that produces hazardous emissions, or that melts, offsets, or discolors
when exposed to 200° C (392° F) for 0.1 second.
To order HP LaserJet printing supplies, go to http://www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies in the U.S. or to
http://www.hp.com/ghp/buyonline.html worldwide.
26 Chapter 2 ENWW
Optimizing print quality for media types
Media type settings control the temperature of your printer’s fuser. You can change the settings for
the media that you are using to optimize the print quality.
You can access the optimizing feature from the Paper tab in your printer driver or from
HP Toolbox.
Printing speeds are automatically reduced when printing special-sized media.
ENWW Loading media into the input trays 27
Loading media into the input trays
Main input tray
The main input tray holds up to 250 pages of 20 lb paper or fewer pages of heavier media (25 mm
or less stack). Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed facing up. To prevent
jams and skewing, always adjust the side and rear media guides.
Priority input tray
The priority input tray holds up to 10 pages of 20 lb paper or one envelope, transparency, or card.
Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed facing up. To prevent jams and
skewing, always adjust the side media guides.
CAUTION If you try to print on media that is wrinkled, folded, or damaged in any way, a jam might occur. See
Printer media specifications for more information.
Note When you add new media, make sure that you remove all of the media from the input tray and
straighten the stack of new media. This helps prevent multiple sheets of media from feeding through
the printer at one time, reducing media jams.
Specific types of media
● Transparencies and labels: Load transparencies and labels with the top forward and the
side to be printed facing up. See Printing on transparencies or labels for more information.
● Envelopes: Load envelopes with the narrow, stamp side forward and the side to be printed
facing up. See Printing on envelopes for more information.
● Letterhead or preprinted forms: Load with the top forward and the side to be printed facing
up. See Printing on letterhead and preprinted forms for more information.
● Cards and custom-sized media: Load with the narrow side forward and the side to be
printed facing up. See Printing on custom-sized media and cardstock for more information.
28 Chapter 2 ENWW
Printing on transparencies or labels
Only use transparencies and labels that are recommended for use in laser printers, such as
HP transparency film and HP LaserJet labels. See Printer media specifications for more
information.
CAUTION Be sure to set the correct media type in the printer settings as instructed below. The printer adjusts
the fuser temperature according to the media type setting. When printing on special media such as
transparencies or labels, this adjustment prevents the fuser from damaging the media as it passes
through the printer.
CAUTION Inspect the media to make sure that it is not wrinkled or curled and that it does not have any torn
edges or missing labels.
To print transparencies or labels
1 Open the straight-through output door.
2 Load a single page in the priority input tray or load multiple pages in the main input tray. Make
sure that the top of the media is forward and the side to be printed (rough side) is facing up.
3 Adjust the media guides.
4 Access the printer properties (or printing preferences in Windows 2000 and XP). See Printer
properties (driver) for instructions.
5 On the Paper/Quality tab or the Paper tab (the Paper Type/Quality tab for some Mac
drivers), choose the correct media type.
Note Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the printer properties
(driver) online Help for information about availability of features for that driver.
6 Print the document. Remove the media from the back of the printer as it prints to prevent it
from sticking together and place the printed pages on a flat surface.
ENWW Printing on envelopes 29
Printing on envelopes
Printing one envelope
Only use envelopes that are recommended for laser printers. See Printer media specifications for
more information.
Note Use the priority input tray for printing one envelope. Use the main input tray for printing multiple
envelopes.
1 To prevent the envelopes from curling as they print, open the straight-through output door.
2 Before loading the envelopes, slide the media guides outward to slightly wider than the
envelopes.
30 Chapter 2 ENWW
3 Place the envelope with the side to be printed facing up and the top edge along the left media
guide.
Note If the envelope has a flap on the short edge, feed that edge into the printer first.
4 Adjust the media guides to the length and width of the envelope.
5 Access the printer properties (or printing preferences in Windows 2000 and XP). See Printer
properties (driver) for instructions.
6 On the Paper/Quality tab or the Paper tab (the Paper Type/Quality tab for some Mac
drivers), select Envelope as the media type.
Note Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the printer properties
(driver) online Help for information about availability of features for that driver.
ENWW Printing on envelopes 31
Printing multiple envelopes
Only use envelopes that are recommended for laser printers. See Printer media specifications for
more information.
Note Use the priority input tray for printing one envelope. Use the main input tray for printing multiple
envelopes.
1 To prevent the envelopes from curling as they print, open the straight-through output door.
2 Before loading the envelopes, slide the media guides outward to slightly wider than the
envelopes.
3 Place the envelopes with the side to be printed facing up and the top edge along the left media
guide. Stack up to 30 envelopes.
Note If the envelopes have a flap on the short edge, feed that edge into the printer first.
32 Chapter 2 ENWW
4 Adjust the media guides to the length and width of the envelopes.
5 Access the printer properties (or printing preferences in Windows 2000 and XP). See Printer
properties (driver) for instructions.
6 On the Paper/Quality tab or the Paper tab (the Paper Type/Quality tab for some Mac
drivers), select Envelope as the media type.
Note Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the printer properties
(driver) online Help for information about availability of features for that driver.
7 Replace the priority input tray.
ENWW Printing on letterhead and preprinted forms 33
Printing on letterhead and preprinted forms
To print letterhead or preprinted forms
1 Load the paper with the top forward and the side to be printed facing up. Adjust the media
guides to fit the width of the paper.
2 Print the document.
Note To print a single-page cover letter on letterhead, followed by a multiple-page document, load the
letterhead in the priority input tray and load the standard paper in the main input tray. The printer
automatically prints from the priority input tray first.
34 Chapter 2 ENWW
Printing on custom-sized media and cardstock
The HP LaserJet 1150 and 1300 series printers can print on custom-sized media or cardstock
between 76 by 127 mm (3 by 5 inches) and 216 by 356 mm (8.5 by 14 inches). Depending on the
media, you can print up to 10 sheets from the priority input tray. Use the main input tray for multiple
sheets.
CAUTION Make sure that the sheets are not stuck together before you load them.
To print on custom-sized media or cardstock
1 Open the straight-through output door.
2 Load the media with the narrow side forward and the side to be printed facing up.
Adjust the side and rear media guides to fit the media.
3 Select the correct size in the printer settings. (Software settings can override printer
properties.
4 Access the printer properties (or printing preferences in Windows 2000 and XP). See Printer
properties (driver) for instructions.
5 On the Paper/Quality tab or the Paper tab (the Paper Type/Quality tab for some Mac
drivers), select the custom size option. Specify the dimensions of the custom-sized media.
Note Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the printer properties
(driver) online Help for information about availability of features for that driver.
6 Print the document.
ENWW Printing tasks 35
3Printing tasks
This chapter provides information on the following topics:
● Manual feed
● Printing watermarks
● Printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper (N-up printing)
● Printing on both sides of the paper (manual duplexing)
● Printing booklets
● Canceling a print job
● Understanding print quality settings
● Using EconoMode (Saves toner)
36 Chapter 3 ENWW
Manual feed
You can use manual feed when printing mixed media, for example, an envelope, then a letter, then
an envelope, and so on. Load an envelope in the priority input tray and load letterhead in the main
input tray. You can also use manual feed to protect your privacy when printing to a network printer.
To print using manual feed, access the printer properties or printer setup in your software
application, and select Manual Feed from the Source Tray drop-down list. See Printer properties
(driver) for instructions. After you have enabled the setting, press the Go button (blinking) each
time to print.
ENWW Printing watermarks 37
Printing watermarks
You can use the watermark option to print text ”underneath” (in the background) of an existing
document. For example, you might want to have large gray letters reading Draft or Confidential
printed diagonally across the first page or all of the pages of a document.
Accessing the watermark feature
1 From your software application, access the printer properties (or printing preferences in
Windows 2000 and XP). See Printer properties (driver) for instructions.
2 On the Effects tab (the Watermark/Overlay tab for some Mac drivers), select the watermark
you want to use.
Note Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the printer properties
(driver) online Help for information about availability of features for that driver.
38 Chapter 3 ENWW
Printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper (N-up printing)
You can select the number of pages that you want to print on a single sheet of paper. If you choose
to print more than one page per sheet, the pages appear smaller and are arranged on the sheet in
the order that they would otherwise be printed.
Accessing the multiple pages per sheet feature
1 From your software application, access the printer properties (or printing preferences in
Windows 2000 and XP). See Printer properties (driver) for instructions.
2 On the Finishing tab (the Layout tab for some Mac drivers), select the correct number of
pages per sheet.
Note Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the printer properties
(driver) online Help for information about availability of features for that driver.
3 There is also a check box for page borders and a pull-down menu to specify the order of
pages printed on the sheet.
ENWW Printing on both sides of the paper (manual duplexing) 39
Printing on both sides of the paper (manual duplexing)
To print on both sides of the paper (manual duplexing), you must run the paper through the printer
twice. You can print using the media output bin or the straight-through output path.
Hewlett-Packard recommends that you use the media output bin for lightweight paper and use the
straight-through output path for any heavy media or media that curls when printed.
Note Manual duplexing can cause the printer to become dirty, reducing print quality. See Cleaning the
printer for instructions if the printer becomes dirty.
Manual duplex using the top output bin
1 Make sure that the straight-through output door is closed.
2 Access the printer properties (or printing preferences in Windows 2000 and XP). See Printer
properties (driver) for instructions.
3 On the Device Settings tab, select the option to allow manual duplexing.
4 On the Finishing tab (the Paper Type/Quality tab for some Mac drivers), select the option to
Print on Both Sides. Ensure that Straight Paper Path is not checked.
5 Print the document.
Note Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the printer properties
(driver) online Help for information about availability of features for that driver.
40 Chapter 3 ENWW
6 After side one has printed, remove the remaining paper from the input tray, and set it aside
until after you finish your manual duplexing job.
7 Gather the printed pages, and straighten the stack.
8 Place the stack back in the input tray. Side one should be facing down with the bottom edge
feeding into the printer first. Replace the priority input tray.
Click OK (on screen), and wait for side two to print.
ENWW Printing on both sides of the paper (manual duplexing) 41
Manual duplex on heavy media or card stock
For heavy media, such as card stock, use the straight-through output path.
1 Load the media, and open the straight-through output door.
2 Access the printer properties (or printing preferences in Windows 2000 and XP). See Printer
properties (driver) for instructions.
3 On the Device Settings tab, select the option to allow manual duplexing.
4 On the Finishing tab (the Paper Type/Quality tab for some Mac drivers), select the option to
Print on Both Sides. Ensure that Straight Paper Path is checked.
5 Print the document.
Note Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the printer properties
(driver) online Help for information about availability of features for that driver.
6 After side one has printed, remove the remaining paper from the input tray and set it aside
until after you finish your manual duplexing job.
7 Gather the printed pages, turn the printed side down, and straighten the stack before placing it
back in the input tray. Side one should be facing down with the bottom edge feeding into the
printer first.
Click OK (on screen), and wait for side two to print.
42 Chapter 3 ENWW
Printing booklets
You can print booklets on letter, legal, executive, or A4 paper.
1 Load the paper, and make sure that the straight-through output door is closed.
2 Access the printer properties (or printing preferences in Windows 2000 and XP). See Printer
properties (driver) for instructions.
3 On the Device Settings tab, select the option to allow manual duplexing.
4 On the Finishing tab (the Paper Type/Quality tab for some Mac drivers), select the option to
Print on Both Sides. Ensure that Straight Paper Path is not checked.
5 Set the number of pages per sheet to two. Select the appropriate binding option, and click OK.
Print the document.
Note Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the printer properties
(driver) online Help for information about availability of features for that driver.
6 After side one has been printed, remove the remaining paper from the input tray, and set it
aside until your booklet job is complete.
ENWW Printing booklets 43
7 Gather the printed pages, turn the printed side down, and straighten the stack of paper.
8 Place the pages from side one back in the input tray. Side one should be facing down with the
bottom edge feeding into the printer first.
Click OK (on screen), and wait for side two to print.
9 Fold and staple the pages.
44 Chapter 3 ENWW
Canceling a print job
You can cancel a print job from a software application or a print queue.
To stop the printer immediately, remove the remaining paper from the printer. After the printer
stops, use one of the following options.
● Printer control panel: To cancel the print job, press and release the Go button on the printer
control panel.
● Software application: Typically, a dialog box appears briefly on your screen, allowing you to
cancel the print job.
● Windows print queue: If a print job is waiting in a print queue (computer memory) or print
spooler, delete the job there. Go to the Printer screen in Windows 98, Me, 2000, and XP click
Start, Settings, and Printers. Double-click the HP LaserJet 1150 or the HP LaserJet 1300
icon to open the window, select your print job, and click Delete.
● Desktop print queue (Mac OS): Open the printer queue by double-clicking on the printer’s
icon in the Finder. Then highlight the print job and click Trash.
If the status lights on the control panel continue to blink after you cancel a print job, the computer
is still sending the job to the printer. Either delete the job from the print queue or wait until the
computer finishes sending data. The printer will return to the Ready state.
ENWW Understanding print quality settings 45
Understanding print quality settings
Print quality settings affect how light or dark the print is on the page and the style that the graphics
are printed. You can also use the print quality settings to optimize the print quality for a specific
media type. See Optimizing print quality for media types for more information.
You can change the settings in the printer properties to accommodate the types of jobs you are
printing. The following are the settings:
● 600 dpi: This is the default setting.
● FastRes 1200: This setting provides better print quality, but jobs take longer to print.
● ProRes 1200: This setting is available for the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer. It provides the
best print quality.
● EconoMode (Saves Print Cartridges): Text is printed using less toner. This setting is useful
when you are printing drafts. You can turn on this option independently of other print quality
settings.
1 Access the printer properties (or printing preferences in Windows 2000 and XP). See Printer
properties (driver) for instructions.
2 On the Paper/Quality tab or the Finishing tab (the Paper Type/Quality tab for some Mac
drivers), select the print quality setting you want to use.
Note Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the printer properties
(driver) online Help for information about availability of features for that driver.
Note To change the print quality settings for all future print jobs, access the properties through the Start
menu in the Windows system tray. To change the print quality settings only for the current software
application’s use, access the properties through the Print Setup menu in the application you are
using to print. See Printer properties (driver) for more information.
46 Chapter 3 ENWW
Using EconoMode (Saves toner)
An excellent way to extend the life of your print cartridge is by using EconoMode. EconoMode
uses substantially less toner than normal printing. The printed image is much lighter, but it is
adequate for printing drafts or proofs.
1 To enable EconoMode, access the printer properties (or printing preferences in
Windows 2000 and XP). See Printer properties (driver) for instructions.
2 On the Paper/Quality tab or the Finishing tab (the Paper Type/Quality tab for some Mac
drivers), select the EconoMode checkbox.
Note Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems. See the printer properties
(driver) online Help for information about availability of features for that driver.
Note See Printer properties (driver) for instructions on enabling EconoMode for all future jobs.
ENWW Maintenance 47
4Maintenance
This chapter provides information on the following topics:
● Using HP print cartridges
● Storing print cartridges
● Print cartridge life expectancy
● Saving toner
● Redistributing toner
● Changing the print cartridge
● Cleaning the printer
48 Chapter 4 ENWW
Using HP print cartridges
HP policy on non-HP print cartridges
Hewlett-Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non-HP print cartridges, either new,
refilled, or remanufactured. Since they are not HP products, Hewlett-Packard cannot influence
their design or control their quality. Service or repair that is required as a result of using non-HP
print cartridges will not be covered under the printer warranty.
Note The warranty does not apply to defects resulting from software, interfacing, or parts not supplied by
Hewlett-Packard.
ENWW Storing print cartridges 49
Storing print cartridges
Do not remove the print cartridge from its package until you are ready to use it. The shelf life of a
print cartridge in an unopened package is approximately 2.5 years. The shelf life of a print
cartridge in an opened package is approximately 6 months.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, minimize its exposure to direct light.
50 Chapter 4 ENWW
Print cartridge life expectancy
The life of the print cartridge depends on the amount of toner that your print jobs require. When
printing text at 5 percent coverage, the print cartridge lasts for the following average amounts:
● HP LaserJet 1150 printer: 2,500 pages
● HP LaserJet 1300 series printer: 2,500 pages (a replacement cartridge that lasts for
4,000 pages is also available)
This life expectancy assumes that you set the print density to 3 and turn EconoMode off. (These
are the default settings.)
ENWW Saving toner 51
Saving toner
While in EconoMode, the printer uses less toner on each page. Selecting this option will extend
the life of the print cartridge and reduce your cost per page, but it will reduce print quality. See
Using EconoMode (Saves toner) for more information.
52 Chapter 4 ENWW
Redistributing toner
When toner is low, faded or light areas appear on the printed page. You might be able to
temporarily improve print quality by redistributing the toner, which means that you might be able to
finish the current print job before replacing the print cartridge.
Note You will feel some resistance when you open the print cartridge door. Opening the print cartridge
door conveniently lifts the print cartridge for removal.
1 Open the print cartridge door, and remove the print cartridge from the printer.
CAUTION To prevent damage, do not expose the print cartridge to light. Cover it with a sheet of paper.
2 To redistribute the toner, gently shake the print cartridge from side to side.
CAUTION If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothing in cold water. Hot
water sets toner into the fabric.
3 Reinsert the print cartridge into the printer, and close the print cartridge door.
If the print is still light, install a new print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge for
instructions.
ENWW Changing the print cartridge 53
Changing the print cartridge
Note You will feel some resistance when you open the print cartridge door. Opening the print cartridge
door conveniently lifts the print cartridge for removal.
1 Open the print cartridge door, and remove the old print cartridge. See the recycling
information inside the print cartridge box.
CAUTION To prevent damage, do not expose the print cartridge to light. Cover it with a piece of paper.
2 Remove the new print cartridge from the packaging, and gently shake it from side to side to
distribute the toner evenly inside the cartridge.
3 Bend the tab on the right side of the cartridge to break it loose.
54 Chapter 4 ENWW
4 Pull the tab until all the tape is removed from the cartridge. Put the tab in the print cartridge
box to return for recycling.
5 Insert the print cartridge in the printer, making sure that the print cartridge is in position. Close
the print cartridge door.
CAUTION If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothing in cold water. Hot
water sets toner into the fabric.
ENWW Cleaning the printer 55
Cleaning the printer
Clean the outside of the printer with a clean, damp cloth when necessary.
CAUTION Do not use ammonia-based cleaners on or around the printer.
During the printing process, paper, toner, and dust particles can accumulate inside the printer.
Over time, this buildup can cause print quality problems, such as toner specks or smearing. To
correct and prevent these types of problems, you can clean the print cartridge area and the printer
media path.
Cleaning the print cartridge area
You do not need to clean the print cartridge area often. However, cleaning this area can improve
the quality of your printed sheets.
WARNING! Before cleaning the printer, turn the printer off by unplugging the power cord, and wait for the printer
to cool.
1 Open the print cartridge door, and remove the print cartridge.
CAUTION To prevent damage, do not expose the print cartridge to light. Cover the print cartridge if necessary.
Also, do not touch the black sponge transfer roller inside the printer. By doing so, you can damage
the printer.
2 With a dry, lint-free cloth, wipe any residue from the media path area and the print cartridge
cavity.
56 Chapter 4 ENWW
3 Replace the print cartridge, and close the print cartridge door.
4 Plug the power cord back into the printer.
Cleaning the printer media path
If you are experiencing toner specks or dots on the printouts, clean the printer media path. This
process uses a transparency to remove dust and toner from the media path. Do not use bond or
rough paper.
Note For best results use a sheet of transparency. If you do not have any transparencies, you can use
copier grade media (18 to 24 lb. or 70 to 90 g/m2) with a smooth surface.
1 Make sure that the printer is idle and the Ready light is on.
2 Load the media in the input tray.
3 Print a cleaning page using one of the following methods:
• Access the HP toolbox. See Using the hp toolbox for instructions. Click the
Troubleshooting tab, and click Print Quality Tools. Select the cleaning page.
Or
• On the printer control panel, press and hold the Go button until all three lights come on
(about 10 seconds). When all three lights come on, release the Go button.
Note The cleaning process takes approximately 2 minutes. The cleaning page will stop periodically during
the cleaning process. Do not turn the printer off until the cleaning process has finished. You might
need to repeat the cleaning process several times to thoroughly clean the printer.
ENWW Managing the printer 57
5Managing the printer
This chapter provides information on the following topics:
● Printer information pages
● Using the hp toolbox
● Using the embedded Web server
● Wireless printing
58 Chapter 5 ENWW
Printer information pages
Special pages reside within the memory of the printer. These pages help you to diagnose and
solve problems with the printer.
Demo page
To print the Demo page, press GO when the printer is ready (Ready light on) and not printing.
Configuration page
The Configuration page lists current settings and properties of the printer. It also contains a status
log report. You can print a Configuration report from the printer, the embedded web server, or the
HP Toolbox.
To print the Configuration page from the printer, press Go for 5 seconds when the printer is in the
ready state. When the Go light turns on, release the Go button.
Note You can also get the information contained in the Event log and the Configuration page through the
HP Toolbox without printing the pages. See Using the hp toolbox for more information.
ENWW Using the hp toolbox 59
Using the hp toolbox
The HP toolbox is a Web application that you can use for the following tasks:
● Check the printer status.
● Configure the printer settings.
● View troubleshooting information.
● View online documentation.
You can view the HP toolbox when the printer is directly connected to your computer or when it is
connected to a network. You must have performed a complete software installation to use the
HP toolbox.
Note You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the HP toolbox. However, if you click a link
in the Other Links area, you must have Internet access in order to go to the site associated with
the link. See Other links for more information.
Supported operating systems
HP toolbox is supported for the following operating systems:
● Windows 98, 2000, Me, and XP
● Mac OS X v10.1 and v10.2
Supported browsers
To use the HP toolbox, you must have one of the following browsers:
● Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 or later
● Netscape Navigator 6 or later.
All pages can be printed from the browser.
To view hp toolbox
1 On the Start menu, point to Programs, point to HP LaserJet 1150 or HP LaserJet 1300, and
choose the HP toolbox.
2 The HP toolbox opens in a Web browser.
Note Once you open the URL, you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in the future.
60 Chapter 5 ENWW
hp toolbox sections
The HP toolbox software contains these sections:
● Status tab
● Troubleshooting tab
● Alerts tab
● Documentation tab
● Advanced Printer Settings window
● Network window (available only for the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer and only when an LIO
card is installed)
Other links
Each page in the HP toolbox contains links to the HP website for product registration, product
support, and for ordering supplies. You must have Internet access in order to use any of these
links. If you use a dial-up connection and did not connect when you first opened the HP toolbox,
you must connect before you can visit these websites.
ENWW Using the hp toolbox 61
Status tab
The Status tab has links to these main pages:
● Device Status. View printer status information. This page will indicate printer conditions such
as a paper jam or an empty tray. After you correct a problem with the printer, click the Refresh
button to update the device status.
● Supplies Status. This page is available for the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer only. View
detailed supplies status such as the percent of toner remaining in the print cartridge and the
number of pages printed with the current print cartridge. This page also has links to order
supplies and to find recycling information.
● Print Info pages. Print the configuration page and various other information pages that are
available for the printer.
Troubleshooting tab
The Troubleshooting tab provides links to various printer troubleshooting information. For example,
these pages provide information on how to clear a jam, how to resolve print quality problems, how
to interpret the control panel lights, and how to resolve other problems with the printer.
62 Chapter 5 ENWW
Alerts tab
The Alerts tab allows you to configure the printer to automatically notify you of printer alerts. The
Alerts tab has links to these main pages:
● Set up status alerts
● Set up e-mail alerts
● Administrative settings
Set up status alerts
On the Set up status alerts page you can choose to turn alerts on or off, specify when the printer
should send an alert, and choose from two different types of alerts:
● a pop-up message
● a task bar icon
Click Apply to activate the settings.
Set up e-mail alerts
This page allows you to designate up to two e-mail addresses to notify of printer status alerts.
Follow the instructions on the screen to set up e-mail alerts.
Administrative settings
This page allows you to set the frequency of how often the HP toolbox checks for printer alerts.
Three settings are available:
● once per minute (every 60 seconds)
● twice per minute (every 30 seconds)
● twenty times per minute (every 3 seconds)
If you want to reduce network I/O traffic, reduce the frequency that the printer checks for alerts.
Documentation tab
The Documentation tab contains links to these information sources:
● User Guide. Contains the information about the printer usage, warranty, specifications, and
support that you are currently reading. The user guide is available in both .html and .pdf
format.
● Read Me. Contains information discovered after other documentation such as the user guide
was developed.
● Late Breaking News. Contains late-breaking information about the printer. In English only.
ENWW Using the hp toolbox 63
Advanced Printer Settings window
When you click the Advanced Printer Settings link, a new window opens. The Advanced Printer
Settings window has two tabs:
● Information tab
● Settings tab
Information tab
The Information tab provides quick links to the following information:
● Device status
● Configuration
● Supplies status (HP LaserJet 1300 series printer only)
● Event log
● Print Info pages
Settings tab
The Settings tab has links to several pages that allow you to view and change the printer’s
configuration.
Note Software settings can override settings made in the HP toolbox.
● Device Information. View basic information about the printer.
● Paper Handling. View and change the settings for the printer’s input tray.
● Printing. View and change the default printer job settings.
● PCL. View and change the PCL font information.
● PostScript. This page is available for the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer only. View and
change the settings for PS errors and timeout.
● Print Quality. View and change the print quality settings.
● Print Modes. View and change the print modes for various media types.
● System Setup. View and change system information.
● I/O. View and change the I/O timeout setting.
● Resets. Change all the printer settings back to the factory default settings.
Network window
Note This option is only available for the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer and only when an LIO card is
installed.
When you click the Network link on the Advanced Printer Settings page, a new window opens.
Use this section to configure network settings.
64 Chapter 5 ENWW
Using the embedded Web server
The embedded Web server is available for HP LaserJet 1300 series printers with LIO network
connections. The embedded Web server provides the same functions as the Advanced Printer
Settings section of the HP toolbox. The main differences between using the embedded Web
server and using the HP toolbox are the following:
● You do not need to install any software on the computer. You only need to have a supported
Web browser. To use the embedded Web server, you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer
5.0 or later or Netscape Navigator 4.75 or later.
● The embedded Web server is available in English only.
● The embedded Web server does not provide e-mail or status alerts.
● The embedded Web server is supported by more operating systems than the HP toolbox,
including Windows 95, Windows NT, Linux, and UNIX®.
The embedded Web server allows you to view printer and network status and to manage printing
functions from your computer instead of from the printer control panel. Below are examples of
what you can do using the embedded Web server:
● view printer status information
● view and print internal pages
● determine the remaining life on all supplies and order new ones
● set the type of paper loaded in each tray
● view and change tray configurations
● view and change the printer default configuration settings
● view and change network configuration
The embedded Web server works when the printer is connected to an IP-based network. The
embedded Web server does not support IPX- or AppleTalk-based printer connections.
Note You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the embedded Web server. However, if
you click a link in the Other Links area, you must have Internet access in order to go to the site
associated with the link.
To open the embedded Web server
1 In a supported Web browser, type the IP address or hostname for the printer. To find the IP
address, print a Configuration page at the printer by pressing and holding Go for 5 seconds.
Note Once you open the URL, you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in the future.
2 The embedded Web server has three tabs that contain settings and information about the
printer: the Information tab, the Settings tab, and the Networking tab. Click the tab that you
want to view.
ENWW Using the embedded Web server 65
Information tab
The Information pages group consists of the following pages.
● Device Status. This page displays the printer status and shows the life remaining of HP
supplies. This page also displays product information such as the network name, network
address, and model information.
● Configuration. This page shows the information found on the printer Configuration page.
● Supplies Status. This page shows the life remaining of HP supplies and provides supplies
part numbers. To order new supplies, click Order Supplies in the Other Links area on the left
side of the window. To visit any web site, you must have Internet access.
● Event log. This page shows a list of all printer events and errors.
● Print Info Pages. This page has links that allow you to print the various information pages that
reside within the memory of the printer.
Settings tab
This tab allows you to configure the printer from your computer. If this printer is networked, always
consult with the printer administrator before changing settings on this tab.
The Settings tab contains the following pages.
● Device Information. View and change basic information about the printer.
● Paper Handling. View and change the settings for the printer’s input tray.
● Printing. View and change the default printer job settings.
● PCL. View and change the PCL font information.
● PostScript. View and change the settings for PS errors and timeout.
● Print Quality. View and change the print quality settings.
● Print Modes. View and change the print modes for various media types.
● System Setup. View and change system information.
● I/O. View and change the I/O timeout setting.
● Service. Complete service tasks in the printer, such as changing all the printer settings back
to the factory default settings.
66 Chapter 5 ENWW
Networking tab
This tab allows the network administrator to control network-related settings for the printer when it
is connected to an IP-based network.
Other links
This section contains links that connect you to the Internet. You must have Internet access in order
to use any of these links. If you use a dial-up connection and did not connect when you first
opened the embedded Web server, you must connect before you can visit these web sites.
Connecting might require that you close the embedded Web server and reopen it.
● Product Registration. Connects you to the product registration page on the HP web site.
● Order Supplies. Click this link to connect to the HP web site and order genuine HP supplies,
such as print cartridges and paper.
● Product Support. Connects to the support site for the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer. You
can search for help regarding general topics.
ENWW Wireless printing 67
Wireless printing
Wireless networks offer a safe, secure, and cost-effective alternative to traditional wired network
connections. See Ordering supplies and accessories for a list of available wireless print servers.
IEEE 802.11b standard
With the wireless HP Jetdirect 802.11b print server, HP peripherals can be placed anywhere in the
office or home and connected to a wireless network running Microsoft, Apple, Netware, UNIX, or
Linux network operating systems. This wireless technology provides a high-quality printing
solution without the physical constraints of wiring. Peripherals can be conveniently placed
anywhere in an office or home and can be easily moved without changing network cables.
Installation is easy with the HP Install Network Printer Wizard.
HP Jetdirect 802.11b print servers are available for USB and parallel connections.
Bluetooth
Bluetooth™ wireless technology is a low-power, short-range radio technology that can be used to
wirelessly connect computers, printers, personal digital assistants, cell phones, and other devices.
Unlike infra-red technology, Bluetooth’s reliance on radio signals means that devices do not have
to be in the same room, office, or cubicle with an unobstructed line of sight in order to
communicate. This wireless technology increases portability and efficiency within business
network applications.
The HP LaserJet 1150 and 1300 series printers have incorporated Bluetooth wireless technology.
Bluetooth adaptors are available for USB and parallel connections.
68 Chapter 5 ENWW
ENWW Problemsolving 69
6Problemsolving
This chapter provides information on the following topics:
● Finding the solution
● Status light patterns
● Common Macintosh problems
● Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors
● Paper handling problems
● Printed page is different than what appeared on screen
● Printer software problems
● Improving print quality
● Clearing jams
● Changing the pickup roller
● Cleaning the pickup roller
● Changing the printer separation pad
70 Chapter 6 ENWW
Finding the solution
You can use this section to find the solution to common printer problems.
Step 1: Is the printer set up correctly?
● Is the printer plugged into a power outlet that is known to work?
● Is the on/off switch in the on position?
● Is the print cartridge properly installed? See Changing the print cartridge.
● Is paper properly loaded in the input tray? See Loading media into the input trays.
Yes: If you answered yes to the questions above, go to Step 2: Is the Ready light on?
No: If the printer will not turn on, Contact HP support.
Step 2: Is the Ready light on?
Do the control panel lights look like this picture?
Yes: Go to Step 3: Can you print a demo page?
No: If the control panel lights do not look like the picture above, see Status light patterns.
If you are unable to resolve the problem, Contact HP support.
Step 3: Can you print a demo page?
Press the Go button to print a demo page.
Yes: If the demo page printed, go to Step 4: Is the print quality acceptable?
No: If no paper came out, see Paper handling problems.
If you are unable to resolve the problem, Contact HP support.
ENWW Finding the solution 71
Step 4: Is the print quality acceptable?
Yes: If the print quality is acceptable, go to Step 5: Is the printer communicating with the
computer?
No: If the print quality is poor, see Improving print quality.
Verify that the print settings are correct for the media you are using.
See the Media chapter for information on adjusting the settings for various types of media.
If you are unable to resolve the problem, Contact HP support.
Step 5: Is the printer communicating with the computer?
Try printing a document from a software application.
Yes: If the document prints, go to Step 6: Does the printed page look like you expected?
No: If the document does not print, see Printer software problems.
If you are using a Macintosh computer, see Common Macintosh problems.
If you are using a PS driver, see Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors.
If you are unable to resolve the problem, Contact HP support.
Step 6: Does the printed page look like you expected?
Yes: The problem should be resolved. If it is not resolved, Contact HP support.
No: See Printed page is different than what appeared on screen.
If you are unable to resolve the problem, Contact HP support.
Contact HP support
● In the United States, see http://www.hp.com/support/lj1150 for the HP LaserJet 1150 printer,
or see http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300 for the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer.
● In other locations, see http://www.hp.com
72 Chapter 6 ENWW
Status light patterns
Control panel light message
Light status Condition of the printer Action
Ready
The printer is ready to print.
No action is necessary. To print a configuration page,
press and release the Go button on the printer control
panel.
Processing
The printer is receiving or
processing data.
Wait for the job to print.
Manual feed or out of memory
The printer is in manual feed
mode or out of memory. You
can continue printing.
Make sure that you have loaded the correct media. To
continue printing, press and release the Go button.
The software controls manual feed. If you do not want to
be in manual feed mode, change the setting from your
printer properties. See Printer properties (driver) for more
information.
The page being printed might be too complex for the
printer’s memory capacity.
● To continue printing, press and release the Go
button.
● Lower the resolution. See Understanding print quality
settings for more information.
● Add more memory. See Installing a memory DIMM
(1300 series only) for more information.
Door open, media out, no print
cartridge, or media jam
The printer is in an error state
that requires operator
intervention or help.
Check the following:
● The print cartridge door is completely closed.
● Media is loaded. See Loading media into the input
trays for instructions.
● The print cartridge is correctly installed in the printer.
See Changing the print cartridge for instructions.
● There is a media jam. See Clearing jams for
instructions.
● The left side panel is completely closed.
Symbol for “light off”
Symbol for “light blinking”
Symbol for “light on”
Light status legend
ENWW Status light patterns 73
Return to Finding the solution.
Printer initialization/Cancel
Job/Cleaning Mode
A printer initialization is taking
place. If all lights blink for 1/2 of
a second or longer in a
sequence:
● the printing is initializing
● all previously sent print jobs
are being purged
● a cleaning page is being
printed
No action is necessary.
Fatal error
All lights are on.
● Turn the printer off and then back on.
● Unplug the printer for 5 minutes, and then plug it back
in.
● If the printer still has an error, Contact HP support.
Accessory error
All lights are blinking.
● Remove the DIMMs and replace if necessary. See
Installing a memory DIMM (1300 series only) for
instructions.
● Contact HP support.
Control panel light message (continued)
Light status Condition of the printer Action
74 Chapter 6 ENWW
Common Macintosh problems
Choose the item that best describes the problem:
● Problems in the Chooser
● Printing Errors
● USB Problems
● OS X problems
Symptom Possible Cause Solution
Problems in the Chooser
LaserWriter icon does not
appear in the Chooser.
(HP LaserJet 1300 series)
Software not installed
correctly.
The LaserWriter 8 driver should be present as a
part of the Mac OS. Make sure that the
LaserWriter driver is in the Extensions folder
within the systems folder. If not, install the
LaserWriter driver from your Mac OS CD.
The HP LaserJet printer
driver icon does not appear
in the Chooser.
(HP LaserJet 1150 printer)
The software was not
installed properly.
Reinstall the software.
Printer name does not
appear in the printer list.
Make sure the cables are connected correctly, the
printer is on, and the Ready light is on.
Verify that the printer driver is installed.
Make sure the correct printer driver has been
selected in the Chooser.
Use the HP LaserJet driver for the HP LaserJet
1150 printer.
Use the LaserWriter 8 driver for the HP LaserJet
1300 series printer.
Make sure AppleTalk is on. (The button next to
Active is selected in the Chooser.)
If the printer resides on a network with multiple
zones, make sure the correct zone is selected in
the “AppleTalk Zones” box in the Chooser.
The printer driver does not
automatically set up your
selected printer even
though you clicked Auto
Setup in the Chooser.
(HP LaserJet 1300 series)
Reinstall the printer software.
Select an alternate PPD.
ENWW Common Macintosh problems 75
Printing Errors
A print job was not sent to
your desired printer.
Another printer with the
same or similar name may
have received your print
job.
Check the AppleTalk name of the printer displayed
on the configuration page.
You cannot use the
computer while the printer
is printing.
Background Printing has
not been selected.
LaserWriter 8.3
Turn Background Printing on in the Chooser.
Status messages will now be redirected to the
Print Monitor allowing you to continue working
while the computer is processing data to be sent
to the printer.
LaserWriter 8.4 and higher
Turn Background Printing on by selecting File,
Print Desktop, and Background Printing.
An encapsulated
PostScript (EPS) file does
not print with the correct
fonts.
This problem occurs with
some software
applications.
Try downloading the fonts contained in the EPS
file to the printer before printing.
Send the file in ASCII format instead of binary
encoding.
Your document is not
printing with New York,
Geneva, or Monaco fonts.
Select Options in the Page Setup dialog box to
deselect substituted fonts.
Symptom Possible Cause Solution
76 Chapter 6 ENWW
USB Problems
Unable to print from a
third-party USB card.
This error occurs when the
software for USB printers
is not installed.
When adding a third-party USB card, you might
need Apple’s USB Adapter Card Support
software. The most current version of this
software is available from Apple’s web site.
A USB-connected
HP LaserJet printer does
not appear in the Chooser.
This problem is caused by
either a software or
hardware component.
Software troubleshooting
● Check that your Macintosh supports USB.
● Verify if your Macintosh has Mac OS 8.6 or
later.
Hardware troubleshooting
● Check that the printer is turned on.
● Verify that the USB cable is properly
connected.
● Check that you are using the appropriate
high-speed USB cable.
● Ensure that there are not too many USB
devices drawing power from the chain.
Disconnect all devices from the chain and
connect the cable directly to the USB port on
the host computer.
● Check to see if there are more than two
non-powered USB hubs in a row on the chain.
Disconnect all devices from the chain and
connect the cable directly to the USB port on
the host computer.
Note
The iMac keyboard is a non-powered USB hub.
The LaserWriter driver
does not display USB
devices in the Chooser.
For the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer, use the
Apple Desktop utility to set up the printer.
Symptom Possible Cause Solution
ENWW Common Macintosh problems 77
OS X problems
Printer features do not
appear.
The wrong PPD is
selected for the printer.
Verify which PPD is selected as follows:
In the Print dialog box, click Summary. Verify that
the “PPD for:” setting is correct.
If the PPD setting is incorrect, delete the printer in
the Print Center and add it again. You might need
to manually select the PPD.
When using OS X v10.2,
the printer is not using
“Rendezvous” (mDNS)
You might need to upgrade your HP Jetdirect card
to a version that supports Rendezvous.
Tray 2 does not appear as
an installed option, even
though it is installed on the
printer.
(HP LaserJet 1300 series
only)
The ability to manually select installable options is
supported only in Mac OS X v10.2 and later.
Symptom Possible Cause Solution
78 Chapter 6 ENWW
Selecting an Alternate PostScript Printer Description (PPD) for
the hp LaserJet 1300 series printer
Mac OS 9.x
1 Open the Chooser from the Apple menu.
2 Click the LaserWriter icon.
3 If you are on a network with multiple zones, select the zone in the AppleTalk Zones box where
the printer is located.
4 Click the printer name you want to use in the Select a PostScript Printer box. (Double-clicking
will immediately generate the next few steps.)
5 Click Setup… (This button may read Create for first-time setup.)
6 Click Select PPD….
7 Find the desired PPD in the list and click Select. If the desired PPD is not listed, choose one
of the following options:
• Select a PPD for a printer with similar features.
• Select a PPD from another folder.
• Select the generic PPD by clicking Use Generic. The generic PPD allows you to print, but
limits your access to printer features.
8 In the Setup dialog box, click Select, and then click OK to return to the Chooser.
Note If you manually select a PPD, an icon might not appear next to the selected printer in the Select a
PostScript Printer box. In the Chooser, click Setup, click Printer Info, and then click Update Info to
bring up the icon.
9 Close the Chooser.
Mac OS X
1 Delete the printer from the Print Center.
2 Add the printer again using the option to manually select the PPD.
Renaming the Printer (hp LaserJet 1300 series only)
If you are going to rename the printer, do this before selecting the printer in the Chooser. If you
rename the printer after selecting it in the Chooser, you will have to go back into the Chooser and
reselect it.
Use the Set Printer Name feature in the HP LaserJet Utility to rename the printer.
Return to Finding the solution.
ENWW Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors 79
Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors
The following situations are PS language specific and may occur when several printer languages
are being used.
Note To receive a printed or screen displayed message when PS errors occur, open the Print Options
dialog box and click the desired selection next to the PS Errors section. You can also access this
from the embedded Web server.
Return to Finding the solution.
PS Errors
Symptom Possible Cause Solution
The job prints in Courier (the
printer’s default typeface)
instead of the typeface you
requested.
The requested typeface is not
downloaded. A personality
switch may have been
performed to print a PCL job
just before the PS printing job
was received.
Download the desired font and send the
print job again. Verify the type and location
of the font. Download to printer if
applicable. Check with the software
documentation.
A legal page prints with
clipped margins.
Print job too complex. You may need to print your job at 600 dots
per inch, reduce the complexity of the
page, or install more memory.
A PS error page prints. Print job may not be PS. Make sure the print job is a PS job. Check
to see whether the software application
expected a setup or PS header file to be
sent to the printer.
Limit Check Error Print job is too complex. You may need to print your job at 600 dots
per inch, reduce the complexity of the
page, or install more memory.
VM Error Font Error Select unlimited downloadable fonts from
printer driver.
Range Check Font Error Select unlimited downloadable fonts from
printer driver.
80 Chapter 6 ENWW
Paper handling problems
Choose the item that best describes the problem:
● Paper jam
● Print is skewed (crooked)
● More than one sheet of media feeds through the printer at one time
● Printer does not pull media from the media input tray
● Printer curled the media
● The printed media does not exit to the correct path
● Print job is extremely slow
Media handling problems
Problem Solution
Paper jam ● See Clearing jams for more information.
● Make sure that you are printing with media that meets specifications.
See Printer media specifications for more information.
● Make sure that you are printing with media that is not wrinkled, folded,
or damaged.
● Make sure that the printer is clean. See Cleaning the printer for more
information.
● If you are printing to the straight-through output path, close and open
the door again to make sure that the green release levers are closed.
Print is skewed (crooked) ● See Page skew for more information.
● Adjust the media guides to the width and length of the media that you
are using and try reprinting. See Printer media guides or Loading media
into the input trays for more information.
More than one sheet of media
feeds through the printer at
one time
● The media input tray might be too full. See Loading media into the input
trays for more information.
● Make sure that the media is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged.
● The printer separation pad might be worn. See Changing the printer
separation pad for more information.
Printer does not pull media
from the media input tray
● Make sure that the printer is not in manual feed mode. See Status light
patterns for more information.
● The pickup roller might be dirty or damaged. See Cleaning the pickup
roller or Changing the pickup roller for instructions.
Printer curled the media ● See Curl or wave for more information.
● Open the straight-through output door to print straight through.
See Media paths or Media for more information.
The printed media does not exit
to the correct path
Open or close the straight-through output door to reflect the output path that
you want to use. See Media paths for more information.
ENWW Paper handling problems 81
Return to Finding the solution.
Print job is extremely slow The maximum speed of the printer is up to 18 pages per minute for the
HP LaserJet 1150 printer and up to 20 pages per minute for the
HP LaserJet 1300 series printer. Your print job might be very complex. Try
the following:
● Reduce the complexity of your document (for example, reduce the
number of multiple graphics).
● In the printer driver, set the media type to plain paper.
• This may cause toner to fuse improperly if using heavy
media.
● Add printer memory. See Installing a memory DIMM (1300 series only)
● Narrow media or heavy media will slow printing. Use normal media.
Media handling problems (continued)
Problem Solution
82 Chapter 6 ENWW
Printed page is different than what appeared on screen
Choose the item that best describes the problem:
● Garbled, incorrect, or incomplete text
● Missing graphics or text, or blank pages
● Page format is different than on another printer
● Graphics quality
Printed page problems
Problem Solution
Garbled, incorrect, or
incomplete text
The parallel or USB cable might be loose or defective. Try the
following:
● Disconnect the cable and reconnect it at both ends.
● Try printing a job that you know works.
● If possible, attach the cable and printer to another
computer, and try printing a job that you know works.
● Try using a new IEEE-1284 compliant parallel or USB
cable. See Ordering supplies and accessories.
The wrong printer driver might have been selected when the
software was installed. Make sure that the HP LaserJet 1150
or HP LaserJet 1300 is selected in the printer properties.
There might be a problem with your software application. Try
printing from another software application.
Missing graphics or text, or
blank pages
● Make sure that your file does not contain blank pages.
● The sealing tape might still be in the print cartridge.
Remove the print cartridge, and pull out the sealing tape.
Reinstall the print cartridge. See Changing the print
cartridge for instructions. To check the printer, print a
demo page by pressing the Go button.
● The graphic settings in the printer properties might not be
correct for the type of job that you are printing. Try a
different graphic setting in the printer properties. See
Printer properties (driver) for more information.
● The printer driver might not work for the type of job that
you are printing. Try using a different printer driver
(software), such as the printer driver for the
HP LaserJet III.
Note
If you use a different printer driver, you will lose access to
some product features.
ENWW Printed page is different than what appeared on screen 83
Return to Finding the solution.
Page format is different than on
another printer
If you used an older or different printer driver (printer software)
to create the document or the printer properties settings in the
software are different, the page format might change when
you try to print using your new printer driver or settings. To
help eliminate this problem, try the following:
● Create documents and print them using the same printer
driver (printer software) and printer property settings
regardless of which HP LaserJet printer you use to print
them.
● Change the resolution, paper size, font settings, and other
settings. See Printer properties (driver) for more
information.
Graphics quality The graphics settings might be unsuitable for your print job.
Try the following:
● Check the graphic settings, such as resolution, in the
printer properties and adjust them as necessary. See
Printer properties (driver) for more information.
● Try using a different printer driver (software), such as the
printer driver for the HP LaserJet III.
Note
If you use a different printer driver, you will lose access to
some product features.
Printed page problems (continued)
Problem Solution
84 Chapter 6 ENWW
Printer software problems
Return to Finding the solution.
Printer software problems
Problem Solution
A printer driver for the
HP LaserJet 1150 or the
HP LaserJet 1300 printer is not
visible in the Printer folder
● Reinstall the printer software. In the Windows system tray, click Start,
select Programs, and select HP LaserJet 1150 or HP LaserJet 1300
and click Uninstall. Turn the printer off. Install the printer software
from the CD-ROM. Turn the printer back on.
Note
Close any applications that are running. To close an application that
has an icon in the system tray, right-click the icon and select Close or
Disable.
● Try plugging the USB cable into a different USB port on the PC.
● If you are trying to print to a shared printer, in the Windows system
tray, click Start, select Settings, and select Printers. Double-click the
Add Printer icon. Follow the instructions in the Add Printer Wizard.
An error message was
displayed during the software
installation
● Reinstall the printer software. In the Windows system tray, click Start,
select Programs, and select HP LaserJet 1150 or HP LaserJet 1300
and click Uninstall. Turn the printer off. Install the printer software
from the CD-ROM. Turn the printer back on.
Note
Close any applications that are running. To close an application that
has an icon in the system tray, right-click the icon and select Close or
Disable.
● Check the amount of free space on the drive where you are installing
the printer software. If necessary, free up as much space as you can,
and reinstall the printer software.
● If necessary, run the Disk Defragmenter, and reinstall the printer
software.
The printer is in Ready mode,
but nothing prints
● Reinstall the printer software. In the Windows system tray, click Start,
select Programs, and select HP LaserJet 1150 or HP LaserJet 1300
and click Uninstall. Turn the printer off. Install the printer software
from the CD-ROM. Turn the printer back on.
Note
Close any applications that are running. To close an application that
has an icon in the system tray, right-click the icon and select Close or
Disable.
● Print a Demo page. Press the Go button to print a Demo page.
ENWW Improving print quality 85
Improving print quality
This section provides information about identifying and correcting print defects.
Light print or faded
Toner specks
Dropouts
Note If these steps do not correct the problem, contact an HP-authorized dealer or service representative.
Vertical lines
● The toner supply is low. See Redistributing toner for more
information.
● The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard’s media
specifications (for example, the media is too moist or too rough).
See Printer media specifications for more information.
● If the whole page is light, the print density adjustment is too light
or EconoMode might be turned on. Adjust the print density and
disable EconoMode in the printer properties. See Saving toner
for more information.
● The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard’s media
specifications (for example, the media is too moist or too rough).
See Printer media specifications for more information.
● The printer might need to be cleaned. See Cleaning the printer
or Cleaning the printer media path for instructions.
● A single sheet of media might be defective. Try reprinting the job.
● The media’s moisture content is uneven or the media has moist
spots on its surface. Try printing with new media. See Printer
media specifications for more information.
● The media lot is bad. The manufacturing processes can cause
some areas to reject toner. Try a different type or brand of media.
● The print cartridge might be defective. See Changing the print
cartridge for more information.
● Make sure that the priority input tray is in place.
● The photosensitive drum inside the print cartridge has probably
been scratched. Install a new HP print cartridge. See Changing
the print cartridge for instructions.
86 Chapter 6 ENWW
Gray background
Toner smear
Loose toner
Vertical repetitive defects
● Make sure that the priority input tray is in place.
● Decrease the print density setting through HP Toolbox or the
embedded web server. This decreases the amount of
background shading. See Using the hp toolbox.
● Change the media to a lighter basis weight. See Printer media
specifications for more information.
● Check the printer’s environment. Very dry (low humidity)
conditions can increase the amount of background shading.
● Install a new HP print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge
for instructions.
● If toner smears appear on the leading edge of the media, the
media guides might be dirty. Wipe the media guides with a dry,
lint-free cloth. See Cleaning the printer for more information.
● Check the media type and quality.
● Try installing a new HP print cartridge. See Changing the print
cartridge for instructions.
● The fuser temperature might be too low. In your printer driver,
make sure the appropriate media type is selected.
● Clean the inside of the printer. See Cleaning the printer for
instructions.
● Check the media type and quality. See Printer media
specifications for more information.
● Try installing a new HP print cartridge. See Changing the print
cartridge for instructions.
● In your printer driver, make sure the appropriate media type is
selected.
● Plug the printer directly into an AC outlet instead of into a power
strip.
● The print cartridge might be damaged. If a repetitive mark
occurs at the same spot on the page, install a new HP print
cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge for instructions.
● The internal parts might have toner on them. See Cleaning the
printer for more information. If the defects occur on the back of
the page, the problem will probably correct itself after a few
more printed pages.
● In your printer driver, make sure the appropriate media type is
selected.
ENWW Improving print quality 87
Misformed characters
Page skew
Curl or wave
Wrinkles or creases
● If characters are improperly formed, producing hollow images,
the media stock might be too slick. Try a different media. See
Printer media specifications for more information.
● If characters are improperly formed, producing a wavy effect, the
printer might need service. Print a configuration page. If the
characters are improperly formed, contact an HP-authorized
dealer or service representative. See How to contact HP for
more information.
● Make sure that the media is loaded correctly and the media
guides are not too tight or too loose against the media stack.
See Loading media into the input trays for more information.
● The input bin might be too full. See Loading media into the input
trays for more information.
● Check the media type and quality. See Printer media
specifications for more information.
● Check the media type and quality. Both high temperature and
humidity cause media to curl. See Printer media specifications
for more information.
● The media might have been in the input tray too long. Turn over
the stack of media in the tray. Also, try rotating the media 180° in
the input tray.
● Open the straight-through output door and try printing straight
through. See Media paths for more information.
● The fuser temperature might be too high. In your printer driver,
make sure the appropriate media type is selected. If the problem
persists, select a media type that uses a lower fuser
temperature, such as transparencies or light media.
● Make sure that media is loaded properly. See Loading media
into the input trays for more information.
● Check the media type and quality. See Printer media
specifications for more information.
● Open the straight-through output door and try printing straight
through. See Media paths for more information.
● Turn over the stack of media in the tray. Also, try rotating the
media 180° in the input tray.
88 Chapter 6 ENWW
Toner scatter outline
Return to Finding the solution.
● If large amounts of toner have scattered around the characters,
the media might be resisting the toner. (A small amount of toner
scatter is normal for laser printing.) Try a different media type.
See Printer media specifications for more information.
● Turn over the stack of media in the tray.
● Use media designed for laser printers. See Printer media
specifications for more information.
ENWW Clearing jams 89
Clearing jams
Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a print job. Some of the causes include the
following:
● The input trays are loaded improperly or too full. See Loading media into the input trays for
more information.
● The media does not meet HP specifications. See Printer media specifications for more
information.
Note When you add new media, always remove all of the media from the input tray and straighten the
stack of new media. This helps prevent multiple sheets of media from feeding through the printer at
one time, reducing media jams.
You are notified of a media jam by an error in the software and the printer control panel lights. See
Status light patterns for more information.
Typical media jam locations
● Print cartridge area: See Removing a jammed page for instructions.
● Input tray areas: If the page is still sticking out of the input tray, gently try to remove it from the
input tray without tearing the page. If you feel resistance, see Removing a jammed page for
instructions.
● Output paths: If the page is sticking out of the output bin, gently try to remove it without
tearing the page. If you feel resistance, see Removing a jammed page for instructions.
Note There might be loose toner in the printer after a media jam. This toner clears up after a few sheets
print.
90 Chapter 6 ENWW
Removing a jammed page
CAUTION Media jams might result in loose toner on the page. If you get any toner on your clothes, wash them
in cold water. Hot water will permanently set the toner into the fabric.
1 Open the print cartridge door and the straight-through output door.
2 Rotate the green pressure release levers downward. If you can remove the media without
removing the print cartridge, do so, and continue with step 4.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, minimize its exposure to direct light.
3 Remove the print cartridge, and place it aside.
ENWW Clearing jams 91
4 With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle),
and carefully pull it free from the printer.
5 If no media is visible, grasp the tab on the right-hand side of the upper media guide and pull it
forward. Carefully pull the media up and out of the printer.
6 When you have removed the jammed media, replace the print cartridge, and close the print
cartridge door and the straight-through output door.
Note The pressure release levers automatically close when you close the straight-through output door.
After clearing a media jam, you might need to turn the printer off and turn it back on.
Note When you add new media, remove all of the media from the input tray and straighten the stack of
new media.
Return to Finding the solution.
92 Chapter 6 ENWW
Changing the pickup roller
If the printer regularly mispicks (no media feeds through or more than one sheet feeds through),
you might need to change or clean the pickup roller. See Ordering supplies and accessories to
order a new pickup roller.
CAUTION Failure to complete this procedure might damage the printer.
1 Unplug the power cord from the printer, and allow the printer to cool.
2 Open the print cartridge door, and remove the print cartridge.
3 Find the pickup roller.
ENWW Changing the pickup roller 93
4 Release the small, white tabs on either side of the pickup roller, and rotate the pickup roller
toward the front.
5 Gently pull the pickup roller up and out.
6 Position the new or cleaned part in the slot of the previous pickup roller. See Cleaning the
pickup roller for instructions.
Note Circular and rectangular pegs on each side prevent you from incorrectly positioning the pickup roller.
94 Chapter 6 ENWW
7 Rotate the top of the new pickup roller away from you until both sides snap into place.
8 Reinstall the print cartridge, and close the print cartridge door.
9 Plug the printer in to turn it back on.
ENWW Cleaning the pickup roller 95
Cleaning the pickup roller
If you want to clean the pickup roller rather than replace it, follow the instructions below:
1 Remove the pickup roller as described in steps 1 through 5 of Changing the pickup roller.
2 Dab a lint-free cloth in isopropyl alcohol, and scrub the roller.
WARNING! Alcohol is flammable. Keep the alcohol and cloth away from an open flame. Before you close the
printer and plug in the power cord, allow the alcohol to dry completely.
3 Using a dry, lint-free cloth, wipe the pickup roller to remove loosened dirt.
4 Allow the pickup roller to dry completely before you reinstall it in the printer (see steps 6
through 9 of Changing the pickup roller).
96 Chapter 6 ENWW
Changing the printer separation pad
Note Before you change the separation pad, clean the pickup roller. Leave the pickup roller out of the
printer while changing the separation pad. See Cleaning the pickup roller for instructions.
If your input tray feeds more than one page at a time, you might need to change the printer
separation pad. Recurring feed problems indicate that the printer separation pad is worn. See
Ordering supplies and accessories to order a new printer separation pad.
1 Unplug the power cord from the printer, and allow the printer to cool.
2 Remove the input trays.
3 Find the blue separation pad.
ENWW Changing the printer separation pad 97
4 To pry the separation pad up from the spring-loaded base, insert a flat-edged screwdriver in
the slot under the separation pad and twist until the tabs are free.
5 Reach in through the opening, push the spring-loaded base down with one hand, and pull the
separation pad up with the other hand.
6 With one hand, position the new separation pad in the slot of the previous separation pad (A).
With the other hand, reach through the input tray opening, and push the spring-loaded base
down (B).
Note The tab on the right is larger to help you position it correctly.
98 Chapter 6 ENWW
7 Snap both sides of the separation pad firmly into place.
CAUTION Make sure that the separation pad is straight and that there is no space between the separation pad
and the spring-loaded base. If the separation pad is not straight or you see space on one side,
remove the separation pad, make sure that the larger tab is on the right, reinsert the separation pad,
and snap both sides into place.
8 Reinsert the pickup roller, print cartridge, and input trays. Plug the printer in to turn it back on.
ENWW Printer specifications 99
APrinter specifications
This appendix provides information on the following topics:
● Specifications
● FCC compliance
● Environmental product stewardship program
● Material safety data sheet
● Regulatory statements
100 Appendix A ENWW
Specifications
Printer specifications
Environmental specifications
Operating environment Printer plugged into an AC outlet:
● Temperature: 10° C to 32.5° C (50° F to 90.5° F)
● Humidity: 20 to 80 percent (no condensation)
Storage environment Printer unplugged from an AC outlet:
● Temperature: 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)
● Humidity: 10 to 80 percent (no condensation)
Acoustic emissions1
Declared per ISO 9296
HP LaserJet 1150
Sound power level Printing (18 ppm): LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)]
PowerSave: essentially inaudible
Sound power level
bystander position
Printing (18 ppm): LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)]
PowerSave: essentially inaudible
HP LaserJet 1300
Sound power level Printing (20 ppm): LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)]
PowerSave: essentially inaudible
Sound power level
bystander position
Printing (20 ppm): LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)]
PowerSave: essentially inaudible
HP LaserJet 1300n
Sound power level Printing (20 ppm): LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)]
PowerSave: essentially inaudible
Sound power level
bystander position
Printing (20 ppm): LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)]
PowerSave: essentially inaudible
ENWW Specifications 101
Electrical specifications1
Warning! Power requirements are based on the country/region where the printer is sold. Do not convert
operating voltages. Doing so might damage the printer and void the product warranty.
HP LaserJet 1150
Power requirements ● 110-127v (+/-10%), 50/60 Hz (+/-2)
or
● 220v-240v (+/-10%), 50/60 Hz (+/-2 Hz)
Power consumption ● During printing (18 ppm): 320 watts (average)
● During standby and PowerSave*: 7 Watts
* Instant on fuser technology
● Off: 0 watts
Minimum recommended circuit
capacity for typical product
● 4.5 amps at 115 volts
● 2.4 amps at 230 volts
HP LaserJet 1300
Power requirements ● 110-127v (+/-10%), 50/60 Hz (+/-2)
or
● 220v-240v (+/-10%), 50/60 Hz (+/-2 Hz)
Power consumption ● During printing (20 ppm): 320 watts (average)
● During standby and PowerSave*: 7 Watts
* Instant on fuser technology
● Off: 0 watts
Minimum recommended circuit
capacity for typical product
● 4.5 amps at 115 volts
● 2.4 amps at 230 volts
HP LaserJet 1300n
Power requirements ● 110-127v (+/-10%), 50/60 Hz (+/-2)
or
● 220v-240v (+/-10%), 50/60 Hz (+/-2 Hz)
Power consumption ● During printing (20 ppm): 320 watts (average)
● During standby and PowerSave*: 7 Watts
* Instant on fuser technology
● Off: 0 watts
Minimum recommended circuit
capacity for typical product
● 4.5 amps at 115 volts
● 2.4 amps at 230 volts
Printer specifications (continued)
102 Appendix A ENWW
Physical specifications
Dimensions ● Width: 415 mm (16.3 inches)
● Depth: 486 mm (19.1 inches)
● Height: 253 mm (10.0 inches)
Weight (cartridge installed) 8.5 kg (18.6 lb)
Printer capacities and ratings
Print speed HP LaserJet 1150 printer:
● 17 ppm for A4, 18 ppm for letter
● First page out in less than 10 seconds
HP LaserJet 1300 series printer:
● 19 ppm for A4, 20 ppm for letter
● First page out in less than 8 seconds
Main input tray capacity 250 sheets of regular weight 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper or up to 30 envelopes
Priority input tray capacity 10 sheets of regular weight 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper or 1 envelope
Output bin capacity 125 sheets of regular weight 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper
Minimum paper size 76 by 127 mm (3 by 5 inches)
Maximum paper size 216 by 356 mm (8.5 by 14 inches)
Media weight ● Output bin – 60 to 105 g/m2 (16 to 28 lbs)
● Straight through media path – 60 to 163 g/m2 (16 to 43 lbs)
Base memory 8 MB of RAM (16 MB RAM on HP LaserJet 1300 series)
Upgrade memory expansion HP LaserJet 1300 series printer only
One DIMM slot available for an 8, 16, 32, or 64 MB RAM DIMM
Print resolution 1,200 dots per inch (dpi)
Duty cycle ● 10,000 single-sided pages per month (maximum)
● 1,000 single-sided pages per month (average)
PCL Level 5e
PS PostScript 2 emulation
Printer specifications (continued)
ENWW Specifications 103
1 Values are subject to change. For current information see
http://www.hp.com/support/lj1150 or http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300.
Memory specifications
DIMMs 100 pin, 66 MHz minimum speed
Port availability
USB Compatible with the USB 2.0 specification
Parallel ● IEEE 1284 level 2 device with an IEEE 1284-B receptacle
● Set host computer to ECP
Printer specifications (continued)
104 Appendix A ENWW
FCC compliance
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy. If it is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, it
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off
and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:
● Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
● Increase separation between equipment and receiver.
● Connect equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is located.
● Consult your dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician.
Note Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by Hewlett-Packard
could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.
Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of FCC rules.
ENWW Environmental product stewardship program 105
Environmental product stewardship program
Protecting the environment
Hewlett-Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound
manner. This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize the impact on our
environment.
Ozone production
This product generates no appreciable ozone gas (O3).
Energy consumption
Energy usage drops significantly while in PowerSave mode, which saves money without affecting
the high performance of this product. This product qualifies for ENERGY STAR, which is a voluntary
program to encourage the development of energy-efficient office products.
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered service mark of the U.S. EPA. As an ENERGY STAR partner,
Hewlett-Packard Company has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR guidelines for
energy efficiency. For more information, see http://www.energystar.gov.
Toner consumption
EconoMode uses significantly less toner, which might extend the life of the print cartridge.
Paper use
This product’s manual duplex (two-sided printing) and N-up printing (multiple pages printed on one
page) features can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural resources.
Plastics
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the
ability to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product’s life.
HP LaserJet printing supplies
In many countries/regions, this product’s printing supplies (such as print cartridge, drum, and
fuser) can be returned to Hewlett-Packard through the HP printing supplies returns and recycling
program. This easy-to-use, free takeback program is available in over 48 countries/regions.
Multilingual program information and instructions are included in every new HP print cartridge and
consumables package.
HP printing supplies returns and recycling program information
Since 1990, the HP printing supplies returns and recycling program has collected millions of used
print cartridges that otherwise might have been discarded in the world’s landfills. The HP LaserJet
print cartridges and consumables are collected and bulk-shipped to our resource and recovery
partners who disassemble the print cartridge. After a thorough quality inspection, selected parts
are reclaimed for use in new print cartridges. Remaining materials are separated and converted
into raw materials for use by other industries to make a variety of useful products.
106 Appendix A ENWW
U.S. recycling returns
For a more environmentally responsible return of used print cartridges and consumables,
Hewlett-Packard encourages you to use bulk returns. Simply bundle two or more print cartridges
together and use the single, prepaid, pre-addressed label that is supplied in the package. For
more information in the U.S., call (800) 340-2445 or visit the HP LaserJet supplies Web site at

http://www.hp.com/recycle.

Non-U.S. recycling returns
Non-U.S. customers should call the local HP sales and service office or visit the
http://www.hp.com/recycle website more information regarding availability of the HP printing
supplies returns and recycle program.
Paper
This printer is suited for the use of recycled papers when the paper meets the guidelines in the
HP LaserJet printer family print media guide. See Ordering supplies and accessories for ordering
information. This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper according to DIN 19309.
Material restrictions
This product does not contain added mercury (except lamps containing less than 10 mg).
This product does not contain added lead.
This product does not contain batteries.
Spare parts and supplies availability
Spare parts and consumable supplies for this product will be available for at least five years after
production has stopped.
For more information
For more information on the following HP environmental programs, see

http://www.hp.com/go/environment.

● Product environmental profile sheet for this and many related HP products
● HP’s commitment to the environment
● HP’s environmental management system
● HP’s end-of-life product return and recycling program
● Material safety data sheets
ENWW Material safety data sheet 107
Material safety data sheet
Material safety data sheets (MSDS) can be obtained by contacting the HP LaserJet supplies
website at http://www.hp.com/go/msds.
108 Appendix A ENWW
Regulatory statements
Declaration of Conformity
according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN45014
Manufacturer’s Name: Hewlett-Packard Company
Manufacturer’s Address: 11311 Chinden Boulevard
Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA
declares that the product
Product Name: HP LaserJet 1150 printer
Product Number: Q1336A
Regulatory Model Number3 BOISB-0208-01
Product Options: ALL
conforms to the following Product Specifications:
Safety: IEC 60950:1999 / EN 60950:2000
IEC 825-1:1993 +A1/ EN 60825-1:1994+A11 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product)
GB4943:1995
EMC: CISPR 22:1997/ EN 55022:1998 Class B1
EN 61000-3-2:1995/A14
EN 61000-3-3:1995
EN 55024:1998
FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B2) / ICES-003, Issue 3
AS / NZS 3548:1995 +A1 +A2 / GB9254:1998
Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the following EMC Directive 89/336/EEC and the
Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, and carries the CE-marking accordingly.
1) The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard Personal Computer Systems.
2) This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3) For regulatory purposes, this product is assigned a Regulatory model number. This number should not
be confused with the marketing name (HP LaserJet 1150 printer) or the product numbers (Q1336A).
Boise, Idaho USA
April 1, 2003
For Regulatory Topics ONLY, contact:
Australia Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd.,
31-41 Joseph Street, Blackburn, Victoria 3130, Australia
European Contact: Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or
Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQ-TRE / Standards
Europe, Herrenberger Straße 140, D-71034 Böblingen
(FAX: +49-7031-14-3143)
USA Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company,
PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160, Boise, ID 83707-0015
(Phone: 208-396-6000)
ENWW Regulatory statements 109
Declaration of Conformity
according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN45014
Manufacturer’s Name: Hewlett-Packard Company
Manufacturer’s Address: 11311 Chinden Boulevard
Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA
declares that the product
Product Name: HP LaserJet 1300 series
Product Number: Q1334A, Q1335A, Q2484A
Regulatory Model Number3 BOISB-0208-00
Product Options: ALL
conforms to the following Product Specifications:
Safety: IEC 60950:1999 / EN 60950:2000
IEC 825-1:1993 +A1/ EN 60825-1:1994+A11 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product)
GB4943:1995
EMC: CISPR 22:1997/ EN 55022:1998 Class B1
EN 61000-3-2:1995/A14
EN 61000-3-3:1995
EN 55024:1998
FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B2) / ICES-003, Issue 3
AS / NZS 3548:1995 +A1 +A2 / GB9254:1998
Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the following EMC Directive 89/336/EEC and the
Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, and carries the CE-marking accordingly.
1) The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard Personal Computer Systems.
2) This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3) For regulatory purposes, this product is assigned a Regulatory model number. This number should not
be confused with the marketing name (HP LaserJet 1300 series) or the product numbers (Q1334A, Q1335A,
Q2484A).
Boise, Idaho USA
April 1, 2003
For Regulatory Topics ONLY, contact:
Australia Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd.,
31-41 Joseph Street, Blackburn, Victoria 3130, Australia
European Contact: Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or
Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQ-TRE / Standards
Europe, Herrenberger Straße 140, D-71034 Böblingen
(FAX: +49-7031-14-3143)
USA Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company,
PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160, Boise, ID 83707-0015
(Phone: 208-396-6000)
110 Appendix A ENWW
Laser safety statement
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance
is mandatory for products marketed in the United States. The printer is certified as a “Class 1”
laser product under the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation
Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968.
Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings and
external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
WARNING! Using controls, making adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified in this user
guide could result in exposure to hazardous radiation.
Canadian DOC regulations
Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements.
«Conforme á la classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilité électromagnétiques. «CEM».»
Korean EMI statement
VCCI statement (Japan)
ENWW Regulatory statements 111
Laser statement for Finland
LASERTURVALLISUUS
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
HP LaserJet 1150, 1300 -laserkirjoitin on käyttäjän kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite.
Normaalissa käytössä kirjoittimen suojakotelointi estää lasersäteen pääsyn laitteen ulkopuolelle.
Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on määritetty standardin EN 60825-1 (1993) mukaisesti.
VAROITUS!
Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa käyttäjän
turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.
VARNING!
Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i bruksanvisning specificerats, kan användaren utsättas
för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.
HUOLTO
HP LaserJet 1150, 1300 -kirjoittimen sisällä ei ole käyttäjän huollettavissa olevia kohteita. Laitteen
saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkilö. Tällaiseksi
huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota väriainekasetin vaihtamista, paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita
käyttäjän käsikirjassa lueteltuja, käyttäjän tehtäväksi tarkoitettuja ylläpitotoimia, jotka voidaan
suorittaa ilman erikoistyökaluja.
VARO!
Mikäli kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan, olet alttiina näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle laitteen ollessa
toiminnassa. Älä katso säteeseen.
VARNING!
Om laserprinterns skyddshölje öppnas då apparaten är i funktion, utsättas användaren för osynlig
laserstrålning. Betrakta ej strålen.
Tiedot laitteessa käytettävän laserdiodin säteilyominaisuuksista:
Aallonpituus 770-795 nm
Teho 5 mW
Luokan 3B laser
112 Appendix A ENWW
ENWW Media specifications 113
BMedia specifications
This appendix provides information on the following topics:
● Printer media specifications
● Supported media sizes
● Guidelines for using media
114 Appendix B ENWW
Printer media specifications
HP LaserJet printers produce excellent print quality. The printer accepts a variety of media, such
as cut-sheet paper (including recycled paper), envelopes, labels, transparencies, vellum, and
custom-sized paper. Properties such as weight, grain, and moisture content are important factors
affecting printer performance and output quality.
The printer can use a variety of paper and other print media in accordance with the guidelines in
this user guide. Media that does not meet these guidelines might cause the following problems:
● Poor print quality
● Increased media jams
● Premature wear on the printer, requiring repair
For best results, use only HP brand paper and print media. Hewlett-Packard Company cannot
recommend the use of other brands. Because they are not HP products, HP cannot influence or
control their quality.
It is possible for media to meet all of the guidelines in this user guide and still not produce
satisfactory results. This might be the result of improper handling, unacceptable temperature and
humidity levels, or other variables over which Hewlett-Packard has no control.
Before you purchase a large quantity of media, make sure that it meets the requirements specified
in this user guide and in Guidelines for Paper and Other Print Media. (See Ordering supplies and
accessories for more information about ordering the guidelines.) Always test media before you
purchase a large quantity.
CAUTION Using media that does not meet Hewlett-Packard’s specifications might cause problems for the printer,
requiring repair. This repair is not covered by the Hewlett-Packard warranty or service agreements.
ENWW Supported media sizes 115
Supported media sizes
The following are the supported media sizes:
● Minimum: 76 x 127 mm (3 x 5 in.)
● Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in.)
116 Appendix B ENWW
Guidelines for using media
Paper
For best results, use conventional 20 lb (75 g/m2) paper. Make sure that the paper is of good
quality and free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots, loose particles, dust, wrinkles, voids, and curled or
bent edges.
If you are unsure about what type of paper you are loading (such as bond or recycled), check the
label on the package of paper.
Some paper causes print quality problems, jamming, or damage to the printer.
Note The printer uses heat and pressure to fuse toner to the paper. Make sure that any colored paper or
preprinted forms use inks that are compatible with the printer temperature (200° C or 392° F for
0.1 second).
Do not use letterhead that is printed with low-temperature inks, such as those used in some types
of thermography.
Do not use raised letterhead.
Do not use transparencies designed for inkjet printers or other low temperature printers. Use only
transparencies that are specified for use with HP LaserJet printers.
Paper usage
Symptom Problem with paper Solution
Poor print quality or toner
adhesion.
Problems with feeding.
Too moist, too rough, too
smooth, or embossed.
Faulty paper lot.
Try another kind of paper:
between 100-250 Sheffield
and 4-6 percent moisture
content.
Dropouts, jamming, or curl. Stored improperly. Store paper flat in its
moisture-proof wrapping.
Increased gray background
shading.
Might be too heavy. Use lighter paper.
Excessive curl.
Problems with feeding.
Too moist, wrong grain
direction, or short-grain
construction.
Use long-grain paper.
Print using the
straight-through output path.
Jamming or damage to printer. Cutouts or perforations. Do not use paper with cutouts
or perforations.
Problems with feeding. Ragged edges. Use good quality paper.
ENWW Guidelines for using media 117
Labels
Label construction
When selecting labels, consider the quality of the following components:
● Adhesives: The adhesive material should be stable at 200° C (392° F), the printer’s
maximum temperature.
● Arrangement: Only use labels with no exposed backing between them. Labels can peel off
sheets that have spaces between the labels, causing serious jams.
● Curl: Prior to printing, labels must lie flat with no more than 13 mm (0.5 in.) of curl in any
direction.
● Condition: Do not use labels with wrinkles, bubbles, or other indications of separation.
Transparencies
Transparencies must be able to withstand 200° C (392° F), the printer’s maximum temperature.
118 Appendix B ENWW
Envelopes
Envelope construction
Envelope construction is critical. Envelope fold lines can vary considerably, not only between
manufacturers, but also within a box from the same manufacturer. Successful printing on
envelopes depends upon the quality of the envelopes. When selecting envelopes, consider the
following components:
● Weight: The weight of the envelope paper should not exceed 28 lb (105 g/m2), or jamming
might result.
● Construction: Prior to printing, envelopes should lie flat with less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) curl
and should not contain air. Envelopes that trap air may cause problems.
● Condition: Make sure that the envelopes are not wrinkled, nicked, or otherwise damaged.
● Sizes: From 90 x 160 mm (3.5 x 6.3 in.) to 178 x 254 mm (7 x 10 in.).
Envelopes with double-side seams
An envelope with double-side-seam construction has vertical seams at both ends of the envelope
rather than diagonal seams. This style might be more likely to wrinkle. Make sure that the seam
extends all the way to the corner of the envelope as shown in the following illustration:
1 acceptable envelope construction
2 unacceptable envelope construction
Envelopes with adhesive strips or flaps
Envelopes with a peel-off adhesive strip or with more than one flap that folds over to seal must use
adhesives compatible with the heat and pressure in the printer: 200° C (392° F). The extra flaps
and strips might cause wrinkling, creasing, or jams.
Envelope storage
Proper storage of envelopes contributes to good print quality. You should store envelopes flat. If
air is trapped in an envelope, creating an air bubble, the envelope might wrinkle during printing.
1
2
ENWW Guidelines for using media 119
Card stock and heavy media
You can print many types of card stock from the paper input tray, including index cards and
postcards. Some card stock performs better than others because its construction is better suited
for feeding through a laser printer.
For optimum printer performance, do not use paper heavier than 42 lb (157 g/m2). Paper that is
too heavy might cause misfeeds, stacking problems, paper jams, poor toner fusing, poor print
quality, or excessive mechanical wear.
Note You might be able to print on heavier paper if you do not fill the input tray to capacity and if you use
paper with a smoothness rating of 100-180 Sheffield.
Card stock construction
● Smoothness: 36-42 lb (135-157 g/m2) card stock should have a smoothness rating of
100-180 Sheffield. 16-36 lb (60-135 g/m2) card stock should have a smoothness rating of
100-250 Sheffield.
● Construction: Card stock should lie flat with less than 5 mm (0.2 in.) of curl.
● Condition: Make sure that the card stock is not wrinkled, nicked, or otherwise damaged.
● Sizes: Only use card stock within the following size ranges:
• Minimum: 76 x 127 mm (3 x 5 in.)
• Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14.0 in.)
Card stock guidelines
Set margins at least 2 mm (0.08 in.) away from the edges.
120 Appendix B ENWW
ENWW Warranty and licensing 121
CWarranty and licensing
This appendix provides information on the following topics:
● Hewlett-Packard software license agreement
● Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement
● Limited warranty for print cartridge life
● Hardware service
● Extended warranty
● Guidelines for repacking the printer
● How to contact HP
122 Appendix C ENWW
Hewlett-Packard software license agreement
ATTENTION: USE OF THE SOFTWARE IS SUBJECT TO THE HP SOFTWARE LICENSE
TERMS SET FORTH BELOW. USING THE SOFTWARE INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF
THESE LICENSE TERMS.
HP SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS
The following License Terms govern your use of the accompanying Software unless you have a
separate signed agreement with Hewlett-Packard.
License Grant. Hewlett-Packard grants you a license to use one copy of the Software. “Use”
means storing, loading, installing, executing, or displaying the Software. You may not modify the
Software or disable any licensing or control features of the Software. If the Software is licensed for
“concurrent use,” you may not allow more than the maximum number of authorized users to Use
the Software concurrently.
Ownership. The Software is owned and copyrighted by Hewlett-Packard or its third-party
suppliers. Your license confers no title to, or ownership in, the Software and is not a sale of any
rights in the Software. Hewlett-Packard’s third-party suppliers may protect their rights in the event
of any violation of these License Terms.
Copies and Adaptations. You may only make copies or adaptations of the Software for archival
purposes or when copying or adaptation is an essential step in the authorized Use of the
Software. You must reproduce all copyright notices in the original Software on all copies or
adaptations. You may not copy the Software onto any public network.
No Disassembly or Decryption. You may not disassemble or decompile the Software unless HP’s
prior written consent is obtained. In some jurisdictions, HP’s consent may not be required for
limited disassembly or decompilation. Upon request, you will provide HP with reasonably detailed
information regarding any disassembly or decompilation. You may not decrypt the Software
unless decryption is a necessary part of the operation of the Software.
Transfer. Your license will automatically terminate upon any transfer of the Software. Upon
transfer, you must deliver the Software, including any copies and related documentation, to the
transferee. The transferee must accept these License Terms as a condition to the transfer.
Termination. HP may terminate your license upon notice for failure to comply with any of these
License Terms. Upon termination, you must immediately destroy the Software, together with all
copies, adaptations, and merged portions in any form.
Export Requirements. You may not export or re-export the Software or any copy or adaptation in
violation of any applicable laws or regulations.
U.S. Government Restricted Rights. The Software and any accompanying documentation have
been developed entirely at private expense. They are delivered and licensed as “commercial
computer software” as defined in DFARS 252.227-7013 (Oct 1988), DFARS 252.211-7015 (May
1991), or DFARS 252.227-7014 (Jun 1995), as a “commercial item” as defined in FAR 2.101(a)
(Jun 1987), or as “Restricted computer software” as defined in FAR 52.227-19 (Jun 1987) (or any
equivalent agency regulation or contract clause), whichever is applicable. You have only those
rights provided for such Software and any accompanying documentation by the applicable DFARs
or FAR clause or the HP standard software agreement for the product involved.
ENWW Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement 123
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement
1. HP warrants to you, the end-user customer, that HP hardware, accessories, and supplies, will be free from defects
in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase, for the period specified above. If HP receives notice of
such defects during the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either repair or replace products which prove to be
defective. Replacement products may be either new or like-new.
2. HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase,
for the period specified above, due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used. If
HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will replace software media which does not
execute its programming instructions due to such defects.
3. HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free. If HP is unable, within a
reasonable time, to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted, you will be entitled to a refund of the
purchase price upon prompt return of the product.
4. HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to a new in performance or may have been subject to
incidental use.
5. Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from (a) improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration, (b)
software, interfacing, parts or supplies not supplied by HP, (c) unauthorized modification or misuse, (d) operation
outside of the published environmental specifications for the product, or (d) improper site preparation or
maintenance.
6. HP MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL. TO THE
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OR MERCHANTABILITY,
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE IS LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF
THE EXPRESS WARRANTY SET FORTH ABOVE. Some countries/regions, states, or provinces do not allow
limitations on the duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you. This
warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country/region to
country/region, state to state, or province to province.
7. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR
SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS
SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL
(INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR
OTHERWISE. Some countries/regions, states, or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.
FOR CONSUMER TRANSACTIONS IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND; THE WARRANTY TERMS
CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE,
RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO
THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.
DURATION OF WARRANTY:
One year from date of purchase.
124 Appendix C ENWW
Limited warranty for print cartridge life
Note The following warranty applies to the print cartridge that came with this printer.
HP print cartridges are warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship until the
HP toner is depleted. The warranty covers any defects or malfunctions in a new HP print cartridge.
Frequently asked questions
How long does the coverage last?
The coverage lasts until the HP toner is depleted, at which time the warranty expires.
How do I know when the HP toner is running out?
The HP toner is depleted and the print cartridge has reached the end of its useful life when faded
or light type appears on the printed page or when a print cartridge life-low message appears on
the computer screen.
What will Hewlett-Packard do?
Hewlett-Packard will, at its option, either replace products that prove to be defective or refund the
purchase price. If possible, please attach a printout sample illustrating what the defective print
cartridge is printing.
What does this warranty not cover?
The warranty does not cover print cartridges that have been refilled or are emptied, abused,
misused, or tampered with in any way.
How do I return the faulty print cartridge?
In the event that the print cartridge proves to be defective, complete the Service Information Form
and attach a print sample illustrating the defect. Return the form and print cartridge to the place of
purchase, where the print cartridge will be replaced.
How does State, Province, or Country/Region Law apply?
This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary
from state to state, province to province, or country/region to country/region. This limited warranty
is the sole warranty on the HP print cartridge and supersedes any other warranty relating to this
product.
IN NO EVENT SHALL HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OR LOST
PROFITS FROM ANY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR OTHERWISE.
FOR CONSUMER TRANSACTIONS IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND; THE WARRANTY
TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY
PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE
MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO
YOU.
ENWW Hardware service 125
Hardware service
If your hardware fails during the warranty period, Hewlett-Packard offers the following support
options:
● Hewlett-Packard repair services: Hewlett-Packard will arrange to pick up the unit, repair it,
and return it to you within 5 to 10 days, depending on your location.
● Hewlett-Packard authorized service provider: You can return the unit to a local authorized
service dealer.
126 Appendix C ENWW
Extended warranty
HP SupportPack provides coverage for the HP product and all HP-supplied internal components.
The hardware maintenance covers a three-year period from date of the HP product purchase. The
customer must purchase HP SupportPack within 180 days of the HP product purchase. For more
information, contact the HP Customer Care Service and Support group. See Quick access to
more information.
ENWW Guidelines for repacking the printer 127
Guidelines for repacking the printer
Use the following guidelines when repacking the printer:
● If possible, include print samples and 5 to 10 sheets of paper or other media that did not print
correctly.
● Remove and keep any DIMMs (memory) installed in the printer. See Installing a memory
DIMM (1300 series only) for more information.
CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs. When handling DIMMs, either wear a grounded antistatic wrist
strap or frequently touch the surface of the DIMMs’ antistatic package before touching bare metal
on the printer.
● Remove and keep any cables, trays, and optional accessories installed in the printer.
● Remove and keep the print cartridge.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, store the print cartridge in its original packing material, or
store it so that it is not exposed to light.
● If possible, use the original shipping container and packing material. Shipping damage as a
result of inadequate packing is your responsibility. If you have already disposed of the printer’s
packing material, contact a local mailing service for information on repacking the printer.
● Include a completed copy of the service information form.
● Hewlett-Packard recommends that you insure the equipment for shipment.
128 Appendix C ENWW
How to contact HP
If you need to contact HP for service or support, use one of the following links:
● In the United States, see http://www.hp.com/support/lj1150 for the HP LaserJet 1150 printer,
or see http://www.hp.com/supportlj1300 for the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer.
● In other locations, see http://www.hp.com
ENWW Ordering supplies and accessories 129
DOrdering supplies and
accessories
Ordering supplies and accessories
You can increase the printer’s capabilities with optional accessories and supplies.
Use accessories and supplies specifically designed for the HP LaserJet 1150 and
HP LaserJet 1300 series printers to ensure optimum performance.
To order supplies, see http://www.hp.com/support/lj1150 or http://www.hp.com/support/lj1300.
The HP LaserJet 1300 series printer features Smart Printing Supplies. When you print a
Configuration page by pressing and holding the Go button for 5 seconds, a Supplies Status page
prints after the Configuraton page. The Supplies Status page has information on the amount of
toner remaining in the print cartridge, part numbers for ordering supplies, and whether the
installed print cartridge is a genuine HP supply item.
Supplies and accessories
Ordering information
Item Description or use Order number
Printing supplies HP Multipurpose paper HP brand paper for a variety of uses
(1 box of 10 reams, 500 sheets each).
To order a sample, in the U.S.,
call 1-800-471-4701.
HPM1120
HP LaserJet paper Premium HP brand paper for use with
HP LaserJet printers (1 box of
10 reams, 500 sheets each). To order
a sample, in the U.S., call
1-800-471-4701.
HPJ1124
HP LaserJet
transparency film
HP brand transparency film for use
with HP LaserJet monochrome
printers.
92296T (letter)
92296U (A4)
130 Appendix D Ordering supplies and accessories ENWW
Print cartridge for
the HP LaserJet
1150 printer
UltraPrecise print
cartridge
Replacement print cartridges for the
HP LaserJet 1300 series printers.
Q2624A
Print cartridges for
the HP LaserJet
1300 series printer
UltraPrecise print
cartridges
Replacement print cartridges for the
HP LaserJet 1300 series printers.
Q2613A (2,500-page
cartridge
Q2613X (4,000-page
cartridge)
Supplementary
documentation
HP LaserJet family
print media guide
A guide to using paper and other print
media with HP LaserJet printers.
5963-7863
Replacement parts Media pickup roller Used to pick the media from the input
tray and advance it through the printer.
RF0-1008CN
Input tray Used to hold media for the printer. RM1-0553-000CN
Input tray cover Used to cover the media in the input
tray.
RM1-0554-000CN
Separation pad for the
printer
Used to keep multiple sheets from
feeding through the printer path.
RF0-1007CN
Accessories 250-sheet
paper feeder
This is an accessory for the
HP LaserJet 1300 series printer. It
provides an additional 250-sheet input
tray.
Q2485A
Ordering information (continued)
Item Description or use Order number
ENWW Ordering supplies and accessories 131
10/100 networking and wireless print servers
Ordering information
hp LaserJet 1150 printer
Item and description Order number
HP Jetdirect 175x fast-ethernet external print server (value line, USB port) J6035B
HP Jetdirect 310x fast-ethernet external print server (full featured, USB port) J6038A
HP Jetdirect 380x 802.11b wireless external print server (full featured, USB port) J6061A
HP Jetdirect WP110 802.11b wireless print server (value line, parallel port) J6062A
Bluetooth wireless printer adaptor for parallel port printers MPIPA330
hp LaserJet 1300 series printer
Item and description Order number
HP Jetdirect 200m fast-ethernet print server for LIO peripherals (value line) J6039B
HP Jetdirect 250m fast-ethernet LIO print server (full featured) J6042B
HP Jetdirect 280m 802.11b wireless LIO print server (full featured) J6044A
HP Jetdirect 175x fast-ethernet external print server (value line, USB port) J6035B
HP Jetdirect 310x fast-ethernet external print server (full featured, USB port) J6038A
HP Jetdirect 380x 802.11b wireless external print server (full featured, USB port) J6061A
HP Jetdirect WP110 802.11b wireless print server (value line, parallel port) J6062A
Bluetooth wireless printer adaptor for parallel port printers MPIPA330
132 Appendix D Ordering supplies and accessories ENWW
ENWW Network configuration 133
ENetwork configuration
Installing a shared printer on Windows 98 and Millennium
1 Quit all programs.
2 From the Windows system tray, click Start, select Settings, and click Printers.
3 Double-click the Add Printer icon.
4 In the Add Printer Wizard, click Next.
5 Select Network printer, and click Next.
6 Type the network share name in Network path or queue name (for example,
\\computer_name\printer_share_name), and click Next.
7 Click Have Disk.
8 Click Browse.
9 In the Open dialog, select the CD-ROM drive, select the appropriate .inf file, and click OK.
10 Select the HP LaserJet 1150 or HP LaserJet 1300 printer driver from the list, and click Next.
11 If you want to change the default printer name, type the new name in Printer name.
12 Click Next.
13 Select Yes, and click Finish. A test page prints verifying that the printer is set up properly.
134 Appendix E Network configuration ENWW
Installing a shared printer on Windows 2000
1 Quit all programs.
2 From the Windows system tray, click Start, select Settings, and click Printers.
3 Double-click the Add Printer icon.
4 In the Add Printer Wizard, click Next.
5 Select Local printer, clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer
check box, and click Next.
6 Select Create a new port, select Local Port from the Type drop-down list, and click Next.
7 In the dialog displayed, type the new port name (for example,
\\computer_name\printer_share_name), and click OK.
8 Select Use the following port, select the port name that you just created from the list,
and click Next.
9 Click Have Disk.
10 Click Browse.
11 In the Open dialog, select the CD-ROM drive, select the appropriate .inf file, and click Open.
12 Click OK.
13 Select the HP LaserJet 1150 or HP LaserJet 1300 printer driver from the list, and click Next.
14 If you want to change the default printer name, type the new name in Printer name.
15 Click Next.
16 Click Next.
17 Select Yes, and click Next.
18 Click Finish. A test page prints verifying that the printer is set up properly.
ENWW Network configuration 135
Installing a shared printer on Windows XP
1 Quit all programs.
2 From the Windows system tray, click Start, and select Control Panel.
3 Double-click Printers and Other Hardware.
4 Click Add a printer.
5 In the Add Printer Wizard, click Next.
6 Select Local printer, clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer
check box, and click Next.
7 Select Create a new port, select Local Port from the Type drop-down list, and click Next.
8 In the dialog displayed, type the new port name (for example,
\\computer_name\printer_share_name), and click OK.
9 Select Use the following port, select the port name that you just created from the list, and
click Next.
10 Click Have Disk.
11 Click Browse.
12 In the Open dialog, select the CD-ROM drive, select the appropriate .inf file, and click Open.
13 Click OK.
14 Select the HP LaserJet 1150 or HP LaserJet 1300 printer driver from the list, and click Next.
15 If you want to change the default printer name, type the new name in Printer name.
16 Click Next.
17 Click Next.
18 Select Yes, and click Next.
19 Click Finish. A test page prints verifying that the printer is set up properly.
136 Appendix E Network configuration ENWW
ENWW Memory 137
FMemory
This appendix provides information on the following topics:
● Installing a memory DIMM (1300 series only)
● Testing the DIMM installation
● Removing a DIMM
138 Appendix F Memory ENWW
Installing a memory DIMM (1300 series only)
If you add memory (RAM only) to the HP LaserJet 1300 series printer, you can print more complex
print jobs.
To install a DIMM, follow the instructions below:
CAUTION Handling a DIMM chip (memory) without wearing a grounded, antistatic device might damage the
DIMM chip. Touch the printer or a piece of sheet metal before touching the DIMM.
1 Turn off the power switch, and unplug the printer.
2 Remove the parallel adaptor or the print server from the LIO connetivity slot.
3 Open the print cartridge door. To open the left side panel, gently pull it out.
ENWW Installing a memory DIMM (1300 series only) 139
4 Remove the DIMM chip from the antistatic bag it came in, grasping the chip on the top edge.
5 Position the DIMM chip in front of the slot located inside the I/O door. The gold contacts should
be pointing toward the printer and the cutouts should be at the top and bottom.
6 Carefully press the DIMM chip into the slot, making sure that it is straight and all the way
in (A). The cam latches, located at the top and bottom, should rotate inward. To snap the cam
latches into place, press the handles toward each other (B).
140 Appendix F Memory ENWW
7 Close the left side panel and the print cartridge door. Reinstall the parallel adaptor or the print
server.
8 Plug the printer back in, and turn on the power switch.
Testing the DIMM installation
To test the DIMM installation, print a configuration page, and check the Total Memory specified on
the page. See Printer information pages for more information.
If all lights on the control panel are blinking, the DIMM installation was unsuccessful. Remove the
DIMM and reinstall it.
ENWW Removing a DIMM 141
Removing a DIMM
To remove a DIMM, follow the instructions below:
CAUTION Handling a DIMM chip (memory) without wearing a grounded, antistatic device might damage the
DIMM chip. Touch the printer or a piece of sheet metal before touching the DIMM.
1 Turn off the power switch, and unplug the printer.
2 Remove the parallel adaptor or the print server from the LIO connetivity slot.
3 Open the print cartridge door. To open the left side panel, gently pull it out.
142 Appendix F Memory ENWW
4 To unlock the cam latches, press them outward (A). Grasp the DIMM chip on the edge, gently
pull straight out, and remove the chip from the printer (B).
Note Store the DIMM chip in an antistatic bag.
5 Close the left side panel and the print cartridge door. Reinstall the parallel adaptor or the print
server.
6 Plug the printer back in, and turn on the power switch.
ENWW Working with the print server 143
GWorking with the print server
The HP LaserJet 1300n printer comes with an HP Jetdirect 200m print server. If you have an
HP LaserJet 1150 printer or an HP LaserJet 1300 printer, you can order a variety of print servers
from HP. See Ordering supplies and accessories for more information.
The information in this appendix is based on the HP Jetdirect 200m print server. Be aware that if
you order a different print server, some of the following information might not apply.
This appendix provides information on the following topics:
● Installing the print server
● Printing a configuration page
● Using the print server’s embedded Web server
● Changing the IP address
● Troubleshooting the print server
● Restoring the factory default settings
144 G Working with the print server ENWW
Installing the print server
Insert the HP Jetdirect 200m print server into the LIO connectivity slot on the back of the printer.
Push the print server into the slot until it seats firmly and the latches click into place. See Network
connections for more information.
The software for the print server is on the CD-ROM that comes with the HP LaserJet 1300n
printer. If you ordered the print server separately from the printer, the print server comes with a
CD-ROM containing the softare.
To install the print server software
1 Insert the CD into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.
2 The setup program should start automatically. If the setup program does not start, browse to
the CD-ROM drive and double-click SETUP.EXE.
3 Click Install to start the installation, and follow the on-screen instructions.
Printing a configuration page
The print server configuration page contains messages, network statistics, and status for the print
server. The configuration page also lists the print server’s IP address.
You can print the configuration page by pressing the Test button on the back of the print server.
You can also view the configuration page through the print server’s embedded Web server.
See Using the print server’s embedded Web server for more information.
ENWW Using the print server’s embedded Web server 145
Using the print server’s embedded Web server
The HP Jetdirect 200m print server has an embedded Web server that allows you to configure
various print server parameters in a standard Web browser. The print server’s supported Web
browsers are Internet Explorer version 5.0 or later and Netscape Navigator version 4.75 or later.
To use the print server’s embedded Web server, open the browser and type the print server’s IP
address as the URL. Print a configuration page to find the IP address. See Printing a configuration
page for more information.
Changing the IP address
The easiest way to change the print server’s IP address is to use the embedded Web server.
Note Consult your network administrator before changing the print server’s IP address. Be sure to notify
other users of any changes.
1 Open a Web browser and type the print server’s current IP address as the URL.
2 Click the Networking tab.
3 In the TCP/IP section, change the configuration method to Manual.
4 Type a new IP address in the IP address box.
Note You will lose your connection to the embedded Web server when you change the IP address. To
re-establish the connection, type the new IP address in the browser’s URL field.
146 G Working with the print server ENWW
Troubleshooting the print server
Installed print server stops working
If you have successfully installed a network printer and you are no longer able to print to it, the
problem might be related to Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
In a DHCP environment, a DHCP server allocates IP addresses as computers and printers on the
network need them. DHCP-supplied addresses are dynamic and might cause problems for
computers and printers, which expect IP addresses to be static.
If your print server acquired its IP address via DHCP, the IP address might have changed after you
set up the printer. In this case, the printer is no longer available to the network. HP recommends
configuring the print server with a static IP address.
To assign a static IP address
Note Consult your network administrator before changing the print server’s IP address. Be sure to notify
other users of any changes.
1 Open a Web browser and type the print server’s current IP address as the URL.
2 Click the Networking tab.
3 In the TCP/IP section, change the configuration method to Manual.
4 Type a new IP address in the IP address box.
Note You will lose your connection to the embedded Web server when you change the IP address. To
re-establish the connection, type the new IP address in the browser’s URL field.
ENWW Troubleshooting the print server 147
Print server status light
The status light on the back of the print server can indicate problems with the print server. Use the
table below to interpret the print server status light.
Print server status light
Light behavior Description
Off The print server is not receiving power.
On (solid green) The print server is on and ready.
Blinking slowly (amber) An error occurred during a self-test or operation. Disconnect and reconnect
the print server. If the problem still exists, reinstall the print server software.
Blinking slowly (green) The print server is receiving power, but it is not ready, or a self-test might be
in progress. Wait for the light to turn solid green.
The print server might have lost its connection to the network. Check the
10/100 link lights, which are located near the network connection. If the 10
and 100 link lights are both off, there is no network connection.
Blinking quickly (green) The print server is processing the configuration page. Wait until the
configuration page finishes.
Flashing intermittently (green) The print server is on and ready, and there is activity on the network.
148 G Working with the print server ENWW
Restoring the factory default settings
Once you configure the HP print server, the configuration settings are retained in memory unless
you manually reset them to factory defaults using the following procedure.
1 Make sure the printer is turned on.
2 Unplug the print server from the printer.
3 While holding down the Test button on the print server, plug the print server back into the
printer. Continue to hold down the Test button for approximately 3 seconds.
ENWW Index 149
Index
A
access, print cartridge 11
accessories, ordering 129
Alerts tab (HP toolbox) 62
Attention light 6
B
blank pages 82
Bluetooth wireless technology 67
booklets, printing 42
button, Go 6
C
cable
parallel 21
USB 20
canceling a print job 44
cardstock
guidelines for using 119
manual duplexing 41
printing 34
changing
pickup roller 92
separation pad 96
choosing
media 24
paper 24
cleaning
media path 56
pickup roller 95
print cartridge area 55
printer 55
clearing jams 89
configuration
HP LaserJet 1150 3
HP LaserJet 1300 4
HP LaserJet 1300n 4
configuration page
print server 144
Configuration report 58
connecting to the network 22
conserving toner 51
contacting HP 128
control panel 8
custom-sized media, printing 34
D
Demo page 58
DIMM
adding 138
removing 141
testing 140
Documentation tab (HP toolbox) 62
door
print cartridge 6, 11
straight-through output 7
duplexing 39
E
EconoMode 46
embedded Web server 16, 64
Configuration page 65
device status 65
event log 65
Information tab 65
Networking tab 66
order supplies 66
print info pages 65
print server 145
Product registration 66
product support 66
Settings tab 65
supplies status 65
Energy Star 105
envelopes
guidelines for using 118
printing multiple envelopes 31
printing one envelope 29
Environmental Product Stewardship Program 105
environmental specifications 100
errors
PostScript 79
software 84
EWS 16, 64
extended warranty 126
F
FCC compliance 104
features
professional quality 5
quality 5
save money 5
speed 5
forms, printing 33
G
garbled text 82
Go button 6
Go light 6
graphics
missing 82
poor quality 83
guides, media 9
H
heavy media, guidelines for using 119
HP toolbox
Alerts tab 62
Documentation tab 62
Network window 63
printer settings 63
Status tab 61
Troubleshooting tab 61
viewing 59
HP Web Jetadmin 19
150 Index ENWW
I
IEEE 802.11b standard 67
improving print quality 85
Information tab (embedded Web server) 65
information, links to selected topics 2
input tray
loading main input tray 27
loading priority input tray 27
main 6, 9
priority 6, 9
installing
shared printer 133
IP address
print server 145
J
jams
clearing 89
removing a jammed page 90
typical media jam locations 89
L
labels
guidelines for using 117
printing 28
letterhead, printing 33
license, software 122
life expectancy, print cartridge 50
lights
Attention 6
Go 6
Ready 6
status light patterns 72
loading media
main input tray 27
priority input tray 27
M
Macintosh
common problems 74
PPDs 18
printing errors 75
renaming the printer 78
selecting alternate PPD 78
software 17
troubleshooting 74
main input tray 6, 9
loading 27
manual duplexing (printing on both sides of paper) 39
manual feed printing 36
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) 107
media
cleaning the media path 56
clearing jams 89
different types 27
guidelines for use 116
loading 27
optimizing print quality for media types 26
printing custom-sized media 34
printing manually 36
removing a jammed page 90
selecting 24
supported sizes 115
types that may damage the printer 25
types to avoid 25
typical jam locations 89
media guides 9
media paths 9
main input tray 9
media guides 9
output bin 10
priority input tray 9
straight-through output path 10
memory
adding 138
missing graphics 82
missing text 82
multiple pages, printing on a single sheet of paper 38
N
network
connections 22
Network window (HP toolbox) 63
Networking tab (embedded Web server) 66
N-up printing 38
O
on/off switch 7
online help, printer properties 14
operating systems, supported 12
optimizing print quality for media types 26
ordering supplies and accessories 129
output bin 6, 10
output path, straight-through 10
overview, printer 6
P
paper
problems and solutions 116
selecting 24
supported sizes 115
using 116
paper handling problems 80
parallel cable, connecting 21
parallel port 7
pickup roller
changing 92
cleaning 95
port
parallel 7
USB 7
PostScript, errors 79
power switch 7
PPDs 18
selecting alternate 78
print cartridge
access 11
changing 53
cleaning the print cartridge area 55
door 6, 11
life expectancy 50
redistributing toner 52
storing 49
using HP cartridges 48
warranty 124
where to return for recycling 106
print driver
installing 12
Macintosh 17
Windows 15
print quality
creases 87
curl 87
dropouts 85
EconoMode 46
ENWW Index 151
gray background 86
light or faded print 85
loose toner 86
misformed characters 87
optimizing for media types 26
page skew 87
settings 45
toner scatter outline 88
toner smear 86
toner specks 85
vertical lines 85
vertical repetitive defects 86
wave 87
wrinkles 87
print quality settings 45
print server
configuration page 144
embedded Web server 145
factory default settings 148
installing 144
IP address 145, 146
status light 147
troubleshooting 146
print settings, changing 14
printer
cleaning 55
configurations 3
connections 20
control panel 8
features 5
media guides 9
overview 6
renaming the printer (Macintosh) 78
repacking 127
software 12
software problems 84
specifications 100
Toolbox 16
printer drivers
sites for download 2
printer information pages
Configuration report 58
Demo page 58
printer properties
accessing 13
online help 14
printer settings
HP toolbox 63
printer, specifications 102
printing
booklets 42
canceling 44
cardstock 34
Configuration report 58
custom-sized media 34
Demo page 58
envelopes 29
forms, preprinted 33
labels 28
letterhead 33
manual feed 36
multiple envelopes 31
multiple pages on a single sheet of paper 38
N-up 38
on both sides of the paper (manual duplexing) 39
transparencies 28
watermarks 37
priority input tray 6, 9
loading 27
R
Ready light 6
recycling
HP printing supplies returns and environmental program 105
where to return cartridges 106
redistributing toner 52
registration
embedded Web server 66
regulatory statements
Canadian DOC regulations 110
declaration of conformity 108, 109
Korean EMI statement 110
laser safety statement 110
laser statement for Finland 111
removing a jammed page 90
renaming the printer 78
repacking the printer 127
repair
contacting HP 128
hardware service 125
replacement parts 130
S
saving toner 51
selecting
alternate PPD 78
media 24
paper 24
separation pad, changing 96
service
contacting HP 128
hardware 125
settings
changing default settings for Windows 98, 2000, ME 13
changing default settings for Windows XP 13
changing for current software only 13
Settings tab (embedded Web server) 65
settings, print quality 45
shared printer, installing 133
size, media 115
software
HP Web Jetadmin 19
installing 12
Macintosh 17
network 19
printer drivers, Macintosh 17
printer drivers, Windows 15
problems 84
sites for download 2
software license agreement 122
supported operating systems 12
Windows 15
specifications 100
acoustics 100
capacitites and ratings 102
electrical 101
environmental 100
media 114
memory 103
physical 102
port availability 103
status light patterns 72
Status tab (HP toolbox) 61
straight-through output door 7
straight-through output path 10
supplies, ordering 129
support, web sites 2
152 Index ENWW
T
text
garbled 82
missing 82
toner
changing the print cartridge 53
cleaning the print cartridge area 55
conserving 51
loose toner 86
low 85
opening the print cartridge door 11
print cartridge door 6
redistributing 52
scatter outline 88
smear 86
specks 85
storing print cartridges 49
Toolbox 16
transparencies
guidelines for using 117
printing 28
tray
main input 6
priority input 6
troubleshooting
blank pages 82
common Macintosh problems 74
contacting HP support 71
creases 87
curl 87
demo page 70
dropouts 85
garbled text 82
gray background 86
HP toolbox 59
incomplete text 82
light or faded print 85
loose toner 86
Macintosh printing problems 74
misformed characters 87
missing graphics or text 82
page skew 87
paper handling problems 80
poor graphics quality 83
PostScript errors 79
print quality 71
printed page and expectations 71
printed page differs from onscreen page 82
printer setup 70
printer software problems 84
printer-computer communication 71
Ready light 70
solutions 70
toner scatter outline 88
toner smear 86
toner specks 85
vertical lines 85
vertical repetitive defects 86
wave 87
wrinkles 87
Troubleshooting tab (HP toolbox) 61
two-sided (duplex) printing 39
types of media 27
U
USB
connecting the USB cable 20
port 7
user guide links 2
using HP print cartridges 48
W
warranty
extended 126
HP limited warranty statement 123
print cartridge 124
watermarks, printing 37
Web server, embedded 64
web-based support 2
Windows 2000, installing shared printer 134
Windows 98, installing shared printer 133
Windows Me, installing shared printer 133
Windows XP, installing shared printer 135
wireless printing
Bluetooth 67
IEEE 802.11b standard 67

*Q1334-90941*
*Q1334-90941*
Q1334-90941
www.hp.com
copyright © 2003
Hewlett-Packard Company

Hello world!

Welcome to WordPress.com. This is your first post. Edit or delete it and start blogging!